dear-imgui 2.1.3 → 2.2.0

raw patch · 60 files changed

+35135/−31770 lines, 60 filesdep −text-shortdep ~bytestringdep ~containersdep ~logging-effectPVP ok

version bump matches the API change (PVP)

Dependencies removed: text-short

Dependency ranges changed: bytestring, containers, logging-effect, megaparsec, resourcet, sdl2, text, unliftio, unliftio-core, vector

API changes (from Hackage documentation)

Files

• ChangeLog.md +10/−0
• Main.hs +2/−2
• dear-imgui.cabal +18/−18
• examples/vulkan/Backend.hs +21/−26
• generator/DearImGui/Generator/Parser.hs +24/−7
• imgui/LICENSE.txt +1/−1
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.h +3/−0
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_android.h +5/−0
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.h +6/−3
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.h +5/−2
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.h +4/−1
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.h +5/−2
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp +225/−90
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h +10/−6
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_glut.h +5/−1
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h +7/−5
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_metal.mm +60/−39
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp +23/−10
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.h +4/−1
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp +144/−73
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h +11/−3
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h +26/−3
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h +26/−2
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm +97/−35
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp +0/−564
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_sdl.h +0/−36
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp +656/−0
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.h +40/−0
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.h +38/−0
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.h +0/−29
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h +31/−0
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.h +31/−0
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp +95/−101
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h +16/−5
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.h +7/−3
• imgui/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h +6/−1
• imgui/imconfig.h +17/−13
• imgui/imgui.cpp +14954/−13414
• imgui/imgui.h +451/−302
• imgui/imgui_demo.cpp +8211/−7923
• imgui/imgui_draw.cpp +202/−136
• imgui/imgui_internal.h +678/−302
• imgui/imgui_tables.cpp +241/−163
• imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp +8622/−8359
• imgui/imstb_textedit.h +13/−23
• imgui/imstb_truetype.h +1/−1
• src/DearImGui.hs +7/−6
• src/DearImGui/Context.hs +0/−47
• src/DearImGui/Raw.hs +18/−3
• src/DearImGui/Raw/Context.hs +47/−0
• src/DearImGui/Raw/DrawList.hs +1/−1
• src/DearImGui/Raw/Font.hs +1/−1
• src/DearImGui/Raw/Font/Config.hs +1/−1
• src/DearImGui/Raw/Font/GlyphRanges.hs +1/−1
• src/DearImGui/Raw/IO.hs +1/−1
• src/DearImGui/Raw/ListClipper.hs +1/−1
• src/DearImGui/SDL.hs +1/−1
• src/DearImGui/SDL/OpenGL.hs +1/−1
• src/DearImGui/SDL/Vulkan.hs +1/−1
• src/DearImGui/Vulkan.hs +2/−0

@@ -1,5 +1,13 @@ # Changelog for dear-imgui +## [2.2.0]++- `imgui` updated to [1.89.9].+- Update bounds for ghc-9.6.+- Exposed `DearImGui.Raw.Context`.+- Added `getCursorPos``.+- Fix TabItem flags type.+ ## [2.1.3]  - Fixed off-by-1 in internal Text wrapper.@@ -107,7 +115,9 @@ [2.1.1]: https://github.com/haskell-game/dear-imgui.hs/tree/v2.1.1 [2.1.2]: https://github.com/haskell-game/dear-imgui.hs/tree/v2.1.2 [2.1.3]: https://github.com/haskell-game/dear-imgui.hs/tree/v2.1.3+[2.2.0]: https://github.com/haskell-game/dear-imgui.hs/tree/v2.2.0 +[1.89.9]: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases/tag/v1.89.9 [1.87]: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases/tag/v1.87 [1.86]: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases/tag/v1.86 [1.85]: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases/tag/v1.85

@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@   text "Hello!"    beginTabBar "My tab bar" ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable >>= whenTrue do-    beginTabItem "Tab 1" tab1Ref ImGuiTabBarFlags_None >>= whenTrue do+    beginTabItem "Tab 1" tab1Ref ImGuiTabItemFlags_None >>= whenTrue do       text "Tab 1 is currently selected."       endTabItem-    beginTabItem "Tab 2" tab2Ref ImGuiTabBarFlags_None >>= whenTrue do+    beginTabItem "Tab 2" tab2Ref ImGuiTabItemFlags_None >>= whenTrue do       text "Tab 2 is selected now."       endTabItem     reOpen <- tabItemButton "ReopenTabs" ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ cabal-version: 3.0  name: dear-imgui-version: 2.1.3+version: 2.2.0 author: Oliver Charles maintainer: ollie@ocharles.org.uk, aenor.realm@gmail.com license: BSD-3-Clause@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ common common   build-depends:       base-        >= 4.12 && < 4.17+        >= 4.12 && < 4.19   default-language:       Haskell2010 @@ -159,8 +159,8 @@     DearImGui.Raw.Font.GlyphRanges     DearImGui.Raw.IO     DearImGui.Raw.ListClipper+    DearImGui.Raw.Context   other-modules:-    DearImGui.Context     DearImGui.Enums     DearImGui.Structs   cxx-options: -std=c++11@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@     build-depends:       sdl2     cxx-sources:-      imgui/backends/imgui_impl_sdl.cpp+      imgui/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp      if os(windows) || os(darwin)       extra-libraries:@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@     , DearImGui.Generator.Types   build-depends:       template-haskell-        >= 2.15 && < 2.19+        >= 2.15 && < 2.21     , containers        ^>= 0.6.2.1     , directory@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@     , th-lift         >= 0.7 && < 0.9     , transformers-        >= 0.5.6 && < 0.6+        >= 0.5.6 && < 0.7     , unordered-containers         >= 0.2.11 && < 0.3 @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@   main-is: Image.hs   hs-source-dirs: examples/sdl   build-depends: sdl2, gl, dear-imgui, managed, vector-  if (!flag(examples) || !flag(sdl) || !flag(opengl2))+  if (!flag(examples) || !flag(sdl) || !flag(opengl3))     buildable: False  executable vulkan@@ -370,25 +370,25 @@     build-depends:         dear-imgui       , bytestring-          >= 0.10.10.0 && < 0.12+          >= 0.10.10.0 && < 0.13       , containers-         ^>= 0.6.2.1+          >= 0.6.2.1 && < 0.7       , logging-effect-         ^>= 1.3.12+          >= 1.3.12 && < 1.5       , resourcet-         ^>= 1.2.4.2+          >= 1.2.4.2 && < 1.3       , sdl2-         ^>= 2.5.3.0-      , text-short-         ^>= 0.1.3+          >= 2.5.3.0 && < 2.6+      , text+          >= 1.2.4 && < 2.1       , transformers-         ^>= 0.5.6.2+          >= 0.5.6 && < 0.7       , unliftio-          >= 0.2.13 && < 0.2.19+          >= 0.2.13 && < 0.3       , unliftio-core-         ^>= 0.2.0.1+          >= 0.2.0.1 && < 0.3       , vector-         ^>= 0.12.1.2+         >= 0.12.1.2 && < 0.14       , vulkan          >= 3.12       , vulkan-utils

@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ import Data.Word   ( Word32 ) import Foreign.C.String-  ( CString )+  ( peekCString ) import Foreign.C.Types   ( CInt ) import Foreign.Ptr@@ -53,8 +53,6 @@ -- bytestring import Data.ByteString   ( ByteString )-import qualified Data.ByteString.Short as ShortByteString-  ( packCString )  -- containers import qualified Data.Map.Strict as Map@@ -77,11 +75,13 @@ import qualified SDL.Raw import qualified SDL.Video.Vulkan --- text-short-import Data.Text.Short-  ( ShortText )-import qualified Data.Text.Short as ShortText-  ( intercalate, pack, fromShortByteString, toByteString, unpack )+-- text+import Data.Text+  ( Text )+import qualified Data.Text as Text+  ( intercalate, pack, unpack )+import Data.Text.Encoding+  ( encodeUtf8 )  -- transformers import Control.Monad.IO.Class@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -type LogMessage = WithSeverity ShortText+type LogMessage = WithSeverity Text class    ( MonadUnliftIO m, MonadResource m, MonadLog LogMessage m ) => MonadVulkan m instance ( MonadUnliftIO m, MonadResource m, MonadLog LogMessage m ) => MonadVulkan m @@ -127,9 +127,9 @@  logHandler :: MonadIO m => LogMessage -> m () logHandler ( WithSeverity sev mess )-  = liftIO . putStrLn . ShortText.unpack $ showSeverity sev <> " " <> mess+  = liftIO . putStrLn . Text.unpack $ showSeverity sev <> " " <> mess -showSeverity :: Severity -> ShortText+showSeverity :: Severity -> Text showSeverity Emergency     = "! PANIC !" showSeverity Alert         = "! ALERT !" showSeverity Critical      = "! CRIT !"@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@    case validationLayer of     Nothing -> logInfo "Validation layer unavailable. Is the Vulkan SDK installed?"-    Just _  -> logInfo ( "Enabled validation layers " <> ShortText.pack ( show enabledLayers ) )+    Just _  -> logInfo ( "Enabled validation layers " <> Text.pack ( show enabledLayers ) )    pure createInfo @@ -305,26 +305,23 @@   void ( SDL.setMouseLocationMode mouseMode )   window           <- logDebug "Creating SDL window"           *> createWindow width height windowName   neededExtensions <- logDebug "Loading needed extensions"     *> SDL.Video.Vulkan.vkGetInstanceExtensions window-  extensionNames   <- traverse ( liftIO . peekCString ) neededExtensions-  logInfo $ "Needed instance extensions are: " <> ShortText.intercalate ", " extensionNames-  pure ( window, map ShortText.toByteString extensionNames )--peekCString :: CString -> IO ShortText-peekCString = fmap ( fromMaybe "???" . ShortText.fromShortByteString ) . ShortByteString.packCString+  extensionNames   <- traverse ( liftIO . fmap fromString . peekCString ) neededExtensions+  logInfo $ "Needed instance extensions are: " <> Text.intercalate ", " extensionNames+  pure ( window, map encodeUtf8 extensionNames )  data WindowInfo   = WindowInfo   { width      :: CInt   , height     :: CInt-  , windowName :: ShortText+  , windowName :: Text   , mouseMode  :: SDL.LocationMode   } -createWindow :: MonadVulkan m => CInt -> CInt -> ShortText -> m SDL.Window+createWindow :: MonadVulkan m => CInt -> CInt -> Text -> m SDL.Window createWindow x y title =   snd <$> ResourceT.allocate     ( SDL.createWindow-              ( fromString ( ShortText.unpack title ) )+              ( fromString ( Text.unpack title ) )               SDL.defaultWindow                 { SDL.windowGraphicsContext = SDL.VulkanContext                 , SDL.windowInitialSize     = SDL.V2 x y@@ -408,11 +405,9 @@    let     presentMode :: Vulkan.PresentModeKHR-    presentMode-      | Vulkan.PRESENT_MODE_MAILBOX_KHR `elem` presentModes-      = Vulkan.PRESENT_MODE_MAILBOX_KHR-      | otherwise-      = Vulkan.PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_KHR+    presentMode =+      Vulkan.PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_KHR -- run at presentation rate+      -- Vulkan.PRESENT_MODE_MAILBOX_KHR -- max-FPS alternative for benchmarks, input lag debugging, etc.      Vulkan.SurfaceCapabilitiesKHR{currentExtent, currentTransform} = surfaceCapabilities     Vulkan.SurfaceFormatKHR{format=fmt, colorSpace=csp} = surfaceFormat

@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@   ( Text ) import qualified Data.Text as Text   ( all, any, breakOn, drop, dropWhile, dropWhileEnd-  , length, stripPrefix, unlines, unpack+  , length, stripPrefix, unlines, unpack, pack   )  -- transformers@@ -81,6 +81,8 @@ import DearImGui.Generator.Types   ( Comment(..), Enumeration(..), Headers(..) ) +import qualified Text.Show as Text+ -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parse error type. @@ -90,7 +92,9 @@     , problems :: ![Text]     }   | MissingForwardDeclaration-    { enumName :: !Text }+    { enumName :: !Text+    , library :: HashMap Text ( TH.Name, Comment )+    }   | UnexpectedSection     { sectionName :: !Text     , problem     :: ![Text]@@ -101,8 +105,9 @@   showErrorComponent ( Couldn'tLookupEnumValues { enumName, problems } ) = Text.unpack $     "Couldn't lookup the following values in enum " <> enumName <> ":\n"     <> Text.unlines ( map ( " - "  <> ) problems )-  showErrorComponent ( MissingForwardDeclaration { enumName } ) = Text.unpack $-    "Missing forward declaration for enum named " <> enumName+  showErrorComponent ( MissingForwardDeclaration { enumName, library } ) = Text.unpack $+    "Missing forward declaration for enum named " <> enumName <> "\n"+    <> "In Library: " <> Text.pack ( Text.show library)   showErrorComponent ( UnexpectedSection { sectionName, problem } ) = Text.unpack $     "Unexpected section name.\n\     \Expected: " <> sectionName <> "\n\@@ -124,6 +129,7 @@   ( _defines, basicEnums ) <- partitionEithers <$>     manyTill       (   ( Left  <$> try ignoreDefine )+      <|> ( Left  <$> try cppConditional )       <|> ( Right <$> enumeration enumNamesAndTypes )       )       ( namedSection "Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<>" )@@ -134,7 +140,7 @@    _ <- skipManyTill anySingle ( namedSection "Misc data structures" ) -  _ <- skipManyTill anySingle ( namedSection "Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor)" )+  _ <- skipManyTill anySingle ( namedSection "Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor)" )    _ <- skipManyTill anySingle ( namedSection "Drawing API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)" )   skipManyTill anySingle ( try . lookAhead $ many comment *> keyword "enum" )@@ -171,14 +177,24 @@     pure ( structName, doc )   _ <- many comment   enums <- many do+    keyword "enum"+    enumName <- identifier+    symbol ":"+    ty <- cTypeName+    reservedSymbol ';'+    doc <- commentText <$> comment+    pure ( enumName, ( ty, CommentText <$> Text.drop 2 . snd $ Text.breakOn "//" doc ) )+  _ <- many comment+  typedefs <- many do     keyword "typedef"     ty <- cTypeName     enumName <- identifier     reservedSymbol ';'     doc <- commentText <$> comment+    _ <- many comment     pure ( enumName, ( ty, CommentText <$> Text.drop 2 . snd $ Text.breakOn "//" doc ) )   -- Stopping after simple structs and enums for now.-  pure ( HashMap.fromList structs, HashMap.fromList enums )+  pure ( HashMap.fromList structs, HashMap.fromList (enums <> typedefs) )  cTypeName :: MonadParsec e [Tok] m => m TH.Name cTypeName = keyword "int" $> ''CInt@@ -200,6 +216,7 @@     keyword "enum"     pure inlineDocs   fullEnumName <- identifier+  _ <- try $ (symbol ":" >> cTypeName >> pure ()) <|> pure ()   let     enumName :: Text     enumName = Text.dropWhileEnd ( == '_' ) fullEnumName@@ -207,7 +224,7 @@     enumTypeName = ()   ( underlyingType, forwardDoc ) <- case HashMap.lookup enumName enumNamesAndTypes of     Just res -> pure res-    Nothing  -> customFailure ( MissingForwardDeclaration { enumName } )+    Nothing  -> customFailure ( MissingForwardDeclaration { enumName, library=enumNamesAndTypes } )   let     docs :: [Comment]     docs = forwardDoc : CommentText "" : inlineDocs

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ The MIT License (MIT) -Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Omar Cornut+Copyright (c) 2014-2023 Omar Cornut  Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal

@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@  #pragma once #include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE  struct ALLEGRO_DISPLAY; union ALLEGRO_EVENT;@@ -30,3 +31,5 @@ // Use if you want to reset your rendering device without losing Dear ImGui state. IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplAllegro5_CreateDeviceObjects(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplAllegro5_InvalidateDeviceObjects();++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@  // Implemented features: //  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy AKEYCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set]+//  [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen. // Missing features: //  [ ] Platform: Clipboard support. //  [ ] Platform: Gamepad support. Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.@@ -18,6 +19,8 @@ // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs  #pragma once+#include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE  struct ANativeWindow; struct AInputEvent;@@ -26,3 +29,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API int32_t  ImGui_ImplAndroid_HandleInputEvent(AInputEvent* input_event); IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplAndroid_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplAndroid_NewFrame();++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -2,16 +2,17 @@ // This needs to be used along with a Platform Backend (e.g. Win32)  // Implemented features:-//  [X] Renderer: User texture backend. Use 'ID3D10ShaderResourceView*' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!-//  [X] Renderer: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.+//  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'ID3D10ShaderResourceView*' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!+//  [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs  #pragma once #include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE  struct ID3D10Device; @@ -23,3 +24,5 @@ // Use if you want to reset your rendering device without losing Dear ImGui state. IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplDX10_InvalidateDeviceObjects(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplDX10_CreateDeviceObjects();++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -3,15 +3,16 @@  // Implemented features: //  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'ID3D11ShaderResourceView*' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!-//  [X] Renderer: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.+//  [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs  #pragma once #include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE  struct ID3D11Device; struct ID3D11DeviceContext;@@ -24,3 +25,5 @@ // Use if you want to reset your rendering device without losing Dear ImGui state. IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplDX11_InvalidateDeviceObjects(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateDeviceObjects();++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@  // Implemented features: //  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'D3D12_GPU_DESCRIPTOR_HANDLE' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!-//  [X] Renderer: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.+//  [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.  // Important: to compile on 32-bit systems, this backend requires code to be compiled with '#define ImTextureID ImU64'. // See imgui_impl_dx12.cpp file for details.@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@  #pragma once #include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include <dxgiformat.h> // DXGI_FORMAT  struct ID3D12Device;@@ -36,3 +37,5 @@ // Use if you want to reset your rendering device without losing Dear ImGui state. IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplDX12_InvalidateDeviceObjects(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplDX12_CreateDeviceObjects();++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -3,15 +3,16 @@  // Implemented features: //  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'LPDIRECT3DTEXTURE9' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!-//  [X] Renderer: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.+//  [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs  #pragma once #include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE  struct IDirect3DDevice9; @@ -23,3 +24,5 @@ // Use if you want to reset your rendering device without losing Dear ImGui state. IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplDX9_CreateDeviceObjects(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplDX9_InvalidateDeviceObjects();++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ // dear imgui: Platform Backend for GLFW // This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. OpenGL3, Vulkan, WebGPU..) // (Info: GLFW is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan graphics context creation, etc.)-// (Requires: GLFW 3.1+)+// (Requires: GLFW 3.1+. Prefer GLFW 3.3+ or GLFW 3.4+ for full feature support.)  // Implemented features: //  [X] Platform: Clipboard support.+//  [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen (Windows only). //  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy GLFW_KEY_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] //  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. //  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange' (note: the resizing cursors requires GLFW 3.4+).@@ -16,10 +17,22 @@  // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)+//  2023-07-18: Inputs: Revert ignoring mouse data on GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED as it can be used differently. User may set ImGuiConfigFLags_NoMouse if desired. (#5625, #6609)+//  2023-06-12: Accept glfwGetTime() not returning a monotonically increasing value. This seems to happens on some Windows setup when peripherals disconnect, and is likely to also happen on browser + Emscripten. (#6491)+//  2023-04-04: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen on Windows ONLY, using a custom WndProc hook. (#2702)+//  2023-03-16: Inputs: Fixed key modifiers handling on secondary viewports (docking branch). Broken on 2023/01/04. (#6248, #6034)+//  2023-03-14: Emscripten: Avoid using glfwGetError() and glfwGetGamepadState() which are not correctly implemented in Emscripten emulation. (#6240)+//  2023-02-03: Emscripten: Registering custom low-level mouse wheel handler to get more accurate scrolling impulses on Emscripten. (#4019, #6096)+//  2023-01-04: Inputs: Fixed mods state on Linux when using Alt-GR text input (e.g. German keyboard layout), could lead to broken text input. Revert a 2022/01/17 change were we resumed using mods provided by GLFW, turns out they were faulty.+//  2022-11-22: Perform a dummy glfwGetError() read to cancel missing names with glfwGetKeyName(). (#5908)+//  2022-10-18: Perform a dummy glfwGetError() read to cancel missing mouse cursors errors. Using GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED directly. (#5785)+//  2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11.+//  2022-09-26: Inputs: Renamed ImGuiKey_ModXXX introduced in 1.87 to ImGuiMod_XXX (old names still supported).+//  2022-09-01: Inputs: Honor GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED by not setting mouse position *EDIT* Reverted 2023-07-18. //  2022-04-30: Inputs: Fixed ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey() for lower case letters on OSX. //  2022-03-23: Inputs: Fixed a regression in 1.87 which resulted in keyboard modifiers events being reported incorrectly on Linux/X11. //  2022-02-07: Added ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks()/ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks() helpers to facilitate user installing callbacks after initializing backend.-//  2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago)with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion.+//  2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago) with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion. //  2021-01-20: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() for gamepad support, instead of writing directly to io.NavInputs[]. //  2022-01-17: Inputs: calling new io.AddMousePosEvent(), io.AddMouseButtonEvent(), io.AddMouseWheelEvent() API (1.87+). //  2022-01-17: Inputs: always update key mods next and before key event (not in NewFrame) to fix input queue with very low framerates.@@ -52,6 +65,7 @@ //  2016-10-15: Misc: Added a void* user_data parameter to Clipboard function handlers.  #include "imgui.h"+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_glfw.h"  // Clang warnings with -Weverything@@ -59,25 +73,36 @@ #pragma clang diagnostic push #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"     // warning: use of old-style cast #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"    // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness-#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant")-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" #endif-#endif  // GLFW #include <GLFW/glfw3.h>+ #ifdef _WIN32 #undef APIENTRY #define GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WIN32-#include <GLFW/glfw3native.h>   // for glfwGetWin32Window+#include <GLFW/glfw3native.h>   // for glfwGetWin32Window() #endif-#ifdef GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR        // Let's be nice to people who pulled GLFW between 2019-04-16 (3.4 define) and 2019-11-29 (cursors defines) // FIXME: Remove when GLFW 3.4 is released?-#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS          (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3400) // 3.4+ GLFW_RESIZE_ALL_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NWSE_CURSOR, GLFW_NOT_ALLOWED_CURSOR+#ifdef __APPLE__+#define GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_COCOA+#include <GLFW/glfw3native.h>   // for glfwGetCocoaWindow()+#endif++#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__+#include <emscripten.h>+#include <emscripten/html5.h>+#endif++// We gather version tests as define in order to easily see which features are version-dependent.+#define GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED           (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 + GLFW_VERSION_REVISION)+#ifdef GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR          // Let's be nice to people who pulled GLFW between 2019-04-16 (3.4 define) and 2019-11-29 (cursors defines) // FIXME: Remove when GLFW 3.4 is released?+#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS            (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3400) // 3.4+ GLFW_RESIZE_ALL_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NWSE_CURSOR, GLFW_NOT_ALLOWED_CURSOR #else-#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS          (0)+#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS            (0) #endif-#define GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API          (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetGamepadState() new api-#define GLFW_HAS_GET_KEY_NAME         (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3200) // 3.2+ glfwGetKeyName()+#define GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API            (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetGamepadState() new api+#define GLFW_HAS_GETKEYNAME             (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3200) // 3.2+ glfwGetKeyName()+#define GLFW_HAS_GETERROR               (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetError()  // GLFW data enum GlfwClientApi@@ -96,6 +121,7 @@     GLFWcursor*             MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT];     ImVec2                  LastValidMousePos;     bool                    InstalledCallbacks;+    bool                    CallbacksChainForAllWindows;      // Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any.     GLFWwindowfocusfun      PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus;@@ -106,6 +132,9 @@     GLFWkeyfun              PrevUserCallbackKey;     GLFWcharfun             PrevUserCallbackChar;     GLFWmonitorfun          PrevUserCallbackMonitor;+#ifdef _WIN32+    WNDPROC                 GlfwWndProc;+#endif      ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data()   { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } };@@ -119,7 +148,7 @@ // FIXME: some shared resources (mouse cursor shape, gamepad) are mishandled when using multi-context. static ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData() {-    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : NULL;+    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : nullptr; }  // Functions@@ -246,35 +275,30 @@     } } -static int ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToModifier(int key)+// X11 does not include current pressed/released modifier key in 'mods' flags submitted by GLFW+// See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6034 and https://github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/1630+static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(GLFWwindow* window) {-    if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL)-        return GLFW_MOD_CONTROL;-    if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT)-        return GLFW_MOD_SHIFT;-    if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_ALT || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_ALT)-        return GLFW_MOD_ALT;-    if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SUPER || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SUPER)-        return GLFW_MOD_SUPER;-    return 0;+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Ctrl,  (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL) == GLFW_PRESS) || (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL) == GLFW_PRESS));+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Shift, (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT)   == GLFW_PRESS) || (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT)   == GLFW_PRESS));+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Alt,   (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_ALT)     == GLFW_PRESS) || (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_ALT)     == GLFW_PRESS));+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SUPER)   == GLFW_PRESS) || (glfwGetKey(window, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SUPER)   == GLFW_PRESS)); } -static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(int mods)+static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(GLFWwindow* window) {-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();-    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModCtrl, (mods & GLFW_MOD_CONTROL) != 0);-    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModShift, (mods & GLFW_MOD_SHIFT) != 0);-    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModAlt, (mods & GLFW_MOD_ALT) != 0);-    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModSuper, (mods & GLFW_MOD_SUPER) != 0);+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();+    return bd->CallbacksChainForAllWindows ? true : (window == bd->Window); }  void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mods) {     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();-    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton != NULL && window == bd->Window)+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))         bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton(window, button, action, mods); -    ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(mods);+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(window);      ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();     if (button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT)@@ -284,16 +308,21 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset) {     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();-    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll != NULL && window == bd->Window)+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))         bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll(window, xoffset, yoffset); +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__+    // Ignore GLFW events: will be processed in ImGui_ImplEmscripten_WheelCallback().+    return;+#endif+     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();     io.AddMouseWheelEvent((float)xoffset, (float)yoffset); }  static int ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey(int key, int scancode) {-#if GLFW_HAS_GET_KEY_NAME && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)+#if GLFW_HAS_GETKEYNAME && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)     // GLFW 3.1+ attempts to "untranslate" keys, which goes the opposite of what every other framework does, making using lettered shortcuts difficult.     // (It had reasons to do so: namely GLFW is/was more likely to be used for WASD-type game controls rather than lettered shortcuts, but IHMO the 3.1 change could have been done differently)     // See https://github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/1502 for details.@@ -301,7 +330,12 @@     // This won't cover edge cases but this is at least going to cover common cases.     if (key >= GLFW_KEY_KP_0 && key <= GLFW_KEY_KP_EQUAL)         return key;+    GLFWerrorfun prev_error_callback = glfwSetErrorCallback(nullptr);     const char* key_name = glfwGetKeyName(key, scancode);+    glfwSetErrorCallback(prev_error_callback);+#if GLFW_HAS_GETERROR && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) // Eat errors (see #5908)+    (void)glfwGetError(nullptr);+#endif     if (key_name && key_name[0] != 0 && key_name[1] == 0)     {         const char char_names[] = "`-=[]\\,;\'./";@@ -322,16 +356,13 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int keycode, int scancode, int action, int mods) {     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();-    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackKey != NULL && window == bd->Window)+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackKey != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))         bd->PrevUserCallbackKey(window, keycode, scancode, action, mods);      if (action != GLFW_PRESS && action != GLFW_RELEASE)         return; -    // Workaround: X11 does not include current pressed/released modifier key in 'mods' flags. https://github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/1630-    if (int keycode_to_mod = ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToModifier(keycode))-        mods = (action == GLFW_PRESS) ? (mods | keycode_to_mod) : (mods & ~keycode_to_mod);-    ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(mods);+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(window);      keycode = ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey(keycode, scancode); @@ -344,7 +375,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int focused) {     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();-    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus != NULL && window == bd->Window)+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))         bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus(window, focused);      ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();@@ -354,7 +385,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double x, double y) {     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();-    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos != NULL && window == bd->Window)+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))         bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos(window, x, y);      ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();@@ -367,7 +398,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int entered) {     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();-    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter != NULL && window == bd->Window)+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))         bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter(window, entered);      ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();@@ -379,7 +410,7 @@     else if (!entered && bd->MouseWindow == window)     {         bd->LastValidMousePos = io.MousePos;-        bd->MouseWindow = NULL;+        bd->MouseWindow = nullptr;         io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);     } }@@ -387,7 +418,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c) {     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();-    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackChar != NULL && window == bd->Window)+    if (bd->PrevUserCallbackChar != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window))         bd->PrevUserCallbackChar(window, c);      ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();@@ -399,6 +430,53 @@ 	// Unused in 'master' branch but 'docking' branch will use this, so we declare it ahead of it so if you have to install callbacks you can install this one too. } +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__+static EM_BOOL ImGui_ImplEmscripten_WheelCallback(int, const EmscriptenWheelEvent* ev, void*)+{+    // Mimic Emscripten_HandleWheel() in SDL.+    // Corresponding equivalent in GLFW JS emulation layer has incorrect quantizing preventing small values. See #6096+    float multiplier = 0.0f;+    if (ev->deltaMode == DOM_DELTA_PIXEL)       { multiplier = 1.0f / 100.0f; } // 100 pixels make up a step.+    else if (ev->deltaMode == DOM_DELTA_LINE)   { multiplier = 1.0f / 3.0f; }   // 3 lines make up a step.+    else if (ev->deltaMode == DOM_DELTA_PAGE)   { multiplier = 80.0f; }         // A page makes up 80 steps.+    float wheel_x = ev->deltaX * -multiplier;+    float wheel_y = ev->deltaY * -multiplier;+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();+    io.AddMouseWheelEvent(wheel_x, wheel_y);+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Emsc] mode %d dx: %.2f, dy: %.2f, dz: %.2f --> feed %.2f %.2f\n", (int)ev->deltaMode, ev->deltaX, ev->deltaY, ev->deltaZ, wheel_x, wheel_y);+    return EM_TRUE;+}+#endif++#ifdef _WIN32+// GLFW doesn't allow to distinguish Mouse vs TouchScreen vs Pen.+// Add support for Win32 (based on imgui_impl_win32), because we rely on _TouchScreen info to trickle inputs differently.+static ImGuiMouseSource GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo()+{+    LPARAM extra_info = ::GetMessageExtraInfo();+    if ((extra_info & 0xFFFFFF80) == 0xFF515700)+        return ImGuiMouseSource_Pen;+    if ((extra_info & 0xFFFFFF80) == 0xFF515780)+        return ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen;+    return ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse;+}+static LRESULT CALLBACK ImGui_ImplGlfw_WndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)+{+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();+    switch (msg)+    {+    case WM_MOUSEMOVE: case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE:+    case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_LBUTTONUP:+    case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_RBUTTONUP:+    case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_MBUTTONUP:+    case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: case WM_XBUTTONUP:+        ImGui::GetIO().AddMouseSourceEvent(GetMouseSourceFromMessageExtraInfo());+        break;+    }+    return ::CallWindowProc(bd->GlfwWndProc, hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam);+}+#endif+ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window) {     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();@@ -431,20 +509,31 @@     glfwSetCharCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackChar);     glfwSetMonitorCallback(bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor);     bd->InstalledCallbacks = false;-    bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus = NULL;-    bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter = NULL;-    bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos = NULL;-    bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = NULL;-    bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll = NULL;-    bd->PrevUserCallbackKey = NULL;-    bd->PrevUserCallbackChar = NULL;-    bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor = NULL;+    bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus = nullptr;+    bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter = nullptr;+    bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos = nullptr;+    bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = nullptr;+    bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll = nullptr;+    bd->PrevUserCallbackKey = nullptr;+    bd->PrevUserCallbackChar = nullptr;+    bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor = nullptr; } +// Set to 'true' to enable chaining installed callbacks for all windows (including secondary viewports created by backends or by user.+// This is 'false' by default meaning we only chain callbacks for the main viewport.+// We cannot set this to 'true' by default because user callbacks code may be not testing the 'window' parameter of their callback.+// If you set this to 'true' your user callback code will need to make sure you are testing the 'window' parameter.+void ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetCallbacksChainForAllWindows(bool chain_for_all_windows)+{+    ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();+    bd->CallbacksChainForAllWindows = chain_for_all_windows;+}+ static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi client_api) {     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();-    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == NULL && "Already initialized a platform backend!");+    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!");+    //printf("GLFW_VERSION: %d.%d.%d (%d)", GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR, GLFW_VERSION_MINOR, GLFW_VERSION_REVISION, GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED);      // Setup backend capabilities flags     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data)();@@ -460,16 +549,11 @@     io.GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetClipboardText;     io.ClipboardUserData = bd->Window; -    // Set platform dependent data in viewport-#if defined(_WIN32)-    ImGui::GetMainViewport()->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)glfwGetWin32Window(bd->Window);-#endif-     // Create mouse cursors     // (By design, on X11 cursors are user configurable and some cursors may be missing. When a cursor doesn't exist,     // GLFW will emit an error which will often be printed by the app, so we temporarily disable error reporting.-    // Missing cursors will return NULL and our _UpdateMouseCursor() function will use the Arrow cursor instead.)-    GLFWerrorfun prev_error_callback = glfwSetErrorCallback(NULL);+    // Missing cursors will return nullptr and our _UpdateMouseCursor() function will use the Arrow cursor instead.)+    GLFWerrorfun prev_error_callback = glfwSetErrorCallback(nullptr);     bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR);     bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_IBEAM_CURSOR);     bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_VRESIZE_CURSOR);@@ -487,11 +571,37 @@     bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); #endif     glfwSetErrorCallback(prev_error_callback);+#if GLFW_HAS_GETERROR && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) // Eat errors (see #5908)+    (void)glfwGetError(nullptr);+#endif      // Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any.     if (install_callbacks)         ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(window);+    // Register Emscripten Wheel callback to workaround issue in Emscripten GLFW Emulation (#6096)+    // We intentionally do not check 'if (install_callbacks)' here, as some users may set it to false and call GLFW callback themselves.+    // FIXME: May break chaining in case user registered their own Emscripten callback?+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__+    emscripten_set_wheel_callback(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_TARGET_DOCUMENT, nullptr, false, ImGui_ImplEmscripten_WheelCallback);+#endif +    // Set platform dependent data in viewport+    ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();+#ifdef _WIN32+    main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = glfwGetWin32Window(bd->Window);+#elif defined(__APPLE__)+    main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)glfwGetCocoaWindow(bd->Window);+#else+    IM_UNUSED(main_viewport);+#endif++    // Windows: register a WndProc hook so we can intercept some messages.+#ifdef _WIN32+    bd->GlfwWndProc = (WNDPROC)::GetWindowLongPtr((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC);+    IM_ASSERT(bd->GlfwWndProc != nullptr);+    ::SetWindowLongPtr((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)ImGui_ImplGlfw_WndProc);+#endif+     bd->ClientApi = client_api;     return true; }@@ -514,7 +624,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown() {     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();-    IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();      if (bd->InstalledCallbacks)@@ -523,8 +633,16 @@     for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++)         glfwDestroyCursor(bd->MouseCursors[cursor_n]); -    io.BackendPlatformName = NULL;-    io.BackendPlatformUserData = NULL;+    // Windows: register a WndProc hook so we can intercept some messages.+#ifdef _WIN32+    ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();+    ::SetWindowLongPtr((HWND)main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)bd->GlfwWndProc);+    bd->GlfwWndProc = nullptr;+#endif++    io.BackendPlatformName = nullptr;+    io.BackendPlatformUserData = nullptr;+    io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad);     IM_DELETE(bd); } @@ -533,24 +651,30 @@     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ++    // (those braces are here to reduce diff with multi-viewports support in 'docking' branch)+    {+        GLFWwindow* window = bd->Window;+ #ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__-    const bool is_app_focused = true;+        const bool is_window_focused = true; #else-    const bool is_app_focused = glfwGetWindowAttrib(bd->Window, GLFW_FOCUSED) != 0;+        const bool is_window_focused = glfwGetWindowAttrib(window, GLFW_FOCUSED) != 0; #endif-    if (is_app_focused)-    {-        // (Optional) Set OS mouse position from Dear ImGui if requested (rarely used, only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is enabled by user)-        if (io.WantSetMousePos)-            glfwSetCursorPos(bd->Window, (double)io.MousePos.x, (double)io.MousePos.y);--        // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback already provides this when hovered or captured)-        if (is_app_focused && bd->MouseWindow == NULL)+        if (is_window_focused)         {-            double mouse_x, mouse_y;-            glfwGetCursorPos(bd->Window, &mouse_x, &mouse_y);-            io.AddMousePosEvent((float)mouse_x, (float)mouse_y);-            bd->LastValidMousePos = ImVec2((float)mouse_x, (float)mouse_y);+            // (Optional) Set OS mouse position from Dear ImGui if requested (rarely used, only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is enabled by user)+            if (io.WantSetMousePos)+                glfwSetCursorPos(window, (double)io.MousePos.x, (double)io.MousePos.y);++            // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback already provides this when hovered or captured)+            if (bd->MouseWindow == nullptr)+            {+                double mouse_x, mouse_y;+                glfwGetCursorPos(window, &mouse_x, &mouse_y);+                bd->LastValidMousePos = ImVec2((float)mouse_x, (float)mouse_y);+                io.AddMousePosEvent((float)mouse_x, (float)mouse_y);+            }         }     } }@@ -563,17 +687,21 @@         return;      ImGuiMouseCursor imgui_cursor = ImGui::GetMouseCursor();-    if (imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None || io.MouseDrawCursor)-    {-        // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor-        glfwSetInputMode(bd->Window, GLFW_CURSOR, GLFW_CURSOR_HIDDEN);-    }-    else+    // (those braces are here to reduce diff with multi-viewports support in 'docking' branch)     {-        // Show OS mouse cursor-        // FIXME-PLATFORM: Unfocused windows seems to fail changing the mouse cursor with GLFW 3.2, but 3.3 works here.-        glfwSetCursor(bd->Window, bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ? bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] : bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow]);-        glfwSetInputMode(bd->Window, GLFW_CURSOR, GLFW_CURSOR_NORMAL);+        GLFWwindow* window = bd->Window;+        if (imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None || io.MouseDrawCursor)+        {+            // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor+            glfwSetInputMode(window, GLFW_CURSOR, GLFW_CURSOR_HIDDEN);+        }+        else+        {+            // Show OS mouse cursor+            // FIXME-PLATFORM: Unfocused windows seems to fail changing the mouse cursor with GLFW 3.2, but 3.3 works here.+            glfwSetCursor(window, bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ? bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] : bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow]);+            glfwSetInputMode(window, GLFW_CURSOR, GLFW_CURSOR_NORMAL);+        }     } } @@ -582,11 +710,11 @@ static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads() {     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();-    if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0)+    if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) // FIXME: Technically feeding gamepad shouldn't depend on this now that they are regular inputs.         return;      io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad;-#if GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API+#if GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)     GLFWgamepadstate gamepad;     if (!glfwGetGamepadState(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &gamepad))         return;@@ -604,10 +732,10 @@     io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad;     MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadStart,       GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_START,          7);     MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadBack,        GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_BACK,           6);-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown,    GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_A,              0);     // Xbox A, PS Cross-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight,   GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_B,              1);     // Xbox B, PS Circle     MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft,    GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_X,              2);     // Xbox X, PS Square+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight,   GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_B,              1);     // Xbox B, PS Circle     MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp,      GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_Y,              3);     // Xbox Y, PS Triangle+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown,    GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_A,              0);     // Xbox A, PS Cross     MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft,    GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT,      13);     MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight,   GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT,     11);     MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp,      GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_UP,        10);@@ -634,7 +762,7 @@ {     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData();-    IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "Did you call ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForXXX()?");+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForXXX()?");      // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing)     int w, h;@@ -646,7 +774,10 @@         io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / (float)w, (float)display_h / (float)h);      // Setup time step+    // (Accept glfwGetTime() not returning a monotonically increasing value. Seems to happens on disconnecting peripherals and probably on VMs and Emscripten, see #6491, #6189, #6114, #3644)     double current_time = glfwGetTime();+    if (current_time <= bd->Time)+        current_time = bd->Time + 0.00001f;     io.DeltaTime = bd->Time > 0.0 ? (float)(current_time - bd->Time) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f);     bd->Time = current_time; @@ -657,6 +788,10 @@     ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads(); } +//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #endif++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@  // Implemented features: //  [X] Platform: Clipboard support.+//  [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen (Windows only). //  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy GLFW_KEY_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] //  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. //  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange' (note: the resizing cursors requires GLFW 3.4+).@@ -13,12 +14,9 @@ // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs -// About GLSL version:-// The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter defaults to "#version 150" if NULL.-// Only override if your GL version doesn't handle this GLSL version. Keep NULL if unsure!- #pragma once #include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE  struct GLFWwindow; struct GLFWmonitor;@@ -29,13 +27,17 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(); -// GLFW callbacks (installer)+// GLFW callbacks install // - When calling Init with 'install_callbacks=true': ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks() is called. GLFW callbacks will be installed for you. They will chain-call user's previously installed callbacks, if any. // - When calling Init with 'install_callbacks=false': GLFW callbacks won't be installed. You will need to call individual function yourself from your own GLFW callbacks. IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window); IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window); -// GLFW callbacks (individual callbacks to call if you didn't install callbacks)+// GFLW callbacks options:+// - Set 'chain_for_all_windows=true' to enable chaining callbacks for all windows (including secondary viewports created by backends or by user)+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetCallbacksChainForAllWindows(bool chain_for_all_windows);++// GLFW callbacks (individual callbacks to call yourself if you didn't install callbacks) IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int focused);        // Since 1.84 IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int entered);        // Since 1.84 IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double x, double y);   // Since 1.87@@ -44,3 +46,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods); IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c); IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback(GLFWmonitor* monitor, int event);++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ //  [X] Platform: Partial keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy GLUT values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] // Issues: //  [ ] Platform: GLUT is unable to distinguish e.g. Backspace from CTRL+H or TAB from CTRL+I+//  [ ] Platform: Missing horizontal mouse wheel support. //  [ ] Platform: Missing mouse cursor shape/visibility support. //  [ ] Platform: Missing clipboard support (not supported by Glut). //  [ ] Platform: Missing gamepad support.@@ -19,6 +20,7 @@ // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs  #pragma once+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API  IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplGLUT_Init();@@ -28,7 +30,7 @@  // You can call ImGui_ImplGLUT_InstallFuncs() to get all those functions installed automatically, // or call them yourself from your own GLUT handlers. We are using the same weird names as GLUT for consistency..-//---------------------------------------- GLUT name --------------------------------------------- Decent Name ---------+//------------------------------------ GLUT name ---------------------------------------------- Decent Name --------- IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGLUT_ReshapeFunc(int w, int h);                           // ~ ResizeFunc IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGLUT_MotionFunc(int x, int y);                            // ~ MouseMoveFunc IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGLUT_MouseFunc(int button, int state, int x, int y);      // ~ MouseButtonFunc@@ -37,3 +39,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGLUT_KeyboardUpFunc(unsigned char c, int x, int y);       // ~ CharReleasedFunc IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGLUT_SpecialFunc(int key, int x, int y);                  // ~ KeyPressedFunc IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplGLUT_SpecialUpFunc(int key, int x, int y);                // ~ KeyReleasedFunc++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -3,14 +3,15 @@  // Implemented features: //  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'MTLTexture' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!-//  [X] Renderer: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.+//  [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs  #include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE  //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // ObjC API@@ -44,9 +45,7 @@ // More info about using Metal from C++: https://developer.apple.com/metal/cpp/  #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_METAL_CPP- #include <Metal/Metal.hpp>- #ifndef __OBJC__  IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplMetal_Init(MTL::Device* device);@@ -63,5 +62,8 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplMetal_DestroyDeviceObjects();  #endif- #endif++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@  // Implemented features: //  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'MTLTexture' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!-//  [X] Renderer: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.+//  [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.  // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.@@ -12,6 +12,9 @@  // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)+//  2022-08-23: Metal: Update deprecated property 'sampleCount'->'rasterSampleCount'.+//  2022-07-05: Metal: Add dispatch synchronization.+//  2022-06-30: Metal: Use __bridge for ARC based systems. //  2022-06-01: Metal: Fixed null dereference on exit inside command buffer completion handler. //  2022-04-27: Misc: Store backend data in a per-context struct, allowing to use this backend with multiple contexts. //  2022-01-03: Metal: Ignore ImDrawCmd where ElemCount == 0 (very rare but can technically be manufactured by user code).@@ -27,6 +30,7 @@ //  2018-07-05: Metal: Added new Metal backend implementation.  #include "imgui.h"+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_metal.h" #import <time.h> #import <Metal/Metal.h>@@ -67,16 +71,16 @@  struct ImGui_ImplMetal_Data {-    MetalContext*            SharedMetalContext;+    MetalContext*               SharedMetalContext; -    ImGui_ImplMetal_Data()  { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }+    ImGui_ImplMetal_Data()      { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; -static ImGui_ImplMetal_Data*     ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateBackendData()  { return IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplMetal_Data)(); }-static ImGui_ImplMetal_Data*     ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData()     { return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplMetal_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : NULL; }-static void                      ImGui_ImplMetal_DestroyBackendData() { IM_DELETE(ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData()); }+static ImGui_ImplMetal_Data*    ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateBackendData() { return IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplMetal_Data)(); }+static ImGui_ImplMetal_Data*    ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData()    { return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplMetal_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : nullptr; }+static void                     ImGui_ImplMetal_DestroyBackendData(){ IM_DELETE(ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData()); } -static inline CFTimeInterval     GetMachAbsoluteTimeInSeconds()       { return static_cast<CFTimeInterval>(static_cast<double>(clock_gettime_nsec_np(CLOCK_UPTIME_RAW)) / 1e9); }+static inline CFTimeInterval    GetMachAbsoluteTimeInSeconds()      { return (CFTimeInterval)(double)(clock_gettime_nsec_np(CLOCK_UPTIME_RAW) / 1e9); }  #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_METAL_CPP @@ -84,12 +88,12 @@  bool ImGui_ImplMetal_Init(MTL::Device* device) {-    return ImGui_ImplMetal_Init((id<MTLDevice>)(device));+    return ImGui_ImplMetal_Init((__bridge id<MTLDevice>)(device)); }  void ImGui_ImplMetal_NewFrame(MTL::RenderPassDescriptor* renderPassDescriptor) {-    ImGui_ImplMetal_NewFrame((MTLRenderPassDescriptor*)(renderPassDescriptor));+    ImGui_ImplMetal_NewFrame((__bridge MTLRenderPassDescriptor*)(renderPassDescriptor)); }  void ImGui_ImplMetal_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data,@@ -97,19 +101,19 @@                                     MTL::RenderCommandEncoder* commandEncoder) {     ImGui_ImplMetal_RenderDrawData(draw_data,-                                   (id<MTLCommandBuffer>)(commandBuffer),-                                   (id<MTLRenderCommandEncoder>)(commandEncoder));+                                   (__bridge id<MTLCommandBuffer>)(commandBuffer),+                                   (__bridge id<MTLRenderCommandEncoder>)(commandEncoder));  }  bool ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateFontsTexture(MTL::Device* device) {-    return ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateFontsTexture((id<MTLDevice>)(device));+    return ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateFontsTexture((__bridge id<MTLDevice>)(device)); }  bool ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateDeviceObjects(MTL::Device* device) {-    return ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateDeviceObjects((id<MTLDevice>)(device));+    return ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateDeviceObjects((__bridge id<MTLDevice>)(device)); }  #endif // #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_METAL_CPP@@ -132,8 +136,15 @@  void ImGui_ImplMetal_Shutdown() {+    ImGui_ImplMetal_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData();+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");     ImGui_ImplMetal_DestroyDeviceObjects();     ImGui_ImplMetal_DestroyBackendData();++    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();+    io.BackendRendererName = nullptr;+    io.BackendRendererUserData = nullptr;+    io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset; }  void ImGui_ImplMetal_NewFrame(MTLRenderPassDescriptor* renderPassDescriptor)@@ -294,10 +305,13 @@     {         dispatch_async(dispatch_get_main_queue(), ^{             ImGui_ImplMetal_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData();-            if (bd != NULL)+            if (bd != nullptr)             {-                [bd->SharedMetalContext.bufferCache addObject:vertexBuffer];-                [bd->SharedMetalContext.bufferCache addObject:indexBuffer];+                @synchronized(bd->SharedMetalContext.bufferCache)+                {+                    [bd->SharedMetalContext.bufferCache addObject:vertexBuffer];+                    [bd->SharedMetalContext.bufferCache addObject:indexBuffer];+                }             }         });     }];@@ -338,7 +352,7 @@     ImGui_ImplMetal_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplMetal_GetBackendData();     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();     bd->SharedMetalContext.fontTexture = nil;-    io.Fonts->SetTexID(nullptr);+    io.Fonts->SetTexID(0); }  bool ImGui_ImplMetal_CreateDeviceObjects(id<MTLDevice> device)@@ -429,8 +443,8 @@ {     if ((self = [super init]))     {-        _renderPipelineStateCache = [NSMutableDictionary dictionary];-        _bufferCache = [NSMutableArray array];+        self.renderPipelineStateCache = [NSMutableDictionary dictionary];+        self.bufferCache = [NSMutableArray array];         _lastBufferCachePurge = GetMachAbsoluteTimeInSeconds();     }     return self;@@ -440,28 +454,31 @@ {     uint64_t now = GetMachAbsoluteTimeInSeconds(); -    // Purge old buffers that haven't been useful for a while-    if (now - self.lastBufferCachePurge > 1.0)+    @synchronized(self.bufferCache)     {-        NSMutableArray* survivors = [NSMutableArray array];-        for (MetalBuffer* candidate in self.bufferCache)-            if (candidate.lastReuseTime > self.lastBufferCachePurge)-                [survivors addObject:candidate];-        self.bufferCache = [survivors mutableCopy];-        self.lastBufferCachePurge = now;-    }+        // Purge old buffers that haven't been useful for a while+        if (now - self.lastBufferCachePurge > 1.0)+        {+            NSMutableArray* survivors = [NSMutableArray array];+            for (MetalBuffer* candidate in self.bufferCache)+                if (candidate.lastReuseTime > self.lastBufferCachePurge)+                    [survivors addObject:candidate];+            self.bufferCache = [survivors mutableCopy];+            self.lastBufferCachePurge = now;+        } -    // See if we have a buffer we can reuse-    MetalBuffer* bestCandidate = nil;-    for (MetalBuffer* candidate in self.bufferCache)-        if (candidate.buffer.length >= length && (bestCandidate == nil || bestCandidate.lastReuseTime > candidate.lastReuseTime))-            bestCandidate = candidate;+        // See if we have a buffer we can reuse+        MetalBuffer* bestCandidate = nil;+        for (MetalBuffer* candidate in self.bufferCache)+            if (candidate.buffer.length >= length && (bestCandidate == nil || bestCandidate.lastReuseTime > candidate.lastReuseTime))+                bestCandidate = candidate; -    if (bestCandidate != nil)-    {-        [self.bufferCache removeObject:bestCandidate];-        bestCandidate.lastReuseTime = now;-        return bestCandidate;+        if (bestCandidate != nil)+        {+            [self.bufferCache removeObject:bestCandidate];+            bestCandidate.lastReuseTime = now;+            return bestCandidate;+        }     }      // No luck; make a new buffer@@ -544,7 +561,7 @@     pipelineDescriptor.vertexFunction = vertexFunction;     pipelineDescriptor.fragmentFunction = fragmentFunction;     pipelineDescriptor.vertexDescriptor = vertexDescriptor;-    pipelineDescriptor.sampleCount = self.framebufferDescriptor.sampleCount;+    pipelineDescriptor.rasterSampleCount = self.framebufferDescriptor.sampleCount;     pipelineDescriptor.colorAttachments[0].pixelFormat = self.framebufferDescriptor.colorPixelFormat;     pipelineDescriptor.colorAttachments[0].blendingEnabled = YES;     pipelineDescriptor.colorAttachments[0].rgbBlendOperation = MTLBlendOperationAdd;@@ -564,3 +581,7 @@ }  @end++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@  // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)+//  2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11. //  2021-12-08: OpenGL: Fixed mishandling of the the ImDrawCmd::IdxOffset field! This is an old bug but it never had an effect until some internal rendering changes in 1.86. //  2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX). //  2021-05-19: OpenGL: Replaced direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId with a call to ImDrawCmd::GetTexID(). (will become a requirement)@@ -36,11 +37,15 @@ //  2016-09-05: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current scissor rectangle.  #include "imgui.h"+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_opengl2.h"-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier-#include <stddef.h>     // intptr_t-#else #include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t++// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything+#if defined(__clang__)+#pragma clang diagnostic push+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros"                      // warning: macro is not used+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wnonportable-system-include-path" #endif  // Include OpenGL header (without an OpenGL loader) requires a bit of fiddling@@ -68,14 +73,14 @@ // It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts. static ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data* ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_GetBackendData() {-    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : NULL;+    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : nullptr; }  // Functions bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Init() {     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();-    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == NULL && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");+    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");      // Setup backend capabilities flags     ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data)();@@ -88,19 +93,19 @@ void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Shutdown() {     ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_GetBackendData();-    IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();      ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyDeviceObjects();-    io.BackendRendererName = NULL;-    io.BackendRendererUserData = NULL;+    io.BackendRendererName = nullptr;+    io.BackendRendererUserData = nullptr;     IM_DELETE(bd); }  void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_NewFrame() {     ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_GetBackendData();-    IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Init()?");+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Init()?");      if (!bd->FontTexture)         ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_CreateDeviceObjects();@@ -208,7 +213,7 @@                     continue;                  // Apply scissor/clipping rectangle (Y is inverted in OpenGL)-                glScissor((int)clip_min.x, (int)(fb_height - clip_max.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y));+                glScissor((int)clip_min.x, (int)((float)fb_height - clip_max.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y));                  // Bind texture, Draw                 glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->GetTexID());@@ -284,3 +289,11 @@ {     ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyFontsTexture(); }++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++#if defined(__clang__)+#pragma clang diagnostic pop+#endif++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ // Implemented features: //  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@  #pragma once #include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE  IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Init(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Shutdown();@@ -30,3 +31,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyFontsTexture(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_CreateDeviceObjects(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyDeviceObjects();++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -5,8 +5,13 @@  // Implemented features: //  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!-//  [x] Renderer: Desktop GL only: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.+//  [x] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices (Desktop OpenGL only). +// About WebGL/ES:+// - You need to '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2' or '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3' to use WebGL or OpenGL ES.+// - This is done automatically on iOS, Android and Emscripten targets.+// - For other targets, the define needs to be visible from the imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp compilation unit. If unsure, define globally or in imconfig.h.+ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp.@@ -14,8 +19,17 @@  // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)+//  2023-06-20: OpenGL: Fixed erroneous use glGetIntegerv(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK) on contexts lower than 3.2. (#6539, #6333)+//  2023-05-09: OpenGL: Support for glBindSampler() backup/restore on ES3. (#6375)+//  2023-04-18: OpenGL: Restore front and back polygon mode separately when supported by context. (#6333)+//  2023-03-23: OpenGL: Properly restoring "no shader program bound" if it was the case prior to running the rendering function. (#6267, #6220, #6224)+//  2023-03-15: OpenGL: Fixed GL loader crash when GL_VERSION returns NULL. (#6154, #4445, #3530)+//  2023-03-06: OpenGL: Fixed restoration of a potentially deleted OpenGL program, by calling glIsProgram(). (#6220, #6224)+//  2022-11-09: OpenGL: Reverted use of glBufferSubData(), too many corruptions issues + old issues seemingly can't be reproed with Intel drivers nowadays (revert 2021-12-15 and 2022-05-23 changes).+//  2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11.+//  2022-09-27: OpenGL: Added ability to '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG'. //  2022-05-23: OpenGL: Reworking 2021-12-15 "Using buffer orphaning" so it only happens on Intel GPU, seems to cause problems otherwise. (#4468, #4825, #4832, #5127).-//  2022-05-13: OpenGL: Fix state corruption on OpenGL ES 2.0 due to not preserving GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING and vertex attribute states.+//  2022-05-13: OpenGL: Fixed state corruption on OpenGL ES 2.0 due to not preserving GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING and vertex attribute states. //  2021-12-15: OpenGL: Using buffer orphaning + glBufferSubData(), seems to fix leaks with multi-viewports with some Intel HD drivers. //  2021-08-23: OpenGL: Fixed ES 3.0 shader ("#version 300 es") use normal precision floats to avoid wobbly rendering at HD resolutions. //  2021-08-19: OpenGL: Embed and use our own minimal GL loader (imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h), removing requirement and support for third-party loader.@@ -56,7 +70,7 @@ //  2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW/SDL+OpenGL3 examples. //  2018-06-08: OpenGL: Use draw_data->DisplayPos and draw_data->DisplaySize to setup projection matrix and clipping rectangle. //  2018-05-25: OpenGL: Removed unnecessary backup/restore of GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING since this is part of the VAO state.-//  2018-05-14: OpenGL: Making the call to glBindSampler() optional so 3.2 context won't fail if the function is a NULL pointer.+//  2018-05-14: OpenGL: Making the call to glBindSampler() optional so 3.2 context won't fail if the function is a nullptr pointer. //  2018-03-06: OpenGL: Added const char* glsl_version parameter to ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init() so user can override the GLSL version e.g. "#version 150". //  2018-02-23: OpenGL: Create the VAO in the render function so the setup can more easily be used with multiple shared GL context. //  2018-02-16: Misc: Obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback and exposed ImGui_ImplSdlGL3_RenderDrawData() in the .h file so you can call it yourself.@@ -90,25 +104,28 @@ #endif  #include "imgui.h"+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_opengl3.h" #include <stdio.h>-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier-#include <stddef.h>     // intptr_t-#else #include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t-#endif #if defined(__APPLE__) #include <TargetConditionals.h> #endif -// Clang warnings with -Weverything+// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic push-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"     // warning: use of old-style cast-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"    // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness-#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant")-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"         // warning: use of old-style cast+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"        // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros"          // warning: macro is not used+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wnonportable-system-include-path"+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-function-type"     // warning: cast between incompatible function types (for loader) #endif+#if defined(__GNUC__)+#pragma GCC diagnostic push+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"   // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-function-type"       // warning: cast between incompatible function types (for loader) #endif  // GL includes@@ -163,8 +180,8 @@ #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET #endif -// Desktop GL 3.3+ has glBindSampler()-#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && defined(GL_VERSION_3_3)+// Desktop GL 3.3+ and GL ES 3.0+ have glBindSampler()+#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && (defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) || defined(GL_VERSION_3_3)) #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER #endif @@ -178,11 +195,24 @@ #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_EXTENSIONS #endif +// [Debugging]+//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG+#include <stdio.h>+#define GL_CALL(_CALL)      do { _CALL; GLenum gl_err = glGetError(); if (gl_err != 0) fprintf(stderr, "GL error 0x%x returned from '%s'.\n", gl_err, #_CALL); } while (0)  // Call with error check+#else+#define GL_CALL(_CALL)      _CALL   // Call without error check+#endif+ // OpenGL Data struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data {     GLuint          GlVersion;               // Extracted at runtime using GL_MAJOR_VERSION, GL_MINOR_VERSION queries (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2)     char            GlslVersionString[32];   // Specified by user or detected based on compile time GL settings.+    bool            GlProfileIsES2;+    bool            GlProfileIsES3;+    bool            GlProfileIsCompat;+    GLint           GlProfileMask;     GLuint          FontTexture;     GLuint          ShaderHandle;     GLint           AttribLocationTex;       // Uniforms location@@ -203,7 +233,7 @@ // It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts. static ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData() {-    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : NULL;+    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : nullptr; }  // OpenGL vertex attribute state (for ES 1.0 and ES 2.0 only)@@ -234,7 +264,7 @@ bool    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) {     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();-    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == NULL && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");+    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");      // Initialize our loader #if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM)@@ -251,7 +281,12 @@     io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_opengl3";      // Query for GL version (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2)-#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)+#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)+    // GLES 2+    bd->GlVersion = 200;+    bd->GlProfileIsES2 = true;+#else+    // Desktop or GLES 3     GLint major = 0;     GLint minor = 0;     glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, &major);@@ -263,26 +298,39 @@         sscanf(gl_version, "%d.%d", &major, &minor);     }     bd->GlVersion = (GLuint)(major * 100 + minor * 10);+#if defined(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK)+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 320)+        glGetIntegerv(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK, &bd->GlProfileMask);+    bd->GlProfileIsCompat = (bd->GlProfileMask & GL_CONTEXT_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT) != 0;+#endif +#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)+    bd->GlProfileIsES3 = true;+#endif++    bd->UseBufferSubData = false;+    /*     // Query vendor to enable glBufferSubData kludge #ifdef _WIN32     if (const char* vendor = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR))         if (strncmp(vendor, "Intel", 5) == 0)             bd->UseBufferSubData = true; #endif-    //printf("GL_MAJOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_MINOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_VENDOR = '%s'\nGL_RENDERER = '%s'\n", major, minor, (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR), (const char*)glGetString(GL_RENDERER)); // [DEBUG]-#else-    bd->GlVersion = 200; // GLES 2+    */ #endif +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG+    printf("GlVersion = %d\nGlProfileIsCompat = %d\nGlProfileMask = 0x%X\nGlProfileIsES2 = %d, GlProfileIsES3 = %d\nGL_VENDOR = '%s'\nGL_RENDERER = '%s'\n", bd->GlVersion, bd->GlProfileIsCompat, bd->GlProfileMask, bd->GlProfileIsES2, bd->GlProfileIsES3, (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR), (const char*)glGetString(GL_RENDERER)); // [DEBUG]+#endif+ #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET     if (bd->GlVersion >= 320)         io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset;  // We can honor the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset field, allowing for large meshes. #endif      // Store GLSL version string so we can refer to it later in case we recreate shaders.-    // Note: GLSL version is NOT the same as GL version. Leave this to NULL if unsure.-    if (glsl_version == NULL)+    // Note: GLSL version is NOT the same as GL version. Leave this to nullptr if unsure.+    if (glsl_version == nullptr)     { #if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)         glsl_version = "#version 100";@@ -311,7 +359,7 @@     for (GLint i = 0; i < num_extensions; i++)     {         const char* extension = (const char*)glGetStringi(GL_EXTENSIONS, i);-        if (extension != NULL && strcmp(extension, "GL_ARB_clip_control") == 0)+        if (extension != nullptr && strcmp(extension, "GL_ARB_clip_control") == 0)             bd->HasClipOrigin = true;     } #endif@@ -322,19 +370,20 @@ void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown() {     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();-    IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();      ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects();-    io.BackendRendererName = NULL;-    io.BackendRendererUserData = NULL;+    io.BackendRendererName = nullptr;+    io.BackendRendererUserData = nullptr;+    io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset;     IM_DELETE(bd); }  void    ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame() {     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();-    IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init()?");+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init()?");      if (!bd->ShaderHandle)         ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects();@@ -373,7 +422,7 @@      // Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix     // Our visible imgui space lies from draw_data->DisplayPos (top left) to draw_data->DisplayPos+data_data->DisplaySize (bottom right). DisplayPos is (0,0) for single viewport apps.-    glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height);+    GL_CALL(glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height));     float L = draw_data->DisplayPos.x;     float R = draw_data->DisplayPos.x + draw_data->DisplaySize.x;     float T = draw_data->DisplayPos.y;@@ -393,8 +442,8 @@     glUniformMatrix4fv(bd->AttribLocationProjMtx, 1, GL_FALSE, &ortho_projection[0][0]);  #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER-    if (bd->GlVersion >= 330)-        glBindSampler(0, 0); // We use combined texture/sampler state. Applications using GL 3.3 may set that otherwise.+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 330 || bd->GlProfileIsES3)+        glBindSampler(0, 0); // We use combined texture/sampler state. Applications using GL 3.3 and GL ES 3.0 may set that otherwise. #endif      (void)vertex_array_object;@@ -403,14 +452,14 @@ #endif      // Bind vertex/index buffers and setup attributes for ImDrawVert-    glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VboHandle);-    glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->ElementsHandle);-    glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos);-    glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV);-    glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor);-    glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos,   2, GL_FLOAT,         GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos));-    glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV,    2, GL_FLOAT,         GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv));-    glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor, 4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, GL_TRUE,  sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col));+    GL_CALL(glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VboHandle));+    GL_CALL(glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->ElementsHandle));+    GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos));+    GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV));+    GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor));+    GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos,   2, GL_FLOAT,         GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos)));+    GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV,    2, GL_FLOAT,         GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv)));+    GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor, 4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, GL_TRUE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col))); }  // OpenGL3 Render function.@@ -432,7 +481,7 @@     GLuint last_program; glGetIntegerv(GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM, (GLint*)&last_program);     GLuint last_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, (GLint*)&last_texture); #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER-    GLuint last_sampler; if (bd->GlVersion >= 330) { glGetIntegerv(GL_SAMPLER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_sampler); } else { last_sampler = 0; }+    GLuint last_sampler; if (bd->GlVersion >= 330 || bd->GlProfileIsES3) { glGetIntegerv(GL_SAMPLER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_sampler); } else { last_sampler = 0; } #endif     GLuint last_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_array_buffer); #ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY@@ -470,7 +519,7 @@     // The renderer would actually work without any VAO bound, but then our VertexAttrib calls would overwrite the default one currently bound.     GLuint vertex_array_object = 0; #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY-    glGenVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object);+    GL_CALL(glGenVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object)); #endif     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height, vertex_array_object); @@ -484,9 +533,13 @@         const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];          // Upload vertex/index buffers-        // - On Intel windows drivers we got reports that regular glBufferData() led to accumulating leaks when using multi-viewports, so we started using orphaning + glBufferSubData(). (See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4468)-        // - On NVIDIA drivers we got reports that using orphaning + glBufferSubData() led to glitches when using multi-viewports.-        // - OpenGL drivers are in a very sorry state in 2022, for now we are switching code path based on vendors.+        // - OpenGL drivers are in a very sorry state nowadays....+        //   During 2021 we attempted to switch from glBufferData() to orphaning+glBufferSubData() following reports+        //   of leaks on Intel GPU when using multi-viewports on Windows.+        // - After this we kept hearing of various display corruptions issues. We started disabling on non-Intel GPU, but issues still got reported on Intel.+        // - We are now back to using exclusively glBufferData(). So bd->UseBufferSubData IS ALWAYS FALSE in this code.+        //   We are keeping the old code path for a while in case people finding new issues may want to test the bd->UseBufferSubData path.+        // - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4468 and please report any corruption issues.         const GLsizeiptr vtx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert);         const GLsizeiptr idx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx);         if (bd->UseBufferSubData)@@ -494,26 +547,26 @@             if (bd->VertexBufferSize < vtx_buffer_size)             {                 bd->VertexBufferSize = vtx_buffer_size;-                glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VertexBufferSize, NULL, GL_STREAM_DRAW);+                GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VertexBufferSize, nullptr, GL_STREAM_DRAW));             }             if (bd->IndexBufferSize < idx_buffer_size)             {                 bd->IndexBufferSize = idx_buffer_size;-                glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->IndexBufferSize, NULL, GL_STREAM_DRAW);+                GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->IndexBufferSize, nullptr, GL_STREAM_DRAW));             }-            glBufferSubData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data);-            glBufferSubData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data);+            GL_CALL(glBufferSubData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data));+            GL_CALL(glBufferSubData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data));         }         else         {-            glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW);-            glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW);+            GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW));+            GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW));         }          for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)         {             const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];-            if (pcmd->UserCallback != NULL)+            if (pcmd->UserCallback != nullptr)             {                 // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback()                 // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.)@@ -531,30 +584,31 @@                     continue;                  // Apply scissor/clipping rectangle (Y is inverted in OpenGL)-                glScissor((int)clip_min.x, (int)((float)fb_height - clip_max.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y));+                GL_CALL(glScissor((int)clip_min.x, (int)((float)fb_height - clip_max.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y)));                  // Bind texture, Draw-                glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->GetTexID());+                GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->GetTexID())); #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET                 if (bd->GlVersion >= 320)-                    glDrawElementsBaseVertex(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)), (GLint)pcmd->VtxOffset);+                    GL_CALL(glDrawElementsBaseVertex(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)), (GLint)pcmd->VtxOffset));                 else #endif-                glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)));+                GL_CALL(glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx))));             }         }     }      // Destroy the temporary VAO #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY-    glDeleteVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object);+    GL_CALL(glDeleteVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object)); #endif      // Restore modified GL state-    glUseProgram(last_program);+    // This "glIsProgram()" check is required because if the program is "pending deletion" at the time of binding backup, it will have been deleted by now and will cause an OpenGL error. See #6220.+    if (last_program == 0 || glIsProgram(last_program)) glUseProgram(last_program);     glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture); #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER-    if (bd->GlVersion >= 330)+    if (bd->GlVersion >= 330 || bd->GlProfileIsES3)         glBindSampler(0, last_sampler); #endif     glActiveTexture(last_active_texture);@@ -580,8 +634,18 @@ #endif  #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE-    glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]);-#endif+    // Desktop OpenGL 3.0 and OpenGL 3.1 had separate polygon draw modes for front-facing and back-facing faces of polygons+    if (bd->GlVersion <= 310 || bd->GlProfileIsCompat)+    {+        glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]);+        glPolygonMode(GL_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[1]);+    }+    else+    {+        glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]);+    }+#endif // IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE+     glViewport(last_viewport[0], last_viewport[1], (GLsizei)last_viewport[2], (GLsizei)last_viewport[3]);     glScissor(last_scissor_box[0], last_scissor_box[1], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[2], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[3]);     (void)bd; // Not all compilation paths use this@@ -600,21 +664,21 @@     // Upload texture to graphics system     // (Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling)     GLint last_texture;-    glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture);-    glGenTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture);-    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, bd->FontTexture);-    glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);-    glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);+    GL_CALL(glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture));+    GL_CALL(glGenTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture));+    GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, bd->FontTexture));+    GL_CALL(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR));+    GL_CALL(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR)); #ifdef GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH // Not on WebGL/ES-    glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0);+    GL_CALL(glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0)); #endif-    glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels);+    GL_CALL(glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels));      // Store our identifier     io.Fonts->SetTexID((ImTextureID)(intptr_t)bd->FontTexture);      // Restore state-    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture);+    GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture));      return true; }@@ -644,7 +708,7 @@     {         ImVector<char> buf;         buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1));-        glGetShaderInfoLog(handle, log_length, NULL, (GLchar*)buf.begin());+        glGetShaderInfoLog(handle, log_length, nullptr, (GLchar*)buf.begin());         fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin());     }     return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE;@@ -663,7 +727,7 @@     {         ImVector<char> buf;         buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1));-        glGetProgramInfoLog(handle, log_length, NULL, (GLchar*)buf.begin());+        glGetProgramInfoLog(handle, log_length, nullptr, (GLchar*)buf.begin());         fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin());     }     return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE;@@ -787,8 +851,8 @@         "}\n";      // Select shaders matching our GLSL versions-    const GLchar* vertex_shader = NULL;-    const GLchar* fragment_shader = NULL;+    const GLchar* vertex_shader = nullptr;+    const GLchar* fragment_shader = nullptr;     if (glsl_version < 130)     {         vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_120;@@ -813,13 +877,13 @@     // Create shaders     const GLchar* vertex_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, vertex_shader };     GLuint vert_handle = glCreateShader(GL_VERTEX_SHADER);-    glShaderSource(vert_handle, 2, vertex_shader_with_version, NULL);+    glShaderSource(vert_handle, 2, vertex_shader_with_version, nullptr);     glCompileShader(vert_handle);     CheckShader(vert_handle, "vertex shader");      const GLchar* fragment_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, fragment_shader };     GLuint frag_handle = glCreateShader(GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER);-    glShaderSource(frag_handle, 2, fragment_shader_with_version, NULL);+    glShaderSource(frag_handle, 2, fragment_shader_with_version, nullptr);     glCompileShader(frag_handle);     CheckShader(frag_handle, "fragment shader"); @@ -866,6 +930,13 @@     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture(); } +//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++#if defined(__GNUC__)+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop+#endif #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #endif++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -5,23 +5,29 @@  // Implemented features: //  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!-//  [x] Renderer: Desktop GL only: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.+//  [x] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices (Desktop OpenGL only). +// About WebGL/ES:+// - You need to '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2' or '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3' to use WebGL or OpenGL ES.+// - This is done automatically on iOS, Android and Emscripten targets.+// - For other targets, the define needs to be visible from the imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp compilation unit. If unsure, define globally or in imconfig.h.+ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs  // About GLSL version:-//  The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter should be NULL (default) or a "#version XXX" string.+//  The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter should be nullptr (default) or a "#version XXX" string. //  On computer platform the GLSL version default to "#version 130". On OpenGL ES 3 platform it defaults to "#version 300 es" //  Only override if your GL version doesn't handle this GLSL version. See GLSL version table at the top of imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp.  #pragma once #include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE  // Backend API-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version = NULL);+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version = nullptr); IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data);@@ -53,3 +59,5 @@ #endif  #endif++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -9,6 +9,14 @@ // YOU SHOULD NOT NEED TO INCLUDE/USE THIS DIRECTLY. THIS IS USED BY imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ONLY. // THE REST OF YOUR APP SHOULD USE A DIFFERENT GL LOADER: ANY GL LOADER OF YOUR CHOICE. //+// IF YOU GET BUILD ERRORS IN THIS FILE (commonly macro redefinitions or function redefinitions):+// IT LIKELY MEANS THAT YOU ARE BUILDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp' OR INCUDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h'+// IN THE SAME COMPILATION UNIT AS ONE OF YOUR FILE WHICH IS USING A THIRD-PARTY OPENGL LOADER.+// (e.g. COULD HAPPEN IF YOU ARE DOING A UNITY/JUMBO BUILD, OR INCLUDING .CPP FILES FROM OTHERS)+// YOU SHOULD NOT BUILD BOTH IN THE SAME COMPILATION UNIT.+// BUT IF YOU REALLY WANT TO, you can '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM' and imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp+// WILL NOT BE USING OUR LOADER, AND INSTEAD EXPECT ANOTHER/YOUR LOADER TO BE AVAILABLE IN THE COMPILATION UNIT.+// // Regenerate with: //   python gl3w_gen.py --output ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h --ref ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ./extra_symbols.txt //@@ -146,6 +154,8 @@ #define GL_ONE                            1 #define GL_SRC_ALPHA                      0x0302 #define GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA            0x0303+#define GL_FRONT                          0x0404+#define GL_BACK                           0x0405 #define GL_FRONT_AND_BACK                 0x0408 #define GL_POLYGON_MODE                   0x0B40 #define GL_CULL_FACE                      0x0B44@@ -301,6 +311,7 @@ typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **pointer);+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar *const*string, const GLint *length); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);@@ -326,6 +337,7 @@ GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetUniformLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name); GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribiv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params); GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribPointerv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **pointer);+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsProgram (GLuint program); GLAPI void APIENTRY glLinkProgram (GLuint program); GLAPI void APIENTRY glShaderSource (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar *const*string, const GLint *length); GLAPI void APIENTRY glUseProgram (GLuint program);@@ -363,6 +375,8 @@ typedef struct __GLsync *GLsync; typedef khronos_uint64_t GLuint64; typedef khronos_int64_t GLint64;+#define GL_CONTEXT_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT 0x00000002+#define GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK           0x9126 typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices, GLint basevertex); typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGER64I_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint64 *data); #ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES@@ -454,7 +468,7 @@  /* gl3w internal state */ union GL3WProcs {-    GL3WglProc ptr[58];+    GL3WglProc ptr[59];     struct {         PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC            ActiveTexture;         PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC             AttachShader;@@ -501,6 +515,7 @@         PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC  GetVertexAttribPointerv;         PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC        GetVertexAttribiv;         PFNGLISENABLEDPROC                IsEnabled;+        PFNGLISPROGRAMPROC                IsProgram;         PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC              LinkProgram;         PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC              PixelStorei;         PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC              PolygonMode;@@ -565,6 +580,7 @@ #define glGetVertexAttribPointerv         imgl3wProcs.gl.GetVertexAttribPointerv #define glGetVertexAttribiv               imgl3wProcs.gl.GetVertexAttribiv #define glIsEnabled                       imgl3wProcs.gl.IsEnabled+#define glIsProgram                       imgl3wProcs.gl.IsProgram #define glLinkProgram                     imgl3wProcs.gl.LinkProgram #define glPixelStorei                     imgl3wProcs.gl.PixelStorei #define glPolygonMode                     imgl3wProcs.gl.PolygonMode@@ -677,7 +693,13 @@         return GL3W_ERROR_INIT;     glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, &version.major);     glGetIntegerv(GL_MINOR_VERSION, &version.minor);-    if (version.major < 3)+    if (version.major == 0 && version.minor == 0)+    {+        // Query GL_VERSION in desktop GL 2.x, the string will start with "<major>.<minor>"+        if (const char* gl_version = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VERSION))+            sscanf(gl_version, "%d.%d", &version.major, &version.minor);+    }+    if (version.major < 2)         return GL3W_ERROR_OPENGL_VERSION;     return GL3W_OK; }@@ -701,7 +723,7 @@  int imgl3wIsSupported(int major, int minor) {-    if (major < 3)+    if (major < 2)         return 0;     if (version.major == major)         return version.minor >= minor;@@ -756,6 +778,7 @@     "glGetVertexAttribPointerv",     "glGetVertexAttribiv",     "glIsEnabled",+    "glIsProgram",     "glLinkProgram",     "glPixelStorei",     "glPolygonMode",

@@ -1,24 +1,48 @@ // dear imgui: Platform Backend for OSX / Cocoa // This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. OpenGL2, OpenGL3, Vulkan, Metal..)-// [ALPHA] Early backend, not well tested. If you want a portable application, prefer using the GLFW or SDL platform Backends on Mac.+// - Not well tested. If you want a portable application, prefer using the GLFW or SDL platform Backends on Mac.+// - Requires linking with the GameController framework ("-framework GameController").  // Implemented features: //  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'.+//  [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/Pen. //  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy kVK_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] //  [X] Platform: OSX clipboard is supported within core Dear ImGui (no specific code in this backend). //  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. //  [X] Platform: IME support.-//+ // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs  #include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE +#ifdef __OBJC__+ @class NSEvent; @class NSView;  IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplOSX_Init(NSView* _Nonnull view); IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOSX_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOSX_NewFrame(NSView* _Nullable view);++#endif++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// C++ API+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_METAL_CPP_EXTENSIONS+// #include <AppKit/AppKit.hpp>+#ifndef __OBJC__++IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplOSX_Init(void* _Nonnull view);+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOSX_Shutdown();+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplOSX_NewFrame(void* _Nullable view);++#endif+#endif++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -1,9 +1,11 @@ // dear imgui: Platform Backend for OSX / Cocoa // This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. OpenGL2, OpenGL3, Vulkan, Metal..)-// [ALPHA] Early backend, not well tested. If you want a portable application, prefer using the GLFW or SDL platform Backends on Mac.+// - Not well tested. If you want a portable application, prefer using the GLFW or SDL platform Backends on Mac.+// - Requires linking with the GameController framework ("-framework GameController").  // Implemented features: //  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'.+//  [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/Pen. //  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy kVK_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] //  [X] Platform: OSX clipboard is supported within core Dear ImGui (no specific code in this backend). //  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.@@ -15,6 +17,7 @@ // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs  #import "imgui.h"+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #import "imgui_impl_osx.h" #import <Cocoa/Cocoa.h> #import <Carbon/Carbon.h>@@ -23,12 +26,17 @@  // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)+//  2023-04-09: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen.+//  2023-02-01: Fixed scroll wheel scaling for devices emitting events with hasPreciseScrollingDeltas==false (e.g. non-Apple mices).+//  2022-11-02: Fixed mouse coordinates before clicking the host window.+//  2022-10-06: Fixed mouse inputs on flipped views.+//  2022-09-26: Inputs: Renamed ImGuiKey_ModXXX introduced in 1.87 to ImGuiMod_XXX (old names still supported). //  2022-05-03: Inputs: Removed ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() from backend API in favor of backend automatically handling event capture. //  2022-04-27: Misc: Store backend data in a per-context struct, allowing to use this backend with multiple contexts. //  2022-03-22: Inputs: Monitor NSKeyUp events to catch missing keyUp for key when user press Cmd + key //  2022-02-07: Inputs: Forward keyDown/keyUp events to OS when unused by dear imgui.-//  2022-01-31: Fix building with old Xcode versions that are missing gamepad features.-//  2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago)with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion.+//  2022-01-31: Fixed building with old Xcode versions that are missing gamepad features.+//  2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago) with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion. //  2021-01-20: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() for gamepad support, instead of writing directly to io.NavInputs[]. //  2022-01-17: Inputs: calling new io.AddMousePosEvent(), io.AddMouseButtonEvent(), io.AddMouseWheelEvent() API (1.87+). //  2022-01-12: Inputs: Added basic Platform IME support, hooking the io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function.@@ -61,22 +69,22 @@ // Data struct ImGui_ImplOSX_Data {-    CFTimeInterval          Time;-    NSCursor*               MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT];-    bool                    MouseCursorHidden;-    ImGuiObserver*          Observer;-    KeyEventResponder*      KeyEventResponder;-    NSTextInputContext*     InputContext;-    id                      Monitor;+    CFTimeInterval              Time;+    NSCursor*                   MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT];+    bool                        MouseCursorHidden;+    ImGuiObserver*              Observer;+    KeyEventResponder*          KeyEventResponder;+    NSTextInputContext*         InputContext;+    id                          Monitor; -    ImGui_ImplOSX_Data()    { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }+    ImGui_ImplOSX_Data()        { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; -static ImGui_ImplOSX_Data*  ImGui_ImplOSX_CreateBackendData()  { return IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplOSX_Data)(); }-static ImGui_ImplOSX_Data*  ImGui_ImplOSX_GetBackendData()     { return (ImGui_ImplOSX_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData; }-static void                 ImGui_ImplOSX_DestroyBackendData() { IM_DELETE(ImGui_ImplOSX_GetBackendData()); }+static ImGui_ImplOSX_Data*      ImGui_ImplOSX_CreateBackendData()   { return IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplOSX_Data)(); }+static ImGui_ImplOSX_Data*      ImGui_ImplOSX_GetBackendData()      { return (ImGui_ImplOSX_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData; }+static void                     ImGui_ImplOSX_DestroyBackendData()  { IM_DELETE(ImGui_ImplOSX_GetBackendData()); } -static inline CFTimeInterval GetMachAbsoluteTimeInSeconds()    { return static_cast<CFTimeInterval>(static_cast<double>(clock_gettime_nsec_np(CLOCK_UPTIME_RAW)) / 1e9); }+static inline CFTimeInterval    GetMachAbsoluteTimeInSeconds()      { return (CFTimeInterval)(double)(clock_gettime_nsec_np(CLOCK_UPTIME_RAW) / 1e9); }  // Forward Declarations static void ImGui_ImplOSX_AddTrackingArea(NSView* _Nonnull view);@@ -364,7 +372,19 @@     } } +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_METAL_CPP_EXTENSIONS +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOSX_Init(void* _Nonnull view) {+    return ImGui_ImplOSX_Init((__bridge NSView*)(view));+}++IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOSX_NewFrame(void* _Nullable view) {+    return ImGui_ImplOSX_NewFrame((__bridge NSView*)(view));+}++#endif++ bool ImGui_ImplOSX_Init(NSView* view) {     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();@@ -374,8 +394,6 @@     // Setup backend capabilities flags     io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors;           // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional)     //io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos;          // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used)-    //io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports;    // We can create multi-viewports on the Platform side (optional)-    //io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport; // We can set io.MouseHoveredViewport correctly (optional, not easy)     io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_osx";      bd->Observer = [ImGuiObserver new];@@ -407,11 +425,11 @@         NSPasteboard* pasteboard = [NSPasteboard generalPasteboard];         NSString* available = [pasteboard availableTypeFromArray: [NSArray arrayWithObject:NSPasteboardTypeString]];         if (![available isEqualToString:NSPasteboardTypeString])-            return NULL;+            return nullptr;          NSString* string = [pasteboard stringForType:NSPasteboardTypeString];         if (string == nil)-            return NULL;+            return nullptr;          const char* string_c = (const char*)[string UTF8String];         size_t string_len = strlen(string_c);@@ -459,13 +477,21 @@ void ImGui_ImplOSX_Shutdown() {     ImGui_ImplOSX_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOSX_GetBackendData();-    bd->Observer = NULL;-    if (bd->Monitor != NULL)+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");++    bd->Observer = nullptr;+    if (bd->Monitor != nullptr)     {         [NSEvent removeMonitor:bd->Monitor];-        bd->Monitor = NULL;+        bd->Monitor = nullptr;     }+     ImGui_ImplOSX_DestroyBackendData();++    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();+    io.BackendPlatformName = nullptr;+    io.BackendPlatformUserData = nullptr;+    io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad); }  static void ImGui_ImplOSX_UpdateMouseCursor()@@ -505,7 +531,7 @@ {     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();     memset(io.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(io.NavInputs));-    if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0)+    if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) // FIXME: Technically feeding gamepad shouldn't depend on this now that they are regular inputs.         return;  #if APPLE_HAS_CONTROLLER@@ -530,10 +556,10 @@ #if APPLE_HAS_BUTTON_OPTIONS     MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadBack,            buttonOptions); #endif-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown,        buttonA);              // Xbox A, PS Cross-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight,       buttonB);              // Xbox B, PS Circle     MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft,        buttonX);              // Xbox X, PS Square+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight,       buttonB);              // Xbox B, PS Circle     MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp,          buttonY);              // Xbox Y, PS Triangle+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown,        buttonA);              // Xbox A, PS Cross     MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft,        dpad.left);     MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight,       dpad.right);     MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp,          dpad.up);@@ -594,6 +620,26 @@     ImGui_ImplOSX_UpdateImePosWithView(view); } +// Must only be called for a mouse event, otherwise an exception occurs+// (Note that NSEventTypeScrollWheel is considered "other input". Oddly enough an exception does not occur with it, but the value will sometimes be wrong!)+static ImGuiMouseSource GetMouseSource(NSEvent* event)+{+    switch (event.subtype)+    {+        case NSEventSubtypeTabletPoint:+            return ImGuiMouseSource_Pen;+        // macOS considers input from relative touch devices (like the trackpad or Apple Magic Mouse) to be touch input.+        // This doesn't really make sense for Dear ImGui, which expects absolute touch devices only.+        // There does not seem to be a simple way to disambiguate things here so we consider NSEventSubtypeTouch events to always come from mice.+        // See https://developer.apple.com/library/archive/documentation/Cocoa/Conceptual/EventOverview/HandlingTouchEvents/HandlingTouchEvents.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/10000060i-CH13-SW24+        //case NSEventSubtypeTouch:+        //    return ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen;+        case NSEventSubtypeMouseEvent:+        default:+            return ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse;+    }+}+ static bool ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent(NSEvent* event, NSView* view) {     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();@@ -602,7 +648,10 @@     {         int button = (int)[event buttonNumber];         if (button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT)+        {+            io.AddMouseSourceEvent(GetMouseSource(event));             io.AddMouseButtonEvent(button, true);+        }         return io.WantCaptureMouse;     } @@ -610,15 +659,24 @@     {         int button = (int)[event buttonNumber];         if (button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT)+        {+            io.AddMouseSourceEvent(GetMouseSource(event));             io.AddMouseButtonEvent(button, false);+        }         return io.WantCaptureMouse;     }      if (event.type == NSEventTypeMouseMoved || event.type == NSEventTypeLeftMouseDragged || event.type == NSEventTypeRightMouseDragged || event.type == NSEventTypeOtherMouseDragged)     {         NSPoint mousePoint = event.locationInWindow;+        if (event.window == nil)+            mousePoint = [[view window] convertPointFromScreen:mousePoint];         mousePoint = [view convertPoint:mousePoint fromView:nil];-        mousePoint = NSMakePoint(mousePoint.x, view.bounds.size.height - mousePoint.y);+        if ([view isFlipped])+            mousePoint = NSMakePoint(mousePoint.x, mousePoint.y);+        else+            mousePoint = NSMakePoint(mousePoint.x, view.bounds.size.height - mousePoint.y);+        io.AddMouseSourceEvent(GetMouseSource(event));         io.AddMousePosEvent((float)mousePoint.x, (float)mousePoint.y);         return io.WantCaptureMouse;     }@@ -650,18 +708,18 @@             wheel_dy = [event scrollingDeltaY];             if ([event hasPreciseScrollingDeltas])             {-                wheel_dx *= 0.1;-                wheel_dy *= 0.1;+                wheel_dx *= 0.01;+                wheel_dy *= 0.01;             }         }         else         #endif // MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED         {-            wheel_dx = [event deltaX];-            wheel_dy = [event deltaY];+            wheel_dx = [event deltaX] * 0.1;+            wheel_dy = [event deltaY] * 0.1;         }         if (wheel_dx != 0.0 || wheel_dy != 0.0)-            io.AddMouseWheelEvent((float)wheel_dx * 0.1f, (float)wheel_dy * 0.1f);+            io.AddMouseWheelEvent((float)wheel_dx, (float)wheel_dy);          return io.WantCaptureMouse;     }@@ -684,10 +742,10 @@         unsigned short key_code = [event keyCode];         NSEventModifierFlags modifier_flags = [event modifierFlags]; -        io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModShift, (modifier_flags & NSEventModifierFlagShift)   != 0);-        io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModCtrl,  (modifier_flags & NSEventModifierFlagControl) != 0);-        io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModAlt,   (modifier_flags & NSEventModifierFlagOption)  != 0);-        io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModSuper, (modifier_flags & NSEventModifierFlagCommand) != 0);+        io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Shift, (modifier_flags & NSEventModifierFlagShift)   != 0);+        io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Ctrl,  (modifier_flags & NSEventModifierFlagControl) != 0);+        io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Alt,   (modifier_flags & NSEventModifierFlagOption)  != 0);+        io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, (modifier_flags & NSEventModifierFlagCommand) != 0);          ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplOSX_KeyCodeToImGuiKey(key_code);         if (key != ImGuiKey_None)@@ -744,3 +802,7 @@         return event;     }]; }++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -1,564 +0,0 @@-// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL2-// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..)-// (Info: SDL2 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.)-// (Prefer SDL 2.0.5+ for full feature support.)--// Implemented features:-//  [X] Platform: Clipboard support.-//  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set]-//  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.-//  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'.-// Missing features:-//  [ ] Platform: SDL2 handling of IME under Windows appears to be broken and it explicitly disable the regular Windows IME. You can restore Windows IME by compiling SDL with SDL_DISABLE_WINDOWS_IME.--// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.-// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.-// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp.-// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs--// CHANGELOG-// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)-//  2022-03-22: Inputs: Fix mouse position issues when dragging outside of boundaries. SDL_CaptureMouse() erroneously still gives out LEAVE events when hovering OS decorations.-//  2022-03-22: Inputs: Added support for extra mouse buttons (SDL_BUTTON_X1/SDL_BUTTON_X2).-//  2022-02-04: Added SDL_Renderer* parameter to ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(), so we can use SDL_GetRendererOutputSize() instead of SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize() when bound to a SDL_Renderer.-//  2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago) with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion.-//  2021-01-20: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() for gamepad support, instead of writing directly to io.NavInputs[].-//  2022-01-17: Inputs: calling new io.AddMousePosEvent(), io.AddMouseButtonEvent(), io.AddMouseWheelEvent() API (1.87+).-//  2022-01-17: Inputs: always update key mods next and before key event (not in NewFrame) to fix input queue with very low framerates.-//  2022-01-12: Update mouse inputs using SDL_MOUSEMOTION/SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE + fallback to provide it when focused but not hovered/captured. More standard and will allow us to pass it to future input queue API.-//  2022-01-12: Maintain our own copy of MouseButtonsDown mask instead of using ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() which will be obsoleted.-//  2022-01-10: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyEvent(), io.AddKeyModsEvent() + io.SetKeyEventNativeData() API (1.87+). Support for full ImGuiKey range.-//  2021-08-17: Calling io.AddFocusEvent() on SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED/SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST.-//  2021-07-29: Inputs: MousePos is correctly reported when the host platform window is hovered but not focused (using SDL_GetMouseFocus() + SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH, requires SDL 2.0.5+)-//  2021-06-29: *BREAKING CHANGE* Removed 'SDL_Window* window' parameter to ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame() which was unnecessary.-//  2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX).-//  2021-03-22: Rework global mouse pos availability check listing supported platforms explicitly, effectively fixing mouse access on Raspberry Pi. (#2837, #3950)-//  2020-05-25: Misc: Report a zero display-size when window is minimized, to be consistent with other backends.-//  2020-02-20: Inputs: Fixed mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter (using SDL_SCANCODE_KP_ENTER instead of SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN2).-//  2019-12-17: Inputs: On Wayland, use SDL_GetMouseState (because there is no global mouse state).-//  2019-12-05: Inputs: Added support for ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed mouse cursor.-//  2019-07-21: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter.-//  2019-04-23: Inputs: Added support for SDL_GameController (if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad is set by user application).-//  2019-03-12: Misc: Preserve DisplayFramebufferScale when main window is minimized.-//  2018-12-21: Inputs: Workaround for Android/iOS which don't seem to handle focus related calls.-//  2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendPlatformName so it can be displayed in the About Window.-//  2018-11-14: Changed the signature of ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent() to take a 'const SDL_Event*'.-//  2018-08-01: Inputs: Workaround for Emscripten which doesn't seem to handle focus related calls.-//  2018-06-29: Inputs: Added support for the ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand cursor.-//  2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_sdl.cpp/.h away from the old combined SDL2+OpenGL/Vulkan examples.-//  2018-06-08: Misc: ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL() now takes a SDL_GLContext parameter.-//  2018-05-09: Misc: Fixed clipboard paste memory leak (we didn't call SDL_FreeMemory on the data returned by SDL_GetClipboardText).-//  2018-03-20: Misc: Setup io.BackendFlags ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag + honor ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange flag.-//  2018-02-16: Inputs: Added support for mouse cursors, honoring ImGui::GetMouseCursor() value.-//  2018-02-06: Misc: Removed call to ImGui::Shutdown() which is not available from 1.60 WIP, user needs to call CreateContext/DestroyContext themselves.-//  2018-02-06: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Space.-//  2018-02-05: Misc: Using SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() instead of SDL_GetTicks() to be able to handle very high framerate (1000+ FPS).-//  2018-02-05: Inputs: Keyboard mapping is using scancodes everywhere instead of a confusing mixture of keycodes and scancodes.-//  2018-01-20: Inputs: Added Horizontal Mouse Wheel support.-//  2018-01-19: Inputs: When available (SDL 2.0.4+) using SDL_CaptureMouse() to retrieve coordinates outside of client area when dragging. Otherwise (SDL 2.0.3 and before) testing for SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS instead of SDL_WINDOW_MOUSE_FOCUS.-//  2018-01-18: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Insert.-//  2017-08-25: Inputs: MousePos set to -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX when mouse is unavailable/missing (instead of -1,-1).-//  2016-10-15: Misc: Added a void* user_data parameter to Clipboard function handlers.--#include "imgui.h"-#include "imgui_impl_sdl.h"--// SDL-#include <SDL.h>-#include <SDL_syswm.h>-#if defined(__APPLE__)-#include <TargetConditionals.h>-#endif--#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,4) && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) && !defined(__ANDROID__) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_IOS) && !defined(__amigaos4__)-#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE    1-#else-#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE    0-#endif-#define SDL_HAS_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH    SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,5)-#define SDL_HAS_VULKAN                      SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,6)--// SDL Data-struct ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data-{-    SDL_Window*     Window;-    SDL_Renderer*   Renderer;-    Uint64          Time;-    int             MouseButtonsDown;-    SDL_Cursor*     MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT];-    int             PendingMouseLeaveFrame;-    char*           ClipboardTextData;-    bool            MouseCanUseGlobalState;--    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data()   { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }-};--// Backend data stored in io.BackendPlatformUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts-// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts.-// FIXME: multi-context support is not well tested and probably dysfunctional in this backend.-// FIXME: some shared resources (mouse cursor shape, gamepad) are mishandled when using multi-context.-static ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData()-{-    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : NULL;-}--// Functions-static const char* ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetClipboardText(void*)-{-    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();-    if (bd->ClipboardTextData)-        SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData);-    bd->ClipboardTextData = SDL_GetClipboardText();-    return bd->ClipboardTextData;-}--static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetClipboardText(void*, const char* text)-{-    SDL_SetClipboardText(text);-}--static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(int keycode)-{-    switch (keycode)-    {-        case SDLK_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab;-        case SDLK_LEFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftArrow;-        case SDLK_RIGHT: return ImGuiKey_RightArrow;-        case SDLK_UP: return ImGuiKey_UpArrow;-        case SDLK_DOWN: return ImGuiKey_DownArrow;-        case SDLK_PAGEUP: return ImGuiKey_PageUp;-        case SDLK_PAGEDOWN: return ImGuiKey_PageDown;-        case SDLK_HOME: return ImGuiKey_Home;-        case SDLK_END: return ImGuiKey_End;-        case SDLK_INSERT: return ImGuiKey_Insert;-        case SDLK_DELETE: return ImGuiKey_Delete;-        case SDLK_BACKSPACE: return ImGuiKey_Backspace;-        case SDLK_SPACE: return ImGuiKey_Space;-        case SDLK_RETURN: return ImGuiKey_Enter;-        case SDLK_ESCAPE: return ImGuiKey_Escape;-        case SDLK_QUOTE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe;-        case SDLK_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma;-        case SDLK_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus;-        case SDLK_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period;-        case SDLK_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash;-        case SDLK_SEMICOLON: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon;-        case SDLK_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_Equal;-        case SDLK_LEFTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket;-        case SDLK_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash;-        case SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket;-        case SDLK_BACKQUOTE: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent;-        case SDLK_CAPSLOCK: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock;-        case SDLK_SCROLLLOCK: return ImGuiKey_ScrollLock;-        case SDLK_NUMLOCKCLEAR: return ImGuiKey_NumLock;-        case SDLK_PRINTSCREEN: return ImGuiKey_PrintScreen;-        case SDLK_PAUSE: return ImGuiKey_Pause;-        case SDLK_KP_0: return ImGuiKey_Keypad0;-        case SDLK_KP_1: return ImGuiKey_Keypad1;-        case SDLK_KP_2: return ImGuiKey_Keypad2;-        case SDLK_KP_3: return ImGuiKey_Keypad3;-        case SDLK_KP_4: return ImGuiKey_Keypad4;-        case SDLK_KP_5: return ImGuiKey_Keypad5;-        case SDLK_KP_6: return ImGuiKey_Keypad6;-        case SDLK_KP_7: return ImGuiKey_Keypad7;-        case SDLK_KP_8: return ImGuiKey_Keypad8;-        case SDLK_KP_9: return ImGuiKey_Keypad9;-        case SDLK_KP_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal;-        case SDLK_KP_DIVIDE: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide;-        case SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY: return ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply;-        case SDLK_KP_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract;-        case SDLK_KP_PLUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd;-        case SDLK_KP_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter;-        case SDLK_KP_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual;-        case SDLK_LCTRL: return ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl;-        case SDLK_LSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftShift;-        case SDLK_LALT: return ImGuiKey_LeftAlt;-        case SDLK_LGUI: return ImGuiKey_LeftSuper;-        case SDLK_RCTRL: return ImGuiKey_RightCtrl;-        case SDLK_RSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_RightShift;-        case SDLK_RALT: return ImGuiKey_RightAlt;-        case SDLK_RGUI: return ImGuiKey_RightSuper;-        case SDLK_APPLICATION: return ImGuiKey_Menu;-        case SDLK_0: return ImGuiKey_0;-        case SDLK_1: return ImGuiKey_1;-        case SDLK_2: return ImGuiKey_2;-        case SDLK_3: return ImGuiKey_3;-        case SDLK_4: return ImGuiKey_4;-        case SDLK_5: return ImGuiKey_5;-        case SDLK_6: return ImGuiKey_6;-        case SDLK_7: return ImGuiKey_7;-        case SDLK_8: return ImGuiKey_8;-        case SDLK_9: return ImGuiKey_9;-        case SDLK_a: return ImGuiKey_A;-        case SDLK_b: return ImGuiKey_B;-        case SDLK_c: return ImGuiKey_C;-        case SDLK_d: return ImGuiKey_D;-        case SDLK_e: return ImGuiKey_E;-        case SDLK_f: return ImGuiKey_F;-        case SDLK_g: return ImGuiKey_G;-        case SDLK_h: return ImGuiKey_H;-        case SDLK_i: return ImGuiKey_I;-        case SDLK_j: return ImGuiKey_J;-        case SDLK_k: return ImGuiKey_K;-        case SDLK_l: return ImGuiKey_L;-        case SDLK_m: return ImGuiKey_M;-        case SDLK_n: return ImGuiKey_N;-        case SDLK_o: return ImGuiKey_O;-        case SDLK_p: return ImGuiKey_P;-        case SDLK_q: return ImGuiKey_Q;-        case SDLK_r: return ImGuiKey_R;-        case SDLK_s: return ImGuiKey_S;-        case SDLK_t: return ImGuiKey_T;-        case SDLK_u: return ImGuiKey_U;-        case SDLK_v: return ImGuiKey_V;-        case SDLK_w: return ImGuiKey_W;-        case SDLK_x: return ImGuiKey_X;-        case SDLK_y: return ImGuiKey_Y;-        case SDLK_z: return ImGuiKey_Z;-        case SDLK_F1: return ImGuiKey_F1;-        case SDLK_F2: return ImGuiKey_F2;-        case SDLK_F3: return ImGuiKey_F3;-        case SDLK_F4: return ImGuiKey_F4;-        case SDLK_F5: return ImGuiKey_F5;-        case SDLK_F6: return ImGuiKey_F6;-        case SDLK_F7: return ImGuiKey_F7;-        case SDLK_F8: return ImGuiKey_F8;-        case SDLK_F9: return ImGuiKey_F9;-        case SDLK_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10;-        case SDLK_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11;-        case SDLK_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12;-    }-    return ImGuiKey_None;-}--static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateKeyModifiers(SDL_Keymod sdl_key_mods)-{-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();-    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModCtrl, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_CTRL) != 0);-    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModShift, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_SHIFT) != 0);-    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModAlt, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_ALT) != 0);-    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey_ModSuper, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_GUI) != 0);-}--// You can read the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to tell if dear imgui wants to use your inputs.-// - When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, do not dispatch mouse input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the mouse data.-// - When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, do not dispatch keyboard input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the keyboard data.-// Generally you may always pass all inputs to dear imgui, and hide them from your application based on those two flags.-// If you have multiple SDL events and some of them are not meant to be used by dear imgui, you may need to filter events based on their windowID field.-bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event)-{-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();-    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();--    switch (event->type)-    {-        case SDL_MOUSEMOTION:-        {-            io.AddMousePosEvent((float)event->motion.x, (float)event->motion.y);-            return true;-        }-        case SDL_MOUSEWHEEL:-        {-            float wheel_x = (event->wheel.x > 0) ? 1.0f : (event->wheel.x < 0) ? -1.0f : 0.0f;-            float wheel_y = (event->wheel.y > 0) ? 1.0f : (event->wheel.y < 0) ? -1.0f : 0.0f;-            io.AddMouseWheelEvent(wheel_x, wheel_y);-            return true;-        }-        case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN:-        case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP:-        {-            int mouse_button = -1;-            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) { mouse_button = 0; }-            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) { mouse_button = 1; }-            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE) { mouse_button = 2; }-            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X1) { mouse_button = 3; }-            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X2) { mouse_button = 4; }-            if (mouse_button == -1)-                break;-            io.AddMouseButtonEvent(mouse_button, (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN));-            bd->MouseButtonsDown = (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN) ? (bd->MouseButtonsDown | (1 << mouse_button)) : (bd->MouseButtonsDown & ~(1 << mouse_button));-            return true;-        }-        case SDL_TEXTINPUT:-        {-            io.AddInputCharactersUTF8(event->text.text);-            return true;-        }-        case SDL_KEYDOWN:-        case SDL_KEYUP:-        {-            ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateKeyModifiers((SDL_Keymod)event->key.keysym.mod);-            ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(event->key.keysym.sym);-            io.AddKeyEvent(key, (event->type == SDL_KEYDOWN));-            io.SetKeyEventNativeData(key, event->key.keysym.sym, event->key.keysym.scancode, event->key.keysym.scancode); // To support legacy indexing (<1.87 user code). Legacy backend uses SDLK_*** as indices to IsKeyXXX() functions.-            return true;-        }-        case SDL_WINDOWEVENT:-        {-            // - When capturing mouse, SDL will send a bunch of conflicting LEAVE/ENTER event on every mouse move, but the final ENTER tends to be right.-            // - However we won't get a correct LEAVE event for a captured window.-            // - In some cases, when detaching a window from main viewport SDL may send SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER one frame too late,-            //   causing SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE on previous frame to interrupt drag operation by clear mouse position. This is why-            //   we delay process the SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE events by one frame. See issue #5012 for details.-            Uint8 window_event = event->window.event;-            if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER)-                bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = 0;-            if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE)-                bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = ImGui::GetFrameCount() + 1;-            if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED)-                io.AddFocusEvent(true);-            else if (event->window.event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST)-                io.AddFocusEvent(false);-            return true;-        }-    }-    return false;-}--static bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer)-{-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();-    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == NULL && "Already initialized a platform backend!");--    // Check and store if we are on a SDL backend that supports global mouse position-    // ("wayland" and "rpi" don't support it, but we chose to use a white-list instead of a black-list)-    bool mouse_can_use_global_state = false;-#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE-    const char* sdl_backend = SDL_GetCurrentVideoDriver();-    const char* global_mouse_whitelist[] = { "windows", "cocoa", "x11", "DIVE", "VMAN" };-    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(global_mouse_whitelist); n++)-        if (strncmp(sdl_backend, global_mouse_whitelist[n], strlen(global_mouse_whitelist[n])) == 0)-            mouse_can_use_global_state = true;-#endif--    // Setup backend capabilities flags-    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data)();-    io.BackendPlatformUserData = (void*)bd;-    io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_sdl";-    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors;       // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional)-    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos;        // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used)--    bd->Window = window;-    bd->Renderer = renderer;-    bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState = mouse_can_use_global_state;--    io.SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetClipboardText;-    io.GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetClipboardText;-    io.ClipboardUserData = NULL;--    // Load mouse cursors-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_ARROW);-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_IBEAM);-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEALL);-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENS);-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEWE);-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENESW);-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENWSE);-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_HAND);-    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NO);--    // Set platform dependent data in viewport-#ifdef _WIN32-    SDL_SysWMinfo info;-    SDL_VERSION(&info.version);-    if (SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(window, &info))-        ImGui::GetMainViewport()->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)info.info.win.window;-#else-    (void)window;-#endif--    // Set SDL hint to receive mouse click events on window focus, otherwise SDL doesn't emit the event.-    // Without this, when clicking to gain focus, our widgets wouldn't activate even though they showed as hovered.-    // (This is unfortunately a global SDL setting, so enabling it might have a side-effect on your application.-    // It is unlikely to make a difference, but if your app absolutely needs to ignore the initial on-focus click:-    // you can ignore SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN events coming right after a SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED)-#if SDL_HAS_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH-    SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH, "1");-#endif--    return true;-}--bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context)-{-    IM_UNUSED(sdl_gl_context); // Viewport branch will need this.-    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, NULL);-}--bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window)-{-#if !SDL_HAS_VULKAN-    IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unsupported");-#endif-    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, NULL);-}--bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window)-{-#if !defined(_WIN32)-    IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unsupported");-#endif-    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, NULL);-}--bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window)-{-    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, NULL);-}--bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer)-{-    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, renderer);-}--void ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown()-{-    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();-    IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();--    if (bd->ClipboardTextData)-        SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData);-    for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++)-        SDL_FreeCursor(bd->MouseCursors[cursor_n]);--    io.BackendPlatformName = NULL;-    io.BackendPlatformUserData = NULL;-    IM_DELETE(bd);-}--static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseData()-{-    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();--    // We forward mouse input when hovered or captured (via SDL_MOUSEMOTION) or when focused (below)-#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE-    // SDL_CaptureMouse() let the OS know e.g. that our imgui drag outside the SDL window boundaries shouldn't e.g. trigger other operations outside-    SDL_CaptureMouse(bd->MouseButtonsDown != 0 ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE);-    SDL_Window* focused_window = SDL_GetKeyboardFocus();-    const bool is_app_focused = (bd->Window == focused_window);-#else-    const bool is_app_focused = (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS) != 0; // SDL 2.0.3 and non-windowed systems: single-viewport only-#endif-    if (is_app_focused)-    {-        // (Optional) Set OS mouse position from Dear ImGui if requested (rarely used, only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is enabled by user)-        if (io.WantSetMousePos)-            SDL_WarpMouseInWindow(bd->Window, (int)io.MousePos.x, (int)io.MousePos.y);--        // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (SDL_MOUSEMOTION already provides this when hovered or captured)-        if (bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0)-        {-            int window_x, window_y, mouse_x_global, mouse_y_global;-            SDL_GetGlobalMouseState(&mouse_x_global, &mouse_y_global);-            SDL_GetWindowPosition(bd->Window, &window_x, &window_y);-            io.AddMousePosEvent((float)(mouse_x_global - window_x), (float)(mouse_y_global - window_y));-        }-    }-}--static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseCursor()-{-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();-    if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange)-        return;-    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();--    ImGuiMouseCursor imgui_cursor = ImGui::GetMouseCursor();-    if (io.MouseDrawCursor || imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None)-    {-        // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor-        SDL_ShowCursor(SDL_FALSE);-    }-    else-    {-        // Show OS mouse cursor-        SDL_SetCursor(bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ? bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] : bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow]);-        SDL_ShowCursor(SDL_TRUE);-    }-}--static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepads()-{-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();-    if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0)-        return;--    // Get gamepad-    io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad;-    SDL_GameController* game_controller = SDL_GameControllerOpen(0);-    if (!game_controller)-        return;-    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad;--    // Update gamepad inputs-    #define IM_SATURATE(V)                      (V < 0.0f ? 0.0f : V > 1.0f ? 1.0f : V)-    #define MAP_BUTTON(KEY_NO, BUTTON_NO)       { io.AddKeyEvent(KEY_NO, SDL_GameControllerGetButton(game_controller, BUTTON_NO) != 0); }-    #define MAP_ANALOG(KEY_NO, AXIS_NO, V0, V1) { float vn = (float)(SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(game_controller, AXIS_NO) - V0) / (float)(V1 - V0); vn = IM_SATURATE(vn); io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(KEY_NO, vn > 0.1f, vn); }-    const int thumb_dead_zone = 8000;           // SDL_gamecontroller.h suggests using this value.-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadStart,           SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START);-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadBack,            SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK);-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown,        SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A);              // Xbox A, PS Cross-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight,       SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B);              // Xbox B, PS Circle-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft,        SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X);              // Xbox X, PS Square-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp,          SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y);              // Xbox Y, PS Triangle-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft,        SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT);-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight,       SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT);-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp,          SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP);-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown,        SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN);-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1,              SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER);-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1,              SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER);-    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadL2,              SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT,  0.0f, 32767);-    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadR2,              SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT, 0.0f, 32767);-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL3,              SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK);-    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR3,              SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK);-    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft,      SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX,  -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);-    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight,     SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX,  +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);-    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp,        SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY,  -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);-    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown,      SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY,  +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);-    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft,      SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);-    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight,     SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);-    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp,        SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);-    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown,      SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);-    #undef MAP_BUTTON-    #undef MAP_ANALOG-}--void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame()-{-    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();-    IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "Did you call ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init()?");-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();--    // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing)-    int w, h;-    int display_w, display_h;-    SDL_GetWindowSize(bd->Window, &w, &h);-    if (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED)-        w = h = 0;-    if (bd->Renderer != NULL)-        SDL_GetRendererOutputSize(bd->Renderer, &display_w, &display_h);-    else-        SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize(bd->Window, &display_w, &display_h);-    io.DisplaySize = ImVec2((float)w, (float)h);-    if (w > 0 && h > 0)-        io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / w, (float)display_h / h);--    // Setup time step (we don't use SDL_GetTicks() because it is using millisecond resolution)-    static Uint64 frequency = SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency();-    Uint64 current_time = SDL_GetPerformanceCounter();-    io.DeltaTime = bd->Time > 0 ? (float)((double)(current_time - bd->Time) / frequency) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f);-    bd->Time = current_time;--    if (bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame && bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0)-    {-        io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);-        bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = 0;-    }--    ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseData();-    ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseCursor();--    // Update game controllers (if enabled and available)-    ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepads();-}

@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@-// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL2-// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..)-// (Info: SDL2 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.)--// Implemented features:-//  [X] Platform: Clipboard support.-//  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set]-//  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.-//  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'.-// Missing features:-//  [ ] Platform: SDL2 handling of IME under Windows appears to be broken and it explicitly disable the regular Windows IME. You can restore Windows IME by compiling SDL with SDL_DISABLE_WINDOWS_IME.--// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.-// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.-// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp.-// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs--#pragma once-#include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API--struct SDL_Window;-struct SDL_Renderer;-typedef union SDL_Event SDL_Event;--IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context);-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window);-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window);-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window);-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer);-IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown();-IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame();-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event);--#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS-static inline void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame(SDL_Window*) { ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame(); } // 1.84: removed unnecessary parameter-#endif

@@ -0,0 +1,656 @@+// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL2+// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..)+// (Info: SDL2 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.)+// (Prefer SDL 2.0.5+ for full feature support.)++// Implemented features:+//  [X] Platform: Clipboard support.+//  [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen.+//  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set]+//  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.+//  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'.+//  [X] Platform: Basic IME support. App needs to call 'SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1");' before SDL_CreateWindow()!.++// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.+// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.+// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp.+// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs++// CHANGELOG+// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)+//  2023-04-06: Inputs: Avoid calling SDL_StartTextInput()/SDL_StopTextInput() as they don't only pertain to IME. It's unclear exactly what their relation is to IME. (#6306)+//  2023-04-04: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen. (#2702)+//  2023-02-23: Accept SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() not returning a monotonically increasing value. (#6189, #6114, #3644)+//  2023-02-07: Implement IME handler (io.SetPlatformImeDataFn will call SDL_SetTextInputRect()/SDL_StartTextInput()).+//  2023-02-07: *BREAKING CHANGE* Renamed this backend file from imgui_impl_sdl.cpp/.h to imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp/.h in prevision for the future release of SDL3.+//  2023-02-02: Avoid calling SDL_SetCursor() when cursor has not changed, as the function is surprisingly costly on Mac with latest SDL (may be fixed in next SDL version).+//  2023-02-02: Added support for SDL 2.0.18+ preciseX/preciseY mouse wheel data for smooth scrolling + Scaling X value on Emscripten (bug?). (#4019, #6096)+//  2023-02-02: Removed SDL_MOUSEWHEEL value clamping, as values seem correct in latest Emscripten. (#4019)+//  2023-02-01: Flipping SDL_MOUSEWHEEL 'wheel.x' value to match other backends and offer consistent horizontal scrolling direction. (#4019, #6096, #1463)+//  2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11.+//  2022-09-26: Inputs: Disable SDL 2.0.22 new "auto capture" (SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE) which prevents drag and drop across windows for multi-viewport support + don't capture when drag and dropping. (#5710)+//  2022-09-26: Inputs: Renamed ImGuiKey_ModXXX introduced in 1.87 to ImGuiMod_XXX (old names still supported).+//  2022-03-22: Inputs: Fix mouse position issues when dragging outside of boundaries. SDL_CaptureMouse() erroneously still gives out LEAVE events when hovering OS decorations.+//  2022-03-22: Inputs: Added support for extra mouse buttons (SDL_BUTTON_X1/SDL_BUTTON_X2).+//  2022-02-04: Added SDL_Renderer* parameter to ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(), so we can use SDL_GetRendererOutputSize() instead of SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize() when bound to a SDL_Renderer.+//  2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago) with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion.+//  2021-01-20: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() for gamepad support, instead of writing directly to io.NavInputs[].+//  2022-01-17: Inputs: calling new io.AddMousePosEvent(), io.AddMouseButtonEvent(), io.AddMouseWheelEvent() API (1.87+).+//  2022-01-17: Inputs: always update key mods next and before key event (not in NewFrame) to fix input queue with very low framerates.+//  2022-01-12: Update mouse inputs using SDL_MOUSEMOTION/SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE + fallback to provide it when focused but not hovered/captured. More standard and will allow us to pass it to future input queue API.+//  2022-01-12: Maintain our own copy of MouseButtonsDown mask instead of using ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() which will be obsoleted.+//  2022-01-10: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyEvent(), io.AddKeyModsEvent() + io.SetKeyEventNativeData() API (1.87+). Support for full ImGuiKey range.+//  2021-08-17: Calling io.AddFocusEvent() on SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED/SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST.+//  2021-07-29: Inputs: MousePos is correctly reported when the host platform window is hovered but not focused (using SDL_GetMouseFocus() + SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH, requires SDL 2.0.5+)+//  2021-06-29: *BREAKING CHANGE* Removed 'SDL_Window* window' parameter to ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame() which was unnecessary.+//  2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX).+//  2021-03-22: Rework global mouse pos availability check listing supported platforms explicitly, effectively fixing mouse access on Raspberry Pi. (#2837, #3950)+//  2020-05-25: Misc: Report a zero display-size when window is minimized, to be consistent with other backends.+//  2020-02-20: Inputs: Fixed mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter (using SDL_SCANCODE_KP_ENTER instead of SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN2).+//  2019-12-17: Inputs: On Wayland, use SDL_GetMouseState (because there is no global mouse state).+//  2019-12-05: Inputs: Added support for ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed mouse cursor.+//  2019-07-21: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter.+//  2019-04-23: Inputs: Added support for SDL_GameController (if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad is set by user application).+//  2019-03-12: Misc: Preserve DisplayFramebufferScale when main window is minimized.+//  2018-12-21: Inputs: Workaround for Android/iOS which don't seem to handle focus related calls.+//  2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendPlatformName so it can be displayed in the About Window.+//  2018-11-14: Changed the signature of ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent() to take a 'const SDL_Event*'.+//  2018-08-01: Inputs: Workaround for Emscripten which doesn't seem to handle focus related calls.+//  2018-06-29: Inputs: Added support for the ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand cursor.+//  2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_sdl.cpp/.h away from the old combined SDL2+OpenGL/Vulkan examples.+//  2018-06-08: Misc: ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL() now takes a SDL_GLContext parameter.+//  2018-05-09: Misc: Fixed clipboard paste memory leak (we didn't call SDL_FreeMemory on the data returned by SDL_GetClipboardText).+//  2018-03-20: Misc: Setup io.BackendFlags ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag + honor ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange flag.+//  2018-02-16: Inputs: Added support for mouse cursors, honoring ImGui::GetMouseCursor() value.+//  2018-02-06: Misc: Removed call to ImGui::Shutdown() which is not available from 1.60 WIP, user needs to call CreateContext/DestroyContext themselves.+//  2018-02-06: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Space.+//  2018-02-05: Misc: Using SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() instead of SDL_GetTicks() to be able to handle very high framerate (1000+ FPS).+//  2018-02-05: Inputs: Keyboard mapping is using scancodes everywhere instead of a confusing mixture of keycodes and scancodes.+//  2018-01-20: Inputs: Added Horizontal Mouse Wheel support.+//  2018-01-19: Inputs: When available (SDL 2.0.4+) using SDL_CaptureMouse() to retrieve coordinates outside of client area when dragging. Otherwise (SDL 2.0.3 and before) testing for SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS instead of SDL_WINDOW_MOUSE_FOCUS.+//  2018-01-18: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Insert.+//  2017-08-25: Inputs: MousePos set to -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX when mouse is unavailable/missing (instead of -1,-1).+//  2016-10-15: Misc: Added a void* user_data parameter to Clipboard function handlers.++#include "imgui.h"+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE+#include "imgui_impl_sdl2.h"++// Clang warnings with -Weverything+#if defined(__clang__)+#pragma clang diagnostic push+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision+#endif++// SDL+#include <SDL.h>+#include <SDL_syswm.h>+#if defined(__APPLE__)+#include <TargetConditionals.h>+#endif++#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,4) && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) && !defined(__ANDROID__) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_IOS) && !defined(__amigaos4__)+#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE    1+#else+#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE    0+#endif+#define SDL_HAS_VULKAN                      SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,6)++// SDL Data+struct ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data+{+    SDL_Window*     Window;+    SDL_Renderer*   Renderer;+    Uint64          Time;+    Uint32          MouseWindowID;+    int             MouseButtonsDown;+    SDL_Cursor*     MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT];+    SDL_Cursor*     LastMouseCursor;+    int             PendingMouseLeaveFrame;+    char*           ClipboardTextData;+    bool            MouseCanUseGlobalState;++    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data()   { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }+};++// Backend data stored in io.BackendPlatformUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts+// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts.+// FIXME: multi-context support is not well tested and probably dysfunctional in this backend.+// FIXME: some shared resources (mouse cursor shape, gamepad) are mishandled when using multi-context.+static ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData()+{+    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : nullptr;+}++// Functions+static const char* ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetClipboardText(void*)+{+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();+    if (bd->ClipboardTextData)+        SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData);+    bd->ClipboardTextData = SDL_GetClipboardText();+    return bd->ClipboardTextData;+}++static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetClipboardText(void*, const char* text)+{+    SDL_SetClipboardText(text);+}++// Note: native IME will only display if user calls SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1") _before_ SDL_CreateWindow().+static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetPlatformImeData(ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data)+{+    if (data->WantVisible)+    {+        SDL_Rect r;+        r.x = (int)data->InputPos.x;+        r.y = (int)data->InputPos.y;+        r.w = 1;+        r.h = (int)data->InputLineHeight;+        SDL_SetTextInputRect(&r);+    }+}++static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(int keycode)+{+    switch (keycode)+    {+        case SDLK_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab;+        case SDLK_LEFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftArrow;+        case SDLK_RIGHT: return ImGuiKey_RightArrow;+        case SDLK_UP: return ImGuiKey_UpArrow;+        case SDLK_DOWN: return ImGuiKey_DownArrow;+        case SDLK_PAGEUP: return ImGuiKey_PageUp;+        case SDLK_PAGEDOWN: return ImGuiKey_PageDown;+        case SDLK_HOME: return ImGuiKey_Home;+        case SDLK_END: return ImGuiKey_End;+        case SDLK_INSERT: return ImGuiKey_Insert;+        case SDLK_DELETE: return ImGuiKey_Delete;+        case SDLK_BACKSPACE: return ImGuiKey_Backspace;+        case SDLK_SPACE: return ImGuiKey_Space;+        case SDLK_RETURN: return ImGuiKey_Enter;+        case SDLK_ESCAPE: return ImGuiKey_Escape;+        case SDLK_QUOTE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe;+        case SDLK_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma;+        case SDLK_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus;+        case SDLK_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period;+        case SDLK_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash;+        case SDLK_SEMICOLON: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon;+        case SDLK_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_Equal;+        case SDLK_LEFTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket;+        case SDLK_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash;+        case SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket;+        case SDLK_BACKQUOTE: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent;+        case SDLK_CAPSLOCK: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock;+        case SDLK_SCROLLLOCK: return ImGuiKey_ScrollLock;+        case SDLK_NUMLOCKCLEAR: return ImGuiKey_NumLock;+        case SDLK_PRINTSCREEN: return ImGuiKey_PrintScreen;+        case SDLK_PAUSE: return ImGuiKey_Pause;+        case SDLK_KP_0: return ImGuiKey_Keypad0;+        case SDLK_KP_1: return ImGuiKey_Keypad1;+        case SDLK_KP_2: return ImGuiKey_Keypad2;+        case SDLK_KP_3: return ImGuiKey_Keypad3;+        case SDLK_KP_4: return ImGuiKey_Keypad4;+        case SDLK_KP_5: return ImGuiKey_Keypad5;+        case SDLK_KP_6: return ImGuiKey_Keypad6;+        case SDLK_KP_7: return ImGuiKey_Keypad7;+        case SDLK_KP_8: return ImGuiKey_Keypad8;+        case SDLK_KP_9: return ImGuiKey_Keypad9;+        case SDLK_KP_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal;+        case SDLK_KP_DIVIDE: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide;+        case SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY: return ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply;+        case SDLK_KP_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract;+        case SDLK_KP_PLUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd;+        case SDLK_KP_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter;+        case SDLK_KP_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual;+        case SDLK_LCTRL: return ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl;+        case SDLK_LSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftShift;+        case SDLK_LALT: return ImGuiKey_LeftAlt;+        case SDLK_LGUI: return ImGuiKey_LeftSuper;+        case SDLK_RCTRL: return ImGuiKey_RightCtrl;+        case SDLK_RSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_RightShift;+        case SDLK_RALT: return ImGuiKey_RightAlt;+        case SDLK_RGUI: return ImGuiKey_RightSuper;+        case SDLK_APPLICATION: return ImGuiKey_Menu;+        case SDLK_0: return ImGuiKey_0;+        case SDLK_1: return ImGuiKey_1;+        case SDLK_2: return ImGuiKey_2;+        case SDLK_3: return ImGuiKey_3;+        case SDLK_4: return ImGuiKey_4;+        case SDLK_5: return ImGuiKey_5;+        case SDLK_6: return ImGuiKey_6;+        case SDLK_7: return ImGuiKey_7;+        case SDLK_8: return ImGuiKey_8;+        case SDLK_9: return ImGuiKey_9;+        case SDLK_a: return ImGuiKey_A;+        case SDLK_b: return ImGuiKey_B;+        case SDLK_c: return ImGuiKey_C;+        case SDLK_d: return ImGuiKey_D;+        case SDLK_e: return ImGuiKey_E;+        case SDLK_f: return ImGuiKey_F;+        case SDLK_g: return ImGuiKey_G;+        case SDLK_h: return ImGuiKey_H;+        case SDLK_i: return ImGuiKey_I;+        case SDLK_j: return ImGuiKey_J;+        case SDLK_k: return ImGuiKey_K;+        case SDLK_l: return ImGuiKey_L;+        case SDLK_m: return ImGuiKey_M;+        case SDLK_n: return ImGuiKey_N;+        case SDLK_o: return ImGuiKey_O;+        case SDLK_p: return ImGuiKey_P;+        case SDLK_q: return ImGuiKey_Q;+        case SDLK_r: return ImGuiKey_R;+        case SDLK_s: return ImGuiKey_S;+        case SDLK_t: return ImGuiKey_T;+        case SDLK_u: return ImGuiKey_U;+        case SDLK_v: return ImGuiKey_V;+        case SDLK_w: return ImGuiKey_W;+        case SDLK_x: return ImGuiKey_X;+        case SDLK_y: return ImGuiKey_Y;+        case SDLK_z: return ImGuiKey_Z;+        case SDLK_F1: return ImGuiKey_F1;+        case SDLK_F2: return ImGuiKey_F2;+        case SDLK_F3: return ImGuiKey_F3;+        case SDLK_F4: return ImGuiKey_F4;+        case SDLK_F5: return ImGuiKey_F5;+        case SDLK_F6: return ImGuiKey_F6;+        case SDLK_F7: return ImGuiKey_F7;+        case SDLK_F8: return ImGuiKey_F8;+        case SDLK_F9: return ImGuiKey_F9;+        case SDLK_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10;+        case SDLK_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11;+        case SDLK_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12;+    }+    return ImGuiKey_None;+}++static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateKeyModifiers(SDL_Keymod sdl_key_mods)+{+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_CTRL) != 0);+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Shift, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_SHIFT) != 0);+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Alt, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_ALT) != 0);+    io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_GUI) != 0);+}++// You can read the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to tell if dear imgui wants to use your inputs.+// - When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, do not dispatch mouse input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the mouse data.+// - When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, do not dispatch keyboard input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the keyboard data.+// Generally you may always pass all inputs to dear imgui, and hide them from your application based on those two flags.+// If you have multiple SDL events and some of them are not meant to be used by dear imgui, you may need to filter events based on their windowID field.+bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event)+{+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();++    switch (event->type)+    {+        case SDL_MOUSEMOTION:+        {+            ImVec2 mouse_pos((float)event->motion.x, (float)event->motion.y);+            io.AddMouseSourceEvent(event->motion.which == SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID ? ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen : ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse);+            io.AddMousePosEvent(mouse_pos.x, mouse_pos.y);+            return true;+        }+        case SDL_MOUSEWHEEL:+        {+            //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("wheel %.2f %.2f, precise %.2f %.2f\n", (float)event->wheel.x, (float)event->wheel.y, event->wheel.preciseX, event->wheel.preciseY);+#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,18) // If this fails to compile on Emscripten: update to latest Emscripten!+            float wheel_x = -event->wheel.preciseX;+            float wheel_y = event->wheel.preciseY;+#else+            float wheel_x = -(float)event->wheel.x;+            float wheel_y = (float)event->wheel.y;+#endif+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__+            wheel_x /= 100.0f;+#endif+            io.AddMouseSourceEvent(event->wheel.which == SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID ? ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen : ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse);+            io.AddMouseWheelEvent(wheel_x, wheel_y);+            return true;+        }+        case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN:+        case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP:+        {+            int mouse_button = -1;+            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) { mouse_button = 0; }+            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) { mouse_button = 1; }+            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE) { mouse_button = 2; }+            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X1) { mouse_button = 3; }+            if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X2) { mouse_button = 4; }+            if (mouse_button == -1)+                break;+            io.AddMouseSourceEvent(event->button.which == SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID ? ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen : ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse);+            io.AddMouseButtonEvent(mouse_button, (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN));+            bd->MouseButtonsDown = (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN) ? (bd->MouseButtonsDown | (1 << mouse_button)) : (bd->MouseButtonsDown & ~(1 << mouse_button));+            return true;+        }+        case SDL_TEXTINPUT:+        {+            io.AddInputCharactersUTF8(event->text.text);+            return true;+        }+        case SDL_KEYDOWN:+        case SDL_KEYUP:+        {+            ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateKeyModifiers((SDL_Keymod)event->key.keysym.mod);+            ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(event->key.keysym.sym);+            io.AddKeyEvent(key, (event->type == SDL_KEYDOWN));+            io.SetKeyEventNativeData(key, event->key.keysym.sym, event->key.keysym.scancode, event->key.keysym.scancode); // To support legacy indexing (<1.87 user code). Legacy backend uses SDLK_*** as indices to IsKeyXXX() functions.+            return true;+        }+        case SDL_WINDOWEVENT:+        {+            // - When capturing mouse, SDL will send a bunch of conflicting LEAVE/ENTER event on every mouse move, but the final ENTER tends to be right.+            // - However we won't get a correct LEAVE event for a captured window.+            // - In some cases, when detaching a window from main viewport SDL may send SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER one frame too late,+            //   causing SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE on previous frame to interrupt drag operation by clear mouse position. This is why+            //   we delay process the SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE events by one frame. See issue #5012 for details.+            Uint8 window_event = event->window.event;+            if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER)+            {+                bd->MouseWindowID = event->window.windowID;+                bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = 0;+            }+            if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE)+                bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = ImGui::GetFrameCount() + 1;+            if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED)+                io.AddFocusEvent(true);+            else if (event->window.event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST)+                io.AddFocusEvent(false);+            return true;+        }+    }+    return false;+}++static bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer)+{+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();+    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!");++    // Check and store if we are on a SDL backend that supports global mouse position+    // ("wayland" and "rpi" don't support it, but we chose to use a white-list instead of a black-list)+    bool mouse_can_use_global_state = false;+#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE+    const char* sdl_backend = SDL_GetCurrentVideoDriver();+    const char* global_mouse_whitelist[] = { "windows", "cocoa", "x11", "DIVE", "VMAN" };+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(global_mouse_whitelist); n++)+        if (strncmp(sdl_backend, global_mouse_whitelist[n], strlen(global_mouse_whitelist[n])) == 0)+            mouse_can_use_global_state = true;+#endif++    // Setup backend capabilities flags+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data)();+    io.BackendPlatformUserData = (void*)bd;+    io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_sdl2";+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors;       // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional)+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos;        // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used)++    bd->Window = window;+    bd->Renderer = renderer;+    bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState = mouse_can_use_global_state;++    io.SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetClipboardText;+    io.GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetClipboardText;+    io.ClipboardUserData = nullptr;+    io.SetPlatformImeDataFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetPlatformImeData;++    // Load mouse cursors+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_ARROW);+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_IBEAM);+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEALL);+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENS);+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEWE);+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENESW);+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENWSE);+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_HAND);+    bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NO);++    // Set platform dependent data in viewport+    // Our mouse update function expect PlatformHandle to be filled for the main viewport+    ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();+    main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = nullptr;+    SDL_SysWMinfo info;+    SDL_VERSION(&info.version);+    if (SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(window, &info))+    {+#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINDOWS)+        main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)info.info.win.window;+#elif defined(__APPLE__) && defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA)+        main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)info.info.cocoa.window;+#endif+    }++    // From 2.0.5: Set SDL hint to receive mouse click events on window focus, otherwise SDL doesn't emit the event.+    // Without this, when clicking to gain focus, our widgets wouldn't activate even though they showed as hovered.+    // (This is unfortunately a global SDL setting, so enabling it might have a side-effect on your application.+    // It is unlikely to make a difference, but if your app absolutely needs to ignore the initial on-focus click:+    // you can ignore SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN events coming right after a SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED)+#ifdef SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH+    SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH, "1");+#endif++    // From 2.0.18: Enable native IME.+    // IMPORTANT: This is used at the time of SDL_CreateWindow() so this will only affects secondary windows, if any.+    // For the main window to be affected, your application needs to call this manually before calling SDL_CreateWindow().+#ifdef SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI+    SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1");+#endif++    // From 2.0.22: Disable auto-capture, this is preventing drag and drop across multiple windows (see #5710)+#ifdef SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE+    SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE, "0");+#endif++    return true;+}++bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context)+{+    IM_UNUSED(sdl_gl_context); // Viewport branch will need this.+    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr);+}++bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window)+{+#if !SDL_HAS_VULKAN+    IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unsupported");+#endif+    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr);+}++bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window)+{+#if !defined(_WIN32)+    IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unsupported");+#endif+    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr);+}++bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window)+{+    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr);+}++bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer)+{+    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, renderer);+}++bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOther(SDL_Window* window)+{+    return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr);+}++void ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown()+{+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();++    if (bd->ClipboardTextData)+        SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData);+    for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++)+        SDL_FreeCursor(bd->MouseCursors[cursor_n]);+    bd->LastMouseCursor = nullptr;++    io.BackendPlatformName = nullptr;+    io.BackendPlatformUserData = nullptr;+    io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad);+    IM_DELETE(bd);+}++static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseData()+{+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();++    // We forward mouse input when hovered or captured (via SDL_MOUSEMOTION) or when focused (below)+#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE+    // SDL_CaptureMouse() let the OS know e.g. that our imgui drag outside the SDL window boundaries shouldn't e.g. trigger other operations outside+    SDL_CaptureMouse((bd->MouseButtonsDown != 0) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE);+    SDL_Window* focused_window = SDL_GetKeyboardFocus();+    const bool is_app_focused = (bd->Window == focused_window);+#else+    const bool is_app_focused = (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS) != 0; // SDL 2.0.3 and non-windowed systems: single-viewport only+#endif+    if (is_app_focused)+    {+        // (Optional) Set OS mouse position from Dear ImGui if requested (rarely used, only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is enabled by user)+        if (io.WantSetMousePos)+            SDL_WarpMouseInWindow(bd->Window, (int)io.MousePos.x, (int)io.MousePos.y);++        // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (SDL_MOUSEMOTION already provides this when hovered or captured)+        if (bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0)+        {+            int window_x, window_y, mouse_x_global, mouse_y_global;+            SDL_GetGlobalMouseState(&mouse_x_global, &mouse_y_global);+            SDL_GetWindowPosition(bd->Window, &window_x, &window_y);+            io.AddMousePosEvent((float)(mouse_x_global - window_x), (float)(mouse_y_global - window_y));+        }+    }+}++static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseCursor()+{+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();+    if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange)+        return;+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();++    ImGuiMouseCursor imgui_cursor = ImGui::GetMouseCursor();+    if (io.MouseDrawCursor || imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None)+    {+        // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor+        SDL_ShowCursor(SDL_FALSE);+    }+    else+    {+        // Show OS mouse cursor+        SDL_Cursor* expected_cursor = bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ? bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] : bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow];+        if (bd->LastMouseCursor != expected_cursor)+        {+            SDL_SetCursor(expected_cursor); // SDL function doesn't have an early out (see #6113)+            bd->LastMouseCursor = expected_cursor;+        }+        SDL_ShowCursor(SDL_TRUE);+    }+}++static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepads()+{+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();+    if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) // FIXME: Technically feeding gamepad shouldn't depend on this now that they are regular inputs.+        return;++    // Get gamepad+    io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad;+    SDL_GameController* game_controller = SDL_GameControllerOpen(0);+    if (!game_controller)+        return;+    io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad;++    // Update gamepad inputs+    #define IM_SATURATE(V)                      (V < 0.0f ? 0.0f : V > 1.0f ? 1.0f : V)+    #define MAP_BUTTON(KEY_NO, BUTTON_NO)       { io.AddKeyEvent(KEY_NO, SDL_GameControllerGetButton(game_controller, BUTTON_NO) != 0); }+    #define MAP_ANALOG(KEY_NO, AXIS_NO, V0, V1) { float vn = (float)(SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(game_controller, AXIS_NO) - V0) / (float)(V1 - V0); vn = IM_SATURATE(vn); io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(KEY_NO, vn > 0.1f, vn); }+    const int thumb_dead_zone = 8000;           // SDL_gamecontroller.h suggests using this value.+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadStart,           SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START);+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadBack,            SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK);+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft,        SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X);              // Xbox X, PS Square+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight,       SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B);              // Xbox B, PS Circle+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp,          SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y);              // Xbox Y, PS Triangle+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown,        SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A);              // Xbox A, PS Cross+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft,        SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT);+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight,       SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT);+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp,          SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP);+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown,        SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN);+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1,              SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER);+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1,              SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER);+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadL2,              SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT,  0.0f, 32767);+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadR2,              SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT, 0.0f, 32767);+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL3,              SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK);+    MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR3,              SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK);+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft,      SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX,  -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight,     SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX,  +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp,        SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY,  -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown,      SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY,  +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft,      SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight,     SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp,        SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);+    MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown,      SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);+    #undef MAP_BUTTON+    #undef MAP_ANALOG+}++void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame()+{+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init()?");+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();++    // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing)+    int w, h;+    int display_w, display_h;+    SDL_GetWindowSize(bd->Window, &w, &h);+    if (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED)+        w = h = 0;+    if (bd->Renderer != nullptr)+        SDL_GetRendererOutputSize(bd->Renderer, &display_w, &display_h);+    else+        SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize(bd->Window, &display_w, &display_h);+    io.DisplaySize = ImVec2((float)w, (float)h);+    if (w > 0 && h > 0)+        io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / w, (float)display_h / h);++    // Setup time step (we don't use SDL_GetTicks() because it is using millisecond resolution)+    // (Accept SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() not returning a monotonically increasing value. Happens in VMs and Emscripten, see #6189, #6114, #3644)+    static Uint64 frequency = SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency();+    Uint64 current_time = SDL_GetPerformanceCounter();+    if (current_time <= bd->Time)+        current_time = bd->Time + 1;+    io.DeltaTime = bd->Time > 0 ? (float)((double)(current_time - bd->Time) / frequency) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f);+    bd->Time = current_time;++    if (bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame && bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0)+    {+        bd->MouseWindowID = 0;+        bd->PendingMouseLeaveFrame = 0;+        io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);+    }++    ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseData();+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseCursor();++    // Update game controllers (if enabled and available)+    ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepads();+}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++#if defined(__clang__)+#pragma clang diagnostic pop+#endif++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@+// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL2+// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..)+// (Info: SDL2 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.)++// Implemented features:+//  [X] Platform: Clipboard support.+//  [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen.+//  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set]+//  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.+//  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'.+//  [X] Platform: Basic IME support. App needs to call 'SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1");' before SDL_CreateWindow()!.++// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.+// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.+// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp.+// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs++#pragma once+#include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE++struct SDL_Window;+struct SDL_Renderer;+typedef union SDL_Event SDL_Event;++IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context);+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window);+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window);+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window);+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer);+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOther(SDL_Window* window);+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown();+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame();+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event);++#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS+static inline void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame(SDL_Window*) { ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame(); } // 1.84: removed unnecessary parameter+#endif++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@+// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL3 (*EXPERIMENTAL*)+// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..)+// (Info: SDL3 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.)+// (IMPORTANT: SDL 3.0.0 is NOT YET RELEASED. IT IS POSSIBLE THAT ITS SPECS/API WILL CHANGE BEFORE RELEASE)++// Implemented features:+//  [X] Platform: Clipboard support.+//  [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen.+//  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set]+//  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.+//  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'.+// Missing features:+//  [x] Platform: Basic IME support. Position somehow broken in SDL3 + app needs to call 'SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1");' before SDL_CreateWindow()!.++// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.+// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.+// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp.+// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs++#pragma once+#include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE++struct SDL_Window;+struct SDL_Renderer;+typedef union SDL_Event SDL_Event;++IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context);+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window);+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window);+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window);+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer);+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForOther(SDL_Window* window);+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDL3_Shutdown();+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDL3_NewFrame();+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDL3_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event);++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@-// dear imgui: Renderer Backend for SDL_Renderer-// (Requires: SDL 2.0.17+)--// Important to understand: SDL_Renderer is an _optional_ component of SDL.-// For a multi-platform app consider using e.g. SDL+DirectX on Windows and SDL+OpenGL on Linux/OSX.-// If your application will want to render any non trivial amount of graphics other than UI,-// please be aware that SDL_Renderer offers a limited graphic API to the end-user and it might-// be difficult to step out of those boundaries.-// However, we understand it is a convenient choice to get an app started easily.--// Implemented features:-//  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'SDL_Texture*' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!-//  [X] Renderer: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.--#pragma once-#include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API--struct SDL_Renderer;--IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer_Init(SDL_Renderer* renderer);-IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer_Shutdown();-IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer_NewFrame();-IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data);--// Called by Init/NewFrame/Shutdown-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer_CreateFontsTexture();-IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer_DestroyFontsTexture();-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer_CreateDeviceObjects();-IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer_DestroyDeviceObjects();

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@+// dear imgui: Renderer Backend for SDL_Renderer for SDL2+// (Requires: SDL 2.0.17+)++// Note how SDL_Renderer is an _optional_ component of SDL2.+// For a multi-platform app consider using e.g. SDL+DirectX on Windows and SDL+OpenGL on Linux/OSX.+// If your application will want to render any non trivial amount of graphics other than UI,+// please be aware that SDL_Renderer currently offers a limited graphic API to the end-user and+// it might be difficult to step out of those boundaries.++// Implemented features:+//  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'SDL_Texture*' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!+//  [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.++#pragma once+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE+#include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API++struct SDL_Renderer;++IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Init(SDL_Renderer* renderer);+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Shutdown();+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_NewFrame();+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data);++// Called by Init/NewFrame/Shutdown+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_CreateFontsTexture();+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_DestroyFontsTexture();+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_CreateDeviceObjects();+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_DestroyDeviceObjects();++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@+// dear imgui: Renderer Backend for SDL_Renderer for SDL3+// (Requires: SDL 3.0.0+)++// Note how SDL_Renderer is an _optional_ component of SDL3.+// For a multi-platform app consider using e.g. SDL+DirectX on Windows and SDL+OpenGL on Linux/OSX.+// If your application will want to render any non trivial amount of graphics other than UI,+// please be aware that SDL_Renderer currently offers a limited graphic API to the end-user and+// it might be difficult to step out of those boundaries.++// Implemented features:+//  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'SDL_Texture*' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!+//  [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.++#pragma once+#include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE++struct SDL_Renderer;++IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Init(SDL_Renderer* renderer);+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Shutdown();+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_NewFrame();+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data);++// Called by Init/NewFrame/Shutdown+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_CreateFontsTexture();+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_DestroyFontsTexture();+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_CreateDeviceObjects();+IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_DestroyDeviceObjects();++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ // This needs to be used along with a Platform Backend (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..)  // Implemented features:-//  [X] Renderer: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. //  [!] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'VkDescriptorSet' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/914 for discussions.+//  [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.  // Important: on 32-bit systems, user texture binding is only supported if your imconfig file has '#define ImTextureID ImU64'. // This is because we need ImTextureID to carry a 64-bit value and by default ImTextureID is defined as void*.@@ -30,6 +30,11 @@  // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)+//  2023-07-04: Vulkan: Added optional support for VK_KHR_dynamic_rendering. User needs to set init_info->UseDynamicRendering = true and init_info->ColorAttachmentFormat.+//  2023-01-02: Vulkan: Fixed sampler passed to ImGui_ImplVulkan_AddTexture() not being honored + removed a bunch of duplicate code.+//  2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11.+//  2022-10-04: Vulkan: Added experimental ImGui_ImplVulkan_RemoveTexture() for api symetry. (#914, #5738).+//  2022-01-20: Vulkan: Added support for ImTextureID as VkDescriptorSet. User need to call ImGui_ImplVulkan_AddTexture(). Building for 32-bit targets requires '#define ImTextureID ImU64'. (#914). //  2021-10-15: Vulkan: Call vkCmdSetScissor() at the end of render a full-viewport to reduce likehood of issues with people using VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR in their app without calling vkCmdSetScissor() explicitly every frame. //  2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX). //  2021-03-22: Vulkan: Fix mapped memory validation error when buffer sizes are not multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::nonCoherentAtomSize.@@ -61,6 +66,8 @@ //  2016-10-18: Vulkan: Add location decorators & change to use structs as in/out in glsl, update embedded spv (produced with glslangValidator -x). Null the released resources. //  2016-08-27: Vulkan: Fix Vulkan example for use when a depth buffer is active. +#include "imgui.h"+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_vulkan.h" #include <stdio.h> @@ -113,7 +120,7 @@     VkDeviceMemory              UploadBufferMemory;     VkBuffer                    UploadBuffer; -    // Render buffers+    // Render buffers for main window     ImGui_ImplVulkanH_WindowRenderBuffers MainWindowRenderBuffers;      ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data()@@ -189,6 +196,7 @@     IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkDeviceWaitIdle) \     IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges) \     IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkFreeCommandBuffers) \+    IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkFreeDescriptorSets) \     IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkFreeMemory) \     IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements) \     IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP_MACRO(vkGetImageMemoryRequirements) \@@ -207,6 +215,12 @@ #undef IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_DEF #endif // VK_NO_PROTOTYPES +#if defined(VK_VERSION_1_3) || defined(VK_KHR_dynamic_rendering)+#define IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_HAS_DYNAMIC_RENDERING+static PFN_vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR   ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR;+static PFN_vkCmdEndRenderingKHR     ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdEndRenderingKHR;+#endif+ //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // SHADERS //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------@@ -325,7 +339,7 @@ // FIXME: multi-context support is not tested and probably dysfunctional in this backend. static ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data* ImGui_ImplVulkan_GetBackendData() {-    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : NULL;+    return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : nullptr; }  static uint32_t ImGui_ImplVulkan_MemoryType(VkMemoryPropertyFlags properties, uint32_t type_bits)@@ -444,7 +458,7 @@      // Allocate array to store enough vertex/index buffers     ImGui_ImplVulkanH_WindowRenderBuffers* wrb = &bd->MainWindowRenderBuffers;-    if (wrb->FrameRenderBuffers == NULL)+    if (wrb->FrameRenderBuffers == nullptr)     {         wrb->Index = 0;         wrb->Count = v->ImageCount;@@ -466,8 +480,8 @@             CreateOrResizeBuffer(rb->IndexBuffer, rb->IndexBufferMemory, rb->IndexBufferSize, index_size, VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDEX_BUFFER_BIT);          // Upload vertex/index data into a single contiguous GPU buffer-        ImDrawVert* vtx_dst = NULL;-        ImDrawIdx* idx_dst = NULL;+        ImDrawVert* vtx_dst = nullptr;+        ImDrawIdx* idx_dst = nullptr;         VkResult err = vkMapMemory(v->Device, rb->VertexBufferMemory, 0, rb->VertexBufferSize, 0, (void**)(&vtx_dst));         check_vk_result(err);         err = vkMapMemory(v->Device, rb->IndexBufferMemory, 0, rb->IndexBufferSize, 0, (void**)(&idx_dst));@@ -510,7 +524,7 @@         for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)         {             const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];-            if (pcmd->UserCallback != NULL)+            if (pcmd->UserCallback != nullptr)             {                 // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback()                 // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.)@@ -549,7 +563,7 @@                     IM_ASSERT(pcmd->TextureId == (ImTextureID)bd->FontDescriptorSet);                     desc_set[0] = bd->FontDescriptorSet;                 }-                vkCmdBindDescriptorSets(command_buffer, VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS, bd->PipelineLayout, 0, 1, desc_set, 0, NULL);+                vkCmdBindDescriptorSets(command_buffer, VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS, bd->PipelineLayout, 0, 1, desc_set, 0, nullptr);                  // Draw                 vkCmdDrawIndexed(command_buffer, pcmd->ElemCount, 1, pcmd->IdxOffset + global_idx_offset, pcmd->VtxOffset + global_vtx_offset, 0);@@ -562,7 +576,7 @@     // Note: at this point both vkCmdSetViewport() and vkCmdSetScissor() have been called.     // Our last values will leak into user/application rendering IF:     // - Your app uses a pipeline with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT or VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR dynamic state-    // - And you forgot to call vkCmdSetViewport() and vkCmdSetScissor() yourself to explicitely set that state.+    // - And you forgot to call vkCmdSetViewport() and vkCmdSetScissor() yourself to explicitly set that state.     // If you use VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT or VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR you are responsible for setting the values before rendering.     // In theory we should aim to backup/restore those values but I am not sure this is possible.     // We perform a call to vkCmdSetScissor() to set back a full viewport which is likely to fix things for 99% users but technically this is not perfect. (See github #4644)@@ -654,7 +668,7 @@      // Upload to Buffer:     {-        char* map = NULL;+        char* map = nullptr;         err = vkMapMemory(v->Device, bd->UploadBufferMemory, 0, upload_size, 0, (void**)(&map));         check_vk_result(err);         memcpy(map, pixels, upload_size);@@ -680,7 +694,7 @@         copy_barrier[0].subresourceRange.aspectMask = VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT;         copy_barrier[0].subresourceRange.levelCount = 1;         copy_barrier[0].subresourceRange.layerCount = 1;-        vkCmdPipelineBarrier(command_buffer, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT, 0, 0, NULL, 0, NULL, 1, copy_barrier);+        vkCmdPipelineBarrier(command_buffer, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT, 0, 0, nullptr, 0, nullptr, 1, copy_barrier);          VkBufferImageCopy region = {};         region.imageSubresource.aspectMask = VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT;@@ -702,7 +716,7 @@         use_barrier[0].subresourceRange.aspectMask = VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT;         use_barrier[0].subresourceRange.levelCount = 1;         use_barrier[0].subresourceRange.layerCount = 1;-        vkCmdPipelineBarrier(command_buffer, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, 0, 0, NULL, 0, NULL, 1, use_barrier);+        vkCmdPipelineBarrier(command_buffer, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, 0, 0, nullptr, 0, nullptr, 1, use_barrier);     }      // Store our identifier@@ -735,72 +749,6 @@     } } -static void ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontSampler(VkDevice device, const VkAllocationCallbacks* allocator)-{-    ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplVulkan_GetBackendData();-    if (bd->FontSampler)-        return;--    // Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling.-    VkSamplerCreateInfo info = {};-    info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_CREATE_INFO;-    info.magFilter = VK_FILTER_LINEAR;-    info.minFilter = VK_FILTER_LINEAR;-    info.mipmapMode = VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR;-    info.addressModeU = VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_REPEAT;-    info.addressModeV = VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_REPEAT;-    info.addressModeW = VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_REPEAT;-    info.minLod = -1000;-    info.maxLod = 1000;-    info.maxAnisotropy = 1.0f;-    VkResult err = vkCreateSampler(device, &info, allocator, &bd->FontSampler);-    check_vk_result(err);-}--static void ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateDescriptorSetLayout(VkDevice device, const VkAllocationCallbacks* allocator)-{-    ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplVulkan_GetBackendData();-    if (bd->DescriptorSetLayout)-        return;--    ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateFontSampler(device, allocator);-    VkSampler sampler[1] = { bd->FontSampler };-    VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding binding[1] = {};-    binding[0].descriptorType = VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER;-    binding[0].descriptorCount = 1;-    binding[0].stageFlags = VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT;-    binding[0].pImmutableSamplers = sampler;-    VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo info = {};-    info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_INFO;-    info.bindingCount = 1;-    info.pBindings = binding;-    VkResult err = vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout(device, &info, allocator, &bd->DescriptorSetLayout);-    check_vk_result(err);-}--static void ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreatePipelineLayout(VkDevice device, const VkAllocationCallbacks* allocator)-{-    ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplVulkan_GetBackendData();-    if (bd->PipelineLayout)-        return;--    // Constants: we are using 'vec2 offset' and 'vec2 scale' instead of a full 3d projection matrix-    ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreateDescriptorSetLayout(device, allocator);-    VkPushConstantRange push_constants[1] = {};-    push_constants[0].stageFlags = VK_SHADER_STAGE_VERTEX_BIT;-    push_constants[0].offset = sizeof(float) * 0;-    push_constants[0].size = sizeof(float) * 4;-    VkDescriptorSetLayout set_layout[1] = { bd->DescriptorSetLayout };-    VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo layout_info = {};-    layout_info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_LAYOUT_CREATE_INFO;-    layout_info.setLayoutCount = 1;-    layout_info.pSetLayouts = set_layout;-    layout_info.pushConstantRangeCount = 1;-    layout_info.pPushConstantRanges = push_constants;-    VkResult  err = vkCreatePipelineLayout(device, &layout_info, allocator, &bd->PipelineLayout);-    check_vk_result(err);-}- static void ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreatePipeline(VkDevice device, const VkAllocationCallbacks* allocator, VkPipelineCache pipelineCache, VkRenderPass renderPass, VkSampleCountFlagBits MSAASamples, VkPipeline* pipeline, uint32_t subpass) {     ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplVulkan_GetBackendData();@@ -885,8 +833,6 @@     dynamic_state.dynamicStateCount = (uint32_t)IM_ARRAYSIZE(dynamic_states);     dynamic_state.pDynamicStates = dynamic_states; -    ImGui_ImplVulkan_CreatePipelineLayout(device, allocator);-     VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo info = {};     info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_GRAPHICS_PIPELINE_CREATE_INFO;     info.flags = bd->PipelineCreateFlags;@@ -903,6 +849,19 @@     info.layout = bd->PipelineLayout;     info.renderPass = renderPass;     info.subpass = subpass;++#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_HAS_DYNAMIC_RENDERING+    VkPipelineRenderingCreateInfoKHR pipelineRenderingCreateInfo = {};+    pipelineRenderingCreateInfo.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RENDERING_CREATE_INFO_KHR;+    pipelineRenderingCreateInfo.colorAttachmentCount = 1;+    pipelineRenderingCreateInfo.pColorAttachmentFormats = &bd->VulkanInitInfo.ColorAttachmentFormat;+    if (bd->VulkanInitInfo.UseDynamicRendering)+    {+        info.pNext = &pipelineRenderingCreateInfo;+        info.renderPass = VK_NULL_HANDLE; // Just make sure it's actually nullptr.+    }+#endif+     VkResult err = vkCreateGraphicsPipelines(device, pipelineCache, 1, &info, allocator, pipeline);     check_vk_result(err); }@@ -915,6 +874,7 @@      if (!bd->FontSampler)     {+        // Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling.         VkSamplerCreateInfo info = {};         info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_CREATE_INFO;         info.magFilter = VK_FILTER_LINEAR;@@ -932,12 +892,10 @@      if (!bd->DescriptorSetLayout)     {-        VkSampler sampler[1] = {bd->FontSampler};         VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding binding[1] = {};         binding[0].descriptorType = VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER;         binding[0].descriptorCount = 1;         binding[0].stageFlags = VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT;-        binding[0].pImmutableSamplers = sampler;         VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo info = {};         info.sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_INFO;         info.bindingCount = 1;@@ -1012,14 +970,21 @@ #ifdef VK_NO_PROTOTYPES #define IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_LOAD(func) \     func = reinterpret_cast<decltype(func)>(loader_func(#func, user_data)); \-    if (func == NULL)   \+    if (func == nullptr)   \         return false;     IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_MAP(IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_LOAD) #undef IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_LOAD++#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_HAS_DYNAMIC_RENDERING+    // Manually load those two (see #5446)+    ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR = reinterpret_cast<PFN_vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR>(loader_func("vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR", user_data));+    ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdEndRenderingKHR = reinterpret_cast<PFN_vkCmdEndRenderingKHR>(loader_func("vkCmdEndRenderingKHR", user_data));+#endif #else     IM_UNUSED(loader_func);     IM_UNUSED(user_data); #endif+     g_FunctionsLoaded = true;     return true; }@@ -1028,8 +993,22 @@ {     IM_ASSERT(g_FunctionsLoaded && "Need to call ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions() if IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_NO_PROTOTYPES or VK_NO_PROTOTYPES are set!"); +    if (info->UseDynamicRendering)+    {+#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_HAS_DYNAMIC_RENDERING+#ifndef VK_NO_PROTOTYPES+        ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR = reinterpret_cast<PFN_vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR>(vkGetInstanceProcAddr(info->Instance, "vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR"));+        ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdEndRenderingKHR = reinterpret_cast<PFN_vkCmdEndRenderingKHR>(vkGetInstanceProcAddr(info->Instance, "vkCmdEndRenderingKHR"));+#endif+        IM_ASSERT(ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR != nullptr);+        IM_ASSERT(ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdEndRenderingKHR != nullptr);+#else+        IM_ASSERT(0 && "Can't use dynamic rendering when neither VK_VERSION_1_3 or VK_KHR_dynamic_rendering is defined.");+#endif+    }+     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();-    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == NULL && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");+    IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");      // Setup backend capabilities flags     ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data)();@@ -1044,7 +1023,8 @@     IM_ASSERT(info->DescriptorPool != VK_NULL_HANDLE);     IM_ASSERT(info->MinImageCount >= 2);     IM_ASSERT(info->ImageCount >= info->MinImageCount);-    IM_ASSERT(render_pass != VK_NULL_HANDLE);+    if (info->UseDynamicRendering == false)+        IM_ASSERT(render_pass != VK_NULL_HANDLE);      bd->VulkanInitInfo = *info;     bd->RenderPass = render_pass;@@ -1058,19 +1038,20 @@ void ImGui_ImplVulkan_Shutdown() {     ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplVulkan_GetBackendData();-    IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();      ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyDeviceObjects();-    io.BackendRendererName = NULL;-    io.BackendRendererUserData = NULL;+    io.BackendRendererName = nullptr;+    io.BackendRendererUserData = nullptr;+    io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset;     IM_DELETE(bd); }  void ImGui_ImplVulkan_NewFrame() {     ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplVulkan_GetBackendData();-    IM_ASSERT(bd != NULL && "Did you call ImGui_ImplVulkan_Init()?");+    IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplVulkan_Init()?");     IM_UNUSED(bd); } @@ -1119,11 +1100,18 @@         write_desc[0].descriptorCount = 1;         write_desc[0].descriptorType = VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER;         write_desc[0].pImageInfo = desc_image;-        vkUpdateDescriptorSets(v->Device, 1, write_desc, 0, NULL);+        vkUpdateDescriptorSets(v->Device, 1, write_desc, 0, nullptr);     }     return descriptor_set; } +void ImGui_ImplVulkan_RemoveTexture(VkDescriptorSet descriptor_set)+{+    ImGui_ImplVulkan_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplVulkan_GetBackendData();+    ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo* v = &bd->VulkanInitInfo;+    vkFreeDescriptorSets(v->Device, v->DescriptorPool, 1, &descriptor_set);+}+ //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Internal / Miscellaneous Vulkan Helpers // (Used by example's main.cpp. Used by multi-viewport features. PROBABLY NOT used by your own app.)@@ -1143,7 +1131,7 @@ VkSurfaceFormatKHR ImGui_ImplVulkanH_SelectSurfaceFormat(VkPhysicalDevice physical_device, VkSurfaceKHR surface, const VkFormat* request_formats, int request_formats_count, VkColorSpaceKHR request_color_space) {     IM_ASSERT(g_FunctionsLoaded && "Need to call ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions() if IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_NO_PROTOTYPES or VK_NO_PROTOTYPES are set!");-    IM_ASSERT(request_formats != NULL);+    IM_ASSERT(request_formats != nullptr);     IM_ASSERT(request_formats_count > 0);      // Per Spec Format and View Format are expected to be the same unless VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_BIT was set at image creation@@ -1151,7 +1139,7 @@     // Additionally several new color spaces were introduced with Vulkan Spec v1.0.40,     // hence we must make sure that a format with the mostly available color space, VK_COLOR_SPACE_SRGB_NONLINEAR_KHR, is found and used.     uint32_t avail_count;-    vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormatsKHR(physical_device, surface, &avail_count, NULL);+    vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormatsKHR(physical_device, surface, &avail_count, nullptr);     ImVector<VkSurfaceFormatKHR> avail_format;     avail_format.resize((int)avail_count);     vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormatsKHR(physical_device, surface, &avail_count, avail_format.Data);@@ -1188,12 +1176,12 @@ VkPresentModeKHR ImGui_ImplVulkanH_SelectPresentMode(VkPhysicalDevice physical_device, VkSurfaceKHR surface, const VkPresentModeKHR* request_modes, int request_modes_count) {     IM_ASSERT(g_FunctionsLoaded && "Need to call ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions() if IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_NO_PROTOTYPES or VK_NO_PROTOTYPES are set!");-    IM_ASSERT(request_modes != NULL);+    IM_ASSERT(request_modes != nullptr);     IM_ASSERT(request_modes_count > 0);      // Request a certain mode and confirm that it is available. If not use VK_PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_KHR which is mandatory     uint32_t avail_count = 0;-    vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfacePresentModesKHR(physical_device, surface, &avail_count, NULL);+    vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfacePresentModesKHR(physical_device, surface, &avail_count, nullptr);     ImVector<VkPresentModeKHR> avail_modes;     avail_modes.resize((int)avail_count);     vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfacePresentModesKHR(physical_device, surface, &avail_count, avail_modes.Data);@@ -1285,8 +1273,8 @@     }     IM_FREE(wd->Frames);     IM_FREE(wd->FrameSemaphores);-    wd->Frames = NULL;-    wd->FrameSemaphores = NULL;+    wd->Frames = nullptr;+    wd->FrameSemaphores = nullptr;     wd->ImageCount = 0;     if (wd->RenderPass)         vkDestroyRenderPass(device, wd->RenderPass, allocator);@@ -1333,7 +1321,7 @@         }         err = vkCreateSwapchainKHR(device, &info, allocator, &wd->Swapchain);         check_vk_result(err);-        err = vkGetSwapchainImagesKHR(device, wd->Swapchain, &wd->ImageCount, NULL);+        err = vkGetSwapchainImagesKHR(device, wd->Swapchain, &wd->ImageCount, nullptr);         check_vk_result(err);         VkImage backbuffers[16] = {};         IM_ASSERT(wd->ImageCount >= min_image_count);@@ -1341,7 +1329,7 @@         err = vkGetSwapchainImagesKHR(device, wd->Swapchain, &wd->ImageCount, backbuffers);         check_vk_result(err); -        IM_ASSERT(wd->Frames == NULL);+        IM_ASSERT(wd->Frames == nullptr);         wd->Frames = (ImGui_ImplVulkanH_Frame*)IM_ALLOC(sizeof(ImGui_ImplVulkanH_Frame) * wd->ImageCount);         wd->FrameSemaphores = (ImGui_ImplVulkanH_FrameSemaphores*)IM_ALLOC(sizeof(ImGui_ImplVulkanH_FrameSemaphores) * wd->ImageCount);         memset(wd->Frames, 0, sizeof(wd->Frames[0]) * wd->ImageCount);@@ -1353,6 +1341,7 @@         vkDestroySwapchainKHR(device, old_swapchain, allocator);      // Create the Render Pass+    if (wd->UseDynamicRendering == false)     {         VkAttachmentDescription attachment = {};         attachment.format = wd->SurfaceFormat.format;@@ -1415,6 +1404,7 @@     }      // Create Framebuffer+    if (wd->UseDynamicRendering == false)     {         VkImageView attachment[1];         VkFramebufferCreateInfo info = {};@@ -1456,8 +1446,8 @@     }     IM_FREE(wd->Frames);     IM_FREE(wd->FrameSemaphores);-    wd->Frames = NULL;-    wd->FrameSemaphores = NULL;+    wd->Frames = nullptr;+    wd->FrameSemaphores = nullptr;     vkDestroyPipeline(device, wd->Pipeline, allocator);     vkDestroyRenderPass(device, wd->RenderPass, allocator);     vkDestroySwapchainKHR(device, wd->Swapchain, allocator);@@ -1501,7 +1491,11 @@     for (uint32_t n = 0; n < buffers->Count; n++)         ImGui_ImplVulkanH_DestroyFrameRenderBuffers(device, &buffers->FrameRenderBuffers[n], allocator);     IM_FREE(buffers->FrameRenderBuffers);-    buffers->FrameRenderBuffers = NULL;+    buffers->FrameRenderBuffers = nullptr;     buffers->Index = 0;     buffers->Count = 0; }++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ // This needs to be used along with a Platform Backend (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..)  // Implemented features:-//  [X] Renderer: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. //  [!] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'VkDescriptorSet' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/914 for discussions.+//  [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.  // Important: on 32-bit systems, user texture binding is only supported if your imconfig file has '#define ImTextureID ImU64'. // See imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp file for details.@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ // Read comments in imgui_impl_vulkan.h.  #pragma once+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API  // [Configuration] in order to use a custom Vulkan function loader:@@ -59,6 +60,12 @@     uint32_t                        MinImageCount;          // >= 2     uint32_t                        ImageCount;             // >= MinImageCount     VkSampleCountFlagBits           MSAASamples;            // >= VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT (0 -> default to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT)++    // Dynamic Rendering (Optional)+    bool                            UseDynamicRendering;    // Need to explicitly enable VK_KHR_dynamic_rendering extension to use this, even for Vulkan 1.3.+    VkFormat                        ColorAttachmentFormat;  // Required for dynamic rendering++    // Allocation, Debugging     const VkAllocationCallbacks*    Allocator;     void                            (*CheckVkResultFn)(VkResult err); };@@ -73,12 +80,14 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void         ImGui_ImplVulkan_SetMinImageCount(uint32_t min_image_count); // To override MinImageCount after initialization (e.g. if swap chain is recreated)  // Register a texture (VkDescriptorSet == ImTextureID)-// FIXME: This is experimental in the sense that we are unsure how to best design/tackle this problem, please post to https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/914 if you have suggestions.+// FIXME: This is experimental in the sense that we are unsure how to best design/tackle this problem+// Please post to https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/914 if you have suggestions. IMGUI_IMPL_API VkDescriptorSet ImGui_ImplVulkan_AddTexture(VkSampler sampler, VkImageView image_view, VkImageLayout image_layout);+IMGUI_IMPL_API void            ImGui_ImplVulkan_RemoveTexture(VkDescriptorSet descriptor_set);  // Optional: load Vulkan functions with a custom function loader // This is only useful with IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_NO_PROTOTYPES / VK_NO_PROTOTYPES-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool         ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions(PFN_vkVoidFunction(*loader_func)(const char* function_name, void* user_data), void* user_data = NULL);+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool         ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions(PFN_vkVoidFunction(*loader_func)(const char* function_name, void* user_data), void* user_data = nullptr);  //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Internal / Miscellaneous Vulkan Helpers@@ -87,8 +96,8 @@ // You probably do NOT need to use or care about those functions. // Those functions only exist because: //   1) they facilitate the readability and maintenance of the multiple main.cpp examples files.-//   2) the upcoming multi-viewport feature will need them internally.-// Generally we avoid exposing any kind of superfluous high-level helpers in the backends,+//   2) the multi-viewport / platform window implementation needs them internally.+// Generally we avoid exposing any kind of superfluous high-level helpers in the bindings, // but it is too much code to duplicate everywhere so we exceptionally expose them. // // Your engine/app will likely _already_ have code to setup all that stuff (swap chain, render pass, frame buffers, etc.).@@ -137,6 +146,7 @@     VkPresentModeKHR    PresentMode;     VkRenderPass        RenderPass;     VkPipeline          Pipeline;               // The window pipeline may uses a different VkRenderPass than the one passed in ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo+    bool                UseDynamicRendering;     bool                ClearEnable;     VkClearValue        ClearValue;     uint32_t            FrameIndex;             // Current frame being rendered to (0 <= FrameIndex < FrameInFlightCount)@@ -153,3 +163,4 @@     } }; +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -4,18 +4,20 @@  // Implemented features: //  [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'WGPUTextureView' as ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!-//  [X] Renderer: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices.+//  [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs  #pragma once #include "imgui.h"          // IMGUI_IMPL_API+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE+ #include <webgpu/webgpu.h> -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWGPU_Init(WGPUDevice device, int num_frames_in_flight, WGPUTextureFormat rt_format);+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWGPU_Init(WGPUDevice device, int num_frames_in_flight, WGPUTextureFormat rt_format, WGPUTextureFormat depth_format = WGPUTextureFormat_Undefined); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWGPU_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWGPU_NewFrame(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWGPU_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, WGPURenderPassEncoder pass_encoder);@@ -23,3 +25,5 @@ // Use if you want to reset your rendering device without losing Dear ImGui state. IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWGPU_InvalidateDeviceObjects(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWGPU_CreateDeviceObjects();++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@-// dear imgui: Platform Backend for Windows (standard windows API for 32 and 64 bits applications)+// dear imgui: Platform Backend for Windows (standard windows API for 32-bits AND 64-bits applications) // This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..)  // Implemented features: //  [X] Platform: Clipboard support (for Win32 this is actually part of core dear imgui)+//  [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen. //  [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy VK_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] //  [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. //  [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'.@@ -14,8 +15,10 @@  #pragma once #include "imgui.h"      // IMGUI_IMPL_API+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE  IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd);+IMGUI_IMPL_API bool     ImGui_ImplWin32_InitForOpenGL(void* hwnd); IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame(); @@ -42,3 +45,5 @@ // - Use to enable alpha compositing transparency with the desktop. // - Use together with e.g. clearing your framebuffer with zero-alpha. IMGUI_IMPL_API void     ImGui_ImplWin32_EnableAlphaCompositing(void* hwnd);   // HWND hwnd++#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ //------------------------------------------------------------------------------// COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS FOR DEAR IMGUI+// DEAR IMGUI COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS // Runtime options (clipboard callbacks, enabling various features, etc.) can generally be set via the ImGuiIO structure. // You can use ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() before calling ImGui::CreateContext() to rewire memory allocation functions. //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ // You need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ Dear ImGui is used, which include the imgui*.cpp // files but also _any_ of your code that uses Dear ImGui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures. // Defining those options in imconfig.h will ensure every compilation unit gets to see the same data structure layouts.-// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp files to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using.+// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp file to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using. //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------  #pragma once@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ //#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport ) //#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport ) -//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to avoid using soon-to-be obsolete function/names.+//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to clean your code of obsolete function/names. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO                      // 1.87: disable legacy io.KeyMap[]+io.KeysDown[] in favor io.AddKeyEvent(). This will be folded into IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS in a few versions. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS   // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. (user32.lib/.a, kernel32.lib/.a) //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS          // [Win32] [Default with Visual Studio] Implement default IME handler (require imm32.lib/.a, auto-link for Visual Studio, -limm32 on command-line for MinGW) //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS         // [Win32] [Default with non-Visual Studio compilers] Don't implement default IME handler (won't require imm32.lib/.a)-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS                     // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, ime).+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS                     // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, IME). //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS      // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default). //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS            // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf) //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS              // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 so you can implement them yourself.@@ -62,9 +62,10 @@ // By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of Dear ImGui sources files. //#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME   "my_folder/stb_truetype.h" //#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME  "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h"-//#define IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME    "my_folder/stb_sprintf.h"    // only used if enabled+//#define IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME    "my_folder/stb_sprintf.h"    // only used if IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF is defined. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION                   // only disabled if IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF is defined.  //---- Use stb_sprintf.h for a faster implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from libc (unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined) // Compatibility checks of arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by stb_sprintf.h.@@ -75,6 +76,12 @@ // On Windows you may use vcpkg with 'vcpkg install freetype --triplet=x64-windows' + 'vcpkg integrate install'. //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE +//---- Use FreeType+lunasvg library to render OpenType SVG fonts (SVGinOT)+// Requires lunasvg headers to be available in the include path + program to be linked with the lunasvg library (not provided).+// Only works in combination with IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE.+// (implementation is based on Freetype's rsvg-port.c which is licensed under CeCILL-C Free Software License Agreement)+//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG+ //---- Use stb_truetype to build and rasterize the font atlas (default) // The only purpose of this define is if you want force compilation of the stb_truetype backend ALONG with the FreeType backend. //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE@@ -90,6 +97,8 @@         constexpr ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) : x(f.x), y(f.y), z(f.z), w(f.w) {}   \         operator MyVec4() const { return MyVec4(x,y,z,w); } */+//---- ...Or use Dear ImGui's own very basic math operators.+//#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS  //---- Use 32-bit vertex indices (default is 16-bit) is one way to allow large meshes with more than 64K vertices. // Your renderer backend will need to support it (most example renderer backends support both 16/32-bit indices).@@ -103,23 +112,18 @@ //typedef void (*MyImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd, void* my_renderer_user_data); //#define ImDrawCallback MyImDrawCallback -//---- Debug Tools: Macro to break in Debugger+//---- Debug Tools: Macro to break in Debugger (we provide a default implementation of this in the codebase) // (use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to pick widgets with the mouse and break into them for easy debugging.) //#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK  IM_ASSERT(0) //#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK  __debugbreak() -//---- Debug Tools: Have the Item Picker break in the ItemAdd() function instead of ItemHoverable(),-// (which comes earlier in the code, will catch a few extra items, allow picking items other than Hovered one.)-// This adds a small runtime cost which is why it is not enabled by default.-//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX- //---- Debug Tools: Enable slower asserts //#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID -//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace, here or in your own headers files.+//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace from anywhere (e.g. your own sources/header files) /* namespace ImGui {-    void MyFunction(const char* name, const MyMatrix44& v);+    void MyFunction(const char* name, MyMatrix44* mtx); } */

@@ -1,13417 +1,14957 @@-// dear imgui, v1.88-// (main code and documentation)--// Help:-// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq-// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase.-// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that.-// Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments.--// Resources:-// - FAQ                   http://dearimgui.org/faq-// - Homepage & latest     https://github.com/ocornut/imgui-// - Releases & changelog  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases-// - Gallery               https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!)-// - Wiki                  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there)-// - Glossary              https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary-// - Issues & support      https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues--// Getting Started?-// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts:-//   please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above.--// Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub.-// See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License).-// This library is free but needs your support to sustain development and maintenance.-// Businesses: you can support continued development via invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts. Please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com".-// Individuals: you can support continued development via donations. See docs/README or web page.--// It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library.-// Note that 'ImGui::' being a namespace, you can add functions into the namespace from your own source files, without-// modifying imgui.h or imgui.cpp. You may include imgui_internal.h to access internal data structures, but it doesn't-// come with any guarantee of forward compatibility. Discussing your changes on the GitHub Issue Tracker may lead you-// to a better solution or official support for them.--/*--Index of this file:--DOCUMENTATION--- MISSION STATEMENT-- END-USER GUIDE-- PROGRAMMER GUIDE-  - READ FIRST-  - HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI-  - GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE-  - HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE-  - HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE-  - USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS-- API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!)-- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)-  - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.org/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer)--CODE-(search for "[SECTION]" in the code to find them)--// [SECTION] INCLUDES-// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS-// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS-// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO)-// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)-// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions)-// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions)-// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions)-// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions)-// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage-// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter-// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer-// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper-// [SECTION] STYLING-// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS-// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!)-// [SECTION] INPUTS-// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING-// [SECTION] LAYOUT-// [SECTION] SCROLLING-// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS-// [SECTION] POPUPS-// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION-// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP-// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING-// [SECTION] SETTINGS-// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS-// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS-// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW-// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW-// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL)--*/--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// DOCUMENTATION-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------/*-- MISSION STATEMENT- =================-- - Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools.- - Easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools.- - Easy to hack and improve.- - Minimize setup and maintenance.- - Minimize state storage on user side.- - Minimize state synchronization.- - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.).- - Efficient runtime and memory consumption.-- Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the current weaknesses includes:-- - Doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate.- - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code.--- END-USER GUIDE- ==============-- - Double-click on title bar to collapse window.- - Click upper right corner to close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin().- - Click and drag on lower right corner to resize window (double-click to auto fit window to its contents).- - Click and drag on any empty space to move window.- - TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields.- - CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text.- - Use mouse wheel to scroll.- - Text editor:-   - Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.-   - CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.-   - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right to select words.-   - CTRL+A our Double-Click to select all.-   - CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V to use OS clipboard/-   - CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo.-   - ESCAPE to revert text to its original value.-   - Controls are automatically adjusted for OSX to match standard OSX text editing operations.- - General Keyboard controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard.- - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. See suggested mappings in imgui.h ImGuiNavInput_ + download PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets--- PROGRAMMER GUIDE- ================-- READ FIRST- ----------- - Remember to check the wonderful Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki)- - Your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or-   destruction steps, less superfluous data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs.- - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features.- - The library is designed to be built from sources. Avoid pre-compiled binaries and packaged versions. See imconfig.h to configure your build.- - Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm (immediate-mode graphical user interface, a term coined by Casey Muratori).-   You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links in Wiki.- - Dear ImGui is a "single pass" rasterizing implementation of the IMGUI paradigm, aimed at ease of use and high-performances.-   For every application frame, your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's implementation of an IMGUI,-   where the UI code is called multiple times ("multiple passes") from a single entry point. There are pros and cons to both approaches.- - Our origin is on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right.- - This codebase is also optimized to yield decent performances with typical "Debug" builds settings.- - Please make sure you have asserts enabled (IM_ASSERT redirects to assert() by default, but can be redirected).-   If you get an assert, read the messages and comments around the assert.- - C++: this is a very C-ish codebase: we don't rely on C++11, we don't include any C++ headers, and ImGui:: is a namespace.- - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types.-   See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that.-   However, imgui_internal.h can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4, which we use in this codebase.- - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction (avoid using it in your code!).--- HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI- ----------------------------------------------- - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have modified your copy of imconfig.h)- - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified as a top-most commit which you can regularly rebase over "master".- - You can also use '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h" to redirect configuration to your own file.- - Read the "API BREAKING CHANGES" section (below). This is where we list occasional API breaking changes.-   If a function/type has been renamed / or marked obsolete, try to fix the name in your code before it is permanently removed-   from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will-   likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page!- - To find out usage of old API, you can add '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in your configuration file.- - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date.--- GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE- ---------------------------------------------------------------- - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library.- - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified backends files available in the backends/ folder.- - Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected backend source files to your projects or using your preferred build system.-   It is recommended you build and statically link the .cpp files as part of your project and NOT as a shared library (DLL).- - You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compile-time behavior, such as integrating Dear ImGui types with your own maths types.- - When using Dear ImGui, your programming IDE is your friend: follow the declaration of variables, functions and types to find comments about them.- - Dear ImGui never touches or knows about your GPU state. The only function that knows about GPU is the draw function that you provide.-   Effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render"-   phases of your own application. All rendering information is stored into command-lists that you will retrieve after calling ImGui::Render().- - Refer to the backends and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code.- - If you are running over a standard OS with a common graphics API, you should be able to use unmodified imgui_impl_*** files from the examples/ folder.--- HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE- --------------------------------------- EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BACKENDS (= imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the backends/ folder).- The sub-folders in examples/ contain examples applications following this structure.--     // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts-     ImGui::CreateContext();-     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();-     // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls.-     // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later.-     // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font.--     // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer backends (here we are using imgui_impl_win32.cpp and imgui_impl_dx11.cpp)-     ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(hwnd);-     ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(g_pd3dDevice, g_pd3dDeviceContext);--     // Application main loop-     while (true)-     {-         // Feed inputs to dear imgui, start new frame-         ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame();-         ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame();-         ImGui::NewFrame();--         // Any application code here-         ImGui::Text("Hello, world!");--         // Render dear imgui into screen-         ImGui::Render();-         ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());-         g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0);-     }--     // Shutdown-     ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown();-     ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown();-     ImGui::DestroyContext();-- EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BACKEND / CUSTOM ENGINE--     // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts-     ImGui::CreateContext();-     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();-     // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls.-     // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later.-     // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font.--     // Build and load the texture atlas into a texture-     // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_Init() function from one of the demo Renderer)-     int width, height;-     unsigned char* pixels = NULL;-     io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height);--     // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that to your graphic system:-     // After we have created the texture, store its pointer/identifier (_in whichever format your engine uses_) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'.-     // This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Basically ImTextureID == void*. Read FAQ for details about ImTextureID.-     MyTexture* texture = MyEngine::CreateTextureFromMemoryPixels(pixels, width, height, TEXTURE_TYPE_RGBA32)-     io.Fonts->SetTexID((void*)texture);--     // Application main loop-     while (true)-     {-        // Setup low-level inputs, e.g. on Win32: calling GetKeyboardState(), or write to those fields from your Windows message handlers, etc.-        // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame() function from one of the demo Platform Backends)-        io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f;              // set the time elapsed since the previous frame (in seconds)-        io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f;             // set the current display width-        io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f;             // set the current display height here-        io.AddMousePosEvent(mouse_x, mouse_y);  // update mouse position-        io.AddMouseButtonEvent(0, mouse_b[0]);  // update mouse button states-        io.AddMouseButtonEvent(1, mouse_b[1]);  // update mouse button states--        // Call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime-        // (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your main loop to be able to use Dear ImGui everywhere)-        ImGui::NewFrame();--        // Most of your application code here-        ImGui::Text("Hello, world!");-        MyGameUpdate(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions, e.g. ImGui::Begin("My window"); ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); ImGui::End();-        MyGameRender(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions as well!--        // Render dear imgui, swap buffers-        // (You want to try calling EndFrame/Render as late as you can, to be able to use Dear ImGui in your own game rendering code)-        ImGui::EndFrame();-        ImGui::Render();-        ImDrawData* draw_data = ImGui::GetDrawData();-        MyImGuiRenderFunction(draw_data);-        SwapBuffers();-     }--     // Shutdown-     ImGui::DestroyContext();-- To decide whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard inputs to Dear ImGui to the rest of your application,- you should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags!- Please read the FAQ and example applications for details about this!--- HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE- ---------------------------------------------- The backends in impl_impl_XXX.cpp files contain many working implementations of a rendering function.--    void void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data)-    {-       // TODO: Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled-       // TODO: Setup texture sampling state: sample with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Use 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines;' to allow point/nearest filtering.-       // TODO: Setup viewport covering draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize-       // TODO: Setup orthographic projection matrix cover draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize-       // TODO: Setup shader: vertex { float2 pos, float2 uv, u32 color }, fragment shader sample color from 1 texture, multiply by vertex color.-       ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos;-       for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)-       {-          const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];-          const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data;  // vertex buffer generated by Dear ImGui-          const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data;   // index buffer generated by Dear ImGui-          for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)-          {-             const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];-             if (pcmd->UserCallback)-             {-                 pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);-             }-             else-             {-                 // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space-                 ImVec2 clip_min(pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y);-                 ImVec2 clip_max(pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y);-                 if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y)-                     continue;--                 // We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API should support it.-                 // - If your engine doesn't support scissoring yet, you may ignore this at first. You will get some small glitches-                 //   (some elements visible outside their bounds) but you can fix that once everything else works!-                 // - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space:-                 //   - For a given viewport, draw_data->DisplayPos == viewport->Pos and draw_data->DisplaySize == viewport->Size-                 //   - In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos == (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize == io.DisplaySize, but always use GetMainViewport()->Pos/Size instead of hardcoding those values.-                 //   - In the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications (see 'docking' branch on github),-                 //     always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space.-                 // - Note that pcmd->ClipRect contains Min+Max bounds. Some graphics API may use Min+Max, other may use Min+Size (size being Max-Min)-                 MyEngineSetScissor(clip_min.x, clip_min.y, clip_max.x, clip_max.y);--                 // The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->GetTexID().-                 // The vast majority of draw calls will use the Dear ImGui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization.-                 MyEngineBindTexture((MyTexture*)pcmd->GetTexID());--                 // Render 'pcmd->ElemCount/3' indexed triangles.-                 // By default the indices ImDrawIdx are 16-bit, you can change them to 32-bit in imconfig.h if your engine doesn't support 16-bit indices.-                 MyEngineDrawIndexedTriangles(pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer + pcmd->IdxOffset, vtx_buffer, pcmd->VtxOffset);-             }-          }-       }-    }--- USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS- ------------------------------------------- - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is fairly functional and keeps being improved.- - Gamepad support is particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PS4, Switch, XB1) without a mouse!- - You can ask questions and report issues at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/787- - The initial focus was to support game controllers, but keyboard is becoming increasingly and decently usable.- - Keyboard:-    - Application: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable.-    - Internally: NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on backend's io.AddKeyEvent() calls.-    - When keyboard navigation is active (io.NavActive + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard),-      the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag will be set. For more advanced uses, you may want to read from:-       - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set.-       - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (and usually goes false when mouse is used).-       - or query focus information with e.g. IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow), IsItemFocused() etc. functions.-      Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved.- - Gamepad:-    - Application: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable.-    - Backend: Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad + call io.AddKeyEvent/AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_Gamepad_XXX keys.-      For analog values (0.0f to 1.0f), backend is responsible to handling a dead-zone and rescaling inputs accordingly.-      Backend code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.).-    - Internally: NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on backend's io.AddKeyEvent() + io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() calls.-    - BEFORE 1.87, BACKENDS USED TO WRITE DIRECTLY TO io.NavInputs[]. This is going to be obsoleted in the future. Please call io functions instead!-    - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets-    - If you need to share inputs between your game and the Dear ImGui interface, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing,-      with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved.- - Mouse:-    - PS4/PS5 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock4 touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback.-    - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app) to share your PC mouse/keyboard.-    - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag.-      Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs dear imgui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements.-      When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved.-      When that happens your backend NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the backends in examples/ do that.-      (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, imgui will misbehave as it will see your mouse moving back and forth!)-      (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want-       to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.)--- API BREAKING CHANGES- ====================-- Occasionally introducing changes that are breaking the API. We try to make the breakage minor and easy to fix.- Below is a change-log of API breaking changes only. If you are using one of the functions listed, expect to have to fix some code.- When you are not sure about an old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files.- You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details.-- - 2022/06/15 (1.88) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS for correctness. kept support for old define (will obsolete).- - 2022/05/03 (1.88) - backends: osx: removed ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() from backend API in favor of backend automatically handling event capture. All ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() calls should be removed as they are now unnecessary.- - 2022/04/05 (1.88) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKeyModFlags to ImGuiModFlags. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). This was never used in public API functions but technically present in imgui.h and ImGuiIO.- - 2022/01/20 (1.87) - inputs: reworded gamepad IO.-                        - Backend writing to io.NavInputs[]            -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values.- - 2022/01/19 (1.87) - sliders, drags: removed support for legacy arithmetic operators (+,+-,*,/) when inputing text. This doesn't break any api/code but a feature that used to be accessible by end-users (which seemingly no one used).- - 2022/01/17 (1.87) - inputs: reworked mouse IO.-                        - Backend writing to io.MousePos               -> backend should call io.AddMousePosEvent()-                        - Backend writing to io.MouseDown[]            -> backend should call io.AddMouseButtonEvent()-                        - Backend writing to io.MouseWheel             -> backend should call io.AddMouseWheelEvent()-                        - Backend writing to io.MouseHoveredViewport   -> backend should call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() [Docking branch w/ multi-viewports only]-                       note: for all calls to IO new functions, the Dear ImGui context should be bound/current.-                       read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 for details.- - 2022/01/10 (1.87) - inputs: reworked keyboard IO. Removed io.KeyMap[], io.KeysDown[] in favor of calling io.AddKeyEvent(). Removed GetKeyIndex(), now unecessary. All IsKeyXXX() functions now take ImGuiKey values. All features are still functional until IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Read Changelog and Release Notes for details.-                        - IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_XXX)              -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)-                        - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX))      -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)-                        - Backend writing to io.KeyMap[],io.KeysDown[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() (+ call io.SetKeyEventNativeData() if you want legacy user code to stil function with legacy key codes).-                        - Backend writing to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift.. -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiKey_ModXXX values. *IF YOU PULLED CODE BETWEEN 2021/01/10 and 2021/01/27: We used to have a io.AddKeyModsEvent() function which was now replaced by io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiKey_ModXXX values.*-                     - one case won't work with backward compatibility: if your custom backend used ImGuiKey as mock native indices (e.g. "io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_A] = ImGuiKey_A") because those values are now larger than the legacy KeyDown[] array. Will assert.-                     - inputs: added ImGuiKey_ModCtrl/ImGuiKey_ModShift/ImGuiKey_ModAlt/ImGuiKey_ModSuper values to submit keyboard modifiers using io.AddKeyEvent(), instead of writing directly to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper.- - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter to align with new symbols. Kept redirection enum.- - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - removed io.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn() in favor of more flexible io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(). Removed 'void* io.ImeWindowHandle' in favor of writing to 'void* ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw'.- - 2022/01/01 (1.87) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.69, 1.70, 1.71, 1.72 (March-July 2019)-                        - ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen()        -> use ImGui::SetNextItemOpen()-                        - ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() -> use ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x-                        - ImGui::TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()      -> use ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());-                        - ImFontAtlas::CustomRect             -> use ImFontAtlasCustomRect-                        - ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/HSV/HEX     -> use ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/HSV/Hex- - 2021/12/20 (1.86) - backends: removed obsolete Marmalade backend (imgui_impl_marmalade.cpp) + example. Find last supported version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings- - 2021/11/04 (1.86) - removed CalcListClipping() function. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges. Please open an issue if you think you really need this function.- - 2021/08/23 (1.85) - removed GetWindowContentRegionWidth() function. keep inline redirection helper. can use 'GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x' instead for generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is more useful.- - 2021/07/26 (1.84) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.67 and 1.69 (March 2019):-                        - ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() -> use ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()-                        - ImFont::GlyphRangesBuilder  -> use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder- - 2021/05/19 (1.83) - backends: obsoleted direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId in favor of calling ImDrawCmd::GetTexID().-                        - if you are using official backends from the source tree: you have nothing to do.-                        - if you have copied old backend code or using your own: change access to draw_cmd->TextureId to draw_cmd->GetTexID().- - 2021/03/12 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() to use ImDrawFlags instead of ImDrawCornersFlags.-                        - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft  -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft-                        - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight-                        - ImDrawCornerFlags_None     -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone etc.-                       flags now sanely defaults to 0 instead of 0x0F, consistent with all other flags in the API.-                       breaking: the default with rounding > 0.0f is now "round all corners" vs old implicit "round no corners":-                        - rounding == 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding  --> unchanged (common use)-                        - rounding  > 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant rounding     --> unchanged (common use)-                        - rounding == 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant no rounding  --> unchanged (unlikely use)-                        - rounding  > 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding  --> BREAKING (unlikely use): will now round all corners --> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or rounding == 0.0f.-                       this ONLY matters for hard coded use of 0 + rounding > 0.0f. Use of named ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone (new) or ImDrawCornerFlags_None (old) are ok.-                       the old ImDrawCornersFlags used awkward default values of ~0 or 0xF (4 lower bits set) to signify "round all corners" and we sometimes encouraged using them as shortcuts.-                       legacy path still support use of hard coded ~0 or any value from 0x1 or 0xF. They will behave the same with legacy paths enabled (will assert otherwise).- - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.66 (September 2018):-                        - ImGui::SetScrollHere()              -> use ImGui::SetScrollHereY()- - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - clarified that ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), ImDrawList::PathArcToFast() won't render with radius < 0.0f. Previously it sorts of accidentally worked but would generally lead to counter-clockwise paths and have an effect on anti-aliasing.- - 2021/03/10 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and PathStroke() "bool closed" parameter to "ImDrawFlags flags". The matching ImDrawFlags_Closed value is guaranteed to always stay == 1 in the future.- - 2021/02/22 (1.82) - (*undone in 1.84*) win32+mingw: Re-enabled IME functions by default even under MinGW. In July 2016, issue #738 had me incorrectly disable those default functions for MinGW. MinGW users should: either link with -limm32, either set their imconfig file  with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS'.- - 2021/02/17 (1.82) - renamed rarely used style.CircleSegmentMaxError (old default = 1.60f) to style.CircleTessellationMaxError (new default = 0.30f) as the meaning of the value changed.- - 2021/02/03 (1.81) - renamed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, ImVec2 size) to BeginListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).-                     - removed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) in favor of specifying size. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).-                     - renamed ListBoxFooter() to EndListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2021/01/26 (1.81) - removed ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas(). Kept inline redirection function. Prefer using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE', but there's a runtime selection path available too. The shared extra flags parameters (very rarely used) are now stored in ImFontAtlas::FontBuilderFlags.-                     - renamed ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags (used by FreeType) to ImFontConfig::FontBuilderFlags.-                     - renamed ImGuiFreeType::XXX flags to ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_XXX for consistency with other API.- - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.63 (August 2018):-                        - ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() -> use ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().-                        - ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening       -> use ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg-                        - ImGuiInputTextCallback              -> use ImGuiTextEditCallback-                        - ImGuiInputTextCallbackData          -> use ImGuiTextEditCallbackData- - 2020/12/21 (1.80) - renamed ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve() to AddBezierCubic(), and PathBezierCurveTo() to PathBezierCubicCurveTo(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2020/12/04 (1.80) - added imgui_tables.cpp file! Manually constructed project files will need the new file added!- - 2020/11/18 (1.80) - renamed undocumented/internals ImGuiColumnsFlags_* to ImGuiOldColumnFlags_* in prevision of incoming Tables API.- - 2020/11/03 (1.80) - renamed io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer to io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer as the feature will apply to other data structures- - 2020/10/14 (1.80) - backends: moved all backends files (imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp, imgui_impl_XXXX.h) from examples/ to backends/.- - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.60 (April 2018):-                        - io.RenderDrawListsFn pointer        -> use ImGui::GetDrawData() value and call the render function of your backend-                        - ImGui::IsAnyWindowFocused()         -> use ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)-                        - ImGui::IsAnyWindowHovered()         -> use ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)-                        - ImGuiStyleVar_Count_                -> use ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT-                        - ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_             -> use ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT-                      - removed redirecting functions names that were marked obsolete in 1.61 (May 2018):-                        - InputFloat (... int decimal_precision ...) -> use InputFloat (... const char* format ...) with format = "%.Xf" where X is your value for decimal_precision.-                        - same for InputFloat2()/InputFloat3()/InputFloat4() variants taking a `int decimal_precision` parameter.- - 2020/10/05 (1.79) - removed ImGuiListClipper: Renamed constructor parameters which created an ambiguous alternative to using the ImGuiListClipper::Begin() function, with misleading edge cases (note: imgui_memory_editor <0.40 from imgui_club/ used this old clipper API. Update your copy if needed).- - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput to ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete sooner because previous name was added recently).- - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed style.TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton to style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton.- - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - renamed OpenPopupContextItem() back to OpenPopupOnItemClick(), reverting the change from 1.77. For varieties of reason this is more self-explanatory.- - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - removed return value from OpenPopupOnItemClick() - returned true on mouse release on an item - because it is inconsistent with other popup APIs and makes others misleading. It's also and unnecessary: you can use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() for a similar result.- - 2020/09/17 (1.79) - removed ImFont::DisplayOffset in favor of ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset. DisplayOffset was applied after scaling and not very meaningful/useful outside of being needed by the default ProggyClean font. If you scaled this value after calling AddFontDefault(), this is now done automatically. It was also getting in the way of better font scaling, so let's get rid of it now!- - 2020/08/17 (1.78) - obsoleted use of the trailing 'float power=1.0f' parameter for DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(), DragFloatRange2(), DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(), SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), VSliderFloat() and VSliderScalar().-                       replaced the 'float power=1.0f' argument with integer-based flags defaulting to 0 (as with all our flags).-                       worked out a backward-compatibility scheme so hopefully most C++ codebase should not be affected. in short, when calling those functions:-                       - if you omitted the 'power' parameter (likely!), you are not affected.-                       - if you set the 'power' parameter to 1.0f (same as previous default value): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ everything else will work. 3/ you can replace the 1.0f value with 0 to fix the warning, and be technically correct.-                       - if you set the 'power' parameter to >1.0f (to enable non-linear editing): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ code will assert at runtime, 3/ in case asserts are disabled, the code will not crash and enable the _Logarithmic flag. 4/ you can replace the >1.0f value with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic to fix the warning/assert and get a _similar_ effect as previous uses of power >1.0f.-                       see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for all details.-                       kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete) apart for: DragFloatRange2(), VSliderFloat(), VSliderScalar(). For those three the 'float power=1.0f' version was removed directly as they were most unlikely ever used.-                       for shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`.-                     - obsoleted use of v_min > v_max in DragInt, DragFloat, DragScalar to lock edits (introduced in 1.73, was not demoed nor documented very), will be replaced by a more generic ReadOnly feature. You may use the ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly internal flag in the meantime.- - 2020/06/23 (1.77) - removed BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items) in favor of BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags flags) with ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOverItems.- - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - renamed OpenPopupOnItemClick() to OpenPopupContextItem(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). [NOTE: THIS WAS REVERTED IN 1.79]- - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() entry point which was made obsolete and asserting in December 2017.- - 2020/04/23 (1.77) - removed unnecessary ID (first arg) of ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular().- - 2020/01/22 (1.75) - ImDrawList::AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() functions don't accept negative radius any more.- - 2019/12/17 (1.75) - [undid this change in 1.76] made Columns() limited to 64 columns by asserting above that limit. While the current code technically supports it, future code may not so we're putting the restriction ahead.- - 2019/12/13 (1.75) - [imgui_internal.h] changed ImRect() default constructor initializes all fields to 0.0f instead of (FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX). If you used ImRect::Add() to create bounding boxes by adding multiple points into it, you may need to fix your initial value.- - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.53 (December 2017):-                       - ShowTestWindow()                    -> use ShowDemoWindow()-                       - IsRootWindowFocused()               -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow)-                       - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused()     -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows)-                       - SetNextWindowContentWidth(w)        -> use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)-                       - GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing()     -> use GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()-                       - ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg              -> use ImGuiCol_ChildBg-                       - ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding   -> use ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding-                       - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode -> use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap-                       - IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS          -> use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS- - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - obsoleted calling ImDrawList::PrimReserve() with a negative count (which was vaguely documented and rarely if ever used). Instead, we added an explicit PrimUnreserve() API.- - 2019/12/06 (1.75) - removed implicit default parameter to IsMouseDragging(int button = 0) to be consistent with other mouse functions (none of the other functions have it).- - 2019/11/21 (1.74) - ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular() now requires an ID larger than 0x110000 (instead of 0x10000) to conform with supporting Unicode planes 1-16 in a future update. ID below 0x110000 will now assert.- - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS for consistency.- - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS for consistency.- - 2019/10/22 (1.74) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.52 (October 2017):-                       - Begin() [old 5 args version]        -> use Begin() [3 args], use SetNextWindowSize() SetNextWindowBgAlpha() if needed-                       - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered()     -> use IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows)-                       - AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets()     -> use AlignTextToFramePadding()-                       - SetNextWindowPosCenter()            -> use SetNextWindowPos() with a pivot of (0.5f, 0.5f)-                       - ImFont::Glyph                       -> use ImFontGlyph- - 2019/10/14 (1.74) - inputs: Fixed a miscalculation in the keyboard/mouse "typematic" repeat delay/rate calculation, used by keys and e.g. repeating mouse buttons as well as the GetKeyPressedAmount() function.-                       if you were using a non-default value for io.KeyRepeatRate (previous default was 0.250), you can add +io.KeyRepeatDelay to it to compensate for the fix.-                       The function was triggering on: 0.0 and (delay+rate*N) where (N>=1). Fixed formula responds to (N>=0). Effectively it made io.KeyRepeatRate behave like it was set to (io.KeyRepeatRate + io.KeyRepeatDelay).-                       If you never altered io.KeyRepeatRate nor used GetKeyPressedAmount() this won't affect you.- - 2019/07/15 (1.72) - removed TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() which is rarely used and only does SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2019/07/12 (1.72) - renamed ImFontAtlas::CustomRect to ImFontAtlasCustomRect. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).- - 2019/06/14 (1.72) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.51 (June 2017): ImGuiCol_Column*, ImGuiSetCond_*, IsItemHoveredRect(), IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringWindow(), IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME. Grep this log for details and new names, or see how they were implemented until 1.71.- - 2019/06/07 (1.71) - rendering of child window outer decorations (bg color, border, scrollbars) is now performed as part of the parent window. If you have-                       overlapping child windows in a same parent, and relied on their relative z-order to be mapped to their submission order, this will affect your rendering.-                       This optimization is disabled if the parent window has no visual output, because it appears to be the most common situation leading to the creation of overlapping child windows.-                       Please reach out if you are affected.- - 2019/05/13 (1.71) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpen() to SetNextItemOpen(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2019/05/11 (1.71) - changed io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned short c) signature to io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c).- - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - improved ImDrawList thick strokes (>1.0f) preserving correct thickness up to 90 degrees angles (e.g. rectangles). If you have custom rendering using thick lines, they will appear thicker now.- - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - removed GetContentRegionAvailWidth(), use GetContentRegionAvail().x instead. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2019/03/04 (1.69) - renamed GetOverlayDrawList() to GetForegroundDrawList(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2019/02/26 (1.69) - renamed ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX to ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).- - 2019/02/14 (1.68) - made it illegal/assert when io.DisplayTime == 0.0f (with an exception for the first frame). If for some reason your time step calculation gives you a zero value, replace it with an arbitrarily small value!- - 2019/02/01 (1.68) - removed io.DisplayVisibleMin/DisplayVisibleMax (which were marked obsolete and removed from viewport/docking branch already).- - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed io.InputCharacters[], marked internal as was always intended. Please don't access directly, and use AddInputCharacter() instead!- - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder to ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).- - 2018/12/20 (1.67) - made it illegal to call Begin("") with an empty string. This somehow half-worked before but had various undesirable side-effects.- - 2018/12/10 (1.67) - renamed io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges to io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges as we are doing a large pass on configuration flags.- - 2018/10/12 (1.66) - renamed misc/stl/imgui_stl.* to misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.* in prevision for other C++ helper files.- - 2018/09/28 (1.66) - renamed SetScrollHere() to SetScrollHereY(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2018/09/06 (1.65) - renamed stb_truetype.h to imstb_truetype.h, stb_textedit.h to imstb_textedit.h, and stb_rect_pack.h to imstb_rectpack.h.-                       If you were conveniently using the imgui copy of those STB headers in your project you will have to update your include paths.- - 2018/09/05 (1.65) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink/io.ConfigCursorBlink to io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink. (#1427)- - 2018/08/31 (1.64) - added imgui_widgets.cpp file, extracted and moved widgets code out of imgui.cpp into imgui_widgets.cpp. Re-ordered some of the code remaining in imgui.cpp.-                       NONE OF THE FUNCTIONS HAVE CHANGED. THE CODE IS SEMANTICALLY 100% IDENTICAL, BUT _EVERY_ FUNCTION HAS BEEN MOVED.-                       Because of this, any local modifications to imgui.cpp will likely conflict when you update. Read docs/CHANGELOG.txt for suggestions.- - 2018/08/22 (1.63) - renamed IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() to IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() for consistency with new IsItemEdited() API. Kept redirection function (will obsolete soonish as IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() is very recent).- - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - renamed ImGuiTextEditCallback to ImGuiInputTextCallback, ImGuiTextEditCallbackData to ImGuiInputTextCallbackData for consistency. Kept redirection types (will obsolete).- - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - removed ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ReadOnly since it is a duplication of (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly).- - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - removed per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide beta flag in favor of a global io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges [update 1.67 renamed to ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges] to enable the feature.- - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink to io.ConfigCursorBlink [-> io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink in 1.65], io.OptMacOSXBehaviors to ConfigMacOSXBehaviors for consistency.- - 2018/07/22 (1.63) - changed ImGui::GetTime() return value from float to double to avoid accumulating floating point imprecisions over time.- - 2018/07/08 (1.63) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening to ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg for consistency with other features. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete).- - 2018/06/08 (1.62) - examples: the imgui_impl_XXX files have been split to separate platform (Win32, GLFW, SDL2, etc.) from renderer (DX11, OpenGL, Vulkan,  etc.).-                       old backends will still work as is, however prefer using the separated backends as they will be updated to support multi-viewports.-                       when adopting new backends follow the main.cpp code of your preferred examples/ folder to know which functions to call.-                       in particular, note that old backends called ImGui::NewFrame() at the end of their ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function.- - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - renamed GetGlyphRangesChinese() to GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() to distinguish other variants and discourage using the full set.- - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details.- - 2018/05/03 (1.61) - DragInt(): the default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more.-                       If you used DragInt() with custom format strings, make sure you change them to use %d or an integer-compatible format.-                       To honor backward-compatibility, the DragInt() code will currently parse and modify format strings to replace %*f with %d, giving time to users to upgrade their code.-                       If you have IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS enabled, the code will instead assert! You may run a reg-exp search on your codebase for e.g. "DragInt.*%f" to help you find them.- - 2018/04/28 (1.61) - obsoleted InputFloat() functions taking an optional "int decimal_precision" in favor of an equivalent and more flexible "const char* format",-                       consistent with other functions. Kept redirection functions (will obsolete).- - 2018/04/09 (1.61) - IM_DELETE() helper function added in 1.60 doesn't clear the input _pointer_ reference, more consistent with expectation and allows passing r-value.- - 2018/03/20 (1.60) - renamed io.WantMoveMouse to io.WantSetMousePos for consistency and ease of understanding (was added in 1.52, _not_ used by core and only honored by some backend ahead of merging the Nav branch).- - 2018/03/12 (1.60) - removed ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered as the closing cross uses regular button colors now.- - 2018/03/08 (1.60) - changed ImFont::DisplayOffset.y to default to 0 instead of +1. Fixed rounding of Ascent/Descent to match TrueType renderer. If you were adding or subtracting to ImFont::DisplayOffset check if your fonts are correctly aligned vertically.- - 2018/03/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ to ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT and ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ to ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT for consistency with other public enums.- - 2018/02/18 (1.60) - BeginDragDropSource(): temporarily removed the optional mouse_button=0 parameter because it is not really usable in many situations at the moment.- - 2018/02/16 (1.60) - obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback, you can call your graphics engine render function after ImGui::Render(). Use ImGui::GetDrawData() to retrieve the ImDrawData* to display.- - 2018/02/07 (1.60) - reorganized context handling to be more explicit,-                       - YOU NOW NEED TO CALL ImGui::CreateContext() AT THE BEGINNING OF YOUR APP, AND CALL ImGui::DestroyContext() AT THE END.-                       - removed Shutdown() function, as DestroyContext() serve this purpose.-                       - you may pass a ImFontAtlas* pointer to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts. Otherwise CreateContext() will create its own font atlas instance.-                       - removed allocator parameters from CreateContext(), they are now setup with SetAllocatorFunctions(), and shared by all contexts.-                       - removed the default global context and font atlas instance, which were confusing for users of DLL reloading and users of multiple contexts.- - 2018/01/31 (1.60) - moved sample TTF files from extra_fonts/ to misc/fonts/. If you loaded files directly from the imgui repo you may need to update your paths.- - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowHovered() in favor of IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowFocused() in favor of IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2018/01/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback to ImGuiSizeCallback, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData to ImGuiSizeCallbackData.- - 2017/12/29 (1.60) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() which was weird and not really used by anyone except demo code. If you need it it's easy to replicate on your side.- - 2017/12/24 (1.53) - renamed the emblematic ShowTestWindow() function to ShowDemoWindow(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: renamed style.AntiAliasedShapes to style.AntiAliasedFill for consistency and as a way to explicitly break code that manipulate those flag at runtime. You can now manipulate ImDrawList::Flags- - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: removed 'bool anti_aliased = true' final parameter of ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(). Prefer manipulating ImDrawList::Flags if you need to toggle them during the frame.- - 2017/12/14 (1.53) - using the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag on a child window forwards the mouse wheel event to the parent window, unless either ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs or ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar are also set.- - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - renamed GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() to GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).-                     - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2017/12/12 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode to ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete).- - 2017/12/10 (1.53) - removed SetNextWindowContentWidth(), prefer using SetNextWindowContentSize(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2017/11/27 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTextBuffer::append() helper to appendf(), appendv() to appendfv(). If you copied the 'Log' demo in your code, it uses appendv() so that needs to be renamed.- - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style, Begin: removed ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders window flag. Borders are now fully set up in the ImGuiStyle structure (see e.g. style.FrameBorderSize, style.WindowBorderSize). Use ImGui::ShowStyleEditor() to look them up.-                       Please note that the style system will keep evolving (hopefully stabilizing in Q1 2018), and so custom styles will probably subtly break over time. It is recommended you use the StyleColorsClassic(), StyleColorsDark(), StyleColorsLight() functions.- - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: removed ImGuiCol_ComboBg in favor of combo boxes using ImGuiCol_PopupBg for consistency.- - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg to ImGuiCol_ChildBg.- - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed style.ChildWindowRounding to style.ChildRounding, ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding to ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding.- - 2017/11/02 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() in favor of using IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows);- - 2017/10/24 (1.52) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS for consistency.- - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - changed IsWindowHovered() default parameters behavior to return false if an item is active in another window (e.g. click-dragging item from another window to this window). You can use the newly introduced IsWindowHovered() flags to requests this specific behavior if you need it.- - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - marked IsItemHoveredRect()/IsMouseHoveringWindow() as obsolete, in favor of using the newly introduced flags for IsItemHovered() and IsWindowHovered(). See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1382 for details.-                       removed the IsItemRectHovered()/IsWindowRectHovered() names introduced in 1.51 since they were merely more consistent names for the two functions we are now obsoleting.-                         IsItemHoveredRect()        --> IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)-                         IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)-                         IsMouseHoveringWindow()    --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) [weird, old behavior]- - 2017/10/17 (1.52) - marked the old 5-parameters version of Begin() as obsolete (still available). Use SetNextWindowSize()+Begin() instead!- - 2017/10/11 (1.52) - renamed AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() to AlignTextToFramePadding(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2017/09/26 (1.52) - renamed ImFont::Glyph to ImFontGlyph. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).- - 2017/09/25 (1.52) - removed SetNextWindowPosCenter() because SetNextWindowPos() now has the optional pivot information to do the same and more. Kept redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your backend if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)".- - 2017/08/22 (1.51) - renamed IsItemHoveredRect() to IsItemRectHovered(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). -> (1.52) use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)!-                     - renamed IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() to IsAnyWindowHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).-                     - renamed IsMouseHoveringWindow() to IsWindowRectHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - renamed GetStyleColName() to GetStyleColorName() for consistency.- - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - added PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) overload, which _might_ cause an "ambiguous call" compilation error if you are using ImColor() with implicit cast. Cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 explicily to fix.- - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - marked the weird IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro as obsolete. prefer using the more explicit ImGuiOnceUponAFrame type.- - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - changed parameter order for BeginPopupContextWindow() from (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items) to (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items). Note that most calls relied on default parameters completely.- - 2017/08/13 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiCol_Column to ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered to ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_ColumnActive to ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).- - 2017/08/11 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiSetCond_Always to ImGuiCond_Always, ImGuiSetCond_Once to ImGuiCond_Once, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImGuiSetCond_Appearing to ImGuiCond_Appearing. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).- - 2017/08/09 (1.51) - removed ValueColor() helpers, they are equivalent to calling Text(label) + SameLine() + ColorButton().- - 2017/08/08 (1.51) - removed ColorEditMode() and ImGuiColorEditMode in favor of ImGuiColorEditFlags and parameters to the various Color*() functions. The SetColorEditOptions() allows to initialize default but the user can still change them with right-click context menu.-                     - changed prototype of 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool show_alpha = true)' to 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0)', where passing flags = 0x01 is a safe no-op (hello dodgy backward compatibility!). - check and run the demo window, under "Color/Picker Widgets", to understand the various new options.-                     - changed prototype of rarely used 'ColorButton(ImVec4 col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true)' to 'ColorButton(const char* desc_id, ImVec4 col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0, 0))'- - 2017/07/20 (1.51) - removed IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(ImVec2), which was partly broken and misleading. ASSERT + redirect user to io.WantCaptureMouse- - 2017/05/26 (1.50) - removed ImFontConfig::MergeGlyphCenterV in favor of a more multipurpose ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset.- - 2017/05/01 (1.50) - renamed ImDrawList::PathFill() (rarely used directly) to ImDrawList::PathFillConvex() for clarity.- - 2016/11/06 (1.50) - BeginChild(const char*) now applies the stack id to the provided label, consistently with other functions as it should always have been. It shouldn't affect you unless (extremely unlikely) you were appending multiple times to a same child from different locations of the stack id. If that's the case, generate an id with GetID() and use it instead of passing string to BeginChild().- - 2016/10/15 (1.50) - avoid 'void* user_data' parameter to io.SetClipboardTextFn/io.GetClipboardTextFn pointers. We pass io.ClipboardUserData to it.- - 2016/09/25 (1.50) - style.WindowTitleAlign is now a ImVec2 (ImGuiAlign enum was removed). set to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontal+vertical centering, (0.0f,0.0f) for upper-left, etc.- - 2016/07/30 (1.50) - SameLine(x) with x>0.0f is now relative to left of column/group if any, and not always to left of window. This was sort of always the intent and hopefully, breakage should be minimal.- - 2016/05/12 (1.49) - title bar (using ImGuiCol_TitleBg/ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive colors) isn't rendered over a window background (ImGuiCol_WindowBg color) anymore.-                       If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you, otherwise if <1.0f you need to tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar.-                       This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color:-                       ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col) { float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a; return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a); }-                       If this is confusing, pick the RGB value from title bar from an old screenshot and apply this as TitleBg/TitleBgActive. Or you may just create TitleBgActive from a tweaked TitleBg color.- - 2016/05/07 (1.49) - removed confusing set of GetInternalState(), GetInternalStateSize(), SetInternalState() functions. Now using CreateContext(), DestroyContext(), GetCurrentContext(), SetCurrentContext().- - 2016/05/02 (1.49) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpened() to SetNextTreeNodeOpen(), no redirection.- - 2016/05/01 (1.49) - obsoleted old signature of CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id = NULL, bool display_frame = true, bool default_open = false) as extra parameters were badly designed and rarely used. You can replace the "default_open = true" flag in new API with CollapsingHeader(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen).- - 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDrawList::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer.- - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref GitHub issue #337).- - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - renamed ImGuiCol_TooltipBg to ImGuiCol_PopupBg, used by popups/menus and tooltips. popups/menus were previously using ImGuiCol_WindowBg. (ref github issue #337)- - 2016/03/21 (1.48) - renamed GetWindowFont() to GetFont(), GetWindowFontSize() to GetFontSize(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2016/03/02 (1.48) - InputText() completion/history/always callbacks: if you modify the text buffer manually (without using DeleteChars()/InsertChars() helper) you need to maintain the BufTextLen field. added an assert.- - 2016/01/23 (1.48) - fixed not honoring exact width passed to PushItemWidth(), previously it would add extra FramePadding.x*2 over that width. if you had manual pixel-perfect alignment in place it might affect you.- - 2015/12/27 (1.48) - fixed ImDrawList::AddRect() which used to render a rectangle 1 px too large on each axis.- - 2015/12/04 (1.47) - renamed Color() helpers to ValueColor() - dangerously named, rarely used and probably to be made obsolete.- - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - with the addition of horizontal scrollbar we made various fixes to inconsistencies with dealing with cursor position.-                       GetCursorPos()/SetCursorPos() functions now include the scrolled amount. It shouldn't affect the majority of users, but take note that SetCursorPosX(100.0f) puts you at +100 from the starting x position which may include scrolling, not at +100 from the window left side.-                       GetContentRegionMax()/GetWindowContentRegionMin()/GetWindowContentRegionMax() functions allow include the scrolled amount. Typically those were used in cases where no scrolling would happen so it may not be a problem, but watch out!- - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - renamed style.ScrollbarWidth to style.ScrollbarSize- - 2015/08/05 (1.44) - split imgui.cpp into extra files: imgui_demo.cpp imgui_draw.cpp imgui_internal.h that you need to add to your project.- - 2015/07/18 (1.44) - fixed angles in ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), PathArcToFast() (introduced in 1.43) being off by an extra PI for no justifiable reason- - 2015/07/14 (1.43) - add new ImFontAtlas::AddFont() API. For the old AddFont***, moved the 'font_no' parameter of ImFontAtlas::AddFont** functions to the ImFontConfig structure.-                       you need to render your textured triangles with bilinear filtering to benefit from sub-pixel positioning of text.- - 2015/07/08 (1.43) - switched rendering data to use indexed rendering. this is saving a fair amount of CPU/GPU and enables us to get anti-aliasing for a marginal cost.-                       this necessary change will break your rendering function! the fix should be very easy. sorry for that :(-                     - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest.-                     - the signature of the io.RenderDrawListsFn handler has changed!-                       old: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count)-                       new: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data).-                         parameters: 'cmd_lists' becomes 'draw_data->CmdLists', 'cmd_lists_count' becomes 'draw_data->CmdListsCount'-                         ImDrawList: 'commands' becomes 'CmdBuffer', 'vtx_buffer' becomes 'VtxBuffer', 'IdxBuffer' is new.-                         ImDrawCmd:  'vtx_count' becomes 'ElemCount', 'clip_rect' becomes 'ClipRect', 'user_callback' becomes 'UserCallback', 'texture_id' becomes 'TextureId'.-                     - each ImDrawList now contains both a vertex buffer and an index buffer. For each command, render ElemCount/3 triangles using indices from the index buffer.-                     - if you REALLY cannot render indexed primitives, you can call the draw_data->DeIndexAllBuffers() method to de-index the buffers. This is slow and a waste of CPU/GPU. Prefer using indexed rendering!-                     - refer to code in the examples/ folder or ask on the GitHub if you are unsure of how to upgrade. please upgrade!- - 2015/07/10 (1.43) - changed SameLine() parameters from int to float.- - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed SetScrollPosHere() to SetScrollFromCursorPos(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed GetScrollPosY() to GetScrollY(). Necessary to reduce confusion along with other scrolling functions, because positions (e.g. cursor position) are not equivalent to scrolling amount.- - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed ImageButton() default bg_col parameter from (0,0,0,1) (black) to (0,0,0,0) (transparent) - makes a difference when texture have transparence- - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely used. Sorry!- - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed GetWindowCollapsed() to IsWindowCollapsed() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed IsRectClipped() to IsRectVisible() for consistency. Note that return value is opposite! Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).- - 2015/05/27 (1.40) - removed the third 'repeat_if_held' parameter from Button() - sorry! it was rarely used and inconsistent. Use PushButtonRepeat(true) / PopButtonRepeat() to enable repeat on desired buttons.- - 2015/05/11 (1.40) - changed BeginPopup() API, takes a string identifier instead of a bool. ImGui needs to manage the open/closed state of popups. Call OpenPopup() to actually set the "open" state of a popup. BeginPopup() returns true if the popup is opened.- - 2015/05/03 (1.40) - removed style.AutoFitPadding, using style.WindowPadding makes more sense (the default values were already the same).- - 2015/04/13 (1.38) - renamed IsClipped() to IsRectClipped(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.- - 2015/04/09 (1.38) - renamed ImDrawList::AddArc() to ImDrawList::AddArcFast() for compatibility with future API- - 2015/04/03 (1.38) - removed ImGuiCol_CheckHovered, ImGuiCol_CheckActive, replaced with the more general ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive.- - 2014/04/03 (1.38) - removed support for passing -FLT_MAX..+FLT_MAX as the range for a SliderFloat(). Use DragFloat() or Inputfloat() instead.- - 2015/03/17 (1.36) - renamed GetItemBoxMin()/GetItemBoxMax()/IsMouseHoveringBox() to GetItemRectMin()/GetItemRectMax()/IsMouseHoveringRect(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.- - 2015/03/15 (1.36) - renamed style.TreeNodeSpacing to style.IndentSpacing, ImGuiStyleVar_TreeNodeSpacing to ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing- - 2015/03/13 (1.36) - renamed GetWindowIsFocused() to IsWindowFocused(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.- - 2015/03/08 (1.35) - renamed style.ScrollBarWidth to style.ScrollbarWidth (casing)- - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed OpenNextNode(bool) to SetNextTreeNodeOpened(bool, ImGuiSetCond). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.- - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed ImGuiSetCondition_*** to ImGuiSetCond_***, and _FirstUseThisSession becomes _Once.- - 2015/02/11 (1.32) - changed text input callback ImGuiTextEditCallback return type from void-->int. reserved for future use, return 0 for now.- - 2015/02/10 (1.32) - renamed GetItemWidth() to CalcItemWidth() to clarify its evolving behavior- - 2015/02/08 (1.31) - renamed GetTextLineSpacing() to GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()- - 2015/02/01 (1.31) - removed IO.MemReallocFn (unused)- - 2015/01/19 (1.30) - renamed ImGuiStorage::GetIntPtr()/GetFloatPtr() to GetIntRef()/GetIntRef() because Ptr was conflicting with actual pointer storage functions.- - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - big font/image API change! now loads TTF file. allow for multiple fonts. no need for a PNG loader.- - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels.-                       - old:  const void* png_data; unsigned int png_size; ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size); [..Upload texture to GPU..];-                       - new:  unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; io.Fonts->SetTexID(YourTexIdentifier);-                       you now have more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs. It is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation.- - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to call io.Fonts->SetTexID()- - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix)- - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets- - 2014/12/10 (1.18) - removed SetNewWindowDefaultPos() in favor of new generic API SetNextWindowPos(pos, ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver)- - 2014/11/28 (1.17) - moved IO.Font*** options to inside the IO.Font-> structure (FontYOffset, FontTexUvForWhite, FontBaseScale, FontFallbackGlyph)- - 2014/11/26 (1.17) - reworked syntax of IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro to increase compiler compatibility- - 2014/11/07 (1.15) - renamed IsHovered() to IsItemHovered()- - 2014/10/02 (1.14) - renamed IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_CPP to IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL and imgui_user.cpp to imgui_user.inl (more IDE friendly)- - 2014/09/25 (1.13) - removed 'text_end' parameter from IO.SetClipboardTextFn (the string is now always zero-terminated for simplicity)- - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - renamed SetFontScale() to SetWindowFontScale()- - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - moved IM_MALLOC/IM_REALLOC/IM_FREE preprocessor defines to IO.MemAllocFn/IO.MemReallocFn/IO.MemFreeFn- - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - removed IO.FontHeight (now computed automatically)- - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - moved IMGUI_FONT_TEX_UV_FOR_WHITE preprocessor define to IO.FontTexUvForWhite- - 2014/08/28 (1.09) - changed the behavior of IO.PixelCenterOffset following various rendering fixes--- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)- ================================-- Read all answers online:-   https://www.dearimgui.org/faq or https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md (same url)- Read all answers locally (with a text editor or ideally a Markdown viewer):-   docs/FAQ.md- Some answers are copied down here to facilitate searching in code.-- Q&A: Basics- ===========-- Q: Where is the documentation?- A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects the user to be acquainted with C/C++.-    - Run the examples/ and explore them.-    - See demo code in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function.-    - The demo covers most features of Dear ImGui, so you can read the code and see its output.-    - See documentation and comments at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h.-    - Dozens of standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the-      examples/ folder to explain how to integrate Dear ImGui with your own engine/application.-    - The Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) has many resources and links.-    - The Glossary (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary) page also may be useful.-    - Your programming IDE is your friend, find the type or function declaration to find comments-      associated with it.-- Q: What is this library called?- Q: Which version should I get?- >> This library is called "Dear ImGui", please don't call it "ImGui" :)- >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for details.-- Q&A: Integration- ================-- Q: How to get started?- A: Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt.-- Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?- A: You should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags!- >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this.-- Q. How can I enable keyboard controls?- Q: How can I use this without a mouse, without a keyboard or without a screen? (gamepad, input share, remote display)- Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and little squares are showing instead of text...- Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around...- Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are displaying outside their expected windows boundaries...- >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq-- Q&A: Usage- ------------ Q: About the ID Stack system..-   - Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?-   - How can I have widgets with an empty label?-   - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?-   - How can I have multiple windows with the same label?- Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works?- Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?- Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)?- Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API)- >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq-- Q&A: Fonts, Text- ================-- Q: How should I handle DPI in my application?- Q: How can I load a different font than the default?- Q: How can I easily use icons in my application?- Q: How can I load multiple fonts?- Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?- >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/edit/master/docs/FONTS.md-- Q&A: Concerns- =============-- Q: Who uses Dear ImGui?- Q: Can you create elaborate/serious tools with Dear ImGui?- Q: Can you reskin the look of Dear ImGui?- Q: Why using C++ (as opposed to C)?- >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq-- Q&A: Community- ==============-- Q: How can I help?- A: - Businesses: please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui!-      We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance or sponsoring contacts.-      This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we can hire more people working on this project.-    - Individuals: you can support continued development via PayPal donations. See README.-    - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, read docs/TODO.txt-      and see how you want to help and can help!-    - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc.-      You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads. Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers.-      But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui helps the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions.-    - If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues (on GitHub or privately).--*/--//--------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] INCLUDES-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)-#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS-#endif--#include "imgui.h"-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE--#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS-#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS-#endif-#include "imgui_internal.h"--// System includes-#include <ctype.h>      // toupper-#include <stdio.h>      // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier-#include <stddef.h>     // intptr_t-#else-#include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t-#endif--// [Windows] On non-Visual Studio compilers, we default to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS unless explicitly enabled-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)-#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS-#endif--// [Windows] OS specific includes (optional)-#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS)-#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS-#endif-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS)-#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN-#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN-#endif-#ifndef NOMINMAX-#define NOMINMAX-#endif-#ifndef __MINGW32__-#include <Windows.h>        // _wfopen, OpenClipboard-#else-#include <windows.h>-#endif-#if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP) // UWP doesn't have all Win32 functions-#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS-#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS-#endif-#endif--// [Apple] OS specific includes-#if defined(__APPLE__)-#include <TargetConditionals.h>-#endif--// Visual Studio warnings-#ifdef _MSC_VER-#pragma warning (disable: 4127)             // condition expression is constant-#pragma warning (disable: 4996)             // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922   // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later-#pragma warning (disable: 5054)             // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types-#endif-#pragma warning (disable: 26451)            // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).-#pragma warning (disable: 26495)            // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).-#pragma warning (disable: 26812)            // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3).-#endif--// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything-#if defined(__clang__)-#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'                      // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!-#endif-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"                 // warning: use of old-style cast                            // yes, they are more terse.-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok.-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"              // warning: format string is not a string literal            // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors"          // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor     // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals.-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"            // warning: declaration requires a global destructor         // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is.-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic"                // warning: format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic.-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast"       // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int'-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning: zero as null pointer constant                    // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision-#elif defined(__GNUC__)-// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide an has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not following the warning/version association.-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"          // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast"      // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat"                   // warning: format '%p' expects argument of type 'void*', but argument 6 has type 'ImGuiWindow*'-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"         // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion"               // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"        // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstrict-overflow"          // warning: assuming signed overflow does not occur when assuming that (X - c) > X is always false-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"          // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead-#endif--// Debug options-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING     0   // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Display last moving direction matches when holding CTRL-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS       0   // Display the reference navigation rectangle for each window-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS    0   // Save additional comments in .ini file (particularly helps for Docking, but makes saving slower)--// When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch.-static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY            = 0.20f;    // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in-static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY          = 0.15f;    // Time before the window list starts to appear--// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by backend)-static const float WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING                    = 4.0f;     // Extend outside window for hovering/resizing (maxxed with TouchPadding) and inside windows for borders. Affect FindHoveredWindow().-static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f;    // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time.-static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER    = 2.00f;    // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved.--//--------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------static void             SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);-static void             FindHoveredWindow();-static ImGuiWindow*     CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);-static ImVec2           CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window);--static void             AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list);-static void             AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window);--// Settings-static void             WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);-static void*            WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name);-static void             WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line);-static void             WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);-static void             WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf);--// Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions-static const char*      GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data);-static void             SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data, const char* text);-static void             SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data);--namespace ImGui-{-// Navigation-static void             NavUpdate();-static void             NavUpdateWindowing();-static void             NavUpdateWindowingOverlay();-static void             NavUpdateCancelRequest();-static void             NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest();-static void             NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest();-static float            NavUpdatePageUpPageDown();-static inline void      NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();-static void             NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest();-static void             NavEndFrame();-static bool             NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result);-static void             NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result);-static void             NavProcessItem();-static void             NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id);-static ImVec2           NavCalcPreferredRefPos();-static void             NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window);-static ImGuiWindow*     NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);-static void             NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer);-static void             NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();-static int              FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window);--// Error Checking and Debug Tools-static void             ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks();-static void             ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks();-static void             UpdateDebugToolItemPicker();-static void             UpdateDebugToolStackQueries();--// Misc-static void             UpdateSettings();-static void             UpdateKeyboardInputs();-static void             UpdateMouseInputs();-static void             UpdateMouseWheel();-static bool             UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect);-static void             RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window);-static void             RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size);-static void             RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open);-static void             RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col);-static void             RenderDimmedBackgrounds();-static ImGuiWindow*     FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window);--// Viewports-static void             UpdateViewportsNewFrame();--}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// DLL users:-// - Heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries!-// - You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from.-// - Same applies for hot-reloading mechanisms that are reliant on reloading DLL (note that many hot-reloading mechanisms work without DLL).-// - Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility.-// - Confused? In a debugger: add GImGui to your watch window and notice how its value changes depending on your current location (which DLL boundary you are in).--// Current context pointer. Implicitly used by all Dear ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL.-// - ImGui::CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL.-//   Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext().-// - Important: Dear ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer.-//   If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts:-//   - Change this variable to use thread local storage so each thread can refer to a different context, in your imconfig.h:-//         struct ImGuiContext;-//         extern thread_local ImGuiContext* MyImGuiTLS;-//         #define GImGui MyImGuiTLS-//     And then define MyImGuiTLS in one of your cpp files. Note that thread_local is a C++11 keyword, earlier C++ uses compiler-specific keyword.-//   - Future development aims to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586-//   - If you need a finite number of contexts, you may compile and use multiple instances of the ImGui code from a different namespace.-// - DLL users: read comments above.-#ifndef GImGui-ImGuiContext*   GImGui = NULL;-#endif--// Memory Allocator functions. Use SetAllocatorFunctions() to change them.-// - You probably don't want to modify that mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction.-// - DLL users: read comments above.-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS-static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { IM_UNUSED(user_data); return malloc(size); }-static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { IM_UNUSED(user_data); free(ptr); }-#else-static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(size); IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; }-static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(ptr); IM_ASSERT(0); }-#endif-static ImGuiMemAllocFunc    GImAllocatorAllocFunc = MallocWrapper;-static ImGuiMemFreeFunc     GImAllocatorFreeFunc = FreeWrapper;-static void*                GImAllocatorUserData = NULL;--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO)-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle()-{-    Alpha                   = 1.0f;             // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui.-    DisabledAlpha           = 0.60f;            // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha.-    WindowPadding           = ImVec2(8,8);      // Padding within a window-    WindowRounding          = 0.0f;             // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.-    WindowBorderSize        = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.-    WindowMinSize           = ImVec2(32,32);    // Minimum window size-    WindowTitleAlign        = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text-    WindowMenuButtonPosition= ImGuiDir_Left;    // Position of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left.-    ChildRounding           = 0.0f;             // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows-    ChildBorderSize         = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.-    PopupRounding           = 0.0f;             // Radius of popup window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows-    PopupBorderSize         = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around popup or tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.-    FramePadding            = ImVec2(4,3);      // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets)-    FrameRounding           = 0.0f;             // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets).-    FrameBorderSize         = 0.0f;             // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.-    ItemSpacing             = ImVec2(8,4);      // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines-    ItemInnerSpacing        = ImVec2(4,4);      // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label)-    CellPadding             = ImVec2(4,2);      // Padding within a table cell-    TouchExtraPadding       = ImVec2(0,0);      // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!-    IndentSpacing           = 21.0f;            // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).-    ColumnsMinSpacing       = 6.0f;             // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1).-    ScrollbarSize           = 14.0f;            // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar-    ScrollbarRounding       = 9.0f;             // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar-    GrabMinSize             = 12.0f;            // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar-    GrabRounding            = 0.0f;             // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.-    LogSliderDeadzone       = 4.0f;             // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero.-    TabRounding             = 4.0f;             // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs.-    TabBorderSize           = 0.0f;             // Thickness of border around tabs.-    TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f;           // Minimum width for close button to appears on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected.-    ColorButtonPosition     = ImGuiDir_Right;   // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.-    ButtonTextAlign         = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text.-    SelectableTextAlign     = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line.-    DisplayWindowPadding    = ImVec2(19,19);    // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.-    DisplaySafeAreaPadding  = ImVec2(3,3);      // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows.-    MouseCursorScale        = 1.0f;             // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.-    AntiAliasedLines        = true;             // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU.-    AntiAliasedLinesUseTex  = true;             // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering).-    AntiAliasedFill         = true;             // Enable anti-aliased filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.).-    CurveTessellationTol    = 1.25f;            // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.-    CircleTessellationMaxError = 0.30f;         // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry.--    // Default theme-    ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this);-}--// To scale your entire UI (e.g. if you want your app to use High DPI or generally be DPI aware) you may use this helper function. Scaling the fonts is done separately and is up to you.-// Important: This operation is lossy because we round all sizes to integer. If you need to change your scale multiples, call this over a freshly initialized ImGuiStyle structure rather than scaling multiple times.-void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor)-{-    WindowPadding = ImFloor(WindowPadding * scale_factor);-    WindowRounding = ImFloor(WindowRounding * scale_factor);-    WindowMinSize = ImFloor(WindowMinSize * scale_factor);-    ChildRounding = ImFloor(ChildRounding * scale_factor);-    PopupRounding = ImFloor(PopupRounding * scale_factor);-    FramePadding = ImFloor(FramePadding * scale_factor);-    FrameRounding = ImFloor(FrameRounding * scale_factor);-    ItemSpacing = ImFloor(ItemSpacing * scale_factor);-    ItemInnerSpacing = ImFloor(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor);-    CellPadding = ImFloor(CellPadding * scale_factor);-    TouchExtraPadding = ImFloor(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor);-    IndentSpacing = ImFloor(IndentSpacing * scale_factor);-    ColumnsMinSpacing = ImFloor(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor);-    ScrollbarSize = ImFloor(ScrollbarSize * scale_factor);-    ScrollbarRounding = ImFloor(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor);-    GrabMinSize = ImFloor(GrabMinSize * scale_factor);-    GrabRounding = ImFloor(GrabRounding * scale_factor);-    LogSliderDeadzone = ImFloor(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor);-    TabRounding = ImFloor(TabRounding * scale_factor);-    TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX;-    DisplayWindowPadding = ImFloor(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor);-    DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImFloor(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor);-    MouseCursorScale = ImFloor(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor);-}--ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO()-{-    // Most fields are initialized with zero-    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));-    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseDown) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT && IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseClicked) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);--    // Settings-    ConfigFlags = ImGuiConfigFlags_None;-    BackendFlags = ImGuiBackendFlags_None;-    DisplaySize = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f);-    DeltaTime = 1.0f / 60.0f;-    IniSavingRate = 5.0f;-    IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; // Important: "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir, most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables).-    LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt";-    MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f;-    MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f;-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO-    for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++)-        KeyMap[i] = -1;-#endif-    KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f;-    KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f;-    UserData = NULL;--    Fonts = NULL;-    FontGlobalScale = 1.0f;-    FontDefault = NULL;-    FontAllowUserScaling = false;-    DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f);--    // Miscellaneous options-    MouseDrawCursor = false;-#ifdef __APPLE__-    ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = true;  // Set Mac OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag-#else-    ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false;-#endif-    ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue = true;-    ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true;-    ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true;-    ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false;-    ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f;--    // Platform Functions-    BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL;-    BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL;-    GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;   // Platform dependent default implementations-    SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;-    ClipboardUserData = NULL;-    SetPlatformImeDataFn = SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl;--    // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!)-    MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);-    MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);-    MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f;-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f;-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); i++) { KeysData[i].DownDuration = KeysData[i].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; }-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(NavInputsDownDuration); i++) NavInputsDownDuration[i] = -1.0f;-    AppAcceptingEvents = true;-    BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = (ImS8)-1;-    BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = true; // assume using legacy array until proven wrong-}--// Pass in translated ASCII characters for text input.-// - with glfw you can get those from the callback set in glfwSetCharCallback()-// - on Windows you can get those using ToAscii+keyboard state, or via the WM_CHAR message-// FIXME: Should in theory be called "AddCharacterEvent()" to be consistent with new API-void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context.");-    if (c == 0 || !AppAcceptingEvents)-        return;--    ImGuiInputEvent e;-    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Text;-    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;-    e.Text.Char = c;-    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);-}--// UTF16 strings use surrogate pairs to encode codepoints >= 0x10000, so-// we should save the high surrogate.-void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c)-{-    if ((c == 0 && InputQueueSurrogate == 0) || !AppAcceptingEvents)-        return;--    if ((c & 0xFC00) == 0xD800) // High surrogate, must save-    {-        if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0)-            AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);-        InputQueueSurrogate = c;-        return;-    }--    ImWchar cp = c;-    if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0)-    {-        if ((c & 0xFC00) != 0xDC00) // Invalid low surrogate-        {-            AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);-        }-        else-        {-#if IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX == 0xFFFF-            cp = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // Codepoint will not fit in ImWchar-#else-            cp = (ImWchar)(((InputQueueSurrogate - 0xD800) << 10) + (c - 0xDC00) + 0x10000);-#endif-        }--        InputQueueSurrogate = 0;-    }-    AddInputCharacter((unsigned)cp);-}--void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars)-{-    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)-        return;-    while (*utf8_chars != 0)-    {-        unsigned int c = 0;-        utf8_chars += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, utf8_chars, NULL);-        if (c != 0)-            AddInputCharacter(c);-    }-}--void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters()-{-    InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);-}--void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys()-{-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO-    memset(KeysDown, 0, sizeof(KeysDown));-#endif-    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); n++)-    {-        KeysData[n].Down             = false;-        KeysData[n].DownDuration     = -1.0f;-        KeysData[n].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f;-    }-    KeyCtrl = KeyShift = KeyAlt = KeySuper = false;-    KeyMods = ImGuiModFlags_None;-    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(NavInputsDownDuration); n++)-        NavInputsDownDuration[n] = NavInputsDownDurationPrev[n] = -1.0f;-}--// Queue a new key down/up event.-// - ImGuiKey key:       Translated key (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character)-// - bool down:          Is the key down? use false to signify a key release.-// - float analog_value: 0.0f..1.0f-void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value)-{-    //if (e->Down) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("AddKeyEvent() Key='%s' %d, NativeKeycode = %d, NativeScancode = %d\n", ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key), e->Down, e->NativeKeycode, e->NativeScancode); }-    if (key == ImGuiKey_None || !AppAcceptingEvents)-        return;-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context.");-    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKey(key)); // Backend needs to pass a valid ImGuiKey_ constant. 0..511 values are legacy native key codes which are not accepted by this API.--    // Verify that backend isn't mixing up using new io.AddKeyEvent() api and old io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] data.-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO-    IM_ASSERT((BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1 || BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");-    if (BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1)-        for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++)-            IM_ASSERT(KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");-    BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 0;-#endif-    if (ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key))-        BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = false;--    // Partial filter of duplicates (not strictly needed, but makes data neater in particular for key mods and gamepad values which are most commonly spmamed)-    ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(key);-    if (key_data->Down == down && key_data->AnalogValue == analog_value)-    {-        bool found = false;-        for (int n = g.InputEventsQueue.Size - 1; n >= 0 && !found; n--)-            if (g.InputEventsQueue[n].Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key && g.InputEventsQueue[n].Key.Key == key)-                found = true;-        if (!found)-            return;-    }--    // Add event-    ImGuiInputEvent e;-    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Key;-    e.Source = ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key) ? ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad : ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;-    e.Key.Key = key;-    e.Key.Down = down;-    e.Key.AnalogValue = analog_value;-    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);-}--void ImGuiIO::AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down)-{-    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)-        return;-    AddKeyAnalogEvent(key, down, down ? 1.0f : 0.0f);-}--// [Optional] Call after AddKeyEvent().-// Specify native keycode, scancode + Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices.-// If you are writing a backend in 2022 or don't use IsKeyXXX() with native values that are not ImGuiKey values, you can avoid calling this.-void ImGuiIO::SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index)-{-    if (key == ImGuiKey_None)-        return;-    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKey(key)); // >= 512-    IM_ASSERT(native_legacy_index == -1 || ImGui::IsLegacyKey(native_legacy_index)); // >= 0 && <= 511-    IM_UNUSED(native_keycode);  // Yet unused-    IM_UNUSED(native_scancode); // Yet unused--    // Build native->imgui map so old user code can still call key functions with native 0..511 values.-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO-    const int legacy_key = (native_legacy_index != -1) ? native_legacy_index : native_keycode;-    if (!ImGui::IsLegacyKey(legacy_key))-        return;-    KeyMap[legacy_key] = key;-    KeyMap[key] = legacy_key;-#else-    IM_UNUSED(key);-    IM_UNUSED(native_legacy_index);-#endif-}--// Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen.-void ImGuiIO::SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events)-{-    AppAcceptingEvents = accepting_events;-}--// Queue a mouse move event-void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context.");-    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)-        return;--    ImGuiInputEvent e;-    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos;-    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;-    e.MousePos.PosX = x;-    e.MousePos.PosY = y;-    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);-}--void ImGuiIO::AddMouseButtonEvent(int mouse_button, bool down)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context.");-    IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);-    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)-        return;--    ImGuiInputEvent e;-    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton;-    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;-    e.MouseButton.Button = mouse_button;-    e.MouseButton.Down = down;-    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);-}--// Queue a mouse wheel event (most mouse/API will only have a Y component)-void ImGuiIO::AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context.");-    if ((wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f) || !AppAcceptingEvents)-        return;--    ImGuiInputEvent e;-    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel;-    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;-    e.MouseWheel.WheelX = wheel_x;-    e.MouseWheel.WheelY = wheel_y;-    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);-}--void ImGuiIO::AddFocusEvent(bool focused)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context.");--    ImGuiInputEvent e;-    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Focus;-    e.AppFocused.Focused = focused;-    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);-}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments)-{-    IM_ASSERT(num_segments > 0); // Use ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau()-    ImVec2 p_last = p1;-    ImVec2 p_closest;-    float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX;-    float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;-    for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)-    {-        ImVec2 p_current = ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step);-        ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p);-        float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line);-        if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2)-        {-            p_closest = p_line;-            p_closest_dist2 = dist2;-        }-        p_last = p_current;-    }-    return p_closest;-}--// Closely mimics PathBezierToCasteljau() in imgui_draw.cpp-static void ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, ImVec2& p_last, float& p_closest_dist2, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)-{-    float dx = x4 - x1;-    float dy = y4 - y1;-    float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx);-    float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx);-    d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2;-    d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3;-    if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy))-    {-        ImVec2 p_current(x4, y4);-        ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p);-        float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line);-        if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2)-        {-            p_closest = p_line;-            p_closest_dist2 = dist2;-        }-        p_last = p_current;-    }-    else if (level < 10)-    {-        float x12 = (x1 + x2)*0.5f,       y12 = (y1 + y2)*0.5f;-        float x23 = (x2 + x3)*0.5f,       y23 = (y2 + y3)*0.5f;-        float x34 = (x3 + x4)*0.5f,       y34 = (y3 + y4)*0.5f;-        float x123 = (x12 + x23)*0.5f,    y123 = (y12 + y23)*0.5f;-        float x234 = (x23 + x34)*0.5f,    y234 = (y23 + y34)*0.5f;-        float x1234 = (x123 + x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234)*0.5f;-        ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1);-        ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1);-    }-}--// tess_tol is generally the same value you would find in ImGui::GetStyle().CurveTessellationTol-// Because those ImXXX functions are lower-level than ImGui:: we cannot access this value automatically.-ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol)-{-    IM_ASSERT(tess_tol > 0.0f);-    ImVec2 p_last = p1;-    ImVec2 p_closest;-    float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX;-    ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, tess_tol, 0);-    return p_closest;-}--ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p)-{-    ImVec2 ap = p - a;-    ImVec2 ab_dir = b - a;-    float dot = ap.x * ab_dir.x + ap.y * ab_dir.y;-    if (dot < 0.0f)-        return a;-    float ab_len_sqr = ab_dir.x * ab_dir.x + ab_dir.y * ab_dir.y;-    if (dot > ab_len_sqr)-        return b;-    return a + ab_dir * dot / ab_len_sqr;-}--bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p)-{-    bool b1 = ((p.x - b.x) * (a.y - b.y) - (p.y - b.y) * (a.x - b.x)) < 0.0f;-    bool b2 = ((p.x - c.x) * (b.y - c.y) - (p.y - c.y) * (b.x - c.x)) < 0.0f;-    bool b3 = ((p.x - a.x) * (c.y - a.y) - (p.y - a.y) * (c.x - a.x)) < 0.0f;-    return ((b1 == b2) && (b2 == b3));-}--void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w)-{-    ImVec2 v0 = b - a;-    ImVec2 v1 = c - a;-    ImVec2 v2 = p - a;-    const float denom = v0.x * v1.y - v1.x * v0.y;-    out_v = (v2.x * v1.y - v1.x * v2.y) / denom;-    out_w = (v0.x * v2.y - v2.x * v0.y) / denom;-    out_u = 1.0f - out_v - out_w;-}--ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p)-{-    ImVec2 proj_ab = ImLineClosestPoint(a, b, p);-    ImVec2 proj_bc = ImLineClosestPoint(b, c, p);-    ImVec2 proj_ca = ImLineClosestPoint(c, a, p);-    float dist2_ab = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ab);-    float dist2_bc = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_bc);-    float dist2_ca = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ca);-    float m = ImMin(dist2_ab, ImMin(dist2_bc, dist2_ca));-    if (m == dist2_ab)-        return proj_ab;-    if (m == dist2_bc)-        return proj_bc;-    return proj_ca;-}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions)-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// Consider using _stricmp/_strnicmp under Windows or strcasecmp/strncasecmp. We don't actually use either ImStricmp/ImStrnicmp in the codebase any more.-int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2)-{-    int d;-    while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; }-    return d;-}--int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count)-{-    int d = 0;-    while (count > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; }-    return d;-}--void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count)-{-    if (count < 1)-        return;-    if (count > 1)-        strncpy(dst, src, count - 1);-    dst[count - 1] = 0;-}--char* ImStrdup(const char* str)-{-    size_t len = strlen(str);-    void* buf = IM_ALLOC(len + 1);-    return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len + 1);-}--char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* src)-{-    size_t dst_buf_size = p_dst_size ? *p_dst_size : strlen(dst) + 1;-    size_t src_size = strlen(src) + 1;-    if (dst_buf_size < src_size)-    {-        IM_FREE(dst);-        dst = (char*)IM_ALLOC(src_size);-        if (p_dst_size)-            *p_dst_size = src_size;-    }-    return (char*)memcpy(dst, (const void*)src, src_size);-}--const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str, const char* str_end, char c)-{-    const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, (int)c, str_end - str);-    return p;-}--int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str)-{-    //return (int)wcslen((const wchar_t*)str);  // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit-    int n = 0;-    while (*str++) n++;-    return n;-}--// Find end-of-line. Return pointer will point to either first \n, either str_end.-const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end)-{-    const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, '\n', str_end - str);-    return p ? p : str_end;-}--const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line-{-    while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n')-        buf_mid_line--;-    return buf_mid_line;-}--const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end)-{-    if (!needle_end)-        needle_end = needle + strlen(needle);--    const char un0 = (char)toupper(*needle);-    while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end))-    {-        if (toupper(*haystack) == un0)-        {-            const char* b = needle + 1;-            for (const char* a = haystack + 1; b < needle_end; a++, b++)-                if (toupper(*a) != toupper(*b))-                    break;-            if (b == needle_end)-                return haystack;-        }-        haystack++;-    }-    return NULL;-}--// Trim str by offsetting contents when there's leading data + writing a \0 at the trailing position. We use this in situation where the cost is negligible.-void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* buf)-{-    char* p = buf;-    while (p[0] == ' ' || p[0] == '\t')     // Leading blanks-        p++;-    char* p_start = p;-    while (*p != 0)                         // Find end of string-        p++;-    while (p > p_start && (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '\t'))  // Trailing blanks-        p--;-    if (p_start != buf)                     // Copy memory if we had leading blanks-        memmove(buf, p_start, p - p_start);-    buf[p - p_start] = 0;                   // Zero terminate-}--const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str)-{-    while (str[0] == ' ' || str[0] == '\t')-        str++;-    return str;-}--// A) MSVC version appears to return -1 on overflow, whereas glibc appears to return total count (which may be >= buf_size).-// Ideally we would test for only one of those limits at runtime depending on the behavior the vsnprintf(), but trying to deduct it at compile time sounds like a pandora can of worm.-// B) When buf==NULL vsnprintf() will return the output size.-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS--// We support stb_sprintf which is much faster (see: https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb_sprintf.h)-// You may set IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF to use our default wrapper, or set IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS-// and setup the wrapper yourself. (FIXME-OPT: Some of our high-level operations such as ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv() are-// designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.)-#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF-#define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION-#ifdef IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME-#include IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME-#else-#include "stb_sprintf.h"-#endif-#endif--#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf)-#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf-#endif--int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...)-{-    va_list args;-    va_start(args, fmt);-#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF-    int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args);-#else-    int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);-#endif-    va_end(args);-    if (buf == NULL)-        return w;-    if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size)-        w = (int)buf_size - 1;-    buf[w] = 0;-    return w;-}--int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args)-{-#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF-    int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args);-#else-    int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);-#endif-    if (buf == NULL)-        return w;-    if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size)-        w = (int)buf_size - 1;-    buf[w] = 0;-    return w;-}-#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS--void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    va_list args;-    va_start(args, fmt);-    int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args);-    *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data;-    if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; }-    va_end(args);-}--void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args);-    *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data;-    if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; }-}--// CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly)-// Although the code to generate the table is simple and shorter than the table itself, using a const table allows us to easily:-// - avoid an unnecessary branch/memory tap, - keep the ImHashXXX functions usable by static constructors, - make it thread-safe.-static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] =-{-    0x00000000,0x77073096,0xEE0E612C,0x990951BA,0x076DC419,0x706AF48F,0xE963A535,0x9E6495A3,0x0EDB8832,0x79DCB8A4,0xE0D5E91E,0x97D2D988,0x09B64C2B,0x7EB17CBD,0xE7B82D07,0x90BF1D91,-    0x1DB71064,0x6AB020F2,0xF3B97148,0x84BE41DE,0x1ADAD47D,0x6DDDE4EB,0xF4D4B551,0x83D385C7,0x136C9856,0x646BA8C0,0xFD62F97A,0x8A65C9EC,0x14015C4F,0x63066CD9,0xFA0F3D63,0x8D080DF5,-    0x3B6E20C8,0x4C69105E,0xD56041E4,0xA2677172,0x3C03E4D1,0x4B04D447,0xD20D85FD,0xA50AB56B,0x35B5A8FA,0x42B2986C,0xDBBBC9D6,0xACBCF940,0x32D86CE3,0x45DF5C75,0xDCD60DCF,0xABD13D59,-    0x26D930AC,0x51DE003A,0xC8D75180,0xBFD06116,0x21B4F4B5,0x56B3C423,0xCFBA9599,0xB8BDA50F,0x2802B89E,0x5F058808,0xC60CD9B2,0xB10BE924,0x2F6F7C87,0x58684C11,0xC1611DAB,0xB6662D3D,-    0x76DC4190,0x01DB7106,0x98D220BC,0xEFD5102A,0x71B18589,0x06B6B51F,0x9FBFE4A5,0xE8B8D433,0x7807C9A2,0x0F00F934,0x9609A88E,0xE10E9818,0x7F6A0DBB,0x086D3D2D,0x91646C97,0xE6635C01,-    0x6B6B51F4,0x1C6C6162,0x856530D8,0xF262004E,0x6C0695ED,0x1B01A57B,0x8208F4C1,0xF50FC457,0x65B0D9C6,0x12B7E950,0x8BBEB8EA,0xFCB9887C,0x62DD1DDF,0x15DA2D49,0x8CD37CF3,0xFBD44C65,-    0x4DB26158,0x3AB551CE,0xA3BC0074,0xD4BB30E2,0x4ADFA541,0x3DD895D7,0xA4D1C46D,0xD3D6F4FB,0x4369E96A,0x346ED9FC,0xAD678846,0xDA60B8D0,0x44042D73,0x33031DE5,0xAA0A4C5F,0xDD0D7CC9,-    0x5005713C,0x270241AA,0xBE0B1010,0xC90C2086,0x5768B525,0x206F85B3,0xB966D409,0xCE61E49F,0x5EDEF90E,0x29D9C998,0xB0D09822,0xC7D7A8B4,0x59B33D17,0x2EB40D81,0xB7BD5C3B,0xC0BA6CAD,-    0xEDB88320,0x9ABFB3B6,0x03B6E20C,0x74B1D29A,0xEAD54739,0x9DD277AF,0x04DB2615,0x73DC1683,0xE3630B12,0x94643B84,0x0D6D6A3E,0x7A6A5AA8,0xE40ECF0B,0x9309FF9D,0x0A00AE27,0x7D079EB1,-    0xF00F9344,0x8708A3D2,0x1E01F268,0x6906C2FE,0xF762575D,0x806567CB,0x196C3671,0x6E6B06E7,0xFED41B76,0x89D32BE0,0x10DA7A5A,0x67DD4ACC,0xF9B9DF6F,0x8EBEEFF9,0x17B7BE43,0x60B08ED5,-    0xD6D6A3E8,0xA1D1937E,0x38D8C2C4,0x4FDFF252,0xD1BB67F1,0xA6BC5767,0x3FB506DD,0x48B2364B,0xD80D2BDA,0xAF0A1B4C,0x36034AF6,0x41047A60,0xDF60EFC3,0xA867DF55,0x316E8EEF,0x4669BE79,-    0xCB61B38C,0xBC66831A,0x256FD2A0,0x5268E236,0xCC0C7795,0xBB0B4703,0x220216B9,0x5505262F,0xC5BA3BBE,0xB2BD0B28,0x2BB45A92,0x5CB36A04,0xC2D7FFA7,0xB5D0CF31,0x2CD99E8B,0x5BDEAE1D,-    0x9B64C2B0,0xEC63F226,0x756AA39C,0x026D930A,0x9C0906A9,0xEB0E363F,0x72076785,0x05005713,0x95BF4A82,0xE2B87A14,0x7BB12BAE,0x0CB61B38,0x92D28E9B,0xE5D5BE0D,0x7CDCEFB7,0x0BDBDF21,-    0x86D3D2D4,0xF1D4E242,0x68DDB3F8,0x1FDA836E,0x81BE16CD,0xF6B9265B,0x6FB077E1,0x18B74777,0x88085AE6,0xFF0F6A70,0x66063BCA,0x11010B5C,0x8F659EFF,0xF862AE69,0x616BFFD3,0x166CCF45,-    0xA00AE278,0xD70DD2EE,0x4E048354,0x3903B3C2,0xA7672661,0xD06016F7,0x4969474D,0x3E6E77DB,0xAED16A4A,0xD9D65ADC,0x40DF0B66,0x37D83BF0,0xA9BCAE53,0xDEBB9EC5,0x47B2CF7F,0x30B5FFE9,-    0xBDBDF21C,0xCABAC28A,0x53B39330,0x24B4A3A6,0xBAD03605,0xCDD70693,0x54DE5729,0x23D967BF,0xB3667A2E,0xC4614AB8,0x5D681B02,0x2A6F2B94,0xB40BBE37,0xC30C8EA1,0x5A05DF1B,0x2D02EF8D,-};--// Known size hash-// It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported.-// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.-ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed)-{-    ImU32 crc = ~seed;-    const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;-    const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;-    while (data_size-- != 0)-        crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *data++];-    return ~crc;-}--// Zero-terminated string hash, with support for ### to reset back to seed value-// We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed.-// Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case.-// - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed.-// - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build)-// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.-ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed)-{-    seed = ~seed;-    ImU32 crc = seed;-    const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;-    const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;-    if (data_size != 0)-    {-        while (data_size-- != 0)-        {-            unsigned char c = *data++;-            if (c == '#' && data_size >= 2 && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#')-                crc = seed;-            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];-        }-    }-    else-    {-        while (unsigned char c = *data++)-        {-            if (c == '#' && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#')-                crc = seed;-            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];-        }-    }-    return ~crc;-}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions)-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// Default file functions-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS--ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode)-{-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__GNUC__)-    // We need a fopen() wrapper because MSVC/Windows fopen doesn't handle UTF-8 filenames.-    // Previously we used ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8/ImTextStrFromUtf8 here but we now need to support ImWchar16 and ImWchar32!-    const int filename_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, NULL, 0);-    const int mode_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, NULL, 0);-    ImVector<ImWchar> buf;-    buf.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize);-    ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[0], filename_wsize);-    ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize], mode_wsize);-    return ::_wfopen((const wchar_t*)&buf[0], (const wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize]);-#else-    return fopen(filename, mode);-#endif-}--// We should in theory be using fseeko()/ftello() with off_t and _fseeki64()/_ftelli64() with __int64, waiting for the PR that does that in a very portable pre-C++11 zero-warnings way.-bool    ImFileClose(ImFileHandle f)     { return fclose(f) == 0; }-ImU64   ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle f)   { long off = 0, sz = 0; return ((off = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) && (sz = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, off, SEEK_SET)) ? (ImU64)sz : (ImU64)-1; }-ImU64   ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f)           { return fread(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); }-ImU64   ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f)    { return fwrite(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); }-#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS--// Helper: Load file content into memory-// Memory allocated with IM_ALLOC(), must be freed by user using IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree()-// This can't really be used with "rt" because fseek size won't match read size.-void*   ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size, int padding_bytes)-{-    IM_ASSERT(filename && mode);-    if (out_file_size)-        *out_file_size = 0;--    ImFileHandle f;-    if ((f = ImFileOpen(filename, mode)) == NULL)-        return NULL;--    size_t file_size = (size_t)ImFileGetSize(f);-    if (file_size == (size_t)-1)-    {-        ImFileClose(f);-        return NULL;-    }--    void* file_data = IM_ALLOC(file_size + padding_bytes);-    if (file_data == NULL)-    {-        ImFileClose(f);-        return NULL;-    }-    if (ImFileRead(file_data, 1, file_size, f) != file_size)-    {-        ImFileClose(f);-        IM_FREE(file_data);-        return NULL;-    }-    if (padding_bytes > 0)-        memset((void*)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, (size_t)padding_bytes);--    ImFileClose(f);-    if (out_file_size)-        *out_file_size = file_size;--    return file_data;-}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions)-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bit character, process single character input.-// A nearly-branchless UTF-8 decoder, based on work of Christopher Wellons (https://github.com/skeeto/branchless-utf8).-// We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward.-int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)-{-    static const char lengths[32] = { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 0 };-    static const int masks[]  = { 0x00, 0x7f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x07 };-    static const uint32_t mins[] = { 0x400000, 0, 0x80, 0x800, 0x10000 };-    static const int shiftc[] = { 0, 18, 12, 6, 0 };-    static const int shifte[] = { 0, 6, 4, 2, 0 };-    int len = lengths[*(const unsigned char*)in_text >> 3];-    int wanted = len + !len;--    if (in_text_end == NULL)-        in_text_end = in_text + wanted; // Max length, nulls will be taken into account.--    // Copy at most 'len' bytes, stop copying at 0 or past in_text_end. Branch predictor does a good job here,-    // so it is fast even with excessive branching.-    unsigned char s[4];-    s[0] = in_text + 0 < in_text_end ? in_text[0] : 0;-    s[1] = in_text + 1 < in_text_end ? in_text[1] : 0;-    s[2] = in_text + 2 < in_text_end ? in_text[2] : 0;-    s[3] = in_text + 3 < in_text_end ? in_text[3] : 0;--    // Assume a four-byte character and load four bytes. Unused bits are shifted out.-    *out_char  = (uint32_t)(s[0] & masks[len]) << 18;-    *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[1] & 0x3f) << 12;-    *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[2] & 0x3f) <<  6;-    *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[3] & 0x3f) <<  0;-    *out_char >>= shiftc[len];--    // Accumulate the various error conditions.-    int e = 0;-    e  = (*out_char < mins[len]) << 6; // non-canonical encoding-    e |= ((*out_char >> 11) == 0x1b) << 7;  // surrogate half?-    e |= (*out_char > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) << 8;  // out of range?-    e |= (s[1] & 0xc0) >> 2;-    e |= (s[2] & 0xc0) >> 4;-    e |= (s[3]       ) >> 6;-    e ^= 0x2a; // top two bits of each tail byte correct?-    e >>= shifte[len];--    if (e)-    {-        // No bytes are consumed when *in_text == 0 || in_text == in_text_end.-        // One byte is consumed in case of invalid first byte of in_text.-        // All available bytes (at most `len` bytes) are consumed on incomplete/invalid second to last bytes.-        // Invalid or incomplete input may consume less bytes than wanted, therefore every byte has to be inspected in s.-        wanted = ImMin(wanted, !!s[0] + !!s[1] + !!s[2] + !!s[3]);-        *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID;-    }--    return wanted;-}--int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_text_remaining)-{-    ImWchar* buf_out = buf;-    ImWchar* buf_end = buf + buf_size;-    while (buf_out < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)-    {-        unsigned int c;-        in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);-        if (c == 0)-            break;-        *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c;-    }-    *buf_out = 0;-    if (in_text_remaining)-        *in_text_remaining = in_text;-    return (int)(buf_out - buf);-}--int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)-{-    int char_count = 0;-    while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)-    {-        unsigned int c;-        in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);-        if (c == 0)-            break;-        char_count++;-    }-    return char_count;-}--// Based on stb_to_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/-static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)-{-    if (c < 0x80)-    {-        buf[0] = (char)c;-        return 1;-    }-    if (c < 0x800)-    {-        if (buf_size < 2) return 0;-        buf[0] = (char)(0xc0 + (c >> 6));-        buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + (c & 0x3f));-        return 2;-    }-    if (c < 0x10000)-    {-        if (buf_size < 3) return 0;-        buf[0] = (char)(0xe0 + (c >> 12));-        buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f));-        buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));-        return 3;-    }-    if (c <= 0x10FFFF)-    {-        if (buf_size < 4) return 0;-        buf[0] = (char)(0xf0 + (c >> 18));-        buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 12) & 0x3f));-        buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f));-        buf[3] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));-        return 4;-    }-    // Invalid code point, the max unicode is 0x10FFFF-    return 0;-}--const char* ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c)-{-    int count = ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(out_buf, 5, c);-    out_buf[count] = 0;-    return out_buf;-}--// Not optimal but we very rarely use this function.-int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)-{-    unsigned int unused = 0;-    return ImTextCharFromUtf8(&unused, in_text, in_text_end);-}--static inline int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(unsigned int c)-{-    if (c < 0x80) return 1;-    if (c < 0x800) return 2;-    if (c < 0x10000) return 3;-    if (c <= 0x10FFFF) return 4;-    return 3;-}--int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)-{-    char* buf_p = out_buf;-    const char* buf_end = out_buf + out_buf_size;-    while (buf_p < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)-    {-        unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++);-        if (c < 0x80)-            *buf_p++ = (char)c;-        else-            buf_p += ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(buf_p, (int)(buf_end - buf_p - 1), c);-    }-    *buf_p = 0;-    return (int)(buf_p - out_buf);-}--int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)-{-    int bytes_count = 0;-    while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)-    {-        unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++);-        if (c < 0x80)-            bytes_count++;-        else-            bytes_count += ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(c);-    }-    return bytes_count;-}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions)-// Note: The Convert functions are early design which are not consistent with other API.-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b)-{-    float t = ((col_b >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) / 255.f;-    int r = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);-    int g = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);-    int b = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);-    return IM_COL32(r, g, b, 0xFF);-}--ImVec4 ImGui::ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in)-{-    float s = 1.0f / 255.0f;-    return ImVec4(-        ((in >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,-        ((in >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,-        ((in >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,-        ((in >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s);-}--ImU32 ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in)-{-    ImU32 out;-    out  = ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.x)) << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT;-    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.y)) << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT;-    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.z)) << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT;-    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.w)) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;-    return out;-}--// Convert rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p592-// Optimized http://lolengine.net/blog/2013/01/13/fast-rgb-to-hsv-void ImGui::ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v)-{-    float K = 0.f;-    if (g < b)-    {-        ImSwap(g, b);-        K = -1.f;-    }-    if (r < g)-    {-        ImSwap(r, g);-        K = -2.f / 6.f - K;-    }--    const float chroma = r - (g < b ? g : b);-    out_h = ImFabs(K + (g - b) / (6.f * chroma + 1e-20f));-    out_s = chroma / (r + 1e-20f);-    out_v = r;-}--// Convert hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p593-// also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV-void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b)-{-    if (s == 0.0f)-    {-        // gray-        out_r = out_g = out_b = v;-        return;-    }--    h = ImFmod(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f / 360.0f);-    int   i = (int)h;-    float f = h - (float)i;-    float p = v * (1.0f - s);-    float q = v * (1.0f - s * f);-    float t = v * (1.0f - s * (1.0f - f));--    switch (i)-    {-    case 0: out_r = v; out_g = t; out_b = p; break;-    case 1: out_r = q; out_g = v; out_b = p; break;-    case 2: out_r = p; out_g = v; out_b = t; break;-    case 3: out_r = p; out_g = q; out_b = v; break;-    case 4: out_r = t; out_g = p; out_b = v; break;-    case 5: default: out_r = v; out_g = p; out_b = q; break;-    }-}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage-// Helper: Key->value storage-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// std::lower_bound but without the bullshit-static ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* LowerBound(ImVector<ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair>& data, ImGuiID key)-{-    ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* first = data.Data;-    ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* last = data.Data + data.Size;-    size_t count = (size_t)(last - first);-    while (count > 0)-    {-        size_t count2 = count >> 1;-        ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* mid = first + count2;-        if (mid->key < key)-        {-            first = ++mid;-            count -= count2 + 1;-        }-        else-        {-            count = count2;-        }-    }-    return first;-}--// For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once.-void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey()-{-    struct StaticFunc-    {-        static int IMGUI_CDECL PairComparerByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)-        {-            // We can't just do a subtraction because qsort uses signed integers and subtracting our ID doesn't play well with that.-            if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key > ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return +1;-            if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key < ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return -1;-            return 0;-        }-    };-    ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), StaticFunc::PairComparerByID);-}--int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const-{-    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>&>(Data), key);-    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)-        return default_val;-    return it->val_i;-}--bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) const-{-    return GetInt(key, default_val ? 1 : 0) != 0;-}--float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const-{-    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>&>(Data), key);-    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)-        return default_val;-    return it->val_f;-}--void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const-{-    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>&>(Data), key);-    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)-        return NULL;-    return it->val_p;-}--// References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer.-int* ImGuiStorage::GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val)-{-    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);-    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)-        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));-    return &it->val_i;-}--bool* ImGuiStorage::GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val)-{-    return (bool*)GetIntRef(key, default_val ? 1 : 0);-}--float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val)-{-    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);-    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)-        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));-    return &it->val_f;-}--void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val)-{-    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);-    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)-        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));-    return &it->val_p;-}--// FIXME-OPT: Need a way to reuse the result of lower_bound when doing GetInt()/SetInt() - not too bad because it only happens on explicit interaction (maximum one a frame)-void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val)-{-    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);-    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)-    {-        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));-        return;-    }-    it->val_i = val;-}--void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val)-{-    SetInt(key, val ? 1 : 0);-}--void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val)-{-    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);-    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)-    {-        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));-        return;-    }-    it->val_f = val;-}--void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val)-{-    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);-    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)-    {-        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));-        return;-    }-    it->val_p = val;-}--void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v)-{-    for (int i = 0; i < Data.Size; i++)-        Data[i].val_i = v;-}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"-ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter) //-V1077-{-    InputBuf[0] = 0;-    CountGrep = 0;-    if (default_filter)-    {-        ImStrncpy(InputBuf, default_filter, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));-        Build();-    }-}--bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width)-{-    if (width != 0.0f)-        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(width);-    bool value_changed = ImGui::InputText(label, InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));-    if (value_changed)-        Build();-    return value_changed;-}--void ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::split(char separator, ImVector<ImGuiTextRange>* out) const-{-    out->resize(0);-    const char* wb = b;-    const char* we = wb;-    while (we < e)-    {-        if (*we == separator)-        {-            out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we));-            wb = we + 1;-        }-        we++;-    }-    if (wb != we)-        out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we));-}--void ImGuiTextFilter::Build()-{-    Filters.resize(0);-    ImGuiTextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf + strlen(InputBuf));-    input_range.split(',', &Filters);--    CountGrep = 0;-    for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++)-    {-        ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i];-        while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(f.b[0]))-            f.b++;-        while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(f.e[-1]))-            f.e--;-        if (f.empty())-            continue;-        if (Filters[i].b[0] != '-')-            CountGrep += 1;-    }-}--bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const-{-    if (Filters.empty())-        return true;--    if (text == NULL)-        text = "";--    for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++)-    {-        const ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i];-        if (f.empty())-            continue;-        if (f.b[0] == '-')-        {-            // Subtract-            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b + 1, f.e) != NULL)-                return false;-        }-        else-        {-            // Grep-            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b, f.e) != NULL)-                return true;-        }-    }--    // Implicit * grep-    if (CountGrep == 0)-        return true;--    return false;-}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// On some platform vsnprintf() takes va_list by reference and modifies it.-// va_copy is the 'correct' way to copy a va_list but Visual Studio prior to 2013 doesn't have it.-#ifndef va_copy-#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)-#define va_copy(dest, src) __builtin_va_copy(dest, src)-#else-#define va_copy(dest, src) (dest = src)-#endif-#endif--char ImGuiTextBuffer::EmptyString[1] = { 0 };--void ImGuiTextBuffer::append(const char* str, const char* str_end)-{-    int len = str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : (int)strlen(str);--    // Add zero-terminator the first time-    const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1;-    const int needed_sz = write_off + len;-    if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)-    {-        int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;-        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);-    }--    Buf.resize(needed_sz);-    memcpy(&Buf[write_off - 1], str, (size_t)len);-    Buf[write_off - 1 + len] = 0;-}--void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...)-{-    va_list args;-    va_start(args, fmt);-    appendfv(fmt, args);-    va_end(args);-}--// Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text-void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args)-{-    va_list args_copy;-    va_copy(args_copy, args);--    int len = ImFormatStringV(NULL, 0, fmt, args);         // FIXME-OPT: could do a first pass write attempt, likely successful on first pass.-    if (len <= 0)-    {-        va_end(args_copy);-        return;-    }--    // Add zero-terminator the first time-    const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1;-    const int needed_sz = write_off + len;-    if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)-    {-        int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;-        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);-    }--    Buf.resize(needed_sz);-    ImFormatStringV(&Buf[write_off - 1], (size_t)len + 1, fmt, args_copy);-    va_end(args_copy);-}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper-// This is currently not as flexible/powerful as it should be and really confusing/spaghetti, mostly because we changed-// the API mid-way through development and support two ways to using the clipper, needs some rework (see TODO)-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// FIXME-TABLE: This prevents us from using ImGuiListClipper _inside_ a table cell.-// The problem we have is that without a Begin/End scheme for rows using the clipper is ambiguous.-static bool GetSkipItemForListClipping()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return (g.CurrentTable ? g.CurrentTable->HostSkipItems : g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems);-}--#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS-// Legacy helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items.-// This legacy API is not ideal because it assume we will return a single contiguous rectangle.-// Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can returns non-contiguous ranges.-void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    if (g.LogEnabled)-    {-        // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping-        *out_items_display_start = 0;-        *out_items_display_end = items_count;-        return;-    }-    if (GetSkipItemForListClipping())-    {-        *out_items_display_start = *out_items_display_end = 0;-        return;-    }--    // We create the union of the ClipRect and the scoring rect which at worst should be 1 page away from ClipRect-    // We don't include g.NavId's rectangle in there (unless g.NavJustMovedToId is set) because the rectangle enlargement can get costly.-    ImRect rect = window->ClipRect;-    if (g.NavMoveScoringItems)-        rect.Add(g.NavScoringNoClipRect);-    if (g.NavJustMovedToId && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavJustMovedToId)-        rect.Add(WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0])); // Could store and use NavJustMovedToRectRel--    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;-    int start = (int)((rect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height);-    int end = (int)((rect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height);--    // When performing a navigation request, ensure we have one item extra in the direction we are moving to-    // FIXME: Verify this works with tabbing-    const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav);-    if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up)-        start--;-    if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down)-        end++;--    start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count);-    end = ImClamp(end + 1, start, items_count);-    *out_items_display_start = start;-    *out_items_display_end = end;-}-#endif--static void ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(ImVector<ImGuiListClipperRange>& ranges, int offset = 0)-{-    if (ranges.Size - offset <= 1)-        return;--    // Helper to order ranges and fuse them together if possible (bubble sort is fine as we are only sorting 2-3 entries)-    for (int sort_end = ranges.Size - offset - 1; sort_end > 0; --sort_end)-        for (int i = offset; i < sort_end + offset; ++i)-            if (ranges[i].Min > ranges[i + 1].Min)-                ImSwap(ranges[i], ranges[i + 1]);--    // Now fuse ranges together as much as possible.-    for (int i = 1 + offset; i < ranges.Size; i++)-    {-        IM_ASSERT(!ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert && !ranges[i - 1].PosToIndexConvert);-        if (ranges[i - 1].Max < ranges[i].Min)-            continue;-        ranges[i - 1].Min = ImMin(ranges[i - 1].Min, ranges[i].Min);-        ranges[i - 1].Max = ImMax(ranges[i - 1].Max, ranges[i].Max);-        ranges.erase(ranges.Data + i);-        i--;-    }-}--static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height)-{-    // Set cursor position and a few other things so that SetScrollHereY() and Columns() can work when seeking cursor.-    // FIXME: It is problematic that we have to do that here, because custom/equivalent end-user code would stumble on the same issue.-    // The clipper should probably have a final step to display the last item in a regular manner, maybe with an opt-out flag for data sets which may have costly seek?-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    float off_y = pos_y - window->DC.CursorPos.y;-    window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y;-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, pos_y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);-    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height;  // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHereY() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage.-    window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);      // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list.-    if (ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns)-        columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;                         // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly-    if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)-    {-        if (table->IsInsideRow)-            ImGui::TableEndRow(table);-        table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;-        const int row_increase = (int)((off_y / line_height) + 0.5f);-        //table->CurrentRow += row_increase; // Can't do without fixing TableEndRow()-        table->RowBgColorCounter += row_increase;-    }-}--static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(ImGuiListClipper* clipper, int item_n)-{-    // StartPosY starts from ItemsFrozen hence the subtraction-    // Perform the add and multiply with double to allow seeking through larger ranges-    ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData;-    float pos_y = (float)((double)clipper->StartPosY + data->LossynessOffset + (double)(item_n - data->ItemsFrozen) * clipper->ItemsHeight);-    ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(pos_y, clipper->ItemsHeight);-}--ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper()-{-    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));-    ItemsCount = -1;-}--ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper()-{-    End();-}--// Use case A: Begin() called from constructor with items_height<0, then called again from Step() in StepNo 1-// Use case B: Begin() called from constructor with items_height>0-// FIXME-LEGACY: Ideally we should remove the Begin/End functions but they are part of the legacy API we still support. This is why some of the code in Step() calling Begin() and reassign some fields, spaghetti style.-void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;--    if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)-        if (table->IsInsideRow)-            ImGui::TableEndRow(table);--    StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;-    ItemsHeight = items_height;-    ItemsCount = items_count;-    DisplayStart = -1;-    DisplayEnd = 0;--    // Acquire temporary buffer-    if (++g.ClipperTempDataStacked > g.ClipperTempData.Size)-        g.ClipperTempData.resize(g.ClipperTempDataStacked, ImGuiListClipperData());-    ImGuiListClipperData* data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1];-    data->Reset(this);-    data->LossynessOffset = window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness.y;-    TempData = data;-}--void ImGuiListClipper::End()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData)-    {-        // In theory here we should assert that we are already at the right position, but it seems saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user.-        if (ItemsCount >= 0 && ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0)-            ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount);--        // Restore temporary buffer and fix back pointers which may be invalidated when nesting-        IM_ASSERT(data->ListClipper == this);-        data->StepNo = data->Ranges.Size;-        if (--g.ClipperTempDataStacked > 0)-        {-            data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1];-            data->ListClipper->TempData = data;-        }-        TempData = NULL;-    }-    ItemsCount = -1;-}--void ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_min, int item_max)-{-    ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData;-    IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart < 0); // Only allowed after Begin() and if there has not been a specified range yet.-    IM_ASSERT(item_min <= item_max);-    if (item_min < item_max)-        data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(item_min, item_max));-}--bool ImGuiListClipper::Step()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData;-    IM_ASSERT(data != NULL && "Called ImGuiListClipper::Step() too many times, or before ImGuiListClipper::Begin() ?");--    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;-    if (table && table->IsInsideRow)-        ImGui::TableEndRow(table);--    // No items-    if (ItemsCount == 0 || GetSkipItemForListClipping())-        return (void)End(), false;--    // While we are in frozen row state, keep displaying items one by one, unclipped-    // FIXME: Could be stored as a table-agnostic state.-    if (data->StepNo == 0 && table != NULL && !table->IsUnfrozenRows)-    {-        DisplayStart = data->ItemsFrozen;-        DisplayEnd = data->ItemsFrozen + 1;-        if (DisplayStart >= ItemsCount)-            return (void)End(), false;-        data->ItemsFrozen++;-        return true;-    }--    // Step 0: Let you process the first element (regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height)-    bool calc_clipping = false;-    if (data->StepNo == 0)-    {-        StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;-        if (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f)-        {-            // Submit the first item (or range) so we can measure its height (generally the first range is 0..1)-            data->Ranges.push_front(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(data->ItemsFrozen, data->ItemsFrozen + 1));-            DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[0].Min, data->ItemsFrozen);-            DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[0].Max, ItemsCount);-            if (DisplayStart == DisplayEnd)-                return (void)End(), false;-            data->StepNo = 1;-            return true;-        }-        calc_clipping = true;   // If on the first step with known item height, calculate clipping.-    }--    // Step 1: Let the clipper infer height from first range-    if (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f)-    {-        IM_ASSERT(data->StepNo == 1);-        if (table)-            IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY1 == StartPosY && table->RowPosY2 == window->DC.CursorPos.y);--        ItemsHeight = (window->DC.CursorPos.y - StartPosY) / (float)(DisplayEnd - DisplayStart);-        bool affected_by_floating_point_precision = ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(StartPosY) || ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(window->DC.CursorPos.y);-        if (affected_by_floating_point_precision)-            ItemsHeight = window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; // FIXME: Technically wouldn't allow multi-line entries.--        IM_ASSERT(ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!");-        calc_clipping = true;   // If item height had to be calculated, calculate clipping afterwards.-    }--    // Step 0 or 1: Calculate the actual ranges of visible elements.-    const int already_submitted = DisplayEnd;-    if (calc_clipping)-    {-        if (g.LogEnabled)-        {-            // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping-            data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(0, ItemsCount));-        }-        else-        {-            // Add range selected to be included for navigation-            const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav);-            if (is_nav_request)-                data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min.y, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max.y, 0, 0));-            if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1)-                data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(ItemsCount - 1, ItemsCount));--            // Add focused/active item-            ImRect nav_rect_abs = ImGui::WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0]);-            if (g.NavId != 0 && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavId)-                data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(nav_rect_abs.Min.y, nav_rect_abs.Max.y, 0, 0));--            // Add visible range-            const int off_min = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1 : 0;-            const int off_max = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? 1 : 0;-            data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y, off_min, off_max));-        }--        // Convert position ranges to item index ranges-        // - Very important: when a starting position is after our maximum item, we set Min to (ItemsCount - 1). This allows us to handle most forms of wrapping.-        // - Due to how Selectable extra padding they tend to be "unaligned" with exact unit in the item list,-        //   which with the flooring/ceiling tend to lead to 2 items instead of one being submitted.-        for (int i = 0; i < data->Ranges.Size; i++)-            if (data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert)-            {-                int m1 = (int)(((double)data->Ranges[i].Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / ItemsHeight);-                int m2 = (int)((((double)data->Ranges[i].Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f);-                data->Ranges[i].Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, ItemsCount - 1);-                data->Ranges[i].Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMax, data->Ranges[i].Min + 1, ItemsCount);-                data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert = false;-            }-        ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(data->Ranges, data->StepNo);-    }--    // Step 0+ (if item height is given in advance) or 1+: Display the next range in line.-    if (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size)-    {-        DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, already_submitted);-        DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, ItemsCount);-        if (DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051-            ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, DisplayStart);-        data->StepNo++;-        return true;-    }--    // After the last step: Let the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd),-    // Advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop.-    if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX)-        ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount);--    End();-    return false;-}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] STYLING-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle()-{-    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");-    return GImGui->Style;-}--ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul)-{-    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;-    ImVec4 c = style.Colors[idx];-    c.w *= style.Alpha * alpha_mul;-    return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);-}--ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col)-{-    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;-    ImVec4 c = col;-    c.w *= style.Alpha;-    return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);-}--const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx)-{-    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;-    return style.Colors[idx];-}--ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col)-{-    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;-    if (style.Alpha >= 1.0f)-        return col;-    ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;-    a = (ImU32)(a * style.Alpha); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because Style.Alpha is in 0..1 range.-    return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);-}--// FIXME: This may incur a round-trip (if the end user got their data from a float4) but eventually we aim to store the in-flight colors as ImU32-void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiColorMod backup;-    backup.Col = idx;-    backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];-    g.ColorStack.push_back(backup);-    g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col);-}--void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiColorMod backup;-    backup.Col = idx;-    backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];-    g.ColorStack.push_back(backup);-    g.Style.Colors[idx] = col;-}--void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    while (count > 0)-    {-        ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorStack.back();-        g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.BackupValue;-        g.ColorStack.pop_back();-        count--;-    }-}--struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo-{-    ImGuiDataType   Type;-    ImU32           Count;-    ImU32           Offset;-    void*           GetVarPtr(ImGuiStyle* style) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)style + Offset); }-};--static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] =-{-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) },               // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) },        // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) },   // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) },        // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign-    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign-};--static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx)-{-    IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT);-    IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT);-    return &GStyleVarInfo[idx];-}--void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val)-{-    const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx);-    if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 1)-    {-        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-        float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);-        g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar));-        *pvar = val;-        return;-    }-    IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() float variant but variable is not a float!");-}--void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val)-{-    const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx);-    if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 2)-    {-        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-        ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);-        g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar));-        *pvar = val;-        return;-    }-    IM_ASSERT(0 && "Called PushStyleVar() ImVec2 variant but variable is not a ImVec2!");-}--void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    while (count > 0)-    {-        // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it.-        ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleVarStack.back();-        const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx);-        void* data = info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);-        if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1)      { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; }-        else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; }-        g.StyleVarStack.pop_back();-        count--;-    }-}--const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx)-{-    // Create switch-case from enum with regexp: ImGuiCol_{.*}, --> case ImGuiCol_\1: return "\1";-    switch (idx)-    {-    case ImGuiCol_Text: return "Text";-    case ImGuiCol_TextDisabled: return "TextDisabled";-    case ImGuiCol_WindowBg: return "WindowBg";-    case ImGuiCol_ChildBg: return "ChildBg";-    case ImGuiCol_PopupBg: return "PopupBg";-    case ImGuiCol_Border: return "Border";-    case ImGuiCol_BorderShadow: return "BorderShadow";-    case ImGuiCol_FrameBg: return "FrameBg";-    case ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered: return "FrameBgHovered";-    case ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive: return "FrameBgActive";-    case ImGuiCol_TitleBg: return "TitleBg";-    case ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive: return "TitleBgActive";-    case ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed: return "TitleBgCollapsed";-    case ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg: return "MenuBarBg";-    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg: return "ScrollbarBg";-    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab: return "ScrollbarGrab";-    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered: return "ScrollbarGrabHovered";-    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive: return "ScrollbarGrabActive";-    case ImGuiCol_CheckMark: return "CheckMark";-    case ImGuiCol_SliderGrab: return "SliderGrab";-    case ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive: return "SliderGrabActive";-    case ImGuiCol_Button: return "Button";-    case ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered: return "ButtonHovered";-    case ImGuiCol_ButtonActive: return "ButtonActive";-    case ImGuiCol_Header: return "Header";-    case ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered: return "HeaderHovered";-    case ImGuiCol_HeaderActive: return "HeaderActive";-    case ImGuiCol_Separator: return "Separator";-    case ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered: return "SeparatorHovered";-    case ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive: return "SeparatorActive";-    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip";-    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered";-    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive";-    case ImGuiCol_Tab: return "Tab";-    case ImGuiCol_TabHovered: return "TabHovered";-    case ImGuiCol_TabActive: return "TabActive";-    case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused: return "TabUnfocused";-    case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive: return "TabUnfocusedActive";-    case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines";-    case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered";-    case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram";-    case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered";-    case ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg: return "TableHeaderBg";-    case ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong: return "TableBorderStrong";-    case ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight: return "TableBorderLight";-    case ImGuiCol_TableRowBg: return "TableRowBg";-    case ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt: return "TableRowBgAlt";-    case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg";-    case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget";-    case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight";-    case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight: return "NavWindowingHighlight";-    case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg: return "NavWindowingDimBg";-    case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg: return "ModalWindowDimBg";-    }-    IM_ASSERT(0);-    return "Unknown";-}---//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS-// Some of those (internal) functions are currently quite a legacy mess - their signature and behavior will change,-// we need a nicer separation between low-level functions and high-level functions relying on the ImGui context.-// Also see imgui_draw.cpp for some more which have been reworked to not rely on ImGui:: context.-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end)-{-    const char* text_display_end = text;-    if (!text_end)-        text_end = (const char*)-1;--    while (text_display_end < text_end && *text_display_end != '\0' && (text_display_end[0] != '#' || text_display_end[1] != '#'))-        text_display_end++;-    return text_display_end;-}--// Internal ImGui functions to render text-// RenderText***() functions calls ImDrawList::AddText() calls ImBitmapFont::RenderText()-void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_hash)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;--    // Hide anything after a '##' string-    const char* text_display_end;-    if (hide_text_after_hash)-    {-        text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);-    }-    else-    {-        if (!text_end)-            text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT-        text_display_end = text_end;-    }--    if (text != text_display_end)-    {-        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end);-        if (g.LogEnabled)-            LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_display_end);-    }-}--void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;--    if (!text_end)-        text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT--    if (text != text_end)-    {-        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_end, wrap_width);-        if (g.LogEnabled)-            LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_end);-    }-}--// Default clip_rect uses (pos_min,pos_max)-// Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges)-void ImGui::RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_display_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)-{-    // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state-    ImVec2 pos = pos_min;-    const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_display_end, false, 0.0f);--    const ImVec2* clip_min = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Min : &pos_min;-    const ImVec2* clip_max = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Max : &pos_max;-    bool need_clipping = (pos.x + text_size.x >= clip_max->x) || (pos.y + text_size.y >= clip_max->y);-    if (clip_rect) // If we had no explicit clipping rectangle then pos==clip_min-        need_clipping |= (pos.x < clip_min->x) || (pos.y < clip_min->y);--    // Align whole block. We should defer that to the better rendering function when we'll have support for individual line alignment.-    if (align.x > 0.0f) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, pos.x + (pos_max.x - pos.x - text_size.x) * align.x);-    if (align.y > 0.0f) pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, pos.y + (pos_max.y - pos.y - text_size.y) * align.y);--    // Render-    if (need_clipping)-    {-        ImVec4 fine_clip_rect(clip_min->x, clip_min->y, clip_max->x, clip_max->y);-        draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, &fine_clip_rect);-    }-    else-    {-        draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, NULL);-    }-}--void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)-{-    // Hide anything after a '##' string-    const char* text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);-    const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text);-    if (text_len == 0)-        return;--    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    RenderTextClippedEx(window->DrawList, pos_min, pos_max, text, text_display_end, text_size_if_known, align, clip_rect);-    if (g.LogEnabled)-        LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_display_end);-}---// Another overly complex function until we reorganize everything into a nice all-in-one helper.-// This is made more complex because we have dissociated the layout rectangle (pos_min..pos_max) which define _where_ the ellipsis is, from actual clipping of text and limit of the ellipsis display.-// This is because in the context of tabs we selectively hide part of the text when the Close Button appears, but we don't want the ellipsis to move.-void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end_full, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (text_end_full == NULL)-        text_end_full = FindRenderedTextEnd(text);-    const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_end_full, false, 0.0f);--    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_min.y - 4), ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_max.y + 4), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255));-    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_min.y-2), ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_max.y+2), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));-    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_min.y), ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));-    // FIXME: We could technically remove (last_glyph->AdvanceX - last_glyph->X1) from text_size.x here and save a few pixels.-    if (text_size.x > pos_max.x - pos_min.x)-    {-        // Hello wo...-        // |       |   |-        // min   max   ellipsis_max-        //          <-> this is generally some padding value--        const ImFont* font = draw_list->_Data->Font;-        const float font_size = draw_list->_Data->FontSize;-        const char* text_end_ellipsis = NULL;--        ImWchar ellipsis_char = font->EllipsisChar;-        int ellipsis_char_count = 1;-        if (ellipsis_char == (ImWchar)-1)-        {-            ellipsis_char = font->DotChar;-            ellipsis_char_count = 3;-        }-        const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyph(ellipsis_char);--        float ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1;                 // Width of the glyph with no padding on either side-        float ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width;      // Full width of entire ellipsis--        if (ellipsis_char_count > 1)-        {-            // Full ellipsis size without free spacing after it.-            const float spacing_between_dots = 1.0f * (draw_list->_Data->FontSize / font->FontSize);-            ellipsis_glyph_width = glyph->X1 - glyph->X0 + spacing_between_dots;-            ellipsis_total_width = ellipsis_glyph_width * (float)ellipsis_char_count - spacing_between_dots;-        }--        // We can now claim the space between pos_max.x and ellipsis_max.x-        const float text_avail_width = ImMax((ImMax(pos_max.x, ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_total_width) - pos_min.x, 1.0f);-        float text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, text_avail_width, 0.0f, text, text_end_full, &text_end_ellipsis).x;-        if (text == text_end_ellipsis && text_end_ellipsis < text_end_full)-        {-            // Always display at least 1 character if there's no room for character + ellipsis-            text_end_ellipsis = text + ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(text, text_end_full);-            text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text, text_end_ellipsis).x;-        }-        while (text_end_ellipsis > text && ImCharIsBlankA(text_end_ellipsis[-1]))-        {-            // Trim trailing space before ellipsis (FIXME: Supporting non-ascii blanks would be nice, for this we need a function to backtrack in UTF-8 text)-            text_end_ellipsis--;-            text_size_clipped_x -= font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text_end_ellipsis, text_end_ellipsis + 1).x; // Ascii blanks are always 1 byte-        }--        // Render text, render ellipsis-        RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_ellipsis, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));-        float ellipsis_x = pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x;-        if (ellipsis_x + ellipsis_total_width <= ellipsis_max_x)-            for (int i = 0; i < ellipsis_char_count; i++)-            {-                font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ImVec2(ellipsis_x, pos_min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ellipsis_char);-                ellipsis_x += ellipsis_glyph_width;-            }-    }-    else-    {-        RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_full, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));-    }--    if (g.LogEnabled)-        LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_end_full);-}--// Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders-void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, fill_col, rounding);-    const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;-    if (border && border_size > 0.0f)-    {-        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size);-        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size);-    }-}--void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;-    if (border_size > 0.0f)-    {-        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size);-        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size);-    }-}--void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (id != g.NavId)-        return;-    if (g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw))-        return;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    if (window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame)-        return;--    float rounding = (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding) ? 0.0f : g.Style.FrameRounding;-    ImRect display_rect = bb;-    display_rect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect);-    if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault)-    {-        const float THICKNESS = 2.0f;-        const float DISTANCE = 3.0f + THICKNESS * 0.5f;-        display_rect.Expand(ImVec2(DISTANCE, DISTANCE));-        bool fully_visible = window->ClipRect.Contains(display_rect);-        if (!fully_visible)-            window->DrawList->PushClipRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max);-        window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min + ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), display_rect.Max - ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, THICKNESS);-        if (!fully_visible)-            window->DrawList->PopClipRect();-    }-    if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin)-    {-        window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, 1.0f);-    }-}--void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT);-    for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)-    {-        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n];-        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport);-        ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = draw_list->_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas;-        ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4];-        if (font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2]))-        {-            const ImVec2 pos = base_pos - offset;-            const float scale = base_scale;-            ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID;-            draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id);-            draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(1, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow);-            draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow);-            draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos,                        pos + size * scale,                  uv[2], uv[3], col_border);-            draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos,                        pos + size * scale,                  uv[0], uv[1], col_fill);-            draw_list->PopTextureID();-        }-    }-}---//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!)-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods-ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NULL)-{-    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));-    Name = ImStrdup(name);-    NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1;-    ID = ImHashStr(name);-    IDStack.push_back(ID);-    MoveId = GetID("#MOVE");-    ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);-    ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f);-    AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1;-    AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;-    SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing;-    SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);-    LastFrameActive = -1;-    LastTimeActive = -1.0f;-    FontWindowScale = 1.0f;-    SettingsOffset = -1;-    DrawList = &DrawListInst;-    DrawList->_Data = &context->DrawListSharedData;-    DrawList->_OwnerName = Name;-}--ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow()-{-    IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst);-    IM_DELETE(Name);-    ColumnsStorage.clear_destruct();-}--ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end)-{-    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();-    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)-        ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end);-    return id;-}--ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr)-{-    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();-    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)-        ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr, NULL);-    return id;-}--ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n)-{-    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();-    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed);-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)-        ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL);-    return id;-}--// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere.-ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs)-{-    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();-    ImRect r_rel = ImGui::WindowRectAbsToRel(this, r_abs);-    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed);-    return id;-}--static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.CurrentWindow = window;-    g.CurrentTable = window && window->DC.CurrentTableIdx != -1 ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(window->DC.CurrentTableIdx) : NULL;-    if (window)-        g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();-}--void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.ItemFlagsStack.clear();-    g.GroupStack.clear();-    TableGcCompactSettings();-}--// Free up/compact internal window buffers, we can use this when a window becomes unused.-// Not freed:-// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name, StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data)-// This should have no noticeable visual effect. When the window reappear however, expect new allocation/buffer growth/copy cost.-void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    window->MemoryCompacted = true;-    window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.Capacity;-    window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Capacity;-    window->IDStack.clear();-    window->DrawList->_ClearFreeMemory();-    window->DC.ChildWindows.clear();-    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.clear();-    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.clear();-}--void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    // We stored capacity of the ImDrawList buffer to reduce growth-caused allocation/copy when awakening.-    // The other buffers tends to amortize much faster.-    window->MemoryCompacted = false;-    window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity);-    window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity);-    window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0;-}--void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--    // While most behaved code would make an effort to not steal active id during window move/drag operations,-    // we at least need to be resilient to it. Cancelling the move is rather aggressive and users of 'master' branch-    // may prefer the weird ill-defined half working situation ('docking' did assert), so may need to rework that.-    if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId)-    {-        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() cancel MovingWindow\n");-        g.MovingWindow = NULL;-    }--    // Set active id-    g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id);-    if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)-    {-        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() old:0x%08X (window \"%s\") -> new:0x%08X (window \"%s\")\n", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "", id, window ? window->Name : "");-        g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;-        g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false;-        g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false;-        g.ActiveIdMouseButton = -1;-        if (id != 0)-        {-            g.LastActiveId = id;-            g.LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;-        }-    }-    g.ActiveId = id;-    g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;-    g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false;-    g.ActiveIdWindow = window;-    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;-    if (id)-    {-        g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id;-        g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? (ImGuiInputSource)ImGuiInputSource_Nav : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;-    }--    // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget-    // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet)-    g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = false;-    g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;-    g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;-    g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.ClearAllBits();-}--void ImGui::ClearActiveID()-{-    SetActiveID(0, NULL); // g.ActiveId = 0;-}--void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.HoveredId = id;-    g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;-    g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = false;-    if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id)-        g.HoveredIdTimer = g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;-}--ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;-}--// This is called by ItemAdd().-// Code not using ItemAdd() may need to call this manually otherwise ActiveId will be cleared. In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18717 this was called by GetID().-void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.ActiveId == id)-        g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id;-    if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id)-        g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true;-}--void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id)-{-    // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().-    // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need need to fill the data.-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.DragDropActive);-    IM_UNUSED(id); // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out.-    //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id);-    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true;-    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true;-    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;-}--static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)-{-    // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children)-    // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window.-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.NavWindow)-        if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindow)-            if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow)-            {-                // For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup"-                // NB: The order of those two tests is important because Modal windows are also Popups.-                if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)-                    return false;-                if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))-                    return false;-            }-    return true;-}--// This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable()-// - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered()-// - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId-bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride))-    {-        if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))-            return false;-        if (!IsItemFocused())-            return false;-    }-    else-    {-        // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd()-        ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags;-        if (!(status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))-            return false;-        IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy)) == 0);   // Flags not supported by this function--        // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window)-        // [2021/03/02] Reworked / reverted the revert, finally. Note we want e.g. BeginGroup/ItemAdd/EndGroup to work as well. (#3851)-        // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable-        // to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was-        // the test that has been running for a long while.-        if (g.HoveredWindow != window && (status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow) == 0)-            if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0)-                return false;--        // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged)-        if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) == 0)-            if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId)-                return false;--        // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal.-        // The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here.-        if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags))-            return false;--        // Test if the item is disabled-        if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))-            return false;--        // Special handling for calling after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab.-        // When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case.-        if (g.LastItemData.ID == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed)-            return false;-    }--    return true;-}--// Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered().-bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap)-        return false;--    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    if (g.HoveredWindow != window)-        return false;-    if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)-        return false;-    if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))-        return false;-    if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None))-    {-        g.HoveredIdDisabled = true;-        return false;-    }--    // We exceptionally allow this function to be called with id==0 to allow using it for easy high-level-    // hover test in widgets code. We could also decide to split this function is two.-    if (id != 0)-        SetHoveredID(id);--    // When disabled we'll return false but still set HoveredId-    ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = (g.LastItemData.ID == id ? g.LastItemData.InFlags : g.CurrentItemFlags);-    if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)-    {-        // Release active id if turning disabled-        if (g.ActiveId == id)-            ClearActiveID();-        g.HoveredIdDisabled = true;-        return false;-    }--    if (id != 0)-    {-        // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool!-        // We perform the check here because SetHoveredID() is not frequently called (1~ time a frame), making-        // the cost of this tool near-zero. We can get slightly better call-stack and support picking non-hovered-        // items if we perform the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a small runtime cost.-        // #define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX in imconfig.h if you want this check to also be performed in ItemAdd().-        if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id)-            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));-        if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id)-            IM_DEBUG_BREAK();-    }--    if (g.NavDisableMouseHover)-        return false;--    return true;-}--bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect))-        if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.NavId))-            if (!g.LogEnabled)-                return true;-    return false;-}--// This is also inlined in ItemAdd()-// Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect!-void ImGui::SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_flags, const ImRect& item_rect)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.LastItemData.ID = item_id;-    g.LastItemData.InFlags = in_flags;-    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_flags;-    g.LastItemData.Rect = item_rect;-}--float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x)-{-    if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f)-        return 0.0f;--    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f)-    {-        // We could decide to setup a default wrapping max point for auto-resizing windows,-        // or have auto-wrap (with unspecified wrapping pos) behave as a ContentSize extending function?-        //if (window->Hidden && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))-        //    wrap_pos_x = ImMax(window->WorkRect.Min.x + g.FontSize * 10.0f, window->WorkRect.Max.x);-        //else-        wrap_pos_x = window->WorkRect.Max.x;-    }-    else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f)-    {-        wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space-    }--    return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f);-}--// IM_ALLOC() == ImGui::MemAlloc()-void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size)-{-    if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui)-        ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations++;-    return (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData);-}--// IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree()-void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr)-{-    if (ptr)-        if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui)-            ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations--;-    return (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData);-}--const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData) : "";-}--void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn)-        g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData, text);-}--const char* ImGui::GetVersion()-{-    return IMGUI_VERSION;-}--// Internal state access - if you want to share Dear ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself-// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module-ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext()-{-    return GImGui;-}--void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)-{-#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC-    IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this.-#else-    GImGui = ctx;-#endif-}--void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data)-{-    GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func;-    GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func;-    GImAllocatorUserData = user_data;-}--// This is provided to facilitate copying allocators from one static/DLL boundary to another (e.g. retrieve default allocator of your executable address space)-void ImGui::GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data)-{-    *p_alloc_func = GImAllocatorAllocFunc;-    *p_free_func = GImAllocatorFreeFunc;-    *p_user_data = GImAllocatorUserData;-}--ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas)-{-    ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext();-    ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas);-    SetCurrentContext(ctx);-    Initialize();-    if (prev_ctx != NULL)-        SetCurrentContext(prev_ctx); // Restore previous context if any, else keep new one.-    return ctx;-}--void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)-{-    ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext();-    if (ctx == NULL) //-V1051-        ctx = prev_ctx;-    SetCurrentContext(ctx);-    Shutdown();-    SetCurrentContext((prev_ctx != ctx) ? prev_ctx : NULL);-    IM_DELETE(ctx);-}--// No specific ordering/dependency support, will see as needed-ImGuiID ImGui::AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImGuiContextHook* hook)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;-    IM_ASSERT(hook->Callback != NULL && hook->HookId == 0 && hook->Type != ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_);-    g.Hooks.push_back(*hook);-    g.Hooks.back().HookId = ++g.HookIdNext;-    return g.HookIdNext;-}--// Deferred removal, avoiding issue with changing vector while iterating it-void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;-    IM_ASSERT(hook_id != 0);-    for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++)-        if (g.Hooks[n].HookId == hook_id)-            g.Hooks[n].Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_;-}--// Call context hooks (used by e.g. test engine)-// We assume a small number of hooks so all stored in same array-void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;-    for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++)-        if (g.Hooks[n].Type == hook_type)-            g.Hooks[n].Callback(&g, &g.Hooks[n]);-}--ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO()-{-    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");-    return GImGui->IO;-}--// Pass this to your backend rendering function! Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame()-ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0];-    return viewport->DrawDataP.Valid ? &viewport->DrawDataP : NULL;-}--double ImGui::GetTime()-{-    return GImGui->Time;-}--int ImGui::GetFrameCount()-{-    return GImGui->FrameCount;-}--static ImDrawList* GetViewportDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name)-{-    // Create the draw list on demand, because they are not frequently used for all viewports-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawLists));-    ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no];-    if (draw_list == NULL)-    {-        draw_list = IM_NEW(ImDrawList)(&g.DrawListSharedData);-        draw_list->_OwnerName = drawlist_name;-        viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list;-    }--    // Our ImDrawList system requires that there is always a command-    if (viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount)-    {-        draw_list->_ResetForNewFrame();-        draw_list->PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID);-        draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, false);-        viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount;-    }-    return draw_list;-}--ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport)-{-    return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 0, "##Background");-}--ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return GetBackgroundDrawList(g.Viewports[0]);-}--ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport)-{-    return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 1, "##Foreground");-}--ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return GetForegroundDrawList(g.Viewports[0]);-}--ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData()-{-    return &GImGui->DrawListSharedData;-}--void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    // Set ActiveId even if the _NoMove flag is set. Without it, dragging away from a window with _NoMove would activate hover on other windows.-    // We _also_ call this when clicking in a window empty space when io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly is set, but clear g.MovingWindow afterward.-    // This is because we want ActiveId to be set even when the window is not permitted to move.-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    FocusWindow(window);-    SetActiveID(window->MoveId, window);-    g.NavDisableHighlight = true;-    g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - window->RootWindow->Pos;-    g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;-    SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys();--    bool can_move_window = true;-    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))-        can_move_window = false;-    if (can_move_window)-        g.MovingWindow = window;-}--// Handle mouse moving window-// Note: moving window with the navigation keys (Square + d-pad / CTRL+TAB + Arrows) are processed in NavUpdateWindowing()-// FIXME: We don't have strong guarantee that g.MovingWindow stay synched with g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId.-// This is currently enforced by the fact that BeginDragDropSource() is setting all g.ActiveIdUsingXXXX flags to inhibit navigation inputs,-// but if we should more thoroughly test cases where g.ActiveId or g.MovingWindow gets changed and not the other.-void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.MovingWindow != NULL)-    {-        // We actually want to move the root window. g.MovingWindow == window we clicked on (could be a child window).-        // We track it to preserve Focus and so that generally ActiveIdWindow == MovingWindow and ActiveId == MovingWindow->MoveId for consistency.-        KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId);-        IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindow);-        ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindow;-        if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos))-        {-            ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset;-            SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always);-            FocusWindow(g.MovingWindow);-        }-        else-        {-            g.MovingWindow = NULL;-            ClearActiveID();-        }-    }-    else-    {-        // When clicking/dragging from a window that has the _NoMove flag, we still set the ActiveId in order to prevent hovering others.-        if (g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->MoveId == g.ActiveId)-        {-            KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId);-            if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0])-                ClearActiveID();-        }-    }-}--// Initiate moving window when clicking on empty space or title bar.-// Handle left-click and right-click focus.-void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.ActiveId != 0 || g.HoveredId != 0)-        return;--    // Unless we just made a window/popup appear-    if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Appearing)-        return;--    // Click on empty space to focus window and start moving-    // (after we're done with all our widgets)-    if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0])-    {-        // Handle the edge case of a popup being closed while clicking in its empty space.-        // If we try to focus it, FocusWindow() > ClosePopupsOverWindow() will accidentally close any parent popups because they are not linked together any more.-        ImGuiWindow* root_window = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL;-        const bool is_closed_popup = root_window && (root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !IsPopupOpen(root_window->PopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel);--        if (root_window != NULL && !is_closed_popup)-        {-            StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow); //-V595--            // Cancel moving if clicked outside of title bar-            if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))-                if (!root_window->TitleBarRect().Contains(g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0]))-                    g.MovingWindow = NULL;--            // Cancel moving if clicked over an item which was disabled or inhibited by popups (note that we know HoveredId == 0 already)-            if (g.HoveredIdDisabled)-                g.MovingWindow = NULL;-        }-        else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL && GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL)-        {-            // Clicking on void disable focus-            FocusWindow(NULL);-        }-    }--    // With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus based on where the mouse is aimed-    // Instead, focus will be restored to the window under the bottom-most closed popup.-    // (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow on the hovered window, which will lead NewFrame->ClosePopupsOverWindow to trigger)-    if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1])-    {-        // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the top-most Modal Window.-        // This is where we can trim the popup stack.-        ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal();-        bool hovered_window_above_modal = g.HoveredWindow && (modal == NULL || IsWindowAbove(g.HoveredWindow, modal));-        ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal, true);-    }-}--static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden);-}--static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;--    // Import legacy keys or verify they are not used-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO-    if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0)-    {-        // Backend used new io.AddKeyEvent() API: Good! Verify that old arrays are never written to externally.-        for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)-            IM_ASSERT((io.KeysDown[n] == false || IsKeyDown(n)) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");-    }-    else-    {-        if (g.FrameCount == 0)-            for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)-                IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend is not allowed to write to io.KeyMap[0..511]!");--        // Build reverse KeyMap (Named -> Legacy)-        for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++)-            if (io.KeyMap[n] != -1)-            {-                IM_ASSERT(IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[n]));-                io.KeyMap[io.KeyMap[n]] = n;-            }--        // Import legacy keys into new ones-        for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)-            if (io.KeysDown[n] || io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)-            {-                const ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(io.KeyMap[n] != -1 ? io.KeyMap[n] : n);-                IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMap[n] == -1 || IsNamedKey(key));-                io.KeysData[key].Down = io.KeysDown[n];-                if (key != n)-                    io.KeysDown[key] = io.KeysDown[n]; // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with old backends-                io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 1;-            }-        if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)-        {-            io.KeysData[ImGuiKey_ModCtrl].Down = io.KeyCtrl;-            io.KeysData[ImGuiKey_ModShift].Down = io.KeyShift;-            io.KeysData[ImGuiKey_ModAlt].Down = io.KeyAlt;-            io.KeysData[ImGuiKey_ModSuper].Down = io.KeySuper;-        }-    }-#endif--    // Synchronize io.KeyMods with individual modifiers io.KeyXXX bools-    io.KeyMods = GetMergedModFlags();--    // Clear gamepad data if disabled-    if ((io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) == 0)-        for (int i = ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN; i < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; i++)-        {-            io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].Down = false;-            io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].AnalogValue = 0.0f;-        }--    // Update keys-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysData); i++)-    {-        ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[i];-        key_data->DownDurationPrev = key_data->DownDuration;-        key_data->DownDuration = key_data->Down ? (key_data->DownDuration < 0.0f ? 0.0f : key_data->DownDuration + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;-    }-}--static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;--    // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well)-    if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos))-        io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloorSigned(io.MousePos);--    // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta-    if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev))-        io.MouseDelta = io.MousePos - io.MousePosPrev;-    else-        io.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);--    // If mouse moved we re-enable mouse hovering in case it was disabled by gamepad/keyboard. In theory should use a >0.0f threshold but would need to reset in everywhere we set this to true.-    if (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f)-        g.NavDisableMouseHover = false;--    io.MousePosPrev = io.MousePos;-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++)-    {-        io.MouseClicked[i] = io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f;-        io.MouseClickedCount[i] = 0; // Will be filled below-        io.MouseReleased[i] = !io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f;-        io.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = io.MouseDownDuration[i];-        io.MouseDownDuration[i] = io.MouseDown[i] ? (io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : io.MouseDownDuration[i] + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;-        if (io.MouseClicked[i])-        {-            bool is_repeated_click = false;-            if ((float)(g.Time - io.MouseClickedTime[i]) < io.MouseDoubleClickTime)-            {-                ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? (io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);-                if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist)-                    is_repeated_click = true;-            }-            if (is_repeated_click)-                io.MouseClickedLastCount[i]++;-            else-                io.MouseClickedLastCount[i] = 1;-            io.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time;-            io.MouseClickedPos[i] = io.MousePos;-            io.MouseClickedCount[i] = io.MouseClickedLastCount[i];-            io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f;-        }-        else if (io.MouseDown[i])-        {-            // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold-            float delta_sqr_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? ImLengthSqr(io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : 0.0f;-            io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], delta_sqr_click_pos);-        }--        // We provide io.MouseDoubleClicked[] as a legacy service-        io.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = (io.MouseClickedCount[i] == 2);--        // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation-        if (io.MouseClicked[i])-            g.NavDisableMouseHover = false;-    }-}--static void StartLockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.WheelingWindow == window)-        return;-    g.WheelingWindow = window;-    g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos;-    g.WheelingWindowTimer = WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER;-}--void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--    // Reset the locked window if we move the mouse or after the timer elapses-    if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL)-    {-        g.WheelingWindowTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;-        if (IsMousePosValid() && ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos) > g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * g.IO.MouseDragThreshold)-            g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f;-        if (g.WheelingWindowTimer <= 0.0f)-        {-            g.WheelingWindow = NULL;-            g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f;-        }-    }--    float wheel_x = g.IO.MouseWheelH;-    float wheel_y = g.IO.MouseWheel;-    if (wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f)-        return;--    if ((g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel) || (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel))-        return;--    ImGuiWindow* window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow;-    if (!window || window->Collapsed)-        return;--    // Zoom / Scale window-    // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned.-    if (wheel_y != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling)-    {-        StartLockWheelingWindow(window);-        const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f);-        const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale;-        window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale;-        if (window == window->RootWindow)-        {-            const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size;-            SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0);-            window->Size = ImFloor(window->Size * scale);-            window->SizeFull = ImFloor(window->SizeFull * scale);-        }-        return;-    }--    // Mouse wheel scrolling-    // If a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag, we give a chance to scroll its parent-    if (g.IO.KeyCtrl)-        return;--    // As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead-    // (we avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already)-    const bool swap_axis = g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;-    if (swap_axis)-    {-        wheel_x = wheel_y;-        wheel_y = 0.0f;-    }--    // Vertical Mouse Wheel scrolling-    if (wheel_y != 0.0f)-    {-        StartLockWheelingWindow(window);-        while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.y == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))))-            window = window->ParentWindow;-        if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))-        {-            float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f;-            float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step));-            SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel_y * scroll_step);-        }-    }--    // Horizontal Mouse Wheel scrolling, or Vertical Mouse Wheel w/ Shift held-    if (wheel_x != 0.0f)-    {-        StartLockWheelingWindow(window);-        while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.x == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))))-            window = window->ParentWindow;-        if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))-        {-            float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f;-            float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step));-            SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel_x * scroll_step);-        }-    }-}--// The reason this is exposed in imgui_internal.h is: on touch-based system that don't have hovering, we want to dispatch inputs to the right target (imgui vs imgui+app)-void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;-    g.WindowsHoverPadding = ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING));--    // Find the window hovered by mouse:-    // - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow.-    // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame.-    // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms.-    bool clear_hovered_windows = false;-    FindHoveredWindow();--    // Modal windows prevents mouse from hovering behind them.-    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal();-    if (modal_window && g.HoveredWindow && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow, modal_window))-        clear_hovered_windows = true;--    // Disabled mouse?-    if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse)-        clear_hovered_windows = true;--    // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and-    // won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward.-    const bool has_open_popup = (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0);-    const bool has_open_modal = (modal_window != NULL);-    int mouse_earliest_down = -1;-    bool mouse_any_down = false;-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++)-    {-        if (io.MouseClicked[i])-        {-            io.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_popup;-            io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_modal;-        }-        mouse_any_down |= io.MouseDown[i];-        if (io.MouseDown[i])-            if (mouse_earliest_down == -1 || io.MouseClickedTime[i] < io.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_down])-                mouse_earliest_down = i;-    }-    const bool mouse_avail = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_down];-    const bool mouse_avail_unless_popup_close = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[mouse_earliest_down];--    // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering.-    // FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02)-    const bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0;-    if (!mouse_avail && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload)-        clear_hovered_windows = true;--    if (clear_hovered_windows)-        g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;--    // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch mouse to Dear ImGui + underlying app)-    // Update io.WantCaptureMouseAllowPopupClose (experimental) to give a chance for app to react to popup closure with a drag-    if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1)-    {-        io.WantCaptureMouse = io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0);-    }-    else-    {-        io.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_popup;-        io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (mouse_avail_unless_popup_close && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_modal;-    }--    // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + underlying app)-    if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1)-        io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0);-    else-        io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL);-    if (io.NavActive && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard))-        io.WantCaptureKeyboard = true;--    // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible-    io.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false;-}--// [Internal] Do not use directly (can read io.KeyMods instead)-ImGuiModFlags ImGui::GetMergedModFlags()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiModFlags key_mods = ImGuiModFlags_None;-    if (g.IO.KeyCtrl)   { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl; }-    if (g.IO.KeyShift)  { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Shift; }-    if (g.IO.KeyAlt)    { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Alt; }-    if (g.IO.KeySuper)  { key_mods |= ImGuiModFlags_Super; }-    return key_mods;-}--void ImGui::NewFrame()-{-    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--    // Remove pending delete hooks before frame start.-    // This deferred removal avoid issues of removal while iterating the hook vector-    for (int n = g.Hooks.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)-        if (g.Hooks[n].Type == ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_)-            g.Hooks.erase(&g.Hooks[n]);--    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre);--    // Check and assert for various common IO and Configuration mistakes-    ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks();--    // Load settings on first frame, save settings when modified (after a delay)-    UpdateSettings();--    g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime;-    g.WithinFrameScope = true;-    g.FrameCount += 1;-    g.TooltipOverrideCount = 0;-    g.WindowsActiveCount = 0;-    g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.resize(0);--    // Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature-    g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx];-    g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime;-    g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame);-    g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount = ImMin(g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount + 1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame));-    g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount)) : FLT_MAX;--    UpdateViewportsNewFrame();--    // Setup current font and draw list shared data-    g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true;-    SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont());-    IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded());-    ImRect virtual_space(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);-    for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)-        virtual_space.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect());-    g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = virtual_space.ToVec4();-    g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol;-    g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleTessellationMaxError(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError);-    g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None;-    if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines)-        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines;-    if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex && !(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines))-        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex;-    if (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill)-        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill;-    if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset)-        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset;--    // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it.-    for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)-    {-        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n];-        viewport->DrawDataP.Clear();-    }--    // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent-    if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == g.ActiveId)-        KeepAliveID(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId);--    // Update HoveredId data-    if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame)-        g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f;-    if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame || (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId == g.HoveredId))-        g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;-    if (g.HoveredId)-        g.HoveredIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;-    if (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredId)-        g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;-    g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId;-    g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel = g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel;-    g.HoveredId = 0;-    g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;-    g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = false;-    g.HoveredIdDisabled = false;--    // Clear ActiveID if the item is not alive anymore.-    // In 1.87, the common most call to KeepAliveID() was moved from GetID() to ItemAdd().-    // As a result, custom widget using ButtonBehavior() _without_ ItemAdd() need to call KeepAliveID() themselves.-    if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId)-    {-        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("NewFrame(): ClearActiveID() because it isn't marked alive anymore!\n");-        ClearActiveID();-    }--    // Update ActiveId data (clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore)-    if (g.ActiveId)-        g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;-    g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;-    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId;-    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = g.ActiveIdWindow;-    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore;-    g.ActiveIdIsAlive = 0;-    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;-    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false;-    g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;-    if (g.TempInputId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.TempInputId)-        g.TempInputId = 0;-    if (g.ActiveId == 0)-    {-        g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;-        g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;-        g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.ClearAllBits();-    }--    // Drag and drop-    g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr;-    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0;-    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX;-    g.DragDropWithinSource = false;-    g.DragDropWithinTarget = false;-    g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0;--    // Close popups on focus lost (currently wip/opt-in)-    //if (g.IO.AppFocusLost)-    //    ClosePopupsExceptModals();--    // Process input queue (trickle as many events as possible)-    g.InputEventsTrail.resize(0);-    UpdateInputEvents(g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue);--    // Update keyboard input state-    UpdateKeyboardInputs();--    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyCtrl == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightCtrl));-    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyShift == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftShift) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightShift));-    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyAlt == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftAlt) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightAlt));-    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeySuper == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftSuper) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightSuper));--    // Update gamepad/keyboard navigation-    NavUpdate();--    // Update mouse input state-    UpdateMouseInputs();--    // Find hovered window-    // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so we fill g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow on the mouse release frame)-    UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags();--    // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering)-    UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame();--    // Background darkening/whitening-    if (GetTopMostPopupModal() != NULL || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha > 0.0f))-        g.DimBgRatio = ImMin(g.DimBgRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f);-    else-        g.DimBgRatio = ImMax(g.DimBgRatio - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f);--    g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow;-    g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = g.WantTextInputNextFrame = -1;--    // Platform IME data: reset for the frame-    g.PlatformImeDataPrev = g.PlatformImeData;-    g.PlatformImeData.WantVisible = false;--    // Mouse wheel scrolling, scale-    UpdateMouseWheel();--    // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory.-    IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size <= g.Windows.Size);-    const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer;-    for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)-    {-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];-        window->WasActive = window->Active;-        window->BeginCount = 0;-        window->Active = false;-        window->WriteAccessed = false;--        // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows-        if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time)-            GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window);-    }--    // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused tables-    for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size; i++)-        if (g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] >= 0.0f && g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] < memory_compact_start_time)-            TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(g.Tables.GetByIndex(i));-    for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesTempData.Size; i++)-        if (g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time)-            TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&g.TablesTempData[i]);-    if (g.GcCompactAll)-        GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers();-    g.GcCompactAll = false;--    // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order-    if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive)-        FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL);--    // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame.-    // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear.-    g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0);-    g.BeginPopupStack.resize(0);-    g.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0);-    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_None);-    g.GroupStack.resize(0);--    // [DEBUG] Update debug features-    UpdateDebugToolItemPicker();-    UpdateDebugToolStackQueries();--    // Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it.-    // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags.-    // This fallback is particularly important as it avoid ImGui:: calls from crashing.-    g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = true;-    SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);-    Begin("Debug##Default");-    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow == true);--    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost);-}--void ImGui::Initialize()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded);--    // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow type-    {-        ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler;-        ini_handler.TypeName = "Window";-        ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Window");-        ini_handler.ClearAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll;-        ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen;-        ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine;-        ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll;-        ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll;-        AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler);-    }--    // Add .ini handle for ImGuiTable type-    TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler();--    // Create default viewport-    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)();-    g.Viewports.push_back(viewport);-    g.TempBuffer.resize(1024 * 3 + 1, 0);--#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK-#endif--    g.Initialized = true;-}--// This function is merely here to free heap allocations.-void ImGui::Shutdown()-{-    // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame)-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext)-    {-        g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false;-        IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts);-    }-    g.IO.Fonts = NULL;--    // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized Dear ImGui.-    if (!g.Initialized)-        return;--    // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file)-    if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL)-        SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);--    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown);--    // Clear everything else-    g.Windows.clear_delete();-    g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear();-    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.clear();-    g.CurrentWindow = NULL;-    g.CurrentWindowStack.clear();-    g.WindowsById.Clear();-    g.NavWindow = NULL;-    g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;-    g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL;-    g.MovingWindow = NULL;-    g.ColorStack.clear();-    g.StyleVarStack.clear();-    g.FontStack.clear();-    g.OpenPopupStack.clear();-    g.BeginPopupStack.clear();--    g.Viewports.clear_delete();--    g.TabBars.Clear();-    g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear();-    g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear();--    g.ClipperTempData.clear_destruct();--    g.Tables.Clear();-    g.TablesTempData.clear_destruct();-    g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear();--    g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();-    g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear();-    g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory();--    g.SettingsWindows.clear();-    g.SettingsHandlers.clear();--    if (g.LogFile)-    {-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS-        if (g.LogFile != stdout)-#endif-            ImFileClose(g.LogFile);-        g.LogFile = NULL;-    }-    g.LogBuffer.clear();-    g.DebugLogBuf.clear();--    g.Initialized = false;-}--// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure.-static int IMGUI_CDECL ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)-{-    const ImGuiWindow* const a = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs;-    const ImGuiWindow* const b = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)rhs;-    if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))-        return d;-    if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))-        return d;-    return (a->BeginOrderWithinParent - b->BeginOrderWithinParent);-}--static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    out_sorted_windows->push_back(window);-    if (window->Active)-    {-        int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;-        ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.Data, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer);-        for (int i = 0; i < count; i++)-        {-            ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];-            if (child->Active)-                AddWindowToSortBuffer(out_sorted_windows, child);-        }-    }-}--static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector<ImDrawList*>* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list)-{-    if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)-        return;-    if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].UserCallback == NULL)-        return;--    // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc.-    // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly.-    IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);-    IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size);-    if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset))-        IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);--    // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window)-    // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually:-    // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds.-    //   Be mindful that the ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics/Debugger window to inspect draw list contents.-    // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either:-    //   (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer backend, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'.-    //       Most example backends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 backends won't.-    //       Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them.-    //   (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer backend, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h.-    //       Most example backends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time:-    //         glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset);-    //       Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes.-    //       2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API.-    // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching-    //   the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists.-    if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2)-        IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above");--    out_list->push_back(draw_list);-}--static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window, int layer)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0];-    g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++;-    AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList);-    for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++)-    {-        ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];-        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // Clipped children may have been marked not active-            AddWindowToDrawData(child, layer);-    }-}--static inline int GetWindowDisplayLayer(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    return (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? 1 : 0;-}--// Layer is locked for the root window, however child windows may use a different viewport (e.g. extruding menu)-static inline void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    AddWindowToDrawData(window, GetWindowDisplayLayer(window));-}--void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer()-{-    int n = Layers[0].Size;-    int size = n;-    for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); i++)-        size += Layers[i].Size;-    Layers[0].resize(size);-    for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); layer_n++)-    {-        ImVector<ImDrawList*>& layer = Layers[layer_n];-        if (layer.empty())-            continue;-        memcpy(&Layers[0][n], &layer[0], layer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*));-        n += layer.Size;-        layer.resize(0);-    }-}--static void SetupViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, ImVector<ImDrawList*>* draw_lists)-{-    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();-    ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP;-    draw_data->Valid = true;-    draw_data->CmdLists = (draw_lists->Size > 0) ? draw_lists->Data : NULL;-    draw_data->CmdListsCount = draw_lists->Size;-    draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0;-    draw_data->DisplayPos = viewport->Pos;-    draw_data->DisplaySize = viewport->Size;-    draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale;-    for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++)-    {-        ImDrawList* draw_list = draw_lists->Data[n];-        draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd();-        draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;-        draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size;-    }-}--// Push a clipping rectangle for both ImGui logic (hit-testing etc.) and low-level ImDrawList rendering.-// - When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values,-//   so that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result.-// - If the code here changes, may need to update code of functions like NextColumn() and PushColumnClipRect():-//   some frequently called functions which to modify both channels and clipping simultaneously tend to use the-//   more specialized SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() to avoid extraneous updates of underlying ImDrawCmds.-void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();-    window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect);-    window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();-}--void ImGui::PopClipRect()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();-    window->DrawList->PopClipRect();-    window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();-}--static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col)-{-    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)-        return;--    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)GetMainViewport();-    ImRect viewport_rect = viewport->GetMainRect();--    // Draw behind window by moving the draw command at the FRONT of the draw list-    {-        // We've already called AddWindowToDrawData() which called DrawList->ChannelsMerge() on DockNodeHost windows,-        // and draw list have been trimmed already, hence the explicit recreation of a draw command if missing.-        // FIXME: This is creating complication, might be simpler if we could inject a drawlist in drawdata at a given position and not attempt to manipulate ImDrawCmd order.-        ImDrawList* draw_list = window->RootWindow->DrawList;-        if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)-            draw_list->AddDrawCmd();-        draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), false); // Ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged-        draw_list->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, col);-        ImDrawCmd cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back();-        IM_ASSERT(cmd.ElemCount == 6);-        draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back();-        draw_list->CmdBuffer.push_front(cmd);-        draw_list->PopClipRect();-        draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); // We need to create a command as CmdBuffer.back().IdxOffset won't be correct if we append to same command.-    }-}--ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* parent_window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* bottom_most_visible_window = parent_window;-    for (int i = FindWindowDisplayIndex(parent_window); i >= 0; i--)-    {-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];-        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)-            continue;-        if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, parent_window))-            break;-        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && GetWindowDisplayLayer(window) <= GetWindowDisplayLayer(parent_window))-            bottom_most_visible_window = window;-    }-    return bottom_most_visible_window;-}--static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal();-    if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f)-        return;-    const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (modal_window != NULL);-    const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim != NULL && g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Active);-    if (!dim_bg_for_modal && !dim_bg_for_window_list)-        return;--    if (dim_bg_for_modal)-    {-        // Draw dimming behind modal or a begin stack child, whichever comes first in draw order.-        ImGuiWindow* dim_behind_window = FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(modal_window);-        RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(dim_behind_window, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, g.DimBgRatio));-    }-    else if (dim_bg_for_window_list)-    {-        // Draw dimming behind CTRL+Tab target window-        RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(g.NavWindowingTargetAnim, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio));--        // Draw border around CTRL+Tab target window-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim;-        ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();-        float distance = g.FontSize;-        ImRect bb = window->Rect();-        bb.Expand(distance);-        if (bb.GetWidth() >= viewport->Size.x && bb.GetHeight() >= viewport->Size.y)-            bb.Expand(-distance - 1.0f); // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward-        if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)-            window->DrawList->AddDrawCmd();-        window->DrawList->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size);-        window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), window->WindowRounding, 0, 3.0f);-        window->DrawList->PopClipRect();-    }-}--// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal.-void ImGui::EndFrame()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);--    // Don't process EndFrame() multiple times.-    if (g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)-        return;-    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope && "Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()?");--    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre);--    ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks();--    // Notify Platform/OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME)-    if (g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn && memcmp(&g.PlatformImeData, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0)-        g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn(GetMainViewport(), &g.PlatformImeData);--    // Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used-    g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = false;-    if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed)-        g.CurrentWindow->Active = false;-    End();--    // Update navigation: CTRL+Tab, wrap-around requests-    NavEndFrame();--    // Drag and Drop: Elapse payload (if delivered, or if source stops being submitted)-    if (g.DragDropActive)-    {-        bool is_delivered = g.DragDropPayload.Delivery;-        bool is_elapsed = (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) && ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload) || !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton));-        if (is_delivered || is_elapsed)-            ClearDragDrop();-    }--    // Drag and Drop: Fallback for source tooltip. This is not ideal but better than nothing.-    if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))-    {-        g.DragDropWithinSource = true;-        SetTooltip("...");-        g.DragDropWithinSource = false;-    }--    // End frame-    g.WithinFrameScope = false;-    g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount;--    // Initiate moving window + handle left-click and right-click focus-    UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame();--    // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent-    // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because children may not exist yet-    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.resize(0);-    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size);-    for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)-    {-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];-        if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))       // if a child is active its parent will add it-            continue;-        AddWindowToSortBuffer(&g.WindowsTempSortBuffer, window);-    }--    // This usually assert if there is a mismatch between the ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow / ParentWindow values and DC.ChildWindows[] in parents, aka we've done something wrong.-    IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.Size);-    g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsTempSortBuffer);-    g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = g.WindowsActiveCount;--    // Unlock font atlas-    g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false;--    // Clear Input data for next frame-    g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f;-    g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);-    memset(g.IO.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputs));--    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost);-}--// Prepare the data for rendering so you can call GetDrawData()-// (As with anything within the ImGui:: namspace this doesn't touch your GPU or graphics API at all:-// it is the role of the ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderDrawData() function provided by the renderer backend)-void ImGui::Render()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);--    if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount)-        EndFrame();-    const bool first_render_of_frame = (g.FrameCountRendered != g.FrameCount);-    g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount;-    g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0;--    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre);--    // Add background ImDrawList (for each active viewport)-    for (int n = 0; n != g.Viewports.Size; n++)-    {-        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n];-        viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Clear();-        if (viewport->DrawLists[0] != NULL)-            AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport));-    }--    // Draw modal/window whitening backgrounds-    if (first_render_of_frame)-        RenderDimmedBackgrounds();--    // Add ImDrawList to render-    ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2];-    windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow : NULL;-    windows_to_render_top_most[1] = (g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingListWindow : NULL);-    for (int n = 0; n != g.Windows.Size; n++)-    {-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n];-        IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'"-        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_top_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_top_most[1])-            AddRootWindowToDrawData(window);-    }-    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(windows_to_render_top_most); n++)-        if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window-            AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]);--    // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag-    if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && first_render_of_frame && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None)-        RenderMouseCursor(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48));--    // Setup ImDrawData structures for end-user-    g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = 0;-    for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)-    {-        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n];-        viewport->DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer();--        // Add foreground ImDrawList (for each active viewport)-        if (viewport->DrawLists[1] != NULL)-            AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport));--        SetupViewportDrawData(viewport, &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]);-        ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP;-        g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_data->TotalVtxCount;-        g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_data->TotalIdxCount;-    }--    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost);-}--// Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker.-// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)-ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--    const char* text_display_end;-    if (hide_text_after_double_hash)-        text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);      // Hide anything after a '##' string-    else-        text_display_end = text_end;--    ImFont* font = g.Font;-    const float font_size = g.FontSize;-    if (text == text_display_end)-        return ImVec2(0.0f, font_size);-    ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL);--    // Round-    // FIXME: This has been here since Dec 2015 (7b0bf230) but down the line we want this out.-    // FIXME: Investigate using ceilf or e.g.-    // - https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/src/math/ceilf.c-    // - https://embarkstudios.github.io/rust-gpu/api/src/libm/math/ceilf.rs.html-    text_size.x = IM_FLOOR(text_size.x + 0.99999f);--    return text_size;-}--// Find window given position, search front-to-back-// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programmatically-// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is-// called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected.-static void FindHoveredWindow()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = NULL;-    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = NULL;-    if (g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))-        hovered_window = g.MovingWindow;--    ImVec2 padding_regular = g.Style.TouchExtraPadding;-    ImVec2 padding_for_resize = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? g.WindowsHoverPadding : padding_regular;-    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)-    {-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];-        IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer.-        if (!window->Active || window->Hidden)-            continue;-        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)-            continue;--        // Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always)-        ImRect bb(window->OuterRectClipped);-        if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))-            bb.Expand(padding_regular);-        else-            bb.Expand(padding_for_resize);-        if (!bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos))-            continue;--        // Support for one rectangular hole in any given window-        // FIXME: Consider generalizing hit-testing override (with more generic data, callback, etc.) (#1512)-        if (window->HitTestHoleSize.x != 0)-        {-            ImVec2 hole_pos(window->Pos.x + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.x, window->Pos.y + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.y);-            ImVec2 hole_size((float)window->HitTestHoleSize.x, (float)window->HitTestHoleSize.y);-            if (ImRect(hole_pos, hole_pos + hole_size).Contains(g.IO.MousePos))-                continue;-        }--        if (hovered_window == NULL)-            hovered_window = window;-        IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer.-        if (hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window == NULL && (!g.MovingWindow || window->RootWindow != g.MovingWindow->RootWindow))-            hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = window;-        if (hovered_window && hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window)-            break;-    }--    g.HoveredWindow = hovered_window;-    g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window;-}--bool ImGui::IsItemActive()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.ActiveId)-        return g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID;-    return false;-}--bool ImGui::IsItemActivated()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.ActiveId)-        if (g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID)-            return true;-    return false;-}--bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated)-        return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0;-    return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID);-}--bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore));-}--// == GetItemID() == GetFocusID()-bool ImGui::IsItemFocused()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.NavId != g.LastItemData.ID || g.NavId == 0)-        return false;-    return true;-}--// Important: this can be useful but it is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g.Button()!-// Most widgets have specific reactions based on mouse-up/down state, mouse position etc.-bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button)-{-    return IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_None);-}--bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false;-}--bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false;-}--bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.HoveredId != 0 || g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0;-}--bool ImGui::IsAnyItemActive()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.ActiveId != 0;-}--bool ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight;-}--bool ImGui::IsItemVisible()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect.Overlaps(g.LastItemData.Rect);-}--bool ImGui::IsItemEdited()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0;-}--// Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority.-// FIXME: Although this is exposed, its interaction and ideal idiom with using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap flag are extremely confusing, need rework.-void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;-    if (g.HoveredId == id)-        g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;-    if (g.ActiveId == id)-        g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true;-}--void ImGui::SetItemUsingMouseWheel()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;-    if (g.HoveredId == id)-        g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = true;-    if (g.ActiveId == id)-        g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = true;-}--void ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId != 0);-    g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = ~(ImU32)0;-    g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = ~(ImU32)0;-    g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask.SetAllBits();-    NavMoveRequestCancel();-}--ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.LastItemData.Rect.Min;-}--ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.LastItemData.Rect.Max;-}--ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.LastItemData.Rect.GetSize();-}--bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;--    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow;-    flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove);  // Inherit the NoMove flag--    // Size-    const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail();-    ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg);-    const int auto_fit_axises = ((size.x == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_X) : 0x00) | ((size.y == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y) : 0x00);-    if (size.x <= 0.0f)-        size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too much issues)-    if (size.y <= 0.0f)-        size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y + size.y, 4.0f);-    SetNextWindowSize(size);--    // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value.-    const char* temp_window_name;-    if (name)-        ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id);-    else-        ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id);--    const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize;-    if (!border)-        g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f;-    bool ret = Begin(temp_window_name, NULL, flags);-    g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size;--    ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow;-    child_window->ChildId = id;-    child_window->AutoFitChildAxises = (ImS8)auto_fit_axises;--    // Set the cursor to handle case where the user called SetNextWindowPos()+BeginChild() manually.-    // While this is not really documented/defined, it seems that the expected thing to do.-    if (child_window->BeginCount == 1)-        parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos;--    // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame-    if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavHasScroll))-    {-        FocusWindow(child_window);-        NavInitWindow(child_window, false);-        SetActiveID(id + 1, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with another arbitrary id so that key-press won't activate child item-        g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav;-    }-    return ret;-}--bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();-    return BeginChildEx(str_id, window->GetID(str_id), size_arg, border, extra_flags);-}--bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)-{-    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);-    return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, border, extra_flags);-}--void ImGui::EndChild()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;--    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false);-    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow);   // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() calls--    g.WithinEndChild = true;-    if (window->BeginCount > 1)-    {-        End();-    }-    else-    {-        ImVec2 sz = window->Size;-        if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X)) // Arbitrary minimum zero-ish child size of 4.0f causes less trouble than a 0.0f-            sz.x = ImMax(4.0f, sz.x);-        if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y))-            sz.y = ImMax(4.0f, sz.y);-        End();--        ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;-        ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + sz);-        ItemSize(sz);-        if ((window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || window->DC.NavHasScroll) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened))-        {-            ItemAdd(bb, window->ChildId);-            RenderNavHighlight(bb, window->ChildId);--            // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child (pass g.NavId to trick into always displaying)-            if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0 && window == g.NavWindow)-                RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2, 2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2, 2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin);-        }-        else-        {-            // Not navigable into-            ItemAdd(bb, 0);-        }-        if (g.HoveredWindow == window)-            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;-    }-    g.WithinEndChild = false;-    g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return-}--// Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame.-bool ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;-    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]);-    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding);-    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize);-    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding);-    bool ret = BeginChild(id, size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | extra_flags);-    PopStyleVar(3);-    PopStyleColor();-    return ret;-}--void ImGui::EndChildFrame()-{-    EndChild();-}--static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled)-{-    window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       & ~flags);-    window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags      = enabled ? (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags      | flags) : (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags      & ~flags);-    window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & ~flags);-}--ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return (ImGuiWindow*)g.WindowsById.GetVoidPtr(id);-}--ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name)-{-    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name);-    return FindWindowByID(id);-}--static void ApplyWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)-{-    window->Pos = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y));-    if (settings->Size.x > 0 && settings->Size.y > 0)-        window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y));-    window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed;-}--static void UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(ImGuiWindow* window, bool just_created, ImGuiWindowFlags new_flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--    const bool new_is_explicit_child = (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0;-    const bool child_flag_changed = new_is_explicit_child != window->IsExplicitChild;-    if ((just_created || child_flag_changed) && !new_is_explicit_child)-    {-        IM_ASSERT(!g.WindowsFocusOrder.contains(window));-        g.WindowsFocusOrder.push_back(window);-        window->FocusOrder = (short)(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1);-    }-    else if (!just_created && child_flag_changed && new_is_explicit_child)-    {-        IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[window->FocusOrder] == window);-        for (int n = window->FocusOrder + 1; n < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size; n++)-            g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--;-        g.WindowsFocusOrder.erase(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Data + window->FocusOrder);-        window->FocusOrder = -1;-    }-    window->IsExplicitChild = new_is_explicit_child;-}--static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags);--    // Create window the first time-    ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name);-    window->Flags = flags;-    g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window);--    // Default/arbitrary window position. Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window.-    const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();-    window->Pos = main_viewport->Pos + ImVec2(60, 60);--    // User can disable loading and saving of settings. Tooltip and child windows also don't store settings.-    if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))-        if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID))-        {-            // Retrieve settings from .ini file-            window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings);-            SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false);-            ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings);-        }-    window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcWindowContentSizes() doesn't return crazy values--    if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)-    {-        window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;-        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;-    }-    else-    {-        if (window->Size.x <= 0.0f)-            window->AutoFitFramesX = 2;-        if (window->Size.y <= 0.0f)-            window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;-        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0);-    }--    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)-        g.Windows.push_front(window); // Quite slow but rare and only once-    else-        g.Windows.push_back(window);-    UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(window, true, window->Flags);--    return window;-}--static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_desired)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImVec2 new_size = size_desired;-    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)-    {-        // Using -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size.-        ImRect cr = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect;-        new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.x, cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x;-        new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.y, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y;-        if (g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback)-        {-            ImGuiSizeCallbackData data;-            data.UserData = g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData;-            data.Pos = window->Pos;-            data.CurrentSize = window->SizeFull;-            data.DesiredSize = new_size;-            g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback(&data);-            new_size = data.DesiredSize;-        }-        new_size.x = IM_FLOOR(new_size.x);-        new_size.y = IM_FLOOR(new_size.y);-    }--    // Minimum size-    if (!(window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)))-    {-        ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = window;-        const float decoration_up_height = window_for_height->TitleBarHeight() + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight();-        new_size = ImMax(new_size, g.Style.WindowMinSize);-        new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, decoration_up_height + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f)); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows-    }-    return new_size;-}--static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_current, ImVec2* content_size_ideal)-{-    bool preserve_old_content_sizes = false;-    if (window->Collapsed && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)-        preserve_old_content_sizes = true;-    else if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)-        preserve_old_content_sizes = true;-    if (preserve_old_content_sizes)-    {-        *content_size_current = window->ContentSize;-        *content_size_ideal = window->ContentSizeIdeal;-        return;-    }--    content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);-    content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);-    content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);-    content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);-}--static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;-    const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight();-    ImVec2 size_pad = window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;-    ImVec2 size_desired = size_contents + size_pad + ImVec2(0.0f, decoration_up_height);-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)-    {-        // Tooltip always resize-        return size_desired;-    }-    else-    {-        // Maximum window size is determined by the viewport size or monitor size-        const bool is_popup = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0;-        const bool is_menu = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0;-        ImVec2 size_min = style.WindowMinSize;-        if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups)-            size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f));--        // FIXME-VIEWPORT-WORKAREA: May want to use GetWorkSize() instead of Size depending on the type of windows?-        ImVec2 avail_size = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->Size;-        ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, ImMax(size_min, avail_size - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f));--        // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small),-        // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding.-        ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);-        bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - 0.0f                 < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar);-        bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - decoration_up_height < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar);-        if (will_have_scrollbar_x)-            size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize;-        if (will_have_scrollbar_y)-            size_auto_fit.x += style.ScrollbarSize;-        return size_auto_fit;-    }-}--ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImVec2 size_contents_current;-    ImVec2 size_contents_ideal;-    CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &size_contents_current, &size_contents_ideal);-    ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents_ideal);-    ImVec2 size_final = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);-    return size_final;-}--static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdx(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))-        return ImGuiCol_PopupBg;-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)-        return ImGuiCol_ChildBg;-    return ImGuiCol_WindowBg;-}--static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& corner_target, const ImVec2& corner_norm, ImVec2* out_pos, ImVec2* out_size)-{-    ImVec2 pos_min = ImLerp(corner_target, window->Pos, corner_norm);                // Expected window upper-left-    ImVec2 pos_max = ImLerp(window->Pos + window->Size, corner_target, corner_norm); // Expected window lower-right-    ImVec2 size_expected = pos_max - pos_min;-    ImVec2 size_constrained = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_expected);-    *out_pos = pos_min;-    if (corner_norm.x == 0.0f)-        out_pos->x -= (size_constrained.x - size_expected.x);-    if (corner_norm.y == 0.0f)-        out_pos->y -= (size_constrained.y - size_expected.y);-    *out_size = size_constrained;-}--// Data for resizing from corner-struct ImGuiResizeGripDef-{-    ImVec2  CornerPosN;-    ImVec2  InnerDir;-    int     AngleMin12, AngleMax12;-};-static const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] =-{-    { ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(-1, -1), 0, 3 },  // Lower-right-    { ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(+1, -1), 3, 6 },  // Lower-left-    { ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(+1, +1), 6, 9 },  // Upper-left (Unused)-    { ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(-1, +1), 9, 12 }  // Upper-right (Unused)-};--// Data for resizing from borders-struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef-{-    ImVec2 InnerDir;-    ImVec2 SegmentN1, SegmentN2;-    float  OuterAngle;-};-static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] =-{-    { ImVec2(+1, 0), ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(0, 0), IM_PI * 1.00f }, // Left-    { ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(1, 1), IM_PI * 0.00f }, // Right-    { ImVec2(0, +1), ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), IM_PI * 1.50f }, // Up-    { ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(0, 1), IM_PI * 0.50f }  // Down-};--static ImRect GetResizeBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_padding, float thickness)-{-    ImRect rect = window->Rect();-    if (thickness == 0.0f)-        rect.Max -= ImVec2(1, 1);-    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left)  { return ImRect(rect.Min.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding); }-    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) { return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding); }-    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up)    { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness);    }-    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Down)  { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y + thickness);    }-    IM_ASSERT(0);-    return ImRect();-}--// 0..3: corners (Lower-right, Lower-left, Unused, Unused)-ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n)-{-    IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < 4);-    ImGuiID id = window->ID;-    id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id);-    id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id);-    return id;-}--// Borders (Left, Right, Up, Down)-ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir)-{-    IM_ASSERT(dir >= 0 && dir < 4);-    int n = (int)dir + 4;-    ImGuiID id = window->ID;-    id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id);-    id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id);-    return id;-}--// Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad-// Return true when using auto-fit (double click on resize grip)-static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;--    if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) || window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)-        return false;-    if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. an hidden implicit/fallback Debug window.-        return false;--    bool ret_auto_fit = false;-    const int resize_border_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 4 : 0;-    const float grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));-    const float grip_hover_inner_size = IM_FLOOR(grip_draw_size * 0.75f);-    const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING : 0.0f;--    ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);-    ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);--    // Resize grips and borders are on layer 1-    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;--    // Manual resize grips-    PushID("#RESIZE");-    for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)-    {-        const ImGuiResizeGripDef& def = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];-        const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, def.CornerPosN);--        // Using the FlattenChilds button flag we make the resize button accessible even if we are hovering over a child window-        bool hovered, held;-        ImRect resize_rect(corner - def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, corner + def.InnerDir * grip_hover_inner_size);-        if (resize_rect.Min.x > resize_rect.Max.x) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.x, resize_rect.Max.x);-        if (resize_rect.Min.y > resize_rect.Max.y) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.y, resize_rect.Max.y);-        ImGuiID resize_grip_id = window->GetID(resize_grip_n); // == GetWindowResizeCornerID()-        KeepAliveID(resize_grip_id);-        ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);-        //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));-        if (hovered || held)-            g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE;--        if (held && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && resize_grip_n == 0)-        {-            // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking-            size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);-            ret_auto_fit = true;-            ClearActiveID();-        }-        else if (held)-        {-            // Resize from any of the four corners-            // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position-            ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX);-            ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX);-            ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, def.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, def.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip-            corner_target = ImClamp(corner_target, clamp_min, clamp_max);-            CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, def.CornerPosN, &pos_target, &size_target);-        }--        // Only lower-left grip is visible before hovering/activating-        if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered)-            resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip);-    }-    for (int border_n = 0; border_n < resize_border_count; border_n++)-    {-        const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n];-        const ImGuiAxis axis = (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left || border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y;--        bool hovered, held;-        ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING);-        ImGuiID border_id = window->GetID(border_n + 4); // == GetWindowResizeBorderID()-        KeepAliveID(border_id);-        ButtonBehavior(border_rect, border_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);-        //GetForegroundDrawLists(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));-        if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held)-        {-            g.MouseCursor = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS;-            if (held)-                *border_held = border_n;-        }-        if (held)-        {-            ImVec2 clamp_min(border_n == ImGuiDir_Right ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Down ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX);-            ImVec2 clamp_max(border_n == ImGuiDir_Left  ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Up   ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX);-            ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos;-            border_target[axis] = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING;-            border_target = ImClamp(border_target, clamp_min, clamp_max);-            CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2), &pos_target, &size_target);-        }-    }-    PopID();--    // Restore nav layer-    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;--    // Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad)-    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow == window)-    {-        ImVec2 nav_resize_delta;-        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && g.IO.KeyShift)-            nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_RawKeyboard, ImGuiNavReadMode_Down);-        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)-            nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiNavReadMode_Down);-        if (nav_resize_delta.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_delta.y != 0.0f)-        {-            const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f;-            nav_resize_delta *= ImFloor(NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y));-            nav_resize_delta = ImMax(nav_resize_delta, visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size);-            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;-            g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;-            resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive);-            // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck.-            size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + nav_resize_delta);-        }-    }--    // Apply back modified position/size to window-    if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX)-    {-        window->SizeFull = size_target;-        MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);-    }-    if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX)-    {-        window->Pos = ImFloor(pos_target);-        MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);-    }--    window->Size = window->SizeFull;-    return ret_auto_fit;-}--static inline void ClampWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImVec2 size_for_clamping = window->Size;-    if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))-        size_for_clamping.y = window->TitleBarHeight();-    window->Pos = ImClamp(window->Pos, visibility_rect.Min - size_for_clamping, visibility_rect.Max);-}--static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    float rounding = window->WindowRounding;-    float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;-    if (border_size > 0.0f && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))-        window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size);--    int border_held = window->ResizeBorderHeld;-    if (border_held != -1)-    {-        const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_held];-        ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_held, rounding, 0.0f);-        window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, def.OuterAngle);-        window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f);-        window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), 0, ImMax(2.0f, border_size)); // Thicker than usual-    }-    if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))-    {-        float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight() - 1;-        window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), g.Style.FrameBorderSize);-    }-}--// Draw background and borders-// Draw and handle scrollbars-void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;-    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;--    // Ensure that ScrollBar doesn't read last frame's SkipItems-    IM_ASSERT(window->BeginCount == 0);-    window->SkipItems = false;--    // Draw window + handle manual resize-    // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame.-    const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding;-    const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;-    if (window->Collapsed)-    {-        // Title bar only-        float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize;-        g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize;-        ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32((title_bar_is_highlight && !g.NavDisableHighlight) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed);-        RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, true, window_rounding);-        g.Style.FrameBorderSize = backup_border_size;-    }-    else-    {-        // Window background-        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))-        {-            ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdx(window));-            bool override_alpha = false;-            float alpha = 1.0f;-            if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha)-            {-                alpha = g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal;-                override_alpha = true;-            }-            if (override_alpha)-                bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);-            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom);-        }--        // Title bar-        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))-        {-            ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg);-            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop);-        }--        // Menu bar-        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)-        {-            ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();-            menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect());  // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them.-            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min + ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), menu_bar_rect.Max - ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop);-            if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y)-                window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize);-        }--        // Scrollbars-        if (window->ScrollbarX)-            Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_X);-        if (window->ScrollbarY)-            Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_Y);--        // Render resize grips (after their input handling so we don't have a frame of latency)-        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))-        {-            for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)-            {-                const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];-                const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN);-                window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size)));-                window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size)));-                window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12);-                window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n]);-            }-        }--        // Borders-        RenderWindowOuterBorders(window);-    }-}--// Render title text, collapse button, close button-void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;-    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;--    const bool has_close_button = (p_open != NULL);-    const bool has_collapse_button = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None);--    // Close & Collapse button are on the Menu NavLayer and don't default focus (unless there's nothing else on that layer)-    // FIXME-NAV: Might want (or not?) to set the equivalent of ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus so that mouse clicks on standard title bar items don't necessarily set nav/keyboard ref?-    const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = g.CurrentItemFlags;-    g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus;-    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;--    // Layout buttons-    // FIXME: Would be nice to generalize the subtleties expressed here into reusable code.-    float pad_l = style.FramePadding.x;-    float pad_r = style.FramePadding.x;-    float button_sz = g.FontSize;-    ImVec2 close_button_pos;-    ImVec2 collapse_button_pos;-    if (has_close_button)-    {-        pad_r += button_sz;-        close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y);-    }-    if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right)-    {-        pad_r += button_sz;-        collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y);-    }-    if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)-    {-        collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y);-        pad_l += button_sz;-    }--    // Collapse button (submitting first so it gets priority when choosing a navigation init fallback)-    if (has_collapse_button)-        if (CollapseButton(window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"), collapse_button_pos))-            window->WantCollapseToggle = true; // Defer actual collapsing to next frame as we are too far in the Begin() function--    // Close button-    if (has_close_button)-        if (CloseButton(window->GetID("#CLOSE"), close_button_pos))-            *p_open = false;--    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;-    g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags_backup;--    // Title bar text (with: horizontal alignment, avoiding collapse/close button, optional "unsaved document" marker)-    // FIXME: Refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers, this is WAY too much messy code..-    const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? button_sz * 0.80f : 0.0f;-    const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true) + ImVec2(marker_size_x, 0.0f);--    // As a nice touch we try to ensure that centered title text doesn't get affected by visibility of Close/Collapse button,-    // while uncentered title text will still reach edges correctly.-    if (pad_l > style.FramePadding.x)-        pad_l += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;-    if (pad_r > style.FramePadding.x)-        pad_r += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;-    if (style.WindowTitleAlign.x > 0.0f && style.WindowTitleAlign.x < 1.0f)-    {-        float centerness = ImSaturate(1.0f - ImFabs(style.WindowTitleAlign.x - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // 0.0f on either edges, 1.0f on center-        float pad_extend = ImMin(ImMax(pad_l, pad_r), title_bar_rect.GetWidth() - pad_l - pad_r - text_size.x);-        pad_l = ImMax(pad_l, pad_extend * centerness);-        pad_r = ImMax(pad_r, pad_extend * centerness);-    }--    ImRect layout_r(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r, title_bar_rect.Max.y);-    ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, ImMin(layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, title_bar_rect.Max.x), layout_r.Max.y);-    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument)-    {-        ImVec2 marker_pos;-        marker_pos.x = ImClamp(layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x + text_size.x, layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Max.x);-        marker_pos.y = (layout_r.Min.y + layout_r.Max.y) * 0.5f;-        if (marker_pos.x > layout_r.Min.x)-        {-            RenderBullet(window->DrawList, marker_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));-            clip_r.Max.x = ImMin(clip_r.Max.x, marker_pos.x - (int)(marker_size_x * 0.5f));-        }-    }-    //if (g.IO.KeyShift) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]-    //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]-    RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r);-}--void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window)-{-    window->ParentWindow = parent_window;-    window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowPopupTree = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForNav = window;-    if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))-        window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow;-    if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))-        window->RootWindowPopupTree = parent_window->RootWindowPopupTree;-    if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)))-        window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight;-    while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)-    {-        IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow != NULL);-        window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow;-    }-}--// When a modal popup is open, newly created windows that want focus (i.e. are not popups and do not specify ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing)-// should be positioned behind that modal window, unless the window was created inside the modal begin-stack.-// In case of multiple stacked modals newly created window honors begin stack order and does not go below its own modal parent.-// - Window             // FindBlockingModal() returns Modal1-//   - Window           //                  .. returns Modal1-//   - Modal1           //                  .. returns Modal2-//      - Window        //                  .. returns Modal2-//          - Window    //                  .. returns Modal2-//          - Modal2    //                  .. returns Modal2-static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= 0)-        return NULL;--    // Find a modal that has common parent with specified window. Specified window should be positioned behind that modal.-    for (int i = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)-    {-        ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[i].Window;-        if (popup_window == NULL || !(popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))-            continue;-        if (!popup_window->Active && !popup_window->WasActive)      // Check WasActive, because this code may run before popup renders on current frame, also check Active to handle newly created windows.-            continue;-        if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, popup_window))       // Window is rendered over last modal, no render order change needed.-            break;-        for (ImGuiWindow* parent = popup_window->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow; parent != NULL; parent = parent->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow)-            if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, parent))-                return popup_window;                                // Place window above its begin stack parent.-    }-    return NULL;-}--// Push a new Dear ImGui window to add widgets to.-// - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair.-// - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content.-// - The window name is used as a unique identifier to preserve window information across frames (and save rudimentary information to the .ini file).-//   You can use the "##" or "###" markers to use the same label with different id, or same id with different label. See documentation at the top of this file.-// - Return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. You always need to call ImGui::End() even if false is returned.-// - Passing 'bool* p_open' displays a Close button on the upper-right corner of the window, the pointed value will be set to false when the button is pressed.-bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;-    IM_ASSERT(name != NULL && name[0] != '\0');     // Window name required-    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope);                  // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()-    IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount);   // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet--    // Find or create-    ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);-    const bool window_just_created = (window == NULL);-    if (window_just_created)-        window = CreateNewWindow(name, flags);-    else-        UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(window, window_just_created, flags);--    // Automatically disable manual moving/resizing when NoInputs is set-    if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) == ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)-        flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize;--    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)-        IM_ASSERT(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow);--    const int current_frame = g.FrameCount;-    const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame);-    window->IsFallbackWindow = (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow);--    // Update the Appearing flag-    bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1);   // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on-    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)-    {-        ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];-        window_just_activated_by_user |= (window->PopupId != popup_ref.PopupId); // We recycle popups so treat window as activated if popup id changed-        window_just_activated_by_user |= (window != popup_ref.Window);-    }-    window->Appearing = window_just_activated_by_user;-    if (window->Appearing)-        SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true);--    // Update Flags, LastFrameActive, BeginOrderXXX fields-    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)-    {-        window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags;-        window->LastFrameActive = current_frame;-        window->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time;-        window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0;-        window->BeginOrderWithinContext = (short)(g.WindowsActiveCount++);-    }-    else-    {-        flags = window->Flags;-    }--    // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack-    ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window;-    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow;-    IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow));--    // We allow window memory to be compacted so recreate the base stack when needed.-    if (window->IDStack.Size == 0)-        window->IDStack.push_back(window->ID);--    // Add to stack-    // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow()-    g.CurrentWindow = window;-    ImGuiWindowStackData window_stack_data;-    window_stack_data.Window = window;-    window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup = g.LastItemData;-    window_stack_data.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToCurrentState();-    g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window_stack_data);-    g.CurrentWindow = NULL;-    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)-        g.BeginMenuCount++;--    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)-    {-        ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];-        popup_ref.Window = window;-        popup_ref.ParentNavLayer = parent_window_in_stack->DC.NavLayerCurrent;-        g.BeginPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);-        window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId;-    }--    // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow)-    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)-    {-        UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window);-        window->ParentWindowInBeginStack = parent_window_in_stack;-    }--    // Process SetNextWindow***() calls-    // (FIXME: Consider splitting the HasXXX flags into X/Y components-    bool window_pos_set_by_api = false;-    bool window_size_x_set_by_api = false, window_size_y_set_by_api = false;-    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos)-    {-        window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) != 0;-        if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal) > 0.00001f)-        {-            // May be processed on the next frame if this is our first frame and we are measuring size-            // FIXME: Look into removing the branch so everything can go through this same code path for consistency.-            window->SetWindowPosVal = g.NextWindowData.PosVal;-            window->SetWindowPosPivot = g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal;-            window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);-        }-        else-        {-            SetWindowPos(window, g.NextWindowData.PosVal, g.NextWindowData.PosCond);-        }-    }-    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)-    {-        window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f);-        window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f);-        SetWindowSize(window, g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, g.NextWindowData.SizeCond);-    }-    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll)-    {-        if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x >= 0.0f)-        {-            window->ScrollTarget.x = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x;-            window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;-        }-        if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y >= 0.0f)-        {-            window->ScrollTarget.y = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y;-            window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;-        }-    }-    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize)-        window->ContentSizeExplicit = g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal;-    else if (first_begin_of_the_frame)-        window->ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);-    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed)-        SetWindowCollapsed(window, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond);-    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus)-        FocusWindow(window);-    if (window->Appearing)-        SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, false);--    // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again)-    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)-    {-        // Initialize-        const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345)-        const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0);-        window->Active = true;-        window->HasCloseButton = (p_open != NULL);-        window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX);-        window->IDStack.resize(1);-        window->DrawList->_ResetForNewFrame();-        window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = -1;--        // Restore buffer capacity when woken from a compacted state, to avoid-        if (window->MemoryCompacted)-            GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(window);--        // Update stored window name when it changes (which can _only_ happen with the "###" operator, so the ID would stay unchanged).-        // The title bar always display the 'name' parameter, so we only update the string storage if it needs to be visible to the end-user elsewhere.-        bool window_title_visible_elsewhere = false;-        if (g.NavWindowingListWindow != NULL && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) == 0)   // Window titles visible when using CTRL+TAB-            window_title_visible_elsewhere = true;-        if (window_title_visible_elsewhere && !window_just_created && strcmp(name, window->Name) != 0)-        {-            size_t buf_len = (size_t)window->NameBufLen;-            window->Name = ImStrdupcpy(window->Name, &buf_len, name);-            window->NameBufLen = (int)buf_len;-        }--        // UPDATE CONTENTS SIZE, UPDATE HIDDEN STATUS--        // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size)-        CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &window->ContentSize, &window->ContentSizeIdeal);-        if (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)-            window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems--;-        if (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)-            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems--;-        if (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0)-            window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly--;--        // Hide new windows for one frame until they calculate their size-        if (window_just_created && (!window_size_x_set_by_api || !window_size_y_set_by_api))-            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;--        // Hide popup/tooltip window when re-opening while we measure size (because we recycle the windows)-        // We reset Size/ContentSize for reappearing popups/tooltips early in this function, so further code won't be tempted to use the old size.-        if (window_just_activated_by_user && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0)-        {-            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;-            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)-            {-                if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)-                    window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = 0.f;-                if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)-                    window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = 0.f;-                window->ContentSize = window->ContentSizeIdeal = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);-            }-        }--        // SELECT VIEWPORT-        // FIXME-VIEWPORT: In the docking/viewport branch, this is the point where we select the current viewport (which may affect the style)--        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport();-        SetWindowViewport(window, viewport);-        SetCurrentWindow(window);--        // LOCK BORDER SIZE AND PADDING FOR THE FRAME (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)--        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)-            window->WindowBorderSize = style.ChildBorderSize;-        else-            window->WindowBorderSize = ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize;-        window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding;-        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f)-            window->WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? style.WindowPadding.y : 0.0f);--        // Lock menu offset so size calculation can use it as menu-bar windows need a minimum size.-        window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x);-        window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y;--        // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar-        // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing-        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse))-        {-            // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), so verify that we don't have items over the title bar.-            ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();-            if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2)-                window->WantCollapseToggle = true;-            if (window->WantCollapseToggle)-            {-                window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed;-                MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);-            }-        }-        else-        {-            window->Collapsed = false;-        }-        window->WantCollapseToggle = false;--        // SIZE--        // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize-        const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSizeIdeal);-        bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created;-        bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created;-        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed)-        {-            // Using SetNextWindowSize() overrides ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize, so it can be used on tooltips/popups, etc.-            if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)-            {-                window->SizeFull.x = size_auto_fit.x;-                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;-            }-            if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)-            {-                window->SizeFull.y = size_auto_fit.y;-                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;-            }-        }-        else if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)-        {-            // Auto-fit may only grow window during the first few frames-            // We still process initial auto-fit on collapsed windows to get a window width, but otherwise don't honor ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize when collapsed.-            if (!window_size_x_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)-            {-                window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x;-                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;-            }-            if (!window_size_y_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)-            {-                window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y;-                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;-            }-            if (!window->Collapsed)-                MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);-        }--        // Apply minimum/maximum window size constraints and final size-        window->SizeFull = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull);-        window->Size = window->Collapsed && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull;--        // Decoration size-        const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight();--        // POSITION--        // Popup latch its initial position, will position itself when it appears next frame-        if (window_just_activated_by_user)-        {-            window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;-            if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && !window_pos_set_by_api) // FIXME: BeginPopup() could use SetNextWindowPos()-                window->Pos = g.BeginPopupStack.back().OpenPopupPos;-        }--        // Position child window-        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)-        {-            IM_ASSERT(parent_window && parent_window->Active);-            window->BeginOrderWithinParent = (short)parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;-            parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(window);-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)-                window->Pos = parent_window->DC.CursorPos;-        }--        const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0);-        if (window_pos_with_pivot)-            SetWindowPos(window, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->Size * window->SetWindowPosPivot, 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering)-        else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0)-            window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);-        else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize)-            window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);-        else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)-            window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);--        // Calculate the range of allowed position for that window (to be movable and visible past safe area padding)-        // When clamping to stay visible, we will enforce that window->Pos stays inside of visibility_rect.-        ImRect viewport_rect(viewport->GetMainRect());-        ImRect viewport_work_rect(viewport->GetWorkRect());-        ImVec2 visibility_padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding);-        ImRect visibility_rect(viewport_work_rect.Min + visibility_padding, viewport_work_rect.Max - visibility_padding);--        // Clamp position/size so window stays visible within its viewport or monitor-        // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing.-        if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)-            if (viewport_rect.GetWidth() > 0.0f && viewport_rect.GetHeight() > 0.0f)-                ClampWindowRect(window, visibility_rect);-        window->Pos = ImFloor(window->Pos);--        // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)-        // Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.-        window->WindowRounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildRounding : ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupRounding : style.WindowRounding;--        // For windows with title bar or menu bar, we clamp to FrameHeight(FontSize + FramePadding.y * 2.0f) to completely hide artifacts.-        //if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))-        //    window->WindowRounding = ImMin(window->WindowRounding, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);--        // Apply window focus (new and reactivated windows are moved to front)-        bool want_focus = false;-        if (window_just_activated_by_user && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing))-        {-            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)-                want_focus = true;-            else if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) == 0)-                want_focus = true;--            ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal();-            if (modal != NULL && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, modal))-            {-                // Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of active modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed.-                // Since window is not focused it would reappear at the same display position like the last time it was visible.-                // In case of completely new windows it would go to the top (over current modal), but input to such window would still be blocked by modal.-                // Position window behind a modal that is not a begin-parent of this window.-                want_focus = false;-                if (window == window->RootWindow)-                {-                    ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window);-                    IM_ASSERT(blocking_modal != NULL);-                    BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, blocking_modal);-                }-            }-        }--        // [Test Engine] Register whole window in the item system-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE-        if (g.TestEngineHookItems)-        {-            IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size == 1);-            window->IDStack.Size = 0;-            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->Rect(), window->ID);-            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->ID, window->Name, (g.HoveredWindow == window) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0);-            window->IDStack.Size = 1;-        }-#endif--        // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad-        int border_held = -1;-        ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {};-        const int resize_grip_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it.-        const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));-        if (!window->Collapsed)-            if (UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect))-                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;-        window->ResizeBorderHeld = (signed char)border_held;--        // SCROLLBAR VISIBILITY--        // Update scrollbar visibility (based on the Size that was effective during last frame or the auto-resized Size).-        if (!window->Collapsed)-        {-            // When reading the current size we need to read it after size constraints have been applied.-            // When we use InnerRect here we are intentionally reading last frame size, same for ScrollbarSizes values before we set them again.-            ImVec2 avail_size_from_current_frame = ImVec2(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeFull.y - decoration_up_height);-            ImVec2 avail_size_from_last_frame = window->InnerRect.GetSize() + window->ScrollbarSizes;-            ImVec2 needed_size_from_last_frame = window_just_created ? ImVec2(0, 0) : window->ContentSize + window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;-            float size_x_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x ? avail_size_from_current_frame.x : avail_size_from_last_frame.x;-            float size_y_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y ? avail_size_from_current_frame.y : avail_size_from_last_frame.y;-            //bool scrollbar_y_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarY; // FIXME: May want to use that in the ScrollbarX expression? How many pros vs cons?-            window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar));-            window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar));-            if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY)-                window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);-            window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f);-        }--        // UPDATE RECTANGLES (1- THOSE NOT AFFECTED BY SCROLLING)-        // Update various regions. Variables they depends on should be set above in this function.-        // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our rectangles doesn't lag by a frame.--        // Outer rectangle-        // Not affected by window border size. Used by:-        // - FindHoveredWindow() (w/ extra padding when border resize is enabled)-        // - Begin() initial clipping rect for drawing window background and borders.-        // - Begin() clipping whole child-        const ImRect host_rect = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) ? parent_window->ClipRect : viewport_rect;-        const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect();-        const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();-        window->OuterRectClipped = outer_rect;-        window->OuterRectClipped.ClipWith(host_rect);--        // Inner rectangle-        // Not affected by window border size. Used by:-        // - InnerClipRect-        // - ScrollToRectEx()-        // - NavUpdatePageUpPageDown()-        // - Scrollbar()-        window->InnerRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x;-        window->InnerRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y + decoration_up_height;-        window->InnerRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x;-        window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y;--        // Inner clipping rectangle.-        // Will extend a little bit outside the normal work region.-        // This is to allow e.g. Selectable or CollapsingHeader or some separators to cover that space.-        // Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result.-        // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with an inverted (~null) clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior.-        // Affected by window/frame border size. Used by:-        // - Begin() initial clip rect-        float top_border_size = (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize);-        window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize));-        window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size);-        window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.x - ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize));-        window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize);-        window->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_rect);--        // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes-        if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))-            window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(window->Size.x * 0.65f);-        else-            window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(g.FontSize * 16.0f);--        // SCROLLING--        // Lock down maximum scrolling-        // The value of ScrollMax are ahead from ScrollbarX/ScrollbarY which is intentionally using InnerRect from previous rect in order to accommodate-        // for right/bottom aligned items without creating a scrollbar.-        window->ScrollMax.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetWidth());-        window->ScrollMax.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetHeight());--        // Apply scrolling-        window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);-        window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);--        // DRAWING--        // Setup draw list and outer clipping rectangle-        IM_ASSERT(window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && window->DrawList->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0);-        window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);-        PushClipRect(host_rect.Min, host_rect.Max, false);--        // Child windows can render their decoration (bg color, border, scrollbars, etc.) within their parent to save a draw call (since 1.71)-        // When using overlapping child windows, this will break the assumption that child z-order is mapped to submission order.-        // FIXME: User code may rely on explicit sorting of overlapping child window and would need to disable this somehow. Please get in contact if you are affected (github #4493)-        {-            bool render_decorations_in_parent = false;-            if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip)-            {-                // - We test overlap with the previous child window only (testing all would end up being O(log N) not a good investment here)-                // - We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping childs-                ImGuiWindow* previous_child = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size >= 2 ? parent_window->DC.ChildWindows[parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size - 2] : NULL;-                bool previous_child_overlapping = previous_child ? previous_child->Rect().Overlaps(window->Rect()) : false;-                bool parent_is_empty = parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size > 0;-                if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && parent_is_empty && !previous_child_overlapping)-                    render_decorations_in_parent = true;-            }-            if (render_decorations_in_parent)-                window->DrawList = parent_window->DrawList;--            // Handle title bar, scrollbar, resize grips and resize borders-            const ImGuiWindow* window_to_highlight = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget : g.NavWindow;-            const bool title_bar_is_highlight = want_focus || (window_to_highlight && window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == window_to_highlight->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight);-            RenderWindowDecorations(window, title_bar_rect, title_bar_is_highlight, resize_grip_count, resize_grip_col, resize_grip_draw_size);--            if (render_decorations_in_parent)-                window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst;-        }--        // UPDATE RECTANGLES (2- THOSE AFFECTED BY SCROLLING)--        // Work rectangle.-        // Affected by window padding and border size. Used by:-        // - Columns() for right-most edge-        // - TreeNode(), CollapsingHeader() for right-most edge-        // - BeginTabBar() for right-most edge-        const bool allow_scrollbar_x = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);-        const bool allow_scrollbar_y = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);-        const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x));-        const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y));-        window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize));-        window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize));-        window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Min.x + work_rect_size_x;-        window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->WorkRect.Min.y + work_rect_size_y;-        window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect;--        // [LEGACY] Content Region-        // FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it.-        // Used by:-        // - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things-        window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x;-        window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + decoration_up_height;-        window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x));-        window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y));--        // Setup drawing context-        // (NB: That term "drawing context / DC" lost its meaning a long time ago. Initially was meant to hold transient data only. Nowadays difference between window-> and window->DC-> is dubious.)-        window->DC.Indent.x = 0.0f + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x;-        window->DC.GroupOffset.x = 0.0f;-        window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f;--        // Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos which can happen due to really large scrolling amount.-        // This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. Easy and cheap, next best thing compared to switching everything to double or ImU64.-        double start_pos_highp_x = (double)window->Pos.x + window->WindowPadding.x - (double)window->Scroll.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;-        double start_pos_highp_y = (double)window->Pos.y + window->WindowPadding.y - (double)window->Scroll.y + decoration_up_height;-        window->DC.CursorStartPos  = ImVec2((float)start_pos_highp_x, (float)start_pos_highp_y);-        window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness = ImVec2((float)(start_pos_highp_x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x), (float)(start_pos_highp_y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y));-        window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;-        window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos;-        window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;-        window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;-        window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);-        window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;-        window->DC.IsSameLine = false;--        window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;-        window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext;-        window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = 0x00;-        window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false;-        window->DC.NavHasScroll = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f);--        window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;-        window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user);-        window->DC.TreeDepth = 0;-        window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00;-        window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0);-        window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage;-        window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL;-        window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;-        window->DC.ParentLayoutType = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.LayoutType : ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;--        window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault;-        window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled-        window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0);-        window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0);--        if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)-            window->AutoFitFramesX--;-        if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)-            window->AutoFitFramesY--;--        // Apply focus (we need to call FocusWindow() AFTER setting DC.CursorStartPos so our initial navigation reference rectangle can start around there)-        if (want_focus)-        {-            FocusWindow(window);-            NavInitWindow(window, false); // <-- this is in the way for us to be able to defer and sort reappearing FocusWindow() calls-        }--        // Title bar-        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))-            RenderWindowTitleBarContents(window, ImRect(title_bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Max.y), name, p_open);--        // Clear hit test shape every frame-        window->HitTestHoleSize.x = window->HitTestHoleSize.y = 0;--        // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard-        // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope.-        // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element?-        /*-        //if (g.NavWindow == window && g.ActiveId == 0)-        if (g.ActiveId == window->MoveId)-            if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C))-                LogToClipboard();-        */--        // We fill last item data based on Title Bar/Tab, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin().-        // This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc.-        SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, title_bar_rect);--        // [Test Engine] Register title bar / tab-        if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))-            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(g.LastItemData.Rect, g.LastItemData.ID);-    }-    else-    {-        // Append-        SetCurrentWindow(window);-    }--    // Pull/inherit current state-    window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? parent_window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent : window->GetID("#FOCUSSCOPE"); // Inherit from parent only // -V595--    PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true);--    // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused)-    window->WriteAccessed = false;-    window->BeginCount++;-    g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags();--    // Update visibility-    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)-    {-        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)-        {-            // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows.-            // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar).-            IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0);-            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) // FIXME: Doesn't make sense for ChildWindow??-            {-                const bool nav_request = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (g.NavAnyRequest && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav);-                if (!g.LogEnabled && !nav_request)-                    if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y)-                        window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;-            }--            // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed-            if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0))-                window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;-            if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0))-                window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;-        }--        // Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point)-        if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f)-            window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;--        // Update the Hidden flag-        bool hidden_regular = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0);-        window->Hidden = hidden_regular || (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0);--        // Disable inputs for requested number of frames-        if (window->DisableInputsFrames > 0)-        {-            window->DisableInputsFrames--;-            window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs;-        }--        // Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required)-        bool skip_items = false;-        if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || hidden_regular)-            if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0)-                skip_items = true;-        window->SkipItems = skip_items;-    }--    return !window->SkipItems;-}--void ImGui::End()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;--    // Error checking: verify that user hasn't called End() too many times!-    if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size <= 1 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow)-    {-        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1, "Calling End() too many times!");-        return;-    }-    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0);--    // Error checking: verify that user doesn't directly call End() on a child window.-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)-        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.WithinEndChild, "Must call EndChild() and not End()!");--    // Close anything that is open-    if (window->DC.CurrentColumns)-        EndColumns();-    PopClipRect();   // Inner window clip rectangle--    // Stop logging-    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))    // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging-        LogFinish();--    // Pop from window stack-    g.LastItemData = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().ParentLastItemDataBackup;-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)-        g.BeginMenuCount--;-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)-        g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back();-    g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithCurrentState();-    g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back();-    SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window);-}--void ImGui::BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow);--    const int cur_order = window->FocusOrder;-    IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[cur_order] == window);-    if (g.WindowsFocusOrder.back() == window)-        return;--    const int new_order = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1;-    for (int n = cur_order; n < new_order; n++)-    {-        g.WindowsFocusOrder[n] = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n + 1];-        g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--;-        IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder == n);-    }-    g.WindowsFocusOrder[new_order] = window;-    window->FocusOrder = (short)new_order;-}--void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* current_front_window = g.Windows.back();-    if (current_front_window == window || current_front_window->RootWindow == window) // Cheap early out (could be better)-        return;-    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the top-most window-        if (g.Windows[i] == window)-        {-            memmove(&g.Windows[i], &g.Windows[i + 1], (size_t)(g.Windows.Size - i - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*));-            g.Windows[g.Windows.Size - 1] = window;-            break;-        }-}--void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.Windows[0] == window)-        return;-    for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)-        if (g.Windows[i] == window)-        {-            memmove(&g.Windows[1], &g.Windows[0], (size_t)i * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*));-            g.Windows[0] = window;-            break;-        }-}--void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBehind(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* behind_window)-{-    IM_ASSERT(window != NULL && behind_window != NULL);-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    window = window->RootWindow;-    behind_window = behind_window->RootWindow;-    int pos_wnd = FindWindowDisplayIndex(window);-    int pos_beh = FindWindowDisplayIndex(behind_window);-    if (pos_wnd < pos_beh)-    {-        size_t copy_bytes = (pos_beh - pos_wnd - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*);-        memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd], &g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd + 1], copy_bytes);-        g.Windows[pos_beh - 1] = window;-    }-    else-    {-        size_t copy_bytes = (pos_wnd - pos_beh) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*);-        memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_beh + 1], &g.Windows.Data[pos_beh], copy_bytes);-        g.Windows[pos_beh] = window;-    }-}--int ImGui::FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.Windows.index_from_ptr(g.Windows.find(window));-}--// Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list)-void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--    if (g.NavWindow != window)-    {-        SetNavWindow(window);-        if (window && g.NavDisableMouseHover)-            g.NavMousePosDirty = true;-        g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId-        g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;-        g.NavFocusScopeId = 0;-        g.NavIdIsAlive = false;-    }--    // Close popups if any-    ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false);--    // Move the root window to the top of the pile-    IM_ASSERT(window == NULL || window->RootWindow != NULL);-    ImGuiWindow* focus_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL; // NB: In docking branch this is window->RootWindowDockStop-    ImGuiWindow* display_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL;--    // Steal active widgets. Some of the cases it triggers includes:-    // - Focus a window while an InputText in another window is active, if focus happens before the old InputText can run.-    // - When using Nav to activate menu items (due to timing of activating on press->new window appears->losing ActiveId)-    if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != focus_front_window)-        if (!g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss)-            ClearActiveID();--    // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus-    if (!window)-        return;--    // Bring to front-    BringWindowToFocusFront(focus_front_window);-    if (((window->Flags | display_front_window->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0)-        BringWindowToDisplayFront(display_front_window);-}--void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    int start_idx = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1;-    if (under_this_window != NULL)-    {-        // Aim at root window behind us, if we are in a child window that's our own root (see #4640)-        int offset = -1;-        while (under_this_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)-        {-            under_this_window = under_this_window->ParentWindow;-            offset = 0;-        }-        start_idx = FindWindowFocusIndex(under_this_window) + offset;-    }-    for (int i = start_idx; i >= 0; i--)-    {-        // We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user.-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[i];-        IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow);-        if (window != ignore_window && window->WasActive)-            if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))-            {-                ImGuiWindow* focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window);-                FocusWindow(focus_window);-                return;-            }-    }-    FocusWindow(NULL);-}--// Important: this alone doesn't alter current ImDrawList state. This is called by PushFont/PopFont only.-void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded());    // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?-    IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f);-    g.Font = font;-    g.FontBaseSize = ImMax(1.0f, g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale);-    g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f;--    ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;-    g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel = atlas->TexUvWhitePixel;-    g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvLines = atlas->TexUvLines;-    g.DrawListSharedData.Font = g.Font;-    g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = g.FontSize;-}--void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (!font)-        font = GetDefaultFont();-    SetCurrentFont(font);-    g.FontStack.push_back(font);-    g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);-}--void  ImGui::PopFont()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID();-    g.FontStack.pop_back();-    SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? GetDefaultFont() : g.FontStack.back());-}--void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags;-    IM_ASSERT(item_flags == g.ItemFlagsStack.back());-    if (enabled)-        item_flags |= option;-    else-        item_flags &= ~option;-    g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags;-    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(item_flags);-}--void ImGui::PopItemFlag()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > 1); // Too many calls to PopItemFlag() - we always leave a 0 at the bottom of the stack.-    g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();-    g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();-}--// BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled()-// - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled)-// - Visually this is currently altering alpha, but it is expected that in a future styling system this would work differently.-// - Feedback welcome at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211-// - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it.-// - Optimized shortcuts instead of PushStyleVar() + PushItemFlag()-void ImGui::BeginDisabled(bool disabled)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;-    if (!was_disabled && disabled)-    {-        g.DisabledAlphaBackup = g.Style.Alpha;-        g.Style.Alpha *= g.Style.DisabledAlpha; // PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * g.Style.DisabledAlpha);-    }-    if (was_disabled || disabled)-        g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled;-    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags);-    g.DisabledStackSize++;-}--void ImGui::EndDisabled()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize > 0);-    g.DisabledStackSize--;-    bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;-    //PopItemFlag();-    g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();-    g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();-    if (was_disabled && (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)-        g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup; //PopStyleVar();-}--// FIXME: Look into renaming this once we have settled the new Focus/Activation/TabStop system.-void ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus)-{-    PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !allow_keyboard_focus);-}--void ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus()-{-    PopItemFlag();-}--void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat)-{-    PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat);-}--void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat()-{-    PopItemFlag();-}--void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x)-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();-    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(window->DC.TextWrapPos);-    window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x;-}--void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();-    window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back();-    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back();-}--static ImGuiWindow* GetCombinedRootWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool popup_hierarchy)-{-    ImGuiWindow* last_window = NULL;-    while (last_window != window)-    {-        last_window = window;-        window = window->RootWindow;-        if (popup_hierarchy)-            window = window->RootWindowPopupTree;-    }-    return window;-}--bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy)-{-    ImGuiWindow* window_root = GetCombinedRootWindow(window, popup_hierarchy);-    if (window_root == potential_parent)-        return true;-    while (window != NULL)-    {-        if (window == potential_parent)-            return true;-        if (window == window_root) // end of chain-            return false;-        window = window->ParentWindow;-    }-    return false;-}--bool ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent)-{-    if (window->RootWindow == potential_parent)-        return true;-    while (window != NULL)-    {-        if (window == potential_parent)-            return true;-        window = window->ParentWindowInBeginStack;-    }-    return false;-}--bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--    // It would be saner to ensure that display layer is always reflected in the g.Windows[] order, which would likely requires altering all manipulations of that array-    const int display_layer_delta = GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_above) - GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_below);-    if (display_layer_delta != 0)-        return display_layer_delta > 0;--    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)-    {-        ImGuiWindow* candidate_window = g.Windows[i];-        if (candidate_window == potential_above)-            return true;-        if (candidate_window == potential_below)-            return false;-    }-    return false;-}--bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)-{-    IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) == 0);   // Flags not supported by this function-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.HoveredWindow;-    ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow;-    if (ref_window == NULL)-        return false;--    if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) == 0)-    {-        IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End()-        const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0;-        if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow)-            cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy);--        bool result;-        if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)-            result = IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy);-        else-            result = (ref_window == cur_window);-        if (!result)-            return false;-    }--    if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(ref_window, flags))-        return false;-    if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem))-        if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != ref_window->MoveId)-            return false;-    return true;-}--bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.NavWindow;-    ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow;--    if (ref_window == NULL)-        return false;-    if (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)-        return true;--    IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End()-    const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0;-    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow)-        cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy);--    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)-        return IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy);-    else-        return (ref_window == cur_window);-}--// Can we focus this window with CTRL+TAB (or PadMenu + PadFocusPrev/PadFocusNext)-// Note that NoNavFocus makes the window not reachable with CTRL+TAB but it can still be focused with mouse or programmatically.-// If you want a window to never be focused, you may use the e.g. NoInputs flag.-bool ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    return window->WasActive && window == window->RootWindow && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus);-}--float ImGui::GetWindowWidth()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;-    return window->Size.x;-}--float ImGui::GetWindowHeight()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;-    return window->Size.y;-}--ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowPos()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    return window->Pos;-}--void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)-{-    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time-    if (cond && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & cond) == 0)-        return;--    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.-    window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);-    window->SetWindowPosVal = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);--    // Set-    const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos;-    window->Pos = ImFloor(pos);-    ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos;-    if (offset.x == 0.0f && offset.y == 0.0f)-        return;-    MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);-    window->DC.CursorPos += offset;         // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos += offset;      // And more importantly we need to offset CursorMaxPos/CursorStartPos this so ContentSize calculation doesn't get affected.-    window->DC.IdealMaxPos += offset;-    window->DC.CursorStartPos += offset;-}--void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();-    SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);-}--void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)-{-    if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))-        SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);-}--ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowSize()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();-    return window->Size;-}--void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)-{-    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time-    if (cond && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & cond) == 0)-        return;--    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.-    window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);--    // Set-    ImVec2 old_size = window->SizeFull;-    window->AutoFitFramesX = (size.x <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0;-    window->AutoFitFramesY = (size.y <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0;-    if (size.x <= 0.0f)-        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;-    else-        window->SizeFull.x = IM_FLOOR(size.x);-    if (size.y <= 0.0f)-        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;-    else-        window->SizeFull.y = IM_FLOOR(size.y);-    if (old_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || old_size.y != window->SizeFull.y)-        MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);-}--void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)-{-    SetWindowSize(GImGui->CurrentWindow, size, cond);-}--void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)-{-    if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))-        SetWindowSize(window, size, cond);-}--void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)-{-    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time-    if (cond && (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & cond) == 0)-        return;-    window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);--    // Set-    window->Collapsed = collapsed;-}--void ImGui::SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size)-{-    IM_ASSERT(window->HitTestHoleSize.x == 0);     // We don't support multiple holes/hit test filters-    window->HitTestHoleSize = ImVec2ih(size);-    window->HitTestHoleOffset = ImVec2ih(pos - window->Pos);-}--void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)-{-    SetWindowCollapsed(GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond);-}--bool ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();-    return window->Collapsed;-}--bool ImGui::IsWindowAppearing()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();-    return window->Appearing;-}--void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)-{-    if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))-        SetWindowCollapsed(window, collapsed, cond);-}--void ImGui::SetWindowFocus()-{-    FocusWindow(GImGui->CurrentWindow);-}--void ImGui::SetWindowFocus(const char* name)-{-    if (name)-    {-        if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))-            FocusWindow(window);-    }-    else-    {-        FocusWindow(NULL);-    }-}--void ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond, const ImVec2& pivot)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.-    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos;-    g.NextWindowData.PosVal = pos;-    g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal = pivot;-    g.NextWindowData.PosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;-}--void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.-    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize;-    g.NextWindowData.SizeVal = size;-    g.NextWindowData.SizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;-}--void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint;-    g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect = ImRect(size_min, size_max);-    g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback = custom_callback;-    g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData = custom_callback_user_data;-}--// Content size = inner scrollable rectangle, padded with WindowPadding.-// SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(100,100) + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize will always allow submitting a 100x100 item.-void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize;-    g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImFloor(size);-}--void ImGui::SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll;-    g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal = scroll;-}--void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.-    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed;-    g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal = collapsed;-    g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;-}--void ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus;-}--void ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha;-    g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal = alpha;-}--ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();-    return window->DrawList;-}--ImFont* ImGui::GetFont()-{-    return GImGui->Font;-}--float ImGui::GetFontSize()-{-    return GImGui->FontSize;-}--ImVec2 ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel()-{-    return GImGui->DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel;-}--void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale)-{-    IM_ASSERT(scale > 0.0f);-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();-    window->FontWindowScale = scale;-    g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();-}--void ImGui::ActivateItem(ImGuiID id)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.NavNextActivateId = id;-    g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;-}--void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent);-    window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = id;-}--void ImGui::PopFocusScope()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    IM_ASSERT(g.FocusScopeStack.Size > 0); // Too many PopFocusScope() ?-    window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = g.FocusScopeStack.back();-    g.FocusScopeStack.pop_back();-}--// Note: this will likely be called ActivateItem() once we rework our Focus/Activation system!-void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1);    // -1 is allowed but not below-    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name);--    // It makes sense in the vast majority of cases to never interrupt a drag and drop.-    // When we refactor this function into ActivateItem() we may want to make this an option.-    // MovingWindow is protected from most user inputs using SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(), but-    // is also automatically dropped in the event g.ActiveId is stolen.-    if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL)-    {-        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n");-        return;-    }--    SetNavWindow(window);--    ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;-    NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable.-    if (offset == -1)-    {-        NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal);-    }-    else-    {-        g.NavTabbingDir = 1;-        g.NavTabbingCounter = offset + 1;-    }-}--void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    if (!window->Appearing)-        return;-    if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResultId == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)-        return;--    g.NavInitRequest = false;-    g.NavInitResultId = g.LastItemData.ID;-    g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.Rect);-    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();--    // Scroll could be done in NavInitRequestApplyResult() via a opt-in flag (we however don't want regular init requests to scroll)-    if (!IsItemVisible())-        ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.Rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_None);-}--void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree)-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;-    window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage;-}--ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;-    return window->DC.StateStorage;-}--void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);-    window->IDStack.push_back(id);-}--void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);-    window->IDStack.push_back(id);-}--void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(ptr_id);-    window->IDStack.push_back(id);-}--void ImGui::PushID(int int_id)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(int_id);-    window->IDStack.push_back(id);-}--// Push a given id value ignoring the ID stack as a seed.-void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)-        DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_ID, NULL, NULL);-    window->IDStack.push_back(id);-}--// Helper to avoid a common series of PushOverrideID -> GetID() -> PopID() call-// (note that when using this pattern, TestEngine's "Stack Tool" will tend to not display the intermediate stack level.-//  for that to work we would need to do PushOverrideID() -> ItemAdd() -> PopID() which would alter widget code a little more)-ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed)-{-    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)-        DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end);-    return id;-}--void ImGui::PopID()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;-    IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // Too many PopID(), or could be popping in a wrong/different window?-    window->IDStack.pop_back();-}--ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id)-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;-    return window->GetID(str_id);-}--ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;-    return window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);-}--ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id)-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;-    return window->GetID(ptr_id);-}--bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size)-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;-    return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size));-}--bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max)-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;-    return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max));-}---//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] INPUTS-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle-// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting-// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding)-bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--    // Clip-    ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max);-    if (clip)-        rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect);--    // Expand for touch input-    const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding);-    if (!rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos))-        return false;-    return true;-}--ImGuiKeyData* ImGui::GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    int index;-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO-    IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END);-    if (IsLegacyKey(key))-        index = (g.IO.KeyMap[key] != -1) ? g.IO.KeyMap[key] : key; // Remap native->imgui or imgui->native-    else-        index = key;-#else-    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend & user code.");-    index = key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN;-#endif-    return &g.IO.KeysData[index];-}--#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO-int ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key));-    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);-    return (int)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData);-}-#endif--// Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared.-static const char* const GKeyNames[] =-{-    "Tab", "LeftArrow", "RightArrow", "UpArrow", "DownArrow", "PageUp", "PageDown",-    "Home", "End", "Insert", "Delete", "Backspace", "Space", "Enter", "Escape",-    "LeftCtrl", "LeftShift", "LeftAlt", "LeftSuper", "RightCtrl", "RightShift", "RightAlt", "RightSuper", "Menu",-    "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A", "B", "C", "D", "E", "F", "G", "H",-    "I", "J", "K", "L", "M", "N", "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S", "T", "U", "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z",-    "F1", "F2", "F3", "F4", "F5", "F6", "F7", "F8", "F9", "F10", "F11", "F12",-    "Apostrophe", "Comma", "Minus", "Period", "Slash", "Semicolon", "Equal", "LeftBracket",-    "Backslash", "RightBracket", "GraveAccent", "CapsLock", "ScrollLock", "NumLock", "PrintScreen",-    "Pause", "Keypad0", "Keypad1", "Keypad2", "Keypad3", "Keypad4", "Keypad5", "Keypad6",-    "Keypad7", "Keypad8", "Keypad9", "KeypadDecimal", "KeypadDivide", "KeypadMultiply",-    "KeypadSubtract", "KeypadAdd", "KeypadEnter", "KeypadEqual",-    "GamepadStart", "GamepadBack", "GamepadFaceUp", "GamepadFaceDown", "GamepadFaceLeft", "GamepadFaceRight",-    "GamepadDpadUp", "GamepadDpadDown", "GamepadDpadLeft", "GamepadDpadRight",-    "GamepadL1", "GamepadR1", "GamepadL2", "GamepadR2", "GamepadL3", "GamepadR3",-    "GamepadLStickUp", "GamepadLStickDown", "GamepadLStickLeft", "GamepadLStickRight",-    "GamepadRStickUp", "GamepadRStickDown", "GamepadRStickLeft", "GamepadRStickRight",-    "ModCtrl", "ModShift", "ModAlt", "ModSuper"-};-IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT == IM_ARRAYSIZE(GKeyNames));--const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key)-{-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO-    IM_ASSERT((IsNamedKey(key) || key == ImGuiKey_None) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code.");-#else-    if (IsLegacyKey(key))-    {-        ImGuiIO& io = GetIO();-        if (io.KeyMap[key] == -1)-            return "N/A";-        IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[key]));-        key = (ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[key];-    }-#endif-    if (key == ImGuiKey_None)-        return "None";-    if (!IsNamedKey(key))-        return "Unknown";--    return GKeyNames[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN];-}--// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime)-// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time)-// An event is triggered at:-//  t = 0.0f     t = repeat_delay,    t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N-int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)-{-    if (t1 == 0.0f)-        return 1;-    if (t0 >= t1)-        return 0;-    if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f)-        return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay);-    const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);-    const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);-    const int count = count_t1 - count_t0;-    return count;-}--int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);-    const float t = key_data->DownDuration;-    return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate);-}--// Note that Dear ImGui doesn't know the meaning/semantic of ImGuiKey from 0..511: they are legacy native keycodes.-// Consider transitioning from 'IsKeyDown(MY_ENGINE_KEY_A)' (<1.87) to IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_A) (>= 1.87)-bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key)-{-    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);-    if (!key_data->Down)-        return false;-    return true;-}--bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);-    const float t = key_data->DownDuration;-    if (t < 0.0f)-        return false;-    const bool pressed = (t == 0.0f) || (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay && GetKeyPressedAmount(key, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0);-    if (!pressed)-        return false;-    return true;-}--bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key)-{-    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);-    if (key_data->DownDurationPrev < 0.0f || key_data->Down)-        return false;-    return true;-}--bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));-    return g.IO.MouseDown[button];-}--bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));-    const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button];-    if (t == 0.0f)-        return true;-    if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)-        return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0;-    return false;-}--bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));-    return g.IO.MouseReleased[button];-}--bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));-    return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2;-}--int ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));-    return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button];-}--// Return if a mouse click/drag went past the given threshold. Valid to call during the MouseReleased frame.-// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed-bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));-    if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)-        lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;-    return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold;-}--bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));-    if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button])-        return false;-    return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold);-}--ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.IO.MousePos;-}--// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed!-ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0)-        return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1].OpenMousePos;-    return g.IO.MousePos;-}--// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position.-bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos)-{-    // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis.-    // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions).-    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL);-    const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f;-    ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos;-    return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID;-}--// [WILL OBSOLETE] This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid.-bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++)-        if (g.IO.MouseDown[n])-            return true;-    return false;-}--// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released.-// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once.-// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). backends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window.-ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));-    if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)-        lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;-    if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button])-        if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold)-            if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]))-                return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button];-    return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);-}--void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));-    // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr-    g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos;-}--ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.MouseCursor;-}--void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.MouseCursor = cursor_type;-}--void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = want_capture_keyboard ? 1 : 0;-}--void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = want_capture_mouse ? 1 : 0;-}--#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS-static const char* GetInputSourceName(ImGuiInputSource source)-{-    const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad", "Nav", "Clipboard" };-    IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiInputSource_COUNT);-    return input_source_names[source];-}-#endif--/*static void DebugPrintInputEvent(const char* prefix, const ImGuiInputEvent* e)-{-    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos)    { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MousePos (%.1f %.1f)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY); return; }-    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseButton %d %s\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; }-    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel)  { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseWheel (%.1f %.1f)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY); return; }-    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key)         { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; }-    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text)        { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; }-    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus)       { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; }-}*/--// Process input queue-// We always call this with the value of 'bool g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue'.-// - trickle_fast_inputs = false : process all events, turn into flattened input state (e.g. successive down/up/down/up will be lost)-// - trickle_fast_inputs = true  : process as many events as possible (successive down/up/down/up will be trickled over several frames so nothing is lost) (new feature in 1.87)-void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;--    // Only trickle chars<>key when working with InputText()-    // FIXME: InputText() could parse event trail?-    // FIXME: Could specialize chars<>keys trickling rules for control keys (those not typically associated to characters)-    const bool trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text = (trickle_fast_inputs && g.WantTextInputNextFrame == 1);--    bool mouse_moved = false, mouse_wheeled = false, key_changed = false, text_inputted = false;-    int  mouse_button_changed = 0x00;-    ImBitArray<ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE> key_changed_mask;--    int event_n = 0;-    for (; event_n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; event_n++)-    {-        const ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[event_n];-        if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos)-        {-            ImVec2 event_pos(e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY);-            if (IsMousePosValid(&event_pos))-                event_pos = ImVec2(ImFloorSigned(event_pos.x), ImFloorSigned(event_pos.y)); // Apply same flooring as UpdateMouseInputs()-            if (io.MousePos.x != event_pos.x || io.MousePos.y != event_pos.y)-            {-                // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we already handled a mouse button change-                if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_wheeled || key_changed || text_inputted))-                    break;-                io.MousePos = event_pos;-                mouse_moved = true;-            }-        }-        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton)-        {-            const ImGuiMouseButton button = e->MouseButton.Button;-            IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);-            if (io.MouseDown[button] != e->MouseButton.Down)-            {-                // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button-                if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((mouse_button_changed & (1 << button)) || mouse_wheeled))-                    break;-                io.MouseDown[button] = e->MouseButton.Down;-                mouse_button_changed |= (1 << button);-            }-        }-        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel)-        {-            if (e->MouseWheel.WheelX != 0.0f || e->MouseWheel.WheelY != 0.0f)-            {-                // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the event-                if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_moved || mouse_button_changed != 0))-                    break;-                io.MouseWheelH += e->MouseWheel.WheelX;-                io.MouseWheel += e->MouseWheel.WheelY;-                mouse_wheeled = true;-            }-        }-        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key)-        {-            ImGuiKey key = e->Key.Key;-            IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiKey_None);-            const int keydata_index = (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET);-            ImGuiKeyData* keydata = &io.KeysData[keydata_index];-            if (keydata->Down != e->Key.Down || keydata->AnalogValue != e->Key.AnalogValue)-            {-                // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button-                if (trickle_fast_inputs && keydata->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(keydata_index) || text_inputted || mouse_button_changed != 0))-                    break;-                keydata->Down = e->Key.Down;-                keydata->AnalogValue = e->Key.AnalogValue;-                key_changed = true;-                key_changed_mask.SetBit(keydata_index);--                if (key == ImGuiKey_ModCtrl || key == ImGuiKey_ModShift || key == ImGuiKey_ModAlt || key == ImGuiKey_ModSuper)-                {-                    if (key == ImGuiKey_ModCtrl) { io.KeyCtrl = keydata->Down; }-                    if (key == ImGuiKey_ModShift) { io.KeyShift = keydata->Down; }-                    if (key == ImGuiKey_ModAlt) { io.KeyAlt = keydata->Down; }-                    if (key == ImGuiKey_ModSuper) { io.KeySuper = keydata->Down; }-                    io.KeyMods = GetMergedModFlags();-                }--                // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with new backends-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO-                io.KeysDown[key] = keydata->Down;-                if (io.KeyMap[key] != -1)-                    io.KeysDown[io.KeyMap[key]] = keydata->Down;-#endif-            }-        }-        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text)-        {-            // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if keys/mouse have been interacted with-            if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((key_changed && trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) || mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_moved || mouse_wheeled))-                break;-            unsigned int c = e->Text.Char;-            io.InputQueueCharacters.push_back(c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX ? (ImWchar)c : IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);-            if (trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text)-                text_inputted = true;-        }-        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus)-        {-            // We intentionally overwrite this and process lower, in order to give a chance-            // to multi-viewports backends to queue AddFocusEvent(false) + AddFocusEvent(true) in same frame.-            io.AppFocusLost = !e->AppFocused.Focused;-        }-        else-        {-            IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unknown event!");-        }-    }--    // Record trail (for domain-specific applications wanting to access a precise trail)-    //if (event_n != 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("Processed: %d / Remaining: %d\n", event_n, g.InputEventsQueue.Size - event_n);-    for (int n = 0; n < event_n; n++)-        g.InputEventsTrail.push_back(g.InputEventsQueue[n]);--    // [DEBUG]-    /*if (event_n != 0)-        for (int n = 0; n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; n++)-            DebugPrintInputEvent(n < event_n ? "Processed" : "Remaining", &g.InputEventsQueue[n]);*/--    // Remaining events will be processed on the next frame-    if (event_n == g.InputEventsQueue.Size)-        g.InputEventsQueue.resize(0);-    else-        g.InputEventsQueue.erase(g.InputEventsQueue.Data, g.InputEventsQueue.Data + event_n);--    // Clear buttons state when focus is lost-    // (this is useful so e.g. releasing Alt after focus loss on Alt-Tab doesn't trigger the Alt menu toggle)-    if (g.IO.AppFocusLost)-    {-        g.IO.ClearInputKeys();-        g.IO.AppFocusLost = false;-    }-}---//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// Helper function to verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui.-// Verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit-// If this triggers you have an issue:-// - Most commonly: mismatched headers and compiled code version.-// - Or: mismatched configuration #define, compilation settings, packing pragma etc.-//   The configuration settings mentioned in imconfig.h must be set for all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui,-//   which is way it is required you put them in your imconfig file (and not just before including imgui.h).-//   Otherwise it is possible that different compilation units would see different structure layout-bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert, size_t sz_idx)-{-    bool error = false;-    if (strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) != 0) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) == 0 && "Mismatched version string!"); }-    if (sz_io != sizeof(ImGuiIO)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }-    if (sz_style != sizeof(ImGuiStyle)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_style == sizeof(ImGuiStyle) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }-    if (sz_vec2 != sizeof(ImVec2)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }-    if (sz_vec4 != sizeof(ImVec4)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }-    if (sz_vert != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }-    if (sz_idx != sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_idx == sizeof(ImDrawIdx) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }-    return !error;-}--static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--    // Check user IM_ASSERT macro-    // (IF YOU GET A WARNING OR COMPILE ERROR HERE: it means your assert macro is incorrectly defined!-    //  If your macro uses multiple statements, it NEEDS to be surrounded by a 'do { ... } while (0)' block.-    //  This is a common C/C++ idiom to allow multiple statements macros to be used in control flow blocks.)-    // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR)   if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode();                    // Wrong!-    // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR)   do { if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); } while (0)   // Correct!-    if (true) IM_ASSERT(1); else IM_ASSERT(0);--    // Check user data-    // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument)-    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);-    IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0)              && "Need a positive DeltaTime!");-    IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)  && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?");-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f  && "Invalid DisplaySize value!");-    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->IsBuilt()                                     && "Font Atlas not built! Make sure you called ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function for renderer backend, which should call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()");-    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f                       && "Invalid style setting!");-    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError > 0.0f                 && "Invalid style setting!");-    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f            && "Invalid style setting!"); // Allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations-    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting.");-    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right);-    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right);-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO-    for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++)-        IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..511, or -1 for unmapped key)");--    // Check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only added in 1.60 WIP)-    if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && g.IO.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)-        IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation.");-#endif--    // Check: the io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires backend to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly.-    if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors))-        g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = false;-}--static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--    // Verify that io.KeyXXX fields haven't been tampered with. Key mods should not be modified between NewFrame() and EndFrame()-    // One possible reason leading to this assert is that your backends update inputs _AFTER_ NewFrame().-    // It is known that when some modal native windows called mid-frame takes focus away, some backends such as GLFW will-    // send key release events mid-frame. This would normally trigger this assertion and lead to sheared inputs.-    // We silently accommodate for this case by ignoring/ the case where all io.KeyXXX modifiers were released (aka key_mod_flags == 0),-    // while still correctly asserting on mid-frame key press events.-    const ImGuiModFlags key_mods = GetMergedModFlags();-    IM_ASSERT((key_mods == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mods) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods");-    IM_UNUSED(key_mods);--    // [EXPERIMENTAL] Recover from errors: You may call this yourself before EndFrame().-    //ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover();--    // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you-    // to always call End/EndChild even if Begin/BeginChild returns false! (this is unfortunately inconsistent with most other Begin* API).-    if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size != 1)-    {-        if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1)-        {-            IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you forget to call End/EndChild?");-            while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1)-                End();-        }-        else-        {-            IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you call End/EndChild too much?");-        }-    }--    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.GroupStack.Size == 0, "Missing EndGroup call!");-}--// Experimental recovery from incorrect usage of BeginXXX/EndXXX/PushXXX/PopXXX calls.-// Must be called during or before EndFrame().-// This is generally flawed as we are not necessarily End/Popping things in the right order.-// FIXME: Can't recover from inside BeginTabItem/EndTabItem yet.-// FIXME: Can't recover from interleaved BeginTabBar/Begin-void    ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data)-{-    // PVS-Studio V1044 is "Loop break conditions do not depend on the number of iterations"-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0) //-V1044-    {-        ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(log_callback, user_data);-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-        if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1)-        {-            IM_ASSERT(window->IsFallbackWindow);-            break;-        }-        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)-        {-            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndChild() for '%s'", window->Name);-            EndChild();-        }-        else-        {-            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing End() for '%s'", window->Name);-            End();-        }-    }-}--// Must be called before End()/EndChild()-void    ImGui::ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    while (g.CurrentTable && (g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow == g.CurrentWindow || g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow))-    {-        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTable() in '%s'", g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow->Name);-        EndTable();-    }--    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    ImGuiStackSizes* stack_sizes = &g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin;-    IM_ASSERT(window != NULL);-    while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL) //-V1044-    {-        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTabBar() in '%s'", window->Name);-        EndTabBar();-    }-    while (window->DC.TreeDepth > 0)-    {-        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing TreePop() in '%s'", window->Name);-        TreePop();-    }-    while (g.GroupStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfGroupStack) //-V1044-    {-        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndGroup() in '%s'", window->Name);-        EndGroup();-    }-    while (window->IDStack.Size > 1)-    {-        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopID() in '%s'", window->Name);-        PopID();-    }-    while (g.DisabledStackSize > stack_sizes->SizeOfDisabledStack) //-V1044-    {-        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndDisabled() in '%s'", window->Name);-        EndDisabled();-    }-    while (g.ColorStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfColorStack)-    {-        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleColor() in '%s' for ImGuiCol_%s", window->Name, GetStyleColorName(g.ColorStack.back().Col));-        PopStyleColor();-    }-    while (g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfItemFlagsStack) //-V1044-    {-        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopItemFlag() in '%s'", window->Name);-        PopItemFlag();-    }-    while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfStyleVarStack) //-V1044-    {-        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name);-        PopStyleVar();-    }-    while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFocusScopeStack) //-V1044-    {-        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name);-        PopFocusScope();-    }-}--// Save current stack sizes for later compare-void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToCurrentState()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    SizeOfIDStack = (short)window->IDStack.Size;-    SizeOfColorStack = (short)g.ColorStack.Size;-    SizeOfStyleVarStack = (short)g.StyleVarStack.Size;-    SizeOfFontStack = (short)g.FontStack.Size;-    SizeOfFocusScopeStack = (short)g.FocusScopeStack.Size;-    SizeOfGroupStack = (short)g.GroupStack.Size;-    SizeOfItemFlagsStack = (short)g.ItemFlagsStack.Size;-    SizeOfBeginPopupStack = (short)g.BeginPopupStack.Size;-    SizeOfDisabledStack = (short)g.DisabledStackSize;-}--// Compare to detect usage errors-void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithCurrentState()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    IM_UNUSED(window);--    // Window stacks-    // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin)-    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfIDStack         == window->IDStack.Size     && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!");--    // Global stacks-    // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them.-    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfGroupStack      == g.GroupStack.Size        && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!");-    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfBeginPopupStack == g.BeginPopupStack.Size   && "BeginPopup/EndPopup or BeginMenu/EndMenu Mismatch!");-    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfDisabledStack   == g.DisabledStackSize      && "BeginDisabled/EndDisabled Mismatch!");-    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfItemFlagsStack  >= g.ItemFlagsStack.Size    && "PushItemFlag/PopItemFlag Mismatch!");-    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfColorStack      >= g.ColorStack.Size        && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!");-    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfStyleVarStack   >= g.StyleVarStack.Size     && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!");-    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFontStack       >= g.FontStack.Size         && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!");-    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFocusScopeStack == g.FocusScopeStack.Size   && "PushFocusScope/PopFocusScope Mismatch!");-}---//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] LAYOUT-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// - ItemSize()-// - ItemAdd()-// - SameLine()-// - GetCursorScreenPos()-// - SetCursorScreenPos()-// - GetCursorPos(), GetCursorPosX(), GetCursorPosY()-// - SetCursorPos(), SetCursorPosX(), SetCursorPosY()-// - GetCursorStartPos()-// - Indent()-// - Unindent()-// - SetNextItemWidth()-// - PushItemWidth()-// - PushMultiItemsWidths()-// - PopItemWidth()-// - CalcItemWidth()-// - CalcItemSize()-// - GetTextLineHeight()-// - GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()-// - GetFrameHeight()-// - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()-// - GetContentRegionMax()-// - GetContentRegionMaxAbs() [Internal]-// - GetContentRegionAvail(),-// - GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax()-// - BeginGroup()-// - EndGroup()-// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, and in imgui_tables: tables, columns.-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// Advance cursor given item size for layout.-// Register minimum needed size so it can extend the bounding box used for auto-fit calculation.-// See comments in ItemAdd() about how/why the size provided to ItemSize() vs ItemAdd() may often different.-void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    if (window->SkipItems)-        return;--    // We increase the height in this function to accommodate for baseline offset.-    // In theory we should be offsetting the starting position (window->DC.CursorPos), that will be the topic of a larger refactor,-    // but since ItemSize() is not yet an API that moves the cursor (to handle e.g. wrapping) enlarging the height has the same effect.-    const float offset_to_match_baseline_y = (text_baseline_y >= 0) ? ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - text_baseline_y) : 0.0f;--    const float line_y1 = window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y;-    const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, /*ImMax(*/window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_y1/*, 0.0f)*/ + size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y);--    // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries-    //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG]-    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x;-    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = line_y1;-    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);    // Next line-    window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);                    // Next line-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x);-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);-    //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG]--    window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = line_height;-    window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f;-    window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, text_baseline_y);-    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;-    window->DC.IsSameLine = false;--    // Horizontal layout mode-    if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)-        SameLine();-}--// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction.-// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface-// declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and provide a larger region to ItemAdd() which is used drawing/interaction.-bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;--    // Set item data-    // (DisplayRect is left untouched, made valid when ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set)-    g.LastItemData.ID = id;-    g.LastItemData.Rect = bb;-    g.LastItemData.NavRect = nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb;-    g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags | extra_flags;-    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None;--    // Directional navigation processing-    if (id != 0)-    {-        KeepAliveID(id);--        // Runs prior to clipping early-out-        //  (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget-        //  (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests-        //      unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. It may not scale very well for windows with ten of-        //      thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame.-        //      We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able-        //      to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick).-        // We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null.-        // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere.-        window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent);-        if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest)-            if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav)-                if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened))-                    NavProcessItem();--        // [DEBUG] People keep stumbling on this problem and using "" as identifier in the root of a window instead of "##something".-        // Empty identifier are valid and useful in a small amount of cases, but 99.9% of the time you want to use "##something".-        // READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.org/faq-        IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!");--        // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool, when enabling the "extended" version we perform the check in ItemAdd()-#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX-        if (id == g.DebugItemPickerBreakId)-        {-            IM_DEBUG_BREAK();-            g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0;-        }-#endif-    }-    g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None;--#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE-    if (id != 0)-        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id);-#endif--    // Clipping test-    const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id);-    if (is_clipped)-        return false;-    //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG]--    // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them)-    if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))-        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;-    return true;-}--// Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout-//      offset_from_start_x == 0 : follow right after previous item-//      offset_from_start_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left)-//      spacing_w < 0            : use default spacing if pos_x == 0, no spacing if pos_x != 0-//      spacing_w >= 0           : enforce spacing amount-void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    if (window->SkipItems)-        return;--    if (offset_from_start_x != 0.0f)-    {-        if (spacing_w < 0.0f)-            spacing_w = 0.0f;-        window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + offset_from_start_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffset.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;-        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;-    }-    else-    {-        if (spacing_w < 0.0f)-            spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;-        window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w;-        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;-    }-    window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize;-    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset;-    window->DC.IsSameLine = true;-}--ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();-    return window->DC.CursorPos;-}--void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos)-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();-    window->DC.CursorPos = pos;-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);-}--// User generally sees positions in window coordinates. Internally we store CursorPos in absolute screen coordinates because it is more convenient.-// Conversion happens as we pass the value to user, but it makes our naming convention confusing because GetCursorPos() == (DC.CursorPos - window.Pos). May want to rename 'DC.CursorPos'.-ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorPos()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();-    return window->DC.CursorPos - window->Pos + window->Scroll;-}--float ImGui::GetCursorPosX()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();-    return window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x;-}--float ImGui::GetCursorPosY()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();-    return window->DC.CursorPos.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y;-}--void ImGui::SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos)-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();-    window->DC.CursorPos = window->Pos - window->Scroll + local_pos;-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);-}--void ImGui::SetCursorPosX(float x)-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();-    window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + x;-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x);-}--void ImGui::SetCursorPosY(float y)-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();-    window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + y;-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y);-}--ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorStartPos()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();-    return window->DC.CursorStartPos - window->Pos;-}--void ImGui::Indent(float indent_w)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();-    window->DC.Indent.x += (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;-    window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;-}--void ImGui::Unindent(float indent_w)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();-    window->DC.Indent.x -= (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;-    window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;-}--// Affect large frame+labels widgets only.-void ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(float item_width)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;-    g.NextItemData.Width = item_width;-}--// FIXME: Remove the == 0.0f behavior?-void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width-    window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width);-    g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;-}--void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;-    const float w_item_one  = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)) / (float)components));-    const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)));-    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width-    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last);-    for (int i = 0; i < components - 2; i++)-        window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one);-    window->DC.ItemWidth = (components == 1) ? w_item_last : w_item_one;-    g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;-}--void ImGui::PopItemWidth()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();-    window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back();-    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back();-}--// Calculate default item width given value passed to PushItemWidth() or SetNextItemWidth().-// The SetNextItemWidth() data is generally cleared/consumed by ItemAdd() or NextItemData.ClearFlags()-float ImGui::CalcItemWidth()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    float w;-    if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth)-        w = g.NextItemData.Width;-    else-        w = window->DC.ItemWidth;-    if (w < 0.0f)-    {-        float region_max_x = GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x;-        w = ImMax(1.0f, region_max_x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + w);-    }-    w = IM_FLOOR(w);-    return w;-}--// [Internal] Calculate full item size given user provided 'size' parameter and default width/height. Default width is often == CalcItemWidth().-// Those two functions CalcItemWidth vs CalcItemSize are awkwardly named because they are not fully symmetrical.-// Note that only CalcItemWidth() is publicly exposed.-// The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable)-ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;--    ImVec2 region_max;-    if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f)-        region_max = GetContentRegionMaxAbs();--    if (size.x == 0.0f)-        size.x = default_w;-    else if (size.x < 0.0f)-        size.x = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x);--    if (size.y == 0.0f)-        size.y = default_h;-    else if (size.y < 0.0f)-        size.y = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.y - window->DC.CursorPos.y + size.y);--    return size;-}--float ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.FontSize;-}--float ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;-}--float ImGui::GetFrameHeight()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f;-}--float ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;-}--// FIXME: All the Contents Region function are messy or misleading. WE WILL AIM TO OBSOLETE ALL OF THEM WITH A NEW "WORK RECT" API. Thanks for your patience!--// FIXME: This is in window space (not screen space!).-ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos;-    if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable)-        mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x - window->Pos.x;-    return mx;-}--// [Internal] Absolute coordinate. Saner. This is not exposed until we finishing refactoring work rect features.-ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max;-    if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable)-        mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x;-    return mx;-}--ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;-    return GetContentRegionMaxAbs() - window->DC.CursorPos;-}--// In window space (not screen space!)-ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;-    return window->ContentRegionRect.Min - window->Pos;-}--ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;-    return window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos;-}--// Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)-// Groups are currently a mishmash of functionalities which should perhaps be clarified and separated.-// FIXME-OPT: Could we safely early out on ->SkipItems?-void ImGui::BeginGroup()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;--    g.GroupStack.resize(g.GroupStack.Size + 1);-    ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back();-    group_data.WindowID = window->ID;-    group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;-    group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;-    group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent;-    group_data.BackupGroupOffset = window->DC.GroupOffset;-    group_data.BackupCurrLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize;-    group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset;-    group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive;-    group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive = g.HoveredId != 0;-    group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;-    group_data.EmitItem = true;--    window->DC.GroupOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;-    window->DC.Indent = window->DC.GroupOffset;-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos;-    window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);-    if (g.LogEnabled)-        g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return-}--void ImGui::EndGroup()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    IM_ASSERT(g.GroupStack.Size > 0); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls--    ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back();-    IM_ASSERT(group_data.WindowID == window->ID); // EndGroup() in wrong window?--    ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos));--    window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos;-    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos);-    window->DC.Indent = group_data.BackupIndent;-    window->DC.GroupOffset = group_data.BackupGroupOffset;-    window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize;-    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset;-    if (g.LogEnabled)-        g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return--    if (!group_data.EmitItem)-    {-        g.GroupStack.pop_back();-        return;-    }--    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset);      // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now.-    ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize());-    ItemAdd(group_bb, 0, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop);--    // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group.-    // It would be be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets.-    // Also if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context.-    // (The two tests not the same because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.)-    const bool group_contains_curr_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId;-    const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == false) && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == true);-    if (group_contains_curr_active_id)-        g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId;-    else if (group_contains_prev_active_id)-        g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame;-    g.LastItemData.Rect = group_bb;--    // Forward Hovered flag-    const bool group_contains_curr_hovered_id = (group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive == false) && g.HoveredId != 0;-    if (group_contains_curr_hovered_id)-        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;--    // Forward Edited flag-    if (group_contains_curr_active_id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame)-        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;--    // Forward Deactivated flag-    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated;-    if (group_contains_prev_active_id && g.ActiveId != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame)-        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated;--    g.GroupStack.pop_back();-    //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));   // [Debug]-}---//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] SCROLLING-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// Helper to snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge,-// So the difference between WindowPadding and ItemSpacing will be in the visible area after scrolling.-// When we refactor the scrolling API this may be configurable with a flag?-// Note that the effect for this won't be visible on X axis with default Style settings as WindowPadding.x == ItemSpacing.x by default.-static float CalcScrollEdgeSnap(float target, float snap_min, float snap_max, float snap_threshold, float center_ratio)-{-    if (target <= snap_min + snap_threshold)-        return ImLerp(snap_min, target, center_ratio);-    if (target >= snap_max - snap_threshold)-        return ImLerp(target, snap_max, center_ratio);-    return target;-}--static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll;-    if (window->ScrollTarget.x < FLT_MAX)-    {-        float decoration_total_width = window->ScrollbarSizes.x;-        float center_x_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x;-        float scroll_target_x = window->ScrollTarget.x;-        if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x > 0.0f)-        {-            float snap_x_min = 0.0f;-            float snap_x_max = window->ScrollMax.x + window->SizeFull.x - decoration_total_width;-            scroll_target_x = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target_x, snap_x_min, snap_x_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x, center_x_ratio);-        }-        scroll.x = scroll_target_x - center_x_ratio * (window->SizeFull.x - decoration_total_width);-    }-    if (window->ScrollTarget.y < FLT_MAX)-    {-        float decoration_total_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight() + window->ScrollbarSizes.y;-        float center_y_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y;-        float scroll_target_y = window->ScrollTarget.y;-        if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y > 0.0f)-        {-            float snap_y_min = 0.0f;-            float snap_y_max = window->ScrollMax.y + window->SizeFull.y - decoration_total_height;-            scroll_target_y = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target_y, snap_y_min, snap_y_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y, center_y_ratio);-        }-        scroll.y = scroll_target_y - center_y_ratio * (window->SizeFull.y - decoration_total_height);-    }-    scroll.x = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll.x, 0.0f));-    scroll.y = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll.y, 0.0f));-    if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems)-    {-        scroll.x = ImMin(scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x);-        scroll.y = ImMin(scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y);-    }-    return scroll;-}--void ImGui::ScrollToItem(ImGuiScrollFlags flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect, flags);-}--void ImGui::ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags)-{-    ScrollToRectEx(window, item_rect, flags);-}--// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view-ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImRect window_rect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1));-    //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window_rect.Min, window_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG]--    // Check that only one behavior is selected per axis-    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_));-    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_));--    // Defaults-    ImGuiScrollFlags in_flags = flags;-    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 && window->ScrollbarX)-        flags |= ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX;-    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0)-        flags |= window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;--    const bool fully_visible_x = item_rect.Min.x >= window_rect.Min.x && item_rect.Max.x <= window_rect.Max.x;-    const bool fully_visible_y = item_rect.Min.y >= window_rect.Min.y && item_rect.Max.y <= window_rect.Max.y;-    const bool can_be_fully_visible_x = (item_rect.GetWidth() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f) <= window_rect.GetWidth();-    const bool can_be_fully_visible_y = (item_rect.GetHeight() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 2.0f) <= window_rect.GetHeight();--    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX) && !fully_visible_x)-    {-        if (item_rect.Min.x < window_rect.Min.x || !can_be_fully_visible_x)-            SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f);-        else if (item_rect.Max.x >= window_rect.Max.x)-            SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Max.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 1.0f);-    }-    else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX) && !fully_visible_x) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX))-    {-        float target_x = can_be_fully_visible_x ? ImFloor((item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x - window->InnerRect.GetWidth()) * 0.5f) : item_rect.Min.x;-        SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f);-    }--    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY) && !fully_visible_y)-    {-        if (item_rect.Min.y < window_rect.Min.y || !can_be_fully_visible_y)-            SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f);-        else if (item_rect.Max.y >= window_rect.Max.y)-            SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Max.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 1.0f);-    }-    else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY) && !fully_visible_y) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY))-    {-        float target_y = can_be_fully_visible_y ? ImFloor((item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()) * 0.5f) : item_rect.Min.y;-        SetScrollFromPosY(window, target_y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f);-    }--    ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);-    ImVec2 delta_scroll = next_scroll - window->Scroll;--    // Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary-    if (!(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))-    {-        // FIXME-SCROLL: May be an option?-        if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX)) != 0)-            in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX;-        if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY)) != 0)-            in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;-        delta_scroll += ScrollToRectEx(window->ParentWindow, ImRect(item_rect.Min - delta_scroll, item_rect.Max - delta_scroll), in_flags);-    }--    return delta_scroll;-}--float ImGui::GetScrollX()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;-    return window->Scroll.x;-}--float ImGui::GetScrollY()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;-    return window->Scroll.y;-}--float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;-    return window->ScrollMax.x;-}--float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()-{-    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;-    return window->ScrollMax.y;-}--void ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x)-{-    window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x;-    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;-    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f;-}--void ImGui::SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y)-{-    window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y;-    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;-    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f;-}--void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    SetScrollX(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_x);-}--void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    SetScrollY(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_y);-}--// Note that a local position will vary depending on initial scroll value,-// This is a little bit confusing so bear with us:-//  - local_pos = (absolution_pos - window->Pos)-//  - So local_x/local_y are 0.0f for a position at the upper-left corner of a window,-//    and generally local_x/local_y are >(padding+decoration) && <(size-padding-decoration) when in the visible area.-//  - They mostly exists because of legacy API.-// Following the rules above, when trying to work with scrolling code, consider that:-//  - SetScrollFromPosY(0.0f) == SetScrollY(0.0f + scroll.y) == has no effect!-//  - SetScrollFromPosY(-scroll.y) == SetScrollY(-scroll.y + scroll.y) == SetScrollY(0.0f) == reset scroll. Of course writing SetScrollY(0.0f) directly then makes more sense-// We store a target position so centering and clamping can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size-void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio)-{-    IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f);-    window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_FLOOR(local_x + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset-    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio;-    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f;-}--void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio)-{-    IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f);-    const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); // FIXME: Would be nice to have a more standardized access to our scrollable/client rect;-    local_y -= decoration_up_height;-    window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_FLOOR(local_y + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset-    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio;-    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f;-}--void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    SetScrollFromPosX(g.CurrentWindow, local_x, center_x_ratio);-}--void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    SetScrollFromPosY(g.CurrentWindow, local_y, center_y_ratio);-}--// center_x_ratio: 0.0f left of last item, 0.5f horizontal center of last item, 1.0f right of last item.-void ImGui::SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    float spacing_x = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, g.Style.ItemSpacing.x);-    float target_pos_x = ImLerp(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x - spacing_x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x + spacing_x, center_x_ratio);-    SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_pos_x - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos--    // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge-    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.x - spacing_x);-}--// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item.-void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    float spacing_y = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);-    float target_pos_y = ImLerp(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - spacing_y, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + spacing_y, center_y_ratio);-    SetScrollFromPosY(window, target_pos_y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos--    // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge-    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.y - spacing_y);-}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------void ImGui::BeginTooltip()-{-    BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None);-}--void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--    if (g.DragDropWithinSource || g.DragDropWithinTarget)-    {-        // The default tooltip position is a little offset to give space to see the context menu (it's also clamped within the current viewport/monitor)-        // In the context of a dragging tooltip we try to reduce that offset and we enforce following the cursor.-        // Whatever we do we want to call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce a tooltip position and disable clipping the tooltip without our display area, like regular tooltip do.-        //ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding;-        ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + ImVec2(16 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale, 8 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale);-        SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos);-        SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f);-        //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :(-        tooltip_flags |= ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip;-    }--    char window_name[16];-    ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount);-    if (tooltip_flags & ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip)-        if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name))-            if (window->Active)-            {-                // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one.-                window->Hidden = true;-                window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; // FIXME: This may not be necessary?-                ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount);-            }-    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;-    Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_window_flags);-}--void ImGui::EndTooltip()-{-    IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip);   // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls-    End();-}--void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args)-{-    BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None);-    TextV(fmt, args);-    EndTooltip();-}--void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...)-{-    va_list args;-    va_start(args, fmt);-    SetTooltipV(fmt, args);-    va_end(args);-}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] POPUPS-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// Supported flags: ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel-bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId)-    {-        // Return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack-        // This may be used to e.g. test for another popups already opened to handle popups priorities at the same level.-        IM_ASSERT(id == 0);-        if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel)-            return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0;-        else-            return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size;-    }-    else-    {-        if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel)-        {-            // Return true if the popup is open anywhere in the popup stack-            for (int n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++)-                if (g.OpenPopupStack[n].PopupId == id)-                    return true;-            return false;-        }-        else-        {-            // Return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack (this is the most-common query)-            return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id;-        }-    }-}--bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiID id = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId) ? 0 : g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);-    if ((popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) && id != 0)-        IM_ASSERT(0 && "Cannot use IsPopupOpen() with a string id and ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel."); // But non-string version is legal and used internally-    return IsPopupOpen(id, popup_flags);-}--ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)-        if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window)-            if (popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)-                return popup;-    return NULL;-}--ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)-        if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window)-            if ((popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(popup))-                return popup;-    return NULL;-}--void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);-    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopup(\"%s\" -> 0x%08X\n", str_id, id);-    OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);-}--void ImGui::OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)-{-    OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);-}--// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state).-// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block.-// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level).-// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL)-void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;-    const int current_stack_size = g.BeginPopupStack.Size;--    if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup)-        if (IsPopupOpen(0u, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId))-            return;--    ImGuiPopupData popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack.-    popup_ref.PopupId = id;-    popup_ref.Window = NULL;-    popup_ref.SourceWindow = g.NavWindow;-    popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount;-    popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back();-    popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();-    popup_ref.OpenMousePos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : popup_ref.OpenPopupPos;--    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", id);-    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1)-    {-        g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);-    }-    else-    {-        // Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frame. It is a programming mistake! However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui-        // would become completely unusable because the popup will always be in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which would be a very confusing-        // situation for the programmer. Instead, we silently allow the popup to proceed, it will keep reappearing and the programming error will be more obvious to understand.-        if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id && g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1)-        {-            g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount = popup_ref.OpenFrameCount;-        }-        else-        {-            // Close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen-            ClosePopupToLevel(current_stack_size, false);-            g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);-        }--        // When reopening a popup we first refocus its parent, otherwise if its parent is itself a popup it would get closed by ClosePopupsOverWindow().-        // This is equivalent to what ClosePopupToLevel() does.-        //if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id)-        //    FocusWindow(parent_window);-    }-}--// When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it.-// This function closes any popups that are over 'ref_window'.-void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size == 0)-        return;--    // Don't close our own child popup windows.-    int popup_count_to_keep = 0;-    if (ref_window)-    {-        // Find the highest popup which is a descendant of the reference window (generally reference window = NavWindow)-        for (; popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep++)-        {-            ImGuiPopupData& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep];-            if (!popup.Window)-                continue;-            IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0);-            if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)-                continue;--            // Trim the stack unless the popup is a direct parent of the reference window (the reference window is often the NavWindow)-            // - With this stack of window, clicking/focusing Popup1 will close Popup2 and Popup3:-            //     Window -> Popup1 -> Popup2 -> Popup3-            // - Each popups may contain child windows, which is why we compare ->RootWindow!-            //     Window -> Popup1 -> Popup1_Child -> Popup2 -> Popup2_Child-            bool ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = false;-            for (int n = popup_count_to_keep; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++)-                if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[n].Window)-                    if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ref_window, popup_window))-                    {-                        ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = true;-                        break;-                    }-            if (!ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup)-                break;-        }-    }-    if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below-    {-        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\")\n", ref_window ? ref_window->Name : "<NULL>");-        ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);-    }-}--void ImGui::ClosePopupsExceptModals()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--    int popup_count_to_keep;-    for (popup_count_to_keep = g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep > 0; popup_count_to_keep--)-    {-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep - 1].Window;-        if (!window || window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)-            break;-    }-    if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below-        ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, true);-}--void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_focus_to_window_under_popup=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);-    IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size);--    // Trim open popup stack-    ImGuiWindow* focus_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].SourceWindow;-    ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].Window;-    g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining);--    if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)-    {-        if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive && popup_window)-        {-            // Fallback-            FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL);-        }-        else-        {-            if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && focus_window)-                focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(focus_window);-            FocusWindow(focus_window);-        }-    }-}--// Close the popup we have begin-ed into.-void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    int popup_idx = g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1;-    if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.BeginPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId)-        return;--    // Closing a menu closes its top-most parent popup (unless a modal)-    while (popup_idx > 0)-    {-        ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window;-        ImGuiWindow* parent_popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx - 1].Window;-        bool close_parent = false;-        if (popup_window && (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))-            if (parent_popup_window && !(parent_popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))-                close_parent = true;-        if (!close_parent)-            break;-        popup_idx--;-    }-    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx);-    ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx, true);--    // A common pattern is to close a popup when selecting a menu item/selectable that will open another window.-    // To improve this usage pattern, we avoid nav highlight for a single frame in the parent window.-    // Similarly, we could avoid mouse hover highlight in this window but it is less visually problematic.-    if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow)-        window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true;-}--// Attention! BeginPopup() adds default flags which BeginPopupEx()!-bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))-    {-        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values-        return false;-    }--    char name[20];-    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)-        ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginMenuCount); // Recycle windows based on depth-    else-        ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame--    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup;-    bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, flags);-    if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)-        EndPopup();--    return is_open;-}--bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) // Early out for performance-    {-        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values-        return false;-    }-    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;-    ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);-    return BeginPopupEx(id, flags);-}--// If 'p_open' is specified for a modal popup window, the popup will have a regular close button which will close the popup.-// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup) so the actual value of *p_open is meaningless here.-bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name);-    if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))-    {-        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values-        return false;-    }--    // Center modal windows by default for increased visibility-    // (this won't really last as settings will kick in, and is mostly for backward compatibility. user may do the same themselves)-    // FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window.-    if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0)-    {-        const ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();-        SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));-    }--    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse;-    const bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags);-    if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)-    {-        EndPopup();-        if (is_open)-            ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true);-        return false;-    }-    return is_open;-}--void ImGui::EndPopup()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup);  // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls-    IM_ASSERT(g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0);--    // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy (e.g. focus scope could include wrap/loop policy flags used by new move requests)-    if (g.NavWindow == window)-        NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY);--    // Child-popups don't need to be laid out-    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false);-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)-        g.WithinEndChild = true;-    End();-    g.WithinEndChild = false;-}--// Helper to open a popup if mouse button is released over the item-// - This is essentially the same as BeginPopupContextItem() but without the trailing BeginPopup()-void ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);-    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))-    {-        ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID;    // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!-        IM_ASSERT(id != 0);                                             // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)-        OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);-    }-}--// This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget.-// - To create a popup associated to the last item, you generally want to pass a NULL value to str_id.-// - To create a popup with a specific identifier, pass it in str_id.-//    - This is useful when using using BeginPopupContextItem() on an item which doesn't have an identifier, e.g. a Text() call.-//    - This is useful when multiple code locations may want to manipulate/open the same popup, given an explicit id.-// - You may want to handle the whole on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters).-//   This is essentially the same as:-//       id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID();-//       OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);-//       return BeginPopup(id);-//   Which is essentially the same as:-//       id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID();-//       if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right))-//           OpenPopup(id);-//       return BeginPopup(id);-//   The main difference being that this is tweaked to avoid computing the ID twice.-bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    if (window->SkipItems)-        return false;-    ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID;    // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!-    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);                                             // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)-    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);-    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))-        OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);-    return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);-}--bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    if (!str_id)-        str_id = "window_context";-    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);-    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);-    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))-        if (!(popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems) || !IsAnyItemHovered())-            OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);-    return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);-}--bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    if (!str_id)-        str_id = "void_context";-    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);-    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);-    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && !IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow))-        if (GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL)-            OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);-    return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);-}--// r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.)-// r_outer = the visible area rectangle, minus safe area padding. If our popup size won't fit because of safe area padding we ignore it.-// (r_outer is usually equivalent to the viewport rectangle minus padding, but when multi-viewports are enabled and monitor-//  information are available, it may represent the entire platform monitor from the frame of reference of the current viewport.-//  this allows us to have tooltips/popups displayed out of the parent viewport.)-ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy)-{-    ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(ref_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size);-    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255));-    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,255));--    // Combo Box policy (we want a connecting edge)-    if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox)-    {-        const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Left, ImGuiDir_Up };-        for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++)-        {-            const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n];-            if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction?-                continue;-            ImVec2 pos;-            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down)  pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Max.y);          // Below, Toward Right (default)-            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Right-            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left)  pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Left-            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up)    pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Left-            if (!r_outer.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size)))-                continue;-            *last_dir = dir;-            return pos;-        }-    }--    // Tooltip and Default popup policy-    // (Always first try the direction we used on the last frame, if any)-    if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip || policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default)-    {-        const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left };-        for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++)-        {-            const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n];-            if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction?-                continue;--            const float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x);-            const float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y);--            // If there not enough room on one axis, there's no point in positioning on a side on this axis (e.g. when not enough width, use a top/bottom position to maximize available width)-            if (avail_w < size.x && (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Right))-                continue;-            if (avail_h < size.y && (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down))-                continue;--            ImVec2 pos;-            pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x;-            pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y;--            // Clamp top-left corner of popup-            pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, r_outer.Min.x);-            pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, r_outer.Min.y);--            *last_dir = dir;-            return pos;-        }-    }--    // Fallback when not enough room:-    *last_dir = ImGuiDir_None;--    // For tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible.-    if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip)-        return ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2);--    // Otherwise try to keep within display-    ImVec2 pos = ref_pos;-    pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x);-    pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y);-    return pos;-}--// Note that this is used for popups, which can overlap the non work-area of individual viewports.-ImRect ImGui::GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_UNUSED(window);-    ImRect r_screen = ((ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport())->GetMainRect();-    ImVec2 padding = g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding;-    r_screen.Expand(ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f));-    return r_screen;-}--ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--    ImRect r_outer = GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(window);-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)-    {-        // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then we move the new menu outside the parent bounds.-        // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu.-        IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window);-        ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindowStack[g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2].Window;-        float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x).-        ImRect r_avoid;-        if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending)-            r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Min.y, FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Max.y); // Avoid parent menu-bar. If we wanted multi-line menu-bar, we may instead want to have the calling window setup e.g. a NextWindowData.PosConstraintAvoidRect field-        else-            r_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + horizontal_overlap, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - horizontal_overlap - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX);-        return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default);-    }-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)-    {-        return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, ImRect(window->Pos, window->Pos), ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); // Ideally we'd disable r_avoid here-    }-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)-    {-        // Position tooltip (always follows mouse)-        float sc = g.Style.MouseCursorScale;-        ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();-        ImRect r_avoid;-        if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos))-            r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8);-        else-            r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * sc, ref_pos.y + 24 * sc); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important.-        return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip);-    }-    IM_ASSERT(0);-    return window->Pos;-}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetFocusID vs FocusWindow() needs to be clarified/reworked.-// In our terminology those should be interchangeable, yet right now this is super confusing.-// Those two functions are merely a legacy artifact, so at minimum naming should be clarified.--void ImGui::SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.NavWindow != window)-    {-        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : "<NULL>");-        g.NavWindow = window;-    }-    g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;-    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();-}--void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);-    IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu);-    g.NavId = id;-    g.NavLayer = nav_layer;-    g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id;-    g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;-    g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel;-}--void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);--    if (g.NavWindow != window)-       SetNavWindow(window);--    // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent are valid.-    // Note that window may be != g.CurrentWindow (e.g. SetFocusID call in InputTextEx for multi-line text)-    const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;-    g.NavId = id;-    g.NavLayer = nav_layer;-    g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent;-    window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;-    if (g.LastItemData.ID == id)-        window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect);--    if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav)-        g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;-    else-        g.NavDisableHighlight = true;-}--ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy)-{-    if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy))-        return (dx > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Left;-    return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up;-}--static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float a0, float a1, float b0, float b1)-{-    if (a1 < b0)-        return a1 - b0;-    if (b1 < a0)-        return a0 - b1;-    return 0.0f;-}--static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect& r, const ImRect& clip_rect)-{-    if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right)-    {-        r.Min.y = ImClamp(r.Min.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y);-        r.Max.y = ImClamp(r.Max.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y);-    }-    else // FIXME: PageUp/PageDown are leaving move_dir == None-    {-        r.Min.x = ImClamp(r.Min.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x);-        r.Max.x = ImClamp(r.Max.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x);-    }-}--// Scoring function for gamepad/keyboard directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057-static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    if (g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)-        return false;--    // FIXME: Those are not good variables names-    ImRect cand = g.LastItemData.NavRect;   // Current item nav rectangle-    const ImRect curr = g.NavScoringRect;   // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width)-    g.NavScoringDebugCount++;--    // When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring-    if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow)-    {-        IM_ASSERT((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened);-        if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(cand))-            return false;-        cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window-    }--    // We perform scoring on items bounding box clipped by the current clipping rectangle on the other axis (clipping on our movement axis would give us equal scores for all clipped items)-    // For example, this ensure that items in one column are not reached when moving vertically from items in another column.-    NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(g.NavMoveClipDir, cand, window->ClipRect);--    // Compute distance between boxes-    // FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed.-    float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x);-    float dby = NavScoreItemDistInterval(ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.8f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.8f)); // Scale down on Y to keep using box-distance for vertically touching items-    if (dby != 0.0f && dbx != 0.0f)-        dbx = (dbx / 1000.0f) + ((dbx > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f);-    float dist_box = ImFabs(dbx) + ImFabs(dby);--    // Compute distance between centers (this is off by a factor of 2, but we only compare center distances with each other so it doesn't matter)-    float dcx = (cand.Min.x + cand.Max.x) - (curr.Min.x + curr.Max.x);-    float dcy = (cand.Min.y + cand.Max.y) - (curr.Min.y + curr.Max.y);-    float dist_center = ImFabs(dcx) + ImFabs(dcy); // L1 metric (need this for our connectedness guarantee)--    // Determine which quadrant of 'curr' our candidate item 'cand' lies in based on distance-    ImGuiDir quadrant;-    float dax = 0.0f, day = 0.0f, dist_axial = 0.0f;-    if (dbx != 0.0f || dby != 0.0f)-    {-        // For non-overlapping boxes, use distance between boxes-        dax = dbx;-        day = dby;-        dist_axial = dist_box;-        quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dbx, dby);-    }-    else if (dcx != 0.0f || dcy != 0.0f)-    {-        // For overlapping boxes with different centers, use distance between centers-        dax = dcx;-        day = dcy;-        dist_axial = dist_center;-        quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dcx, dcy);-    }-    else-    {-        // Degenerate case: two overlapping buttons with same center, break ties arbitrarily (note that LastItemId here is really the _previous_ item order, but it doesn't matter)-        quadrant = (g.LastItemData.ID < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right;-    }--#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING-    char buf[128];-    if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max))-    {-        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "dbox (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\ndcen (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nd (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nnav %c, quadrant %c", dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "WENS"[g.NavMoveDir], "WENS"[quadrant]);-        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);-        draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,100));-        draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200));-        draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150));-        draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf);-    }-    else if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold to preview score in matching quadrant. Press C to rotate.-    {-        if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir)-        {-            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center);-            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);-            draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200));-            draw_list->AddText(cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);-        }-    }-#endif--    // Is it in the quadrant we're interesting in moving to?-    bool new_best = false;-    const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir;-    if (quadrant == move_dir)-    {-        // Does it beat the current best candidate?-        if (dist_box < result->DistBox)-        {-            result->DistBox = dist_box;-            result->DistCenter = dist_center;-            return true;-        }-        if (dist_box == result->DistBox)-        {-            // Try using distance between center points to break ties-            if (dist_center < result->DistCenter)-            {-                result->DistCenter = dist_center;-                new_best = true;-            }-            else if (dist_center == result->DistCenter)-            {-                // Still tied! we need to be extra-careful to make sure everything gets linked properly. We consistently break ties by symbolically moving "later" items-                // (with higher index) to the right/downwards by an infinitesimal amount since we the current "best" button already (so it must have a lower index),-                // this is fairly easy. This rule ensures that all buttons with dx==dy==0 will end up being linked in order of appearance along the x axis.-                if (((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance-                    new_best = true;-            }-        }-    }--    // Axial check: if 'curr' has no link at all in some direction and 'cand' lies roughly in that direction, add a tentative link. This will only be kept if no "real" matches-    // are found, so it only augments the graph produced by the above method using extra links. (important, since it doesn't guarantee strong connectedness)-    // This is just to avoid buttons having no links in a particular direction when there's a suitable neighbor. you get good graphs without this too.-    // 2017/09/29: FIXME: This now currently only enabled inside menu bars, ideally we'd disable it everywhere. Menus in particular need to catch failure. For general navigation it feels awkward.-    // Disabling it may lead to disconnected graphs when nodes are very spaced out on different axis. Perhaps consider offering this as an option?-    if (result->DistBox == FLT_MAX && dist_axial < result->DistAxial)  // Check axial match-        if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))-            if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f))-            {-                result->DistAxial = dist_axial;-                new_best = true;-            }--    return new_best;-}--static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    result->Window = window;-    result->ID = g.LastItemData.ID;-    result->FocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent;-    result->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags;-    result->RectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect);-}--// We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above)-// This is called after LastItemData is set.-static void ImGui::NavProcessItem()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;-    const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect;-    const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags;--    // Process Init Request-    if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)-    {-        // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback-        const bool candidate_for_nav_default_focus = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) == 0;-        if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResultId == 0)-        {-            g.NavInitResultId = id;-            g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb);-        }-        if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus)-        {-            g.NavInitRequest = false; // Found a match, clear request-            NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();-        }-    }--    // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation)-    // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRect + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy)-    if (g.NavMoveScoringItems)-    {-        const bool is_tab_stop = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) && (item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0;-        const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) != 0;-        if (is_tabbing)-        {-            if (is_tab_stop || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi))-                NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id);-        }-        else if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)))-        {-            ImGuiNavItemData* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther;-            if (!is_tabbing)-            {-                if (NavScoreItem(result))-                    NavApplyItemToResult(result);--                // Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items.-                const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f;-                if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb))-                    if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO)-                        if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible))-                            NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible);-            }-        }-    }--    // Update window-relative bounding box of navigated item-    if (g.NavId == id)-    {-        if (g.NavWindow != window)-            SetNavWindow(window); // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() may not have a window.-        g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;-        g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent;-        g.NavIdIsAlive = true;-        window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb);    // Store item bounding box (relative to window position)-    }-}--// Handle "scoring" of an item for a tabbing/focusing request initiated by NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest().-// Note that SetKeyboardFocusHere() API calls are considered tabbing requests!-// - Case 1: no nav/active id:    set result to first eligible item, stop storing.-// - Case 2: tab forward:         on ref id set counter, on counter elapse store result-// - Case 3: tab forward wrap:    set result to first eligible item (preemptively), on ref id set counter, on next frame if counter hasn't elapsed store result. // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as a next-frame forwarded request-// - Case 4: tab backward:        store all results, on ref id pick prev, stop storing-// - Case 5: tab backward wrap:   store all results, on ref id if no result keep storing until last // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as next-frame forwarded requested-void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--    // Always store in NavMoveResultLocal (unlike directional request which uses NavMoveResultOther on sibling/flattened windows)-    ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavMoveResultLocal;-    if (g.NavTabbingDir == +1)-    {-        // Tab Forward or SetKeyboardFocusHere() with >= 0-        if (g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0)-            NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst);-        if (--g.NavTabbingCounter == 0)-            NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result);-        else if (g.NavId == id)-            g.NavTabbingCounter = 1;-    }-    else if (g.NavTabbingDir == -1)-    {-        // Tab Backward-        if (g.NavId == id)-        {-            if (result->ID)-            {-                g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;-                NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();-            }-        }-        else-        {-            NavApplyItemToResult(result);-        }-    }-    else if (g.NavTabbingDir == 0)-    {-        // Tab Init-        if (g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0)-            NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst);-    }-}--bool ImGui::NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0;-}--// FIXME: ScoringRect is not set-void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);--    if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing)-        move_flags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId;--    g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = true;-    g.NavMoveDir = move_dir;-    g.NavMoveDirForDebug = move_dir;-    g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir;-    g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags;-    g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags;-    g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false;-    g.NavMoveKeyMods = g.IO.KeyMods;-    g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear();-    g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.Clear();-    g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear();-    g.NavTabbingCounter = 0;-    g.NavTabbingResultFirst.Clear();-    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();-}--void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; // Ensure request doesn't need more processing-    NavApplyItemToResult(result);-    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();-}--void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;-    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();-}--// Forward will reuse the move request again on the next frame (generally with modifications done to it)-void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame == false);-    NavMoveRequestCancel();-    g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = true;-    g.NavMoveDir = move_dir;-    g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir;-    g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded;-    g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags;-}--// Navigation wrap-around logic is delayed to the end of the frame because this operation is only valid after entire-// popup is assembled and in case of appended popups it is not clear which EndPopup() call is final.-void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags wrap_flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(wrap_flags != 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY-    // In theory we should test for NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() but there's no point doing it, NavEndFrame() will do the same test-    if (g.NavWindow == window && g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)-        g.NavMoveFlags |= wrap_flags;-}--// FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0).-// This way we could find the last focused window among our children. It would be much less confusing this way?-static void ImGui::NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window)-{-    ImGuiWindow* parent = nav_window;-    while (parent && parent->RootWindow != parent && (parent->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)-        parent = parent->ParentWindow;-    if (parent && parent != nav_window)-        parent->NavLastChildNavWindow = nav_window;-}--// Restore the last focused child.-// Call when we are expected to land on the Main Layer (0) after FocusWindow()-static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    if (window->NavLastChildNavWindow && window->NavLastChildNavWindow->WasActive)-        return window->NavLastChildNavWindow;-    return window;-}--void ImGui::NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)-    {-        ImGuiWindow* prev_nav_window = g.NavWindow;-        g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow);    // FIXME-NAV: Should clear ongoing nav requests?-        if (prev_nav_window)-            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavRestoreLayer: from \"%s\" to SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", prev_nav_window->Name, g.NavWindow->Name);-    }-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;-    if (window->NavLastIds[layer] != 0)-    {-        SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]);-    }-    else-    {-        g.NavLayer = layer;-        NavInitWindow(window, true);-    }-}--void ImGui::NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.NavDisableHighlight = false;-    g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true;-}--static inline void ImGui::NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveScoringItems || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL);-    if (g.NavAnyRequest)-        IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);-}--// This needs to be called before we submit any widget (aka in or before Begin)-void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(window == g.NavWindow);--    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)-    {-        g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0;-        return;-    }--    bool init_for_nav = false;-    if (window == window->RootWindow || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit)-        init_for_nav = true;-    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from NavInitWindow(), init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer);-    if (init_for_nav)-    {-        SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, 0, ImRect());-        g.NavInitRequest = true;-        g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false;-        g.NavInitResultId = 0;-        g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect();-        NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();-    }-    else-    {-        g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0];-        g.NavFocusScopeId = 0;-    }-}--static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;-    if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !window)-    {-        // Mouse (we need a fallback in case the mouse becomes invalid after being used)-        // The +1.0f offset when stored by OpenPopupEx() allows reopening this or another popup (same or another mouse button) while not moving the mouse, it is pretty standard.-        // In theory we could move that +1.0f offset in OpenPopupEx()-        ImVec2 p = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : g.MouseLastValidPos;-        return ImVec2(p.x + 1.0f, p.y);-    }-    else-    {-        // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, pick a position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item-        // Take account of upcoming scrolling (maybe set mouse pos should be done in EndFrame?)-        ImRect rect_rel = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]);-        if (window->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount && (window->ScrollTarget.x != FLT_MAX || window->ScrollTarget.y != FLT_MAX))-        {-            ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);-            rect_rel.Translate(window->Scroll - next_scroll);-        }-        ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight()));-        ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();-        return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta.-    }-}--const char* ImGui::GetNavInputName(ImGuiNavInput n)-{-    static const char* names[] =-    {-        "Activate", "Cancel", "Input", "Menu", "DpadLeft", "DpadRight", "DpadUp", "DpadDown", "LStickLeft", "LStickRight", "LStickUp", "LStickDown",-        "FocusPrev", "FocusNext", "TweakSlow", "TweakFast", "KeyLeft", "KeyRight", "KeyUp", "KeyDown"-    };-    IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(names) == ImGuiNavInput_COUNT);-    IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < ImGuiNavInput_COUNT);-    return names[n];-}--float ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiNavReadMode mode)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_Down)-        return g.IO.NavInputs[n];                         // Instant, read analog input (0.0f..1.0f, as provided by user)--    const float t = g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[n];-    if (t < 0.0f && mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_Released)  // Return 1.0f when just released, no repeat, ignore analog input.-        return (g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev[n] >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f);-    if (t < 0.0f)-        return 0.0f;-    if (mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed)               // Return 1.0f when just pressed, no repeat, ignore analog input.-        return (t == 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f;-    if (mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_Repeat)-        return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f);-    if (mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatSlow)-        return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.25f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 2.00f);-    if (mode == ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatFast)-        return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f);-    return 0.0f;-}--ImVec2 ImGui::GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiNavReadMode mode, float slow_factor, float fast_factor)-{-    ImVec2 delta(0.0f, 0.0f);-    if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_RawKeyboard)-        delta += ImVec2((float)IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightArrow) - (float)IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow), (float)IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) - (float)IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_UpArrow));-    if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard)-        delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, mode)   - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_,   mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_,   mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_,   mode));-    if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad)-        delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, mode)   - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft,   mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown,   mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp,   mode));-    if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick)-        delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, mode));-    if (slow_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow))-        delta *= slow_factor;-    if (fast_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast))-        delta *= fast_factor;-    return delta;-}--static void ImGui::NavUpdate()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;--    io.WantSetMousePos = false;-    //if (g.NavScoringDebugCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavScoringDebugCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.NavScoringDebugCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest);--    // Update Gamepad->Nav inputs mapping-    // Set input source as Gamepad when buttons are pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard)-    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;-    if (nav_gamepad_active && g.IO.BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray == false)-    {-        for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiNavInput_COUNT; n++)-            IM_ASSERT(io.NavInputs[n] == 0.0f && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(), either only fill legacy io.NavInputs[]. Not both!");-        #define NAV_MAP_KEY(_KEY, _NAV_INPUT, _ACTIVATE_NAV)  do { io.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] = io.KeysData[_KEY - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].AnalogValue; if (_ACTIVATE_NAV && io.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] > 0.0f) { g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad; } } while (0)-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiNavInput_Activate, true);-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, true);-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiNavInput_Menu, true);-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiNavInput_Input, true);-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, true);-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, true);-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, true);-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, true);-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, false);-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, false);-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, false);-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast, false);-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, false);-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, false);-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, false);-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, false);-        #undef NAV_MAP_KEY-    }--    // Update Keyboard->Nav inputs mapping-    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;-    if (nav_keyboard_active)-    {-        #define NAV_MAP_KEY(_KEY, _NAV_INPUT)  do { if (IsKeyDown(_KEY)) { io.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] = 1.0f; g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; } } while (0)-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Space,     ImGuiNavInput_Activate );-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Enter,     ImGuiNavInput_Input    );-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Escape,    ImGuiNavInput_Cancel   );-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_ );-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_RightArrow,ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_);-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_UpArrow,   ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_   );-        NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_ );-        if (io.KeyCtrl)-            io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow] = 1.0f;-        if (io.KeyShift)-            io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast] = 1.0f;-        #undef NAV_MAP_KEY-    }-    memcpy(io.NavInputsDownDurationPrev, io.NavInputsDownDuration, sizeof(io.NavInputsDownDuration));-    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++)-        io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] = (io.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) ? (io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;--    // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus)-    if (g.NavInitResultId != 0)-        NavInitRequestApplyResult();-    g.NavInitRequest = false;-    g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false;-    g.NavInitResultId = 0;-    g.NavJustMovedToId = 0;--    // Process navigation move request-    if (g.NavMoveSubmitted)-        NavMoveRequestApplyResult();-    g.NavTabbingCounter = 0;-    g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;--    // Schedule mouse position update (will be done at the bottom of this function, after 1) processing all move requests and 2) updating scrolling)-    bool set_mouse_pos = false;-    if (g.NavMousePosDirty && g.NavIdIsAlive)-        if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow)-            set_mouse_pos = true;-    g.NavMousePosDirty = false;-    IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu);--    // Store our return window (for returning from Menu Layer to Main Layer) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0-    if (g.NavWindow)-        NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(g.NavWindow);-    if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow != NULL && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)-        g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL;--    // Update CTRL+TAB and Windowing features (hold Square to move/resize/etc.)-    NavUpdateWindowing();--    // Set output flags for user application-    io.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs);-    io.NavVisible = (io.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);--    // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus)-    NavUpdateCancelRequest();--    // Process manual activation request-    g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavActivateInputId = 0;-    g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;-    if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))-    {-        bool activate_down = IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate);-        bool input_down = IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Input);-        bool activate_pressed = activate_down && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed);-        bool input_pressed = input_down && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed);-        if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed)-        {-            g.NavActivateId = g.NavId;-            g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak;-        }-        if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && input_pressed)-        {-            g.NavActivateInputId = g.NavId;-            g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput;-        }-        if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_down)-            g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId;-        if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_pressed)-            g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId;-    }-    if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))-        g.NavDisableHighlight = true;-    if (g.NavActivateId != 0)-        IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId);--    // Process programmatic activation request-    // FIXME-NAV: Those should eventually be queued (unlike focus they don't cancel each others)-    if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0)-    {-        if (g.NavNextActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput)-            g.NavActivateInputId = g.NavNextActivateId;-        else-            g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavNextActivateId;-        g.NavActivateFlags = g.NavNextActivateFlags;-    }-    g.NavNextActivateId = 0;--    // Process move requests-    NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest();-    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None)-        NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest();-    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();-    g.NavIdIsAlive = false;--    // Scrolling-    if (g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget)-    {-        // *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;-        const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * io.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported.-        const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir;-        if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None)-        {-            if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right)-                SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));-            if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down)-                SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));-        }--        // *Normal* Manual scroll with NavScrollXXX keys-        // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds.-        ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiNavReadMode_Down, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f);-        if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX)-            SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed));-        if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f)-            SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed));-    }--    // Always prioritize mouse highlight if navigation is disabled-    if (!nav_keyboard_active && !nav_gamepad_active)-    {-        g.NavDisableHighlight = true;-        g.NavDisableMouseHover = set_mouse_pos = false;-    }--    // Update mouse position if requested-    // (This will take into account the possibility that a Scroll was queued in the window to offset our absolute mouse position before scroll has been applied)-    if (set_mouse_pos && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos))-    {-        io.MousePos = io.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();-        io.WantSetMousePos = true;-        //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("SetMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);-    }--    // [DEBUG]-    g.NavScoringDebugCount = 0;-#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS-    if (g.NavWindow)-    {-        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.NavWindow);-        if (1) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) { ImRect r = WindowRectRelToAbs(g.NavWindow, g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer]); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } } // [DEBUG]-        if (1) { ImU32 col = (!g.NavWindow->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); }-    }-#endif-}--void ImGui::NavInitRequestApplyResult()-{-    // In very rare cases g.NavWindow may be null (e.g. clearing focus after requesting an init request, which does happen when releasing Alt while clicking on void)-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (!g.NavWindow)-        return;--    // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called)-    // FIXME-NAV: On _NavFlattened windows, g.NavWindow will only be updated during subsequent frame. Not a problem currently.-    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name);-    SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0, g.NavInitResultRectRel);-    g.NavIdIsAlive = true; // Mark as alive from previous frame as we got a result-    if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove)-        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();-}--void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;--    if (g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame && window != NULL)-    {-        // Forwarding previous request (which has been modified, e.g. wrap around menus rewrite the requests with a starting rectangle at the other side of the window)-        // (preserve most state, which were already set by the NavMoveRequestForward() function)-        IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None && g.NavMoveClipDir != ImGuiDir_None);-        IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded);-        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequestForward %d\n", g.NavMoveDir);-    }-    else-    {-        // Initiate directional inputs request-        g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None;-        g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None;-        g.NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None;-        if (window && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))-        {-            const ImGuiNavReadMode read_mode = ImGuiNavReadMode_Repeat;-            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left)  && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft,  read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_,  read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; }-            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; }-            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up)    && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp,    read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_,    read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; }-            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down)  && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown,  read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_,  read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; }-        }-        g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir;-        g.NavScoringNoClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);-    }--    // Update PageUp/PageDown/Home/End scroll-    // FIXME-NAV: Consider enabling those keys even without the master ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag?-    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;-    float scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;-    if (window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None && nav_keyboard_active)-        scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown();-    if (scoring_rect_offset_y != 0.0f)-    {-        g.NavScoringNoClipRect = window->InnerRect;-        g.NavScoringNoClipRect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y);-    }--    // [DEBUG] Always send a request-#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING-    if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C))-        g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3);-    if (io.KeyCtrl && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None)-    {-        g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug;-        g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult;-    }-#endif--    // Submit-    g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false;-    if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None)-        NavMoveRequestSubmit(g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveClipDir, g.NavMoveFlags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);--    // Moving with no reference triggers a init request (will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match)-    if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavId == 0)-    {-        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", window ? window->Name : "<NULL>", g.NavLayer);-        g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true;-        g.NavInitResultId = 0;-        g.NavDisableHighlight = false;-    }--    // When using gamepad, we project the reference nav bounding box into window visible area.-    // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling, since with gamepad every movements are relative-    // (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse).-    if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && window != NULL)// && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded))-    {-        bool clamp_x = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)) == 0;-        bool clamp_y = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)) == 0;-        ImRect inner_rect_rel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, ImRect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)));-        if ((clamp_x || clamp_y) && !inner_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]))-        {-            //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n");-            float pad_x = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetWidth(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f);-            float pad_y = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetHeight(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item-            inner_rect_rel.Min.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.x + pad_x) : -FLT_MAX;-            inner_rect_rel.Max.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.x - pad_x) : +FLT_MAX;-            inner_rect_rel.Min.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.y + pad_y) : -FLT_MAX;-            inner_rect_rel.Max.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.y - pad_y) : +FLT_MAX;-            window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWithFull(inner_rect_rel);-            g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0;-        }-    }--    // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items)-    ImRect scoring_rect;-    if (window != NULL)-    {-        ImRect nav_rect_rel = !window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted() ? window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0);-        scoring_rect = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, nav_rect_rel);-        scoring_rect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y);-        scoring_rect.Min.x = ImMin(scoring_rect.Min.x + 1.0f, scoring_rect.Max.x);-        scoring_rect.Max.x = scoring_rect.Min.x;-        IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allows us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem().-        //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scoring_rect.Min, scoring_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG]-        //if (!g.NavScoringNoClipRect.IsInverted()) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } // [DEBUG]-    }-    g.NavScoringRect = scoring_rect;-    g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Add(scoring_rect);-}--void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;-    IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None);-    if (window == NULL || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))-        return;--    const bool tab_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, true) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyAlt;-    if (!tab_pressed)-        return;--    // Initiate tabbing request-    // (this is ALWAYS ENABLED, regardless of ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag!)-    // Initially this was designed to use counters and modulo arithmetic, but that could not work with unsubmitted items (list clipper). Instead we use a strategy close to other move requests.-    // See NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for a description of the various forward/backward tabbing cases with and without wrapping.-    //// FIXME: We use (g.ActiveId == 0) but (g.NavDisableHighlight == false) might be righter once we can tab through anything-    g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1;-    ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;-    ImGuiDir clip_dir = (g.NavTabbingDir < 0) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down;-    NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable.-    g.NavTabbingCounter = -1;-}--// Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request. Always called from NavUpdate()-void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING-    if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult) // [DEBUG] Scoring all items in NavWindow at all times-        return;-#endif--    // Select which result to use-    ImGuiNavItemData* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : (g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultOther : NULL;--    // Tabbing forward wrap-    if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing)-        if ((g.NavTabbingCounter == 1 || g.NavTabbingDir == 0) && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID)-            result = &g.NavTabbingResultFirst;--    // In a situation when there is no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result)-    if (result == NULL)-    {-        if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing)-            g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight;-        if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight) == 0)-            NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();-        return;-    }--    // PageUp/PageDown behavior first jumps to the bottom/top mostly visible item, _otherwise_ use the result from the previous/next page.-    if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet)-        if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != g.NavId)-            result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible;--    // Maybe entering a flattened child from the outside? In this case solve the tie using the regular scoring rules.-    if (result != &g.NavMoveResultOther && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.Window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow)-        if ((g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox < result->DistBox) || (g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox == result->DistBox && g.NavMoveResultOther.DistCenter < result->DistCenter))-            result = &g.NavMoveResultOther;-    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow && result->Window);--    // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view.-    if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)-    {-        if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY)-        {-            // FIXME: Should remove this-            float scroll_target = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? result->Window->ScrollMax.y : 0.0f;-            SetScrollY(result->Window, scroll_target);-        }-        else-        {-            ImRect rect_abs = WindowRectRelToAbs(result->Window, result->RectRel);-            ScrollToRectEx(result->Window, rect_abs, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);-        }-    }--    if (g.NavWindow != result->Window)-    {-        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavMoveRequest: SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", result->Window->Name);-        g.NavWindow = result->Window;-    }-    if (g.ActiveId != result->ID)-        ClearActiveID();-    if (g.NavId != result->ID)-    {-        // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)-        g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID;-        g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId;-        g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveKeyMods;-    }--    // Focus-    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name);-    SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel);--    // Tabbing: Activates Inputable or Focus non-Inputable-    if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable))-    {-        g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID;-        g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState;-        g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight;-    }--    // Activate-    if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate)-    {-        g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID;-        g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;-    }--    // Enable nav highlight-    if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight) == 0)-        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();-}--// Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus)-// FIXME: In order to support e.g. Escape to clear a selection we'll need:-// - either to store the equivalent of ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask for a FocusScope and test for it.-// - either to move most/all of those tests to the epilogue/end functions of the scope they are dealing with (e.g. exit child window in EndChild()) or in EndFrame(), to allow an earlier intercept-static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (!IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed))-        return;--    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] ImGuiNavInput_Cancel\n");-    if (g.ActiveId != 0)-    {-        if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel))-            ClearActiveID();-    }-    else if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main)-    {-        // Leave the "menu" layer-        NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main);-        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();-    }-    else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow)-    {-        // Exit child window-        ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow;-        ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow;-        IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0);-        ImRect child_rect = child_window->Rect();-        FocusWindow(parent_window);-        SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, WindowRectAbsToRel(parent_window, child_rect));-        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();-    }-    else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0 && !(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))-    {-        // Close open popup/menu-        ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true);-    }-    else-    {-        // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were-        if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)))-            g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0;-        g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0;-    }-}--// Handle PageUp/PageDown/Home/End keys-// Called from NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() which will use our output to create a move request-// FIXME-NAV: This doesn't work properly with NavFlattened siblings as we use NavWindow rectangle for reference-// FIXME-NAV: how to get Home/End to aim at the beginning/end of a 2D grid?-static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;-    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL)-        return 0.0f;--    const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageUp) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageUp);-    const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageDown) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageDown);-    const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Home);-    const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_End);-    if (page_up_held == page_down_held && home_pressed == end_pressed) // Proceed if either (not both) are pressed, otherwise early out-        return 0.0f;--    if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main)-        NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main);--    if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll)-    {-        // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item-        if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, true))-            SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight());-        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, true))-            SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight());-        else if (home_pressed)-            SetScrollY(window, 0.0f);-        else if (end_pressed)-            SetScrollY(window, window->ScrollMax.y);-    }-    else-    {-        ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];-        const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight());-        float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;-        if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, true))-        {-            nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y;-            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item)-            g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up;-            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet;-        }-        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, true))-        {-            nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y;-            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item)-            g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down;-            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet;-        }-        else if (home_pressed)-        {-            // FIXME-NAV: handling of Home/End is assuming that the top/bottom most item will be visible with Scroll.y == 0/ScrollMax.y-            // Scrolling will be handled via the ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY flag, we don't scroll immediately to avoid scrolling happening before nav result.-            // Preserve current horizontal position if we have any.-            nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = 0.0f;-            if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted())-                nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f;-            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down;-            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY;-            // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional?-        }-        else if (end_pressed)-        {-            nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y;-            if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted())-                nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f;-            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up;-            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY;-            // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional?-        }-        return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y;-    }-    return 0.0f;-}--static void ImGui::NavEndFrame()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--    // Show CTRL+TAB list window-    if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL)-        NavUpdateWindowingOverlay();--    // Perform wrap-around in menus-    // FIXME-NAV: Wrap may need to apply a weight bias on the other axis. e.g. 4x4 grid with 2 last items missing on last item won't handle LoopY/WrapY correctly.-    // FIXME-NAV: Wrap (not Loop) support could be handled by the scoring function and then WrapX would function without an extra frame.-    const ImGuiNavMoveFlags wanted_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY;-    if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & wanted_flags) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0)-        NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest();-}--static void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;--    bool do_forward = false;-    ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];-    ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir;-    const ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = g.NavMoveFlags;-    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX)))-    {-        bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x;-        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)-        {-            bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Previous row-            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up;-        }-        do_forward = true;-    }-    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX)))-    {-        bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->WindowPadding.x;-        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)-        {-            bb_rel.TranslateY(+bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Next row-            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down;-        }-        do_forward = true;-    }-    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY)))-    {-        bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y;-        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)-        {-            bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Previous column-            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left;-        }-        do_forward = true;-    }-    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY)))-    {-        bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->WindowPadding.y;-        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)-        {-            bb_rel.TranslateX(+bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Next column-            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right;-        }-        do_forward = true;-    }-    if (!do_forward)-        return;-    window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel;-    NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, move_flags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);-}--static int ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_UNUSED(g);-    int order = window->FocusOrder;-    IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindow == window); // No child window (not testing _ChildWindow because of docking)-    IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[order] == window);-    return order;-}--static ImGuiWindow* FindWindowNavFocusable(int i_start, int i_stop, int dir) // FIXME-OPT O(N)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    for (int i = i_start; i >= 0 && i < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size && i != i_stop; i += dir)-        if (ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]))-            return g.WindowsFocusOrder[i];-    return NULL;-}--static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget);-    if (g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)-        return;--    const int i_current = ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(g.NavWindowingTarget);-    ImGuiWindow* window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable(i_current + focus_change_dir, -INT_MAX, focus_change_dir);-    if (!window_target)-        window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable((focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1) : 0, i_current, focus_change_dir);-    if (window_target) // Don't reset windowing target if there's a single window in the list-        g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window_target;-    g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;-}--// Windowing management mode-// Keyboard: CTRL+Tab (change focus/move/resize), Alt (toggle menu layer)-// Gamepad:  Hold Menu/Square (change focus/move/resize), Tap Menu/Square (toggle menu layer)-static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;--    ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL;-    bool apply_toggle_layer = false;--    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal();-    bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL);-    if (!allow_windowing)-        g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;--    // Fade out-    if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && g.NavWindowingTarget == NULL)-    {-        g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - io.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f);-        if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f)-            g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = NULL;-    }--    // Start CTRL+Tab or Square+L/R window selection-    const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiNavReadMode_Pressed);-    const bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab);-    if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard)-        if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1))-        {-            g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindow;-            g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;-            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_gamepad ? true : false; // Gamepad starts toggling layer-            g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard : ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad;-        }--    // Gamepad update-    g.NavWindowingTimer += io.DeltaTime;-    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)-    {-        // Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise-        g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f));--        // Select window to focus-        const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatSlow) - (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavReadMode_RepeatSlow);-        if (focus_change_dir != 0)-        {-            NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir);-            g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 1.0f;-        }--        // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered top-most)-        if (!IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Menu))-        {-            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore.-            if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavWindow)-                apply_toggle_layer = true;-            else if (!g.NavWindowingToggleLayer)-                apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget;-            g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;-        }-    }--    // Keyboard: Focus-    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)-    {-        // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise-        g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f-        if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, true))-            NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(io.KeyShift ? +1 : -1);-        if (!io.KeyCtrl)-            apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget;-    }--    // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer-    // - Testing that only Alt is tested prevents Alt+Shift or AltGR from toggling menu layer.-    // - AltGR is normally Alt+Ctrl but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl). But even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu anyway.-	const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;-    if (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_ModAlt))-    {-        g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true;-        g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;-    }-    if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)-    {-        // We cancel toggling nav layer when any text has been typed (generally while holding Alt). (See #370)-        // We cancel toggling nav layer when other modifiers are pressed. (See #4439)-        if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0 || io.KeyCtrl || io.KeyShift || io.KeySuper)-            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;--        // Apply layer toggle on release-        // Important: as before version <18314 we lacked an explicit IO event for focus gain/loss, we also compare mouse validity to detect old backends clearing mouse pos on focus loss.-        if (IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey_ModAlt) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer)-            if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)-                if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev))-                    apply_toggle_layer = true;-        if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_ModAlt))-            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;-    }--    // Move window-    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))-    {-        ImVec2 move_delta;-        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && !io.KeyShift)-            move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_RawKeyboard, ImGuiNavReadMode_Down);-        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)-            move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiNavReadMode_Down);-        if (move_delta.x != 0.0f || move_delta.y != 0.0f)-        {-            const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f;-            const float move_speed = ImFloor(NAV_MOVE_SPEED * io.DeltaTime * ImMin(io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); // FIXME: Doesn't handle variable framerate very well-            ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow;-            SetWindowPos(moving_window, moving_window->Pos + move_delta * move_speed, ImGuiCond_Always);-            g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;-        }-    }--    // Apply final focus-    if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow))-    {-        ClearActiveID();-        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();-        apply_focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(apply_focus_window);-        ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false);-        FocusWindow(apply_focus_window);-        if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0)-            NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false);--        // If the window has ONLY a menu layer (no main layer), select it directly-        // Use NavLayersActiveMaskNext since windows didn't have a chance to be Begin()-ed on this frame,-        // so CTRL+Tab where the keys are only held for 1 frame will be able to use correct layers mask since-        // the target window as already been previewed once.-        // FIXME-NAV: This should be done in NavInit.. or in FocusWindow... However in both of those cases,-        // we won't have a guarantee that windows has been visible before and therefore NavLayersActiveMask*-        // won't be valid.-        if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext == (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu))-            g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;-    }-    if (apply_focus_window)-        g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;--    // Apply menu/layer toggle-    if (apply_toggle_layer && g.NavWindow)-    {-        ClearActiveID();--        // Move to parent menu if necessary-        ImGuiWindow* new_nav_window = g.NavWindow;-        while (new_nav_window->ParentWindow-            && (new_nav_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0-            && (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0-            && (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)-            new_nav_window = new_nav_window->ParentWindow;-        if (new_nav_window != g.NavWindow)-        {-            ImGuiWindow* old_nav_window = g.NavWindow;-            FocusWindow(new_nav_window);-            new_nav_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = old_nav_window;-        }--        // Toggle layer-        const ImGuiNavLayer new_nav_layer = (g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) ? (ImGuiNavLayer)((int)g.NavLayer ^ 1) : ImGuiNavLayer_Main;-        if (new_nav_layer != g.NavLayer)-        {-            // Reinitialize navigation when entering menu bar with the Alt key (FIXME: could be a properly of the layer?)-            if (new_nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)-                g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[new_nav_layer] = 0;-            NavRestoreLayer(new_nav_layer);-            NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();-        }-    }-}--// Window has already passed the IsWindowNavFocusable()-static const char* GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)-        return "(Popup)";-    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) && strcmp(window->Name, "##MainMenuBar") == 0)-        return "(Main menu bar)";-    return "(Untitled)";-}--// Overlay displayed when using CTRL+TAB. Called by EndFrame().-void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);--    if (g.NavWindowingTimer < NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY)-        return;--    if (g.NavWindowingListWindow == NULL)-        g.NavWindowingListWindow = FindWindowByName("###NavWindowingList");-    const ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();-    SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(viewport->Size.x * 0.20f, viewport->Size.y * 0.20f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX));-    SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));-    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.WindowPadding * 2.0f);-    Begin("###NavWindowingList", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);-    for (int n = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)-    {-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n];-        IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); // Fix static analyzers-        if (!IsWindowNavFocusable(window))-            continue;-        const char* label = window->Name;-        if (label == FindRenderedTextEnd(label))-            label = GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(window);-        Selectable(label, g.NavWindowingTarget == window);-    }-    End();-    PopStyleVar();-}---//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------bool ImGui::IsDragDropActive()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.DragDropActive;-}--void ImGui::ClearDragDrop()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.DragDropActive = false;-    g.DragDropPayload.Clear();-    g.DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None;-    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = 0;-    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX;-    g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1;--    g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.clear();-    memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal));-}--// When this returns true you need to: a) call SetDragDropPayload() exactly once, b) you may render the payload visual/description, c) call EndDragDropSource()-// If the item has an identifier:-// - This assume/require the item to be activated (typically via ButtonBehavior).-// - Therefore if you want to use this with a mouse button other than left mouse button, it is up to the item itself to activate with another button.-// - We then pull and use the mouse button that was used to activate the item and use it to carry on the drag.-// If the item has no identifier:-// - Currently always assume left mouse button.-bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;--    // FIXME-DRAGDROP: While in the common-most "drag from non-zero active id" case we can tell the mouse button,-    // in both SourceExtern and id==0 cases we may requires something else (explicit flags or some heuristic).-    ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = ImGuiMouseButton_Left;--    bool source_drag_active = false;-    ImGuiID source_id = 0;-    ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0;-    if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern))-    {-        source_id = g.LastItemData.ID;-        if (source_id != 0)-        {-            // Common path: items with ID-            if (g.ActiveId != source_id)-                return false;-            if (g.ActiveIdMouseButton != -1)-                mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton;-            if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems)-                return false;-            g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;-        }-        else-        {-            // Uncommon path: items without ID-            if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems)-                return false;-            if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window))-                return false;--            // If you want to use BeginDragDropSource() on an item with no unique identifier for interaction, such as Text() or Image(), you need to:-            // A) Read the explanation below, B) Use the ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID flag.-            if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID))-            {-                IM_ASSERT(0);-                return false;-            }--            // Magic fallback to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image()-            // We build a throwaway ID based on current ID stack + relative AABB of items in window.-            // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING/RESIZINGG OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled.-            // We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive.-            // Rely on keeping other window->LastItemXXX fields intact.-            source_id = g.LastItemData.ID = window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect);-            KeepAliveID(source_id);-            bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(g.LastItemData.Rect, source_id);-            if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button])-            {-                SetActiveID(source_id, window);-                FocusWindow(window);-            }-            if (g.ActiveId == source_id) // Allow the underlying widget to display/return hovered during the mouse release frame, else we would get a flicker.-                g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = is_hovered;-        }-        if (g.ActiveId != source_id)-            return false;-        source_parent_id = window->IDStack.back();-        source_drag_active = IsMouseDragging(mouse_button);--        // Disable navigation and key inputs while dragging + cancel existing request if any-        SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys();-    }-    else-    {-        window = NULL;-        source_id = ImHashStr("#SourceExtern");-        source_drag_active = true;-    }--    if (source_drag_active)-    {-        if (!g.DragDropActive)-        {-            IM_ASSERT(source_id != 0);-            ClearDragDrop();-            ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;-            payload.SourceId = source_id;-            payload.SourceParentId = source_parent_id;-            g.DragDropActive = true;-            g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags;-            g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button;-            if (payload.SourceId == g.ActiveId)-                g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;-        }-        g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount;-        g.DragDropWithinSource = true;--        if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))-        {-            // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit)-            // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents.-            BeginTooltip();-            if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip))-            {-                ImGuiWindow* tooltip_window = g.CurrentWindow;-                tooltip_window->Hidden = tooltip_window->SkipItems = true;-                tooltip_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;-            }-        }--        if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern))-            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;--        return true;-    }-    return false;-}--void ImGui::EndDragDropSource()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);-    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSource && "Not after a BeginDragDropSource()?");--    if (!(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))-        EndTooltip();--    // Discard the drag if have not called SetDragDropPayload()-    if (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount == -1)-        ClearDragDrop();-    g.DragDropWithinSource = false;-}--// Use 'cond' to choose to submit payload on drag start or every frame-bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiCond cond)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;-    if (cond == 0)-        cond = ImGuiCond_Always;--    IM_ASSERT(type != NULL);-    IM_ASSERT(strlen(type) < IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType) && "Payload type can be at most 32 characters long");-    IM_ASSERT((data != NULL && data_size > 0) || (data == NULL && data_size == 0));-    IM_ASSERT(cond == ImGuiCond_Always || cond == ImGuiCond_Once);-    IM_ASSERT(payload.SourceId != 0);                               // Not called between BeginDragDropSource() and EndDragDropSource()--    if (cond == ImGuiCond_Always || payload.DataFrameCount == -1)-    {-        // Copy payload-        ImStrncpy(payload.DataType, type, IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType));-        g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize(0);-        if (data_size > sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal))-        {-            // Store in heap-            g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize((int)data_size);-            payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.Data;-            memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size);-        }-        else if (data_size > 0)-        {-            // Store locally-            memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal));-            payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal;-            memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size);-        }-        else-        {-            payload.Data = NULL;-        }-        payload.DataSize = (int)data_size;-    }-    payload.DataFrameCount = g.FrameCount;--    // Return whether the payload has been accepted-    return (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount) || (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1);-}--bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (!g.DragDropActive)-        return false;--    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;-    if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindow != hovered_window->RootWindow)-        return false;-    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);-    if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max) || (id == g.DragDropPayload.SourceId))-        return false;-    if (window->SkipItems)-        return false;--    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false);-    g.DragDropTargetRect = bb;-    g.DragDropTargetId = id;-    g.DragDropWithinTarget = true;-    return true;-}--// We don't use BeginDragDropTargetCustom() and duplicate its code because:-// 1) we use LastItemRectHoveredRect which handles items that pushes a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them.-// 2) and it's faster. as this code may be very frequently called, we want to early out as fast as we can.-// Also note how the HoveredWindow test is positioned differently in both functions (in both functions we optimize for the cheapest early out case)-bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (!g.DragDropActive)-        return false;--    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    if (!(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))-        return false;-    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;-    if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindow != hovered_window->RootWindow || window->SkipItems)-        return false;--    const ImRect& display_rect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? g.LastItemData.DisplayRect : g.LastItemData.Rect;-    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;-    if (id == 0)-    {-        id = window->GetIDFromRectangle(display_rect);-        KeepAliveID(id);-    }-    if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id)-        return false;--    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false);-    g.DragDropTargetRect = display_rect;-    g.DragDropTargetId = id;-    g.DragDropWithinTarget = true;-    return true;-}--bool ImGui::IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev != 0;-}--const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;-    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);                        // Not called between BeginDragDropTarget() and EndDragDropTarget() ?-    IM_ASSERT(payload.DataFrameCount != -1);            // Forgot to call EndDragDropTarget() ?-    if (type != NULL && !payload.IsDataType(type))-        return NULL;--    // Accept smallest drag target bounding box, this allows us to nest drag targets conveniently without ordering constraints.-    // NB: We currently accept NULL id as target. However, overlapping targets requires a unique ID to function!-    const bool was_accepted_previously = (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev == g.DragDropTargetId);-    ImRect r = g.DragDropTargetRect;-    float r_surface = r.GetWidth() * r.GetHeight();-    if (r_surface <= g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface)-    {-        g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags;-        g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId;-        g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface;-    }--    // Render default drop visuals-    // FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target.-    payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously;-    flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that lives for 1 frame)-    if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview)-        window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(3.5f,3.5f), r.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);--    g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount;-    payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting os window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased()-    if (!payload.Delivery && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery))-        return NULL;--    return &payload;-}--const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.DragDropActive ? &g.DragDropPayload : NULL;-}--// We don't really use/need this now, but added it for the sake of consistency and because we might need it later.-void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);-    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget);-    g.DragDropWithinTarget = false;-}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard.-// By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)-static inline void LogTextV(ImGuiContext& g, const char* fmt, va_list args)-{-    if (g.LogFile)-    {-        g.LogBuffer.Buf.resize(0);-        g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args);-        ImFileWrite(g.LogBuffer.c_str(), sizeof(char), (ImU64)g.LogBuffer.size(), g.LogFile);-    }-    else-    {-        g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args);-    }-}--void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (!g.LogEnabled)-        return;--    va_list args;-    va_start(args, fmt);-    LogTextV(g, fmt, args);-    va_end(args);-}--void ImGui::LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (!g.LogEnabled)-        return;--    LogTextV(g, fmt, args);-}--// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth.-// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding-// FIXME: This code is a little complicated perhaps, considering simplifying the whole system.-void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;--    const char* prefix = g.LogNextPrefix;-    const char* suffix = g.LogNextSuffix;-    g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL;--    if (!text_end)-        text_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);--    const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > g.LogLinePosY + g.Style.FramePadding.y + 1);-    if (ref_pos)-        g.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y;-    if (log_new_line)-    {-        LogText(IM_NEWLINE);-        g.LogLineFirstItem = true;-    }--    if (prefix)-        LogRenderedText(ref_pos, prefix, prefix + strlen(prefix)); // Calculate end ourself to ensure "##" are included here.--    // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth-    if (g.LogDepthRef > window->DC.TreeDepth)-        g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth;-    const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef);--    const char* text_remaining = text;-    for (;;)-    {-        // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by indentation corresponding to the current depth of our log entry.-        // We don't add a trailing \n yet to allow a subsequent item on the same line to be captured.-        const char* line_start = text_remaining;-        const char* line_end = ImStreolRange(line_start, text_end);-        const bool is_last_line = (line_end == text_end);-        if (line_start != line_end || !is_last_line)-        {-            const int line_length = (int)(line_end - line_start);-            const int indentation = g.LogLineFirstItem ? tree_depth * 4 : 1;-            LogText("%*s%.*s", indentation, "", line_length, line_start);-            g.LogLineFirstItem = false;-            if (*line_end == '\n')-            {-                LogText(IM_NEWLINE);-                g.LogLineFirstItem = true;-            }-        }-        if (is_last_line)-            break;-        text_remaining = line_end + 1;-    }--    if (suffix)-        LogRenderedText(ref_pos, suffix, suffix + strlen(suffix));-}--// Start logging/capturing text output-void ImGui::LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    IM_ASSERT(g.LogEnabled == false);-    IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL);-    IM_ASSERT(g.LogBuffer.empty());-    g.LogEnabled = true;-    g.LogType = type;-    g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL;-    g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth;-    g.LogDepthToExpand = ((auto_open_depth >= 0) ? auto_open_depth : g.LogDepthToExpandDefault);-    g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX;-    g.LogLineFirstItem = true;-}--// Important: doesn't copy underlying data, use carefully (prefix/suffix must be in scope at the time of the next LogRenderedText)-void ImGui::LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.LogNextPrefix = prefix;-    g.LogNextSuffix = suffix;-}--void ImGui::LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.LogEnabled)-        return;-    IM_UNUSED(auto_open_depth);-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS-    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_TTY, auto_open_depth);-    g.LogFile = stdout;-#endif-}--// Start logging/capturing text output to given file-void ImGui::LogToFile(int auto_open_depth, const char* filename)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.LogEnabled)-        return;--    // FIXME: We could probably open the file in text mode "at", however note that clipboard/buffer logging will still-    // be subject to outputting OS-incompatible carriage return if within strings the user doesn't use IM_NEWLINE.-    // By opening the file in binary mode "ab" we have consistent output everywhere.-    if (!filename)-        filename = g.IO.LogFilename;-    if (!filename || !filename[0])-        return;-    ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(filename, "ab");-    if (!f)-    {-        IM_ASSERT(0);-        return;-    }--    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_File, auto_open_depth);-    g.LogFile = f;-}--// Start logging/capturing text output to clipboard-void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.LogEnabled)-        return;-    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Clipboard, auto_open_depth);-}--void ImGui::LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.LogEnabled)-        return;-    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Buffer, auto_open_depth);-}--void ImGui::LogFinish()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (!g.LogEnabled)-        return;--    LogText(IM_NEWLINE);-    switch (g.LogType)-    {-    case ImGuiLogType_TTY:-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS-        fflush(g.LogFile);-#endif-        break;-    case ImGuiLogType_File:-        ImFileClose(g.LogFile);-        break;-    case ImGuiLogType_Buffer:-        break;-    case ImGuiLogType_Clipboard:-        if (!g.LogBuffer.empty())-            SetClipboardText(g.LogBuffer.begin());-        break;-    case ImGuiLogType_None:-        IM_ASSERT(0);-        break;-    }--    g.LogEnabled = false;-    g.LogType = ImGuiLogType_None;-    g.LogFile = NULL;-    g.LogBuffer.clear();-}--// Helper to display logging buttons-// FIXME-OBSOLETE: We should probably obsolete this and let the user have their own helper (this is one of the oldest function alive!)-void ImGui::LogButtons()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--    PushID("LogButtons");-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS-    const bool log_to_tty = Button("Log To TTY"); SameLine();-#else-    const bool log_to_tty = false;-#endif-    const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine();-    const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine();-    PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false);-    SetNextItemWidth(80.0f);-    SliderInt("Default Depth", &g.LogDepthToExpandDefault, 0, 9, NULL);-    PopAllowKeyboardFocus();-    PopID();--    // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log-    if (log_to_tty)-        LogToTTY();-    if (log_to_file)-        LogToFile();-    if (log_to_clipboard)-        LogToClipboard();-}---//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] SETTINGS-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// - UpdateSettings() [Internal]-// - MarkIniSettingsDirty() [Internal]-// - CreateNewWindowSettings() [Internal]-// - FindWindowSettings() [Internal]-// - FindOrCreateWindowSettings() [Internal]-// - FindSettingsHandler() [Internal]-// - ClearIniSettings() [Internal]-// - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk()-// - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory()-// - SaveIniSettingsToDisk()-// - SaveIniSettingsToMemory()-// - WindowSettingsHandler_***() [Internal]-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// Called by NewFrame()-void ImGui::UpdateSettings()-{-    // Load settings on first frame (if not explicitly loaded manually before)-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (!g.SettingsLoaded)-    {-        IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsWindows.empty());-        if (g.IO.IniFilename)-            LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);-        g.SettingsLoaded = true;-    }--    // Save settings (with a delay after the last modification, so we don't spam disk too much)-    if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f)-    {-        g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;-        if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)-        {-            if (g.IO.IniFilename != NULL)-                SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);-            else-                g.IO.WantSaveIniSettings = true;  // Let user know they can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory(). user will need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings themselves.-            g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;-        }-    }-}--void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)-        g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;-}--void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))-        if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)-            g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;-}--ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;--#if !IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS-    // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID()-    // Preserve the full string when IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS is set to make .ini inspection easier.-    if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###"))-        name = p;-#endif-    const size_t name_len = strlen(name);--    // Allocate chunk-    const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1;-    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(chunk_size);-    IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings();-    settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, name_len);-    memcpy(settings->GetName(), name, name_len + 1);   // Store with zero terminator--    return settings;-}--ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))-        if (settings->ID == id)-            return settings;-    return NULL;-}--ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name)-{-    if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettings(ImHashStr(name)))-        return settings;-    return CreateNewWindowSettings(name);-}--void ImGui::AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(FindSettingsHandler(handler->TypeName) == NULL);-    g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(*handler);-}--void ImGui::RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_name))-        g.SettingsHandlers.erase(handler);-}--ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHashStr(type_name);-    for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++)-        if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].TypeHash == type_hash)-            return &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n];-    return NULL;-}--void ImGui::ClearIniSettings()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.SettingsIniData.clear();-    for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++)-        if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn)-            g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]);-}--void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename)-{-    size_t file_data_size = 0;-    char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", &file_data_size);-    if (!file_data)-        return;-    if (file_data_size > 0)-        LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size);-    IM_FREE(file_data);-}--// Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing-void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);-    //IM_ASSERT(!g.WithinFrameScope && "Cannot be called between NewFrame() and EndFrame()");-    //IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsLoaded == false && g.FrameCount == 0);--    // For user convenience, we allow passing a non zero-terminated string (hence the ini_size parameter).-    // For our convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll also write zero-terminators within the buffer. So let's create a writable copy..-    if (ini_size == 0)-        ini_size = strlen(ini_data);-    g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize((int)ini_size + 1);-    char* const buf = g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Data;-    char* const buf_end = buf + ini_size;-    memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size);-    buf_end[0] = 0;--    // Call pre-read handlers-    // Some types will clear their data (e.g. dock information) some types will allow merge/override (window)-    for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++)-        if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn)-            g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]);--    void* entry_data = NULL;-    ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL;--    char* line_end = NULL;-    for (char* line = buf; line < buf_end; line = line_end + 1)-    {-        // Skip new lines markers, then find end of the line-        while (*line == '\n' || *line == '\r')-            line++;-        line_end = line;-        while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r')-            line_end++;-        line_end[0] = 0;-        if (line[0] == ';')-            continue;-        if (line[0] == '[' && line_end > line && line_end[-1] == ']')-        {-            // Parse "[Type][Name]". Note that 'Name' can itself contains [] characters, which is acceptable with the current format and parsing code.-            line_end[-1] = 0;-            const char* name_end = line_end - 1;-            const char* type_start = line + 1;-            char* type_end = (char*)(void*)ImStrchrRange(type_start, name_end, ']');-            const char* name_start = type_end ? ImStrchrRange(type_end + 1, name_end, '[') : NULL;-            if (!type_end || !name_start)-                continue;-            *type_end = 0; // Overwrite first ']'-            name_start++;  // Skip second '['-            entry_handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_start);-            entry_data = entry_handler ? entry_handler->ReadOpenFn(&g, entry_handler, name_start) : NULL;-        }-        else if (entry_handler != NULL && entry_data != NULL)-        {-            // Let type handler parse the line-            entry_handler->ReadLineFn(&g, entry_handler, entry_data, line);-        }-    }-    g.SettingsLoaded = true;--    // [DEBUG] Restore untouched copy so it can be browsed in Metrics (not strictly necessary)-    memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size);--    // Call post-read handlers-    for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++)-        if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn)-            g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]);-}--void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;-    if (!ini_filename)-        return;--    size_t ini_data_size = 0;-    const char* ini_data = SaveIniSettingsToMemory(&ini_data_size);-    ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt");-    if (!f)-        return;-    ImFileWrite(ini_data, sizeof(char), ini_data_size, f);-    ImFileClose(f);-}--// Call registered handlers (e.g. SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll() + custom handlers) to write their stuff into a text buffer-const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;-    g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0);-    g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0);-    for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++)-    {-        ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n];-        handler->WriteAllFn(&g, handler, &g.SettingsIniData);-    }-    if (out_size)-        *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size();-    return g.SettingsIniData.c_str();-}--static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;-    for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)-        g.Windows[i]->SettingsOffset = -1;-    g.SettingsWindows.clear();-}--static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name)-{-    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(name);-    ImGuiID id = settings->ID;-    *settings = ImGuiWindowSettings(); // Clear existing if recycling previous entry-    settings->ID = id;-    settings->WantApply = true;-    return (void*)settings;-}--static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line)-{-    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (ImGuiWindowSettings*)entry;-    int x, y;-    int i;-    if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2)         { settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }-    else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2)   { settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }-    else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1)     { settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); }-}--// Apply to existing windows (if any)-static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;-    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))-        if (settings->WantApply)-        {-            if (ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::FindWindowByID(settings->ID))-                ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings);-            settings->WantApply = false;-        }-}--static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf)-{-    // Gather data from windows that were active during this session-    // (if a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings)-    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;-    for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)-    {-        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];-        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)-            continue;--        ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (window->SettingsOffset != -1) ? g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(window->SettingsOffset) : ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID);-        if (!settings)-        {-            settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(window->Name);-            window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings);-        }-        IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == window->ID);-        settings->Pos = ImVec2ih(window->Pos);-        settings->Size = ImVec2ih(window->SizeFull);--        settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed;-    }--    // Write to text buffer-    buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.size() * 6); // ballpark reserve-    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))-    {-        const char* settings_name = settings->GetName();-        buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, settings_name);-        buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y);-        buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y);-        buf->appendf("Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed);-        buf->append("\n");-    }-}---//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// - GetMainViewport()-// - SetWindowViewport() [Internal]-// - UpdateViewportsNewFrame() [Internal]-// (this section is more complete in the 'docking' branch)-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetMainViewport()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.Viewports[0];-}--void ImGui::SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport)-{-    window->Viewport = viewport;-}--// Update viewports and monitor infos-static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    IM_ASSERT(g.Viewports.Size == 1);--    // Update main viewport with current platform position.-    // FIXME-VIEWPORT: Size is driven by backend/user code for backward-compatibility but we should aim to make this more consistent.-    ImGuiViewportP* main_viewport = g.Viewports[0];-    main_viewport->Flags = ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow | ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp;-    main_viewport->Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);-    main_viewport->Size = g.IO.DisplaySize;--    for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)-    {-        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n];--        // Lock down space taken by menu bars and status bars, reset the offset for fucntions like BeginMainMenuBar() to alter them again.-        viewport->WorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin;-        viewport->WorkOffsetMax = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax;-        viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);-        viewport->UpdateWorkRect();-    }-}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] DOCKING-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// (this section is filled in the 'docking' branch)---//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)--#ifdef _MSC_VER-#pragma comment(lib, "user32")-#pragma comment(lib, "kernel32")-#endif--// Win32 clipboard implementation-// We use g.ClipboardHandlerData for temporary storage to ensure it is freed on Shutdown()-static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();-    if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL))-        return NULL;-    HANDLE wbuf_handle = ::GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT);-    if (wbuf_handle == NULL)-    {-        ::CloseClipboard();-        return NULL;-    }-    if (const WCHAR* wbuf_global = (const WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle))-    {-        int buf_len = ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);-        g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(buf_len);-        ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data, buf_len, NULL, NULL);-    }-    ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);-    ::CloseClipboard();-    return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data;-}--static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)-{-    if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL))-        return;-    const int wbuf_length = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, NULL, 0);-    HGLOBAL wbuf_handle = ::GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE, (SIZE_T)wbuf_length * sizeof(WCHAR));-    if (wbuf_handle == NULL)-    {-        ::CloseClipboard();-        return;-    }-    WCHAR* wbuf_global = (WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle);-    ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, wbuf_global, wbuf_length);-    ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);-    ::EmptyClipboard();-    if (::SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, wbuf_handle) == NULL)-        ::GlobalFree(wbuf_handle);-    ::CloseClipboard();-}--#elif defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_OSX && defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)--#include <Carbon/Carbon.h>  // Use old API to avoid need for separate .mm file-static PasteboardRef main_clipboard = 0;--// OSX clipboard implementation-// If you enable this you will need to add '-framework ApplicationServices' to your linker command-line!-static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)-{-    if (!main_clipboard)-        PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard);-    PasteboardClear(main_clipboard);-    CFDataRef cf_data = CFDataCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, (const UInt8*)text, strlen(text));-    if (cf_data)-    {-        PasteboardPutItemFlavor(main_clipboard, (PasteboardItemID)1, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), cf_data, 0);-        CFRelease(cf_data);-    }-}--static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*)-{-    if (!main_clipboard)-        PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard);-    PasteboardSynchronize(main_clipboard);--    ItemCount item_count = 0;-    PasteboardGetItemCount(main_clipboard, &item_count);-    for (ItemCount i = 0; i < item_count; i++)-    {-        PasteboardItemID item_id = 0;-        PasteboardGetItemIdentifier(main_clipboard, i + 1, &item_id);-        CFArrayRef flavor_type_array = 0;-        PasteboardCopyItemFlavors(main_clipboard, item_id, &flavor_type_array);-        for (CFIndex j = 0, nj = CFArrayGetCount(flavor_type_array); j < nj; j++)-        {-            CFDataRef cf_data;-            if (PasteboardCopyItemFlavorData(main_clipboard, item_id, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), &cf_data) == noErr)-            {-                ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-                g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();-                int length = (int)CFDataGetLength(cf_data);-                g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(length + 1);-                CFDataGetBytes(cf_data, CFRangeMake(0, length), (UInt8*)g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data);-                g.ClipboardHandlerData[length] = 0;-                CFRelease(cf_data);-                return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data;-            }-        }-    }-    return NULL;-}--#else--// Local Dear ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers.-static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    return g.ClipboardHandlerData.empty() ? NULL : g.ClipboardHandlerData.begin();-}--static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();-    const char* text_end = text + strlen(text);-    g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize((int)(text_end - text) + 1);-    memcpy(&g.ClipboardHandlerData[0], text, (size_t)(text_end - text));-    g.ClipboardHandlerData[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0;-}--#endif--// Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.)-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)--#include <imm.h>-#ifdef _MSC_VER-#pragma comment(lib, "imm32")-#endif--static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data)-{-    // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position-    HWND hwnd = (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw;-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS-    if (hwnd == 0)-        hwnd = (HWND)ImGui::GetIO().ImeWindowHandle;-#endif-    if (hwnd == 0)-        return;--    ::ImmAssociateContextEx(hwnd, NULL, data->WantVisible ? IACE_DEFAULT : 0);--    if (HIMC himc = ::ImmGetContext(hwnd))-    {-        COMPOSITIONFORM composition_form = {};-        composition_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)data->InputPos.x;-        composition_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)data->InputPos.y;-        composition_form.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION;-        ::ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &composition_form);-        CANDIDATEFORM candidate_form = {};-        candidate_form.dwStyle = CFS_CANDIDATEPOS;-        candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)data->InputPos.x;-        candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)data->InputPos.y;-        ::ImmSetCandidateWindow(himc, &candidate_form);-        ::ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, himc);-    }-}--#else--static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData*) {}--#endif--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// - RenderViewportThumbnail() [Internal]-// - RenderViewportsThumbnails() [Internal]-// - DebugTextEncoding()-// - MetricsHelpMarker() [Internal]-// - ShowFontAtlas() [Internal]-// - ShowMetricsWindow()-// - DebugNodeColumns() [Internal]-// - DebugNodeDrawList() [Internal]-// - DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox() [Internal]-// - DebugNodeFont() [Internal]-// - DebugNodeFontGlyph() [Internal]-// - DebugNodeStorage() [Internal]-// - DebugNodeTabBar() [Internal]-// - DebugNodeViewport() [Internal]-// - DebugNodeWindow() [Internal]-// - DebugNodeWindowSettings() [Internal]-// - DebugNodeWindowsList() [Internal]-// - DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent() [Internal]-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS--void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;--    ImVec2 scale = bb.GetSize() / viewport->Size;-    ImVec2 off = bb.Min - viewport->Pos * scale;-    float alpha_mul = 1.0f;-    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul * 0.40f));-    for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)-    {-        ImGuiWindow* thumb_window = g.Windows[i];-        if (!thumb_window->WasActive || (thumb_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))-            continue;--        ImRect thumb_r = thumb_window->Rect();-        ImRect title_r = thumb_window->TitleBarRect();-        thumb_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off +  thumb_r.Max * scale));-        title_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + title_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off +  ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y) * scale) + ImVec2(0,5)); // Exaggerate title bar height-        thumb_r.ClipWithFull(bb);-        title_r.ClipWithFull(bb);-        const bool window_is_focused = (g.NavWindow && thumb_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight);-        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg, alpha_mul));-        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_r.Min, title_r.Max, GetColorU32(window_is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg, alpha_mul));-        window->DrawList->AddRect(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul));-        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize * 1.0f, title_r.Min, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, alpha_mul), thumb_window->Name, FindRenderedTextEnd(thumb_window->Name));-    }-    draw_list->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul));-}--static void RenderViewportsThumbnails()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;--    // We don't display full monitor bounds (we could, but it often looks awkward), instead we display just enough to cover all of our viewports.-    float SCALE = 1.0f / 8.0f;-    ImRect bb_full(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);-    for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)-        bb_full.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect());-    ImVec2 p = window->DC.CursorPos;-    ImVec2 off = p - bb_full.Min * SCALE;-    for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++)-    {-        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n];-        ImRect viewport_draw_bb(off + (viewport->Pos) * SCALE, off + (viewport->Pos + viewport->Size) * SCALE);-        ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(window->DrawList, viewport, viewport_draw_bb);-    }-    ImGui::Dummy(bb_full.GetSize() * SCALE);-}--// Helper tool to diagnose between text encoding issues and font loading issues. Pass your UTF-8 string and verify that there are correct.-void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str)-{-    Text("Text: \"%s\"", str);-    if (!BeginTable("list", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit))-        return;-    TableSetupColumn("Offset");-    TableSetupColumn("UTF-8");-    TableSetupColumn("Glyph");-    TableSetupColumn("Codepoint");-    TableHeadersRow();-    for (const char* p = str; *p != 0; )-    {-        unsigned int c;-        const int c_utf8_len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, p, NULL);-        TableNextColumn();-        Text("%d", (int)(p - str));-        TableNextColumn();-        for (int byte_index = 0; byte_index < c_utf8_len; byte_index++)-        {-            if (byte_index > 0)-                SameLine();-            Text("0x%02X", (int)(unsigned char)p[byte_index]);-        }-        TableNextColumn();-        if (GetFont()->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)c))-            TextUnformatted(p, p + c_utf8_len);-        else-            TextUnformatted((c == IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID) ? "[invalid]" : "[missing]");-        TableNextColumn();-        Text("U+%04X", (int)c);-        p += c_utf8_len;-    }-    EndTable();-}--// Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds.-static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc)-{-    ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)");-    if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())-    {-        ImGui::BeginTooltip();-        ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f);-        ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc);-        ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();-        ImGui::EndTooltip();-    }-}--// [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture-void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas)-{-    for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++)-    {-        ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i];-        PushID(font);-        DebugNodeFont(font);-        PopID();-    }-    if (TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight))-    {-        ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);-        ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f);-        Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col);-        TreePop();-    }-}--void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;-    ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;-    if (cfg->ShowDebugLog)-        ShowDebugLogWindow(&cfg->ShowDebugLog);-    if (cfg->ShowStackTool)-        ShowStackToolWindow(&cfg->ShowStackTool);--    if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics/Debugger", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)-    {-        End();-        return;-    }--    // Basic info-    Text("Dear ImGui %s", GetVersion());-    Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate);-    Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3);-    Text("%d visible windows, %d active allocations", io.MetricsRenderWindows, io.MetricsActiveAllocations);-    //SameLine(); if (SmallButton("GC")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; }--    Separator();--    // Debugging enums-    enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentIdeal, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type-    const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentIdeal", "ContentRegionRect" };-    enum { TRT_OuterRect, TRT_InnerRect, TRT_WorkRect, TRT_HostClipRect, TRT_InnerClipRect, TRT_BackgroundClipRect, TRT_ColumnsRect, TRT_ColumnsWorkRect, TRT_ColumnsClipRect, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal, TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen, TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen, TRT_Count }; // Tables Rect Type-    const char* trt_rects_names[TRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "InnerRect", "WorkRect", "HostClipRect", "InnerClipRect", "BackgroundClipRect", "ColumnsRect", "ColumnsWorkRect", "ColumnsClipRect", "ColumnsContentHeadersUsed", "ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal", "ColumnsContentFrozen", "ColumnsContentUnfrozen" };-    if (cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType < 0)-        cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType = WRT_WorkRect;-    if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType < 0)-        cfg->ShowTablesRectsType = TRT_WorkRect;--    struct Funcs-    {-        static ImRect GetTableRect(ImGuiTable* table, int rect_type, int n)-        {-            ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); // Always using last submitted instance-            if (rect_type == TRT_OuterRect)                     { return table->OuterRect; }-            else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerRect)                { return table->InnerRect; }-            else if (rect_type == TRT_WorkRect)                 { return table->WorkRect; }-            else if (rect_type == TRT_HostClipRect)             { return table->HostClipRect; }-            else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerClipRect)            { return table->InnerClipRect; }-            else if (rect_type == TRT_BackgroundClipRect)       { return table->BgClipRect; }-            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect)              { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); }-            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsWorkRect)          { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, c->WorkMaxX, table->WorkRect.Max.y); }-            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect)          { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; }-            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate-            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); }-            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen)     { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); }-            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen)   { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); }-            IM_ASSERT(0);-            return ImRect();-        }--        static ImRect GetWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int rect_type)-        {-            if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRect)                 { return window->Rect(); }-            else if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRectClipped)     { return window->OuterRectClipped; }-            else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect)            { return window->InnerRect; }-            else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect)        { return window->InnerClipRect; }-            else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect)             { return window->WorkRect; }-            else if (rect_type == WRT_Content)       { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); }-            else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentIdeal)         { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSizeIdeal); }-            else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect)    { return window->ContentRegionRect; }-            IM_ASSERT(0);-            return ImRect();-        }-    };--    // Tools-    if (TreeNode("Tools"))-    {-        bool show_encoding_viewer = TreeNode("UTF-8 Encoding viewer");-        SameLine();-        MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::DebugTextEncoding() from your code with a given string to test that your UTF-8 encoding settings are correct.");-        if (show_encoding_viewer)-        {-            static char buf[100] = "";-            SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN);-            InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));-            if (buf[0] != 0)-                DebugTextEncoding(buf);-            TreePop();-        }--        // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted.-        if (Checkbox("Show Item Picker", &g.DebugItemPickerActive) && g.DebugItemPickerActive)-            DebugStartItemPicker();-        SameLine();-        MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash.");--        // Stack Tool is your best friend!-        Checkbox("Show Debug Log", &cfg->ShowDebugLog);-        SameLine();-        MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow() from your code.");--        // Stack Tool is your best friend!-        Checkbox("Show Stack Tool", &cfg->ShowStackTool);-        SameLine();-        MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow() from your code.");--        Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder);-        Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &cfg->ShowWindowsRects);-        SameLine();-        SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12);-        cfg->ShowWindowsRects |= Combo("##show_windows_rect_type", &cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType, wrt_rects_names, WRT_Count, WRT_Count);-        if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects && g.NavWindow != NULL)-        {-            BulletText("'%s':", g.NavWindow->Name);-            Indent();-            for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < WRT_Count; rect_n++)-            {-                ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(g.NavWindow, rect_n);-                Text("(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), wrt_rects_names[rect_n]);-            }-            Unindent();-        }--        Checkbox("Show tables rectangles", &cfg->ShowTablesRects);-        SameLine();-        SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12);-        cfg->ShowTablesRects |= Combo("##show_table_rects_type", &cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, trt_rects_names, TRT_Count, TRT_Count);-        if (cfg->ShowTablesRects && g.NavWindow != NULL)-        {-            for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++)-            {-                ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n);-                if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1 || (table->OuterWindow != g.NavWindow && table->InnerWindow != g.NavWindow))-                    continue;--                BulletText("Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name);-                if (IsItemHovered())-                    GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), table->OuterRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);-                Indent();-                char buf[128];-                for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < TRT_Count; rect_n++)-                {-                    if (rect_n >= TRT_ColumnsRect)-                    {-                        if (rect_n != TRT_ColumnsRect && rect_n != TRT_ColumnsClipRect)-                            continue;-                        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)-                        {-                            ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, column_n);-                            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) Col %d %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), column_n, trt_rects_names[rect_n]);-                            Selectable(buf);-                            if (IsItemHovered())-                                GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);-                        }-                    }-                    else-                    {-                        ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, -1);-                        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), trt_rects_names[rect_n]);-                        Selectable(buf);-                        if (IsItemHovered())-                            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);-                    }-                }-                Unindent();-            }-        }--        TreePop();-    }--    // Windows-    if (TreeNode("Windows", "Windows (%d)", g.Windows.Size))-    {-        //SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);-        DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.Windows, "By display order");-        DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.WindowsFocusOrder, "By focus order (root windows)");-        if (TreeNode("By submission order (begin stack)"))-        {-            // Here we display windows in their submitted order/hierarchy, however note that the Begin stack doesn't constitute a Parent<>Child relationship!-            ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>& temp_buffer = g.WindowsTempSortBuffer;-            temp_buffer.resize(0);-            for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)-                if (g.Windows[i]->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount)-                    temp_buffer.push_back(g.Windows[i]);-            struct Func { static int IMGUI_CDECL WindowComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { return ((int)(*(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext - (*(const ImGuiWindow* const*)rhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext); } };-            ImQsort(temp_buffer.Data, (size_t)temp_buffer.Size, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), Func::WindowComparerByBeginOrder);-            DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(temp_buffer.Data, temp_buffer.Size, NULL);-            TreePop();-        }--        TreePop();-    }--    // DrawLists-    int drawlist_count = 0;-    for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++)-        drawlist_count += g.Viewports[viewport_i]->DrawDataBuilder.GetDrawListCount();-    if (TreeNode("DrawLists", "DrawLists (%d)", drawlist_count))-    {-        Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd mesh when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh);-        Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd bounding boxes when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes);-        for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++)-        {-            ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[viewport_i];-            for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++)-                for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++)-                    DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList");-        }-        TreePop();-    }--    // Viewports-    if (TreeNode("Viewports", "Viewports (%d)", g.Viewports.Size))-    {-        Indent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());-        RenderViewportsThumbnails();-        Unindent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());-        for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++)-            DebugNodeViewport(g.Viewports[i]);-        TreePop();-    }--    // Details for Popups-    if (TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size))-    {-        for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++)-        {-            ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window;-            BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s'%s%s", g.OpenPopupStack[i].PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? " ChildWindow" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? " ChildMenu" : "");-        }-        TreePop();-    }--    // Details for TabBars-    if (TreeNode("TabBars", "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetAliveCount()))-    {-        for (int n = 0; n < g.TabBars.GetMapSize(); n++)-            if (ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.TryGetMapData(n))-            {-                PushID(tab_bar);-                DebugNodeTabBar(tab_bar, "TabBar");-                PopID();-            }-        TreePop();-    }--    // Details for Tables-    if (TreeNode("Tables", "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetAliveCount()))-    {-        for (int n = 0; n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); n++)-            if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(n))-                DebugNodeTable(table);-        TreePop();-    }--    // Details for Fonts-    ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.IO.Fonts;-    if (TreeNode("Fonts", "Fonts (%d)", atlas->Fonts.Size))-    {-        ShowFontAtlas(atlas);-        TreePop();-    }--    // Details for InputText-    if (TreeNode("InputText"))-    {-        DebugNodeInputTextState(&g.InputTextState);-        TreePop();-    }--    // Details for Docking-#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK-    if (TreeNode("Docking"))-    {-        TreePop();-    }-#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK--    // Settings-    if (TreeNode("Settings"))-    {-        if (SmallButton("Clear"))-            ClearIniSettings();-        SameLine();-        if (SmallButton("Save to memory"))-            SaveIniSettingsToMemory();-        SameLine();-        if (SmallButton("Save to disk"))-            SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);-        SameLine();-        if (g.IO.IniFilename)-            Text("\"%s\"", g.IO.IniFilename);-        else-            TextUnformatted("<NULL>");-        Text("SettingsDirtyTimer %.2f", g.SettingsDirtyTimer);-        if (TreeNode("SettingsHandlers", "Settings handlers: (%d)", g.SettingsHandlers.Size))-        {-            for (int n = 0; n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; n++)-                BulletText("%s", g.SettingsHandlers[n].TypeName);-            TreePop();-        }-        if (TreeNode("SettingsWindows", "Settings packed data: Windows: %d bytes", g.SettingsWindows.size()))-        {-            for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))-                DebugNodeWindowSettings(settings);-            TreePop();-        }--        if (TreeNode("SettingsTables", "Settings packed data: Tables: %d bytes", g.SettingsTables.size()))-        {-            for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))-                DebugNodeTableSettings(settings);-            TreePop();-        }--#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK-#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK--        if (TreeNode("SettingsIniData", "Settings unpacked data (.ini): %d bytes", g.SettingsIniData.size()))-        {-            InputTextMultiline("##Ini", (char*)(void*)g.SettingsIniData.c_str(), g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Size, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeight() * 20), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);-            TreePop();-        }-        TreePop();-    }--    // Misc Details-    if (TreeNode("Internal state"))-    {-        Text("WINDOWING");-        Indent();-        Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL");-        Text("HoveredWindow->Root: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow->Name : "NULL");-        Text("HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow ? g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow->Name : "NULL");-        Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL");-        Unindent();--        Text("ITEMS");-        Indent();-        Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, GetInputSourceName(g.ActiveIdSource));-        Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL");--        int active_id_using_key_input_count = 0;-        for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++)-            active_id_using_key_input_count += g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask[n] ? 1 : 0;-        Text("ActiveIdUsing: Wheel: %d, NavDirMask: %X, NavInputMask: %X, KeyInputMask: %d key(s)", g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask, g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask, active_id_using_key_input_count);-        Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Not displaying g.HoveredId as it is update mid-frame-        Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize);-        Unindent();--        Text("NAV,FOCUS");-        Indent();-        Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL");-        Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer);-        Text("NavInputSource: %s", GetInputSourceName(g.NavInputSource));-        Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible);-        Text("NavActivateId/DownId/PressedId/InputId: %08X/%08X/%08X/%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavActivateDownId, g.NavActivatePressedId, g.NavActivateInputId);-        Text("NavActivateFlags: %04X", g.NavActivateFlags);-        Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover);-        Text("NavFocusScopeId = 0x%08X", g.NavFocusScopeId);-        Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL");-        Unindent();--        TreePop();-    }--    // Overlay: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order-    if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects || cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder)-    {-        for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++)-        {-            ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n];-            if (!window->WasActive)-                continue;-            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);-            if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects)-            {-                ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(window, cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType);-                draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255));-            }-            if (cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))-            {-                char buf[32];-                ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%d", window->BeginOrderWithinContext);-                float font_size = GetFontSize();-                draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(font_size, font_size), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255));-                draw_list->AddText(window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);-            }-        }-    }--    // Overlay: Display Tables Rectangles-    if (cfg->ShowTablesRects)-    {-        for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++)-        {-            ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n);-            if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1)-                continue;-            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow);-            if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType >= TRT_ColumnsRect)-            {-                for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)-                {-                    ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, column_n);-                    ImU32 col = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 128, 255) : IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255);-                    float thickness = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? 3.0f : 1.0f;-                    draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, col, 0.0f, 0, thickness);-                }-            }-            else-            {-                ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, -1);-                draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255));-            }-        }-    }--#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK-    // Overlay: Display Docking info-    if (show_docking_nodes && g.IO.KeyCtrl)-    {-    }-#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK--    End();-}--// [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns-void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns)-{-    if (!TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags))-        return;-    BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX);-    for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++)-        BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm));-    TreePop();-}--// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDrawList-void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;-    int cmd_count = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size;-    if (cmd_count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL)-        cmd_count--;-    bool node_open = TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, cmd_count);-    if (draw_list == GetWindowDrawList())-    {-        SameLine();-        TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered)-        if (node_open)-            TreePop();-        return;-    }--    ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list-    if (window && IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list)-        fg_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));-    if (!node_open)-        return;--    if (window && !window->WasActive)-        TextDisabled("Warning: owning Window is inactive. This DrawList is not being rendered!");--    for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data; pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + cmd_count; pcmd++)-    {-        if (pcmd->UserCallback)-        {-            BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData);-            continue;-        }--        char buf[300];-        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d tris, Tex 0x%p, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)",-            pcmd->ElemCount / 3, (void*)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId,-            pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w);-        bool pcmd_node_open = TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf);-        if (IsItemHovered() && (cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh || cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes) && fg_draw_list)-            DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh, cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes);-        if (!pcmd_node_open)-            continue;--        // Calculate approximate coverage area (touched pixel count)-        // This will be in pixels squared as long there's no post-scaling happening to the renderer output.-        const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL;-        const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + pcmd->VtxOffset;-        float total_area = 0.0f;-        for (unsigned int idx_n = pcmd->IdxOffset; idx_n < pcmd->IdxOffset + pcmd->ElemCount; )-        {-            ImVec2 triangle[3];-            for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++)-                triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos;-            total_area += ImTriangleArea(triangle[0], triangle[1], triangle[2]);-        }--        // Display vertex information summary. Hover to get all triangles drawn in wire-frame-        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Mesh: ElemCount: %d, VtxOffset: +%d, IdxOffset: +%d, Area: ~%0.f px", pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd->VtxOffset, pcmd->IdxOffset, total_area);-        Selectable(buf);-        if (IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list)-            DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, true, false);--        // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted.-        ImGuiListClipper clipper;-        clipper.Begin(pcmd->ElemCount / 3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible.-        while (clipper.Step())-            for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, idx_i = pcmd->IdxOffset + clipper.DisplayStart * 3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++)-            {-                char* buf_p = buf, * buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);-                ImVec2 triangle[3];-                for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_i++)-                {-                    const ImDrawVert& v = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_i] : idx_i];-                    triangle[n] = v.pos;-                    buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, buf_end - buf_p, "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n",-                        (n == 0) ? "Vert:" : "     ", idx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col);-                }--                Selectable(buf, false);-                if (fg_draw_list && IsItemHovered())-                {-                    ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags;-                    fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.-                    fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f);-                    fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;-                }-            }-        TreePop();-    }-    TreePop();-}--// [DEBUG] Display mesh/aabb of a ImDrawCmd-void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb)-{-    IM_ASSERT(show_mesh || show_aabb);--    // Draw wire-frame version of all triangles-    ImRect clip_rect = draw_cmd->ClipRect;-    ImRect vtxs_rect(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);-    ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = out_draw_list->Flags;-    out_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.-    for (unsigned int idx_n = draw_cmd->IdxOffset, idx_end = draw_cmd->IdxOffset + draw_cmd->ElemCount; idx_n < idx_end; )-    {-        ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; // We don't hold on those pointers past iterations as ->AddPolyline() may invalidate them if out_draw_list==draw_list-        ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_cmd->VtxOffset;--        ImVec2 triangle[3];-        for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++)-            vtxs_rect.Add((triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos));-        if (show_mesh)-            out_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f); // In yellow: mesh triangles-    }-    // Draw bounding boxes-    if (show_aabb)-    {-        out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(clip_rect.Min), ImFloor(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU-        out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Min), ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles-    }-    out_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;-}--// [DEBUG] Display details for a single font, called by ShowStyleEditor().-void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font)-{-    bool opened = TreeNode(font, "Font: \"%s\"\n%.2f px, %d glyphs, %d file(s)",-        font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->ConfigDataCount);-    SameLine();-    if (SmallButton("Set as default"))-        GetIO().FontDefault = font;-    if (!opened)-        return;--    // Display preview text-    PushFont(font);-    Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog");-    PopFont();--    // Display details-    SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 8);-    DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f");-    SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker(-        "Note than the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\n"-        "Font are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. "-        "You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. "-        "You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n"-        "(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system will be rewritten in the future to make scaling more flexible.)");-    Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent);-    char c_str[5];-    Text("Fallback character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->FallbackChar), font->FallbackChar);-    Text("Ellipsis character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->EllipsisChar), font->EllipsisChar);-    const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface);-    Text("Texture Area: about %d px ~%dx%d px", font->MetricsTotalSurface, surface_sqrt, surface_sqrt);-    for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++)-        if (font->ConfigData)-            if (const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i])-                BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d, Offset: (%.1f,%.1f)",-                    config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH, cfg->GlyphOffset.x, cfg->GlyphOffset.y);--    // Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters-    if (TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size))-    {-        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetWindowDrawList();-        const ImU32 glyph_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);-        const float cell_size = font->FontSize * 1;-        const float cell_spacing = GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y;-        for (unsigned int base = 0; base <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; base += 256)-        {-            // Skip ahead if a large bunch of glyphs are not present in the font (test in chunks of 4k)-            // This is only a small optimization to reduce the number of iterations when IM_UNICODE_MAX_CODEPOINT-            // is large // (if ImWchar==ImWchar32 we will do at least about 272 queries here)-            if (!(base & 4095) && font->IsGlyphRangeUnused(base, base + 4095))-            {-                base += 4096 - 256;-                continue;-            }--            int count = 0;-            for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)-                if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)))-                    count++;-            if (count <= 0)-                continue;-            if (!TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)base, "U+%04X..U+%04X (%d %s)", base, base + 255, count, count > 1 ? "glyphs" : "glyph"))-                continue;--            // Draw a 16x16 grid of glyphs-            ImVec2 base_pos = GetCursorScreenPos();-            for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)-            {-                // We use ImFont::RenderChar as a shortcut because we don't have UTF-8 conversion functions-                // available here and thus cannot easily generate a zero-terminated UTF-8 encoded string.-                ImVec2 cell_p1(base_pos.x + (n % 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing), base_pos.y + (n / 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing));-                ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size);-                const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n));-                draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100) : IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 50));-                if (!glyph)-                    continue;-                font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n));-                if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2))-                {-                    BeginTooltip();-                    DebugNodeFontGlyph(font, glyph);-                    EndTooltip();-                }-            }-            Dummy(ImVec2((cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16, (cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16));-            TreePop();-        }-        TreePop();-    }-    TreePop();-}--void ImGui::DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont*, const ImFontGlyph* glyph)-{-    Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", glyph->Codepoint);-    Separator();-    Text("Visible: %d", glyph->Visible);-    Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX);-    Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1);-    Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1);-}--// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiStorage-void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label)-{-    if (!TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes()))-        return;-    for (int n = 0; n < storage->Data.Size; n++)-    {-        const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p = storage->Data[n];-        BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer.-    }-    TreePop();-}--// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiTabBar-void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label)-{-    // Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernible strings.-    char buf[256];-    char* p = buf;-    const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);-    const bool is_active = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible >= GetFrameCount() - 2);-    p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*");-    p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "  { ");-    for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < ImMin(tab_bar->Tabs.Size, 3); tab_n++)-    {-        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];-        p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s'%s'",-            tab_n > 0 ? ", " : "", (tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "???");-    }-    p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 3) ? " ... }" : " } ");-    if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }-    bool open = TreeNode(label, "%s", buf);-    if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); }-    if (is_active && IsItemHovered())-    {-        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList();-        draw_list->AddRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));-        draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));-        draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));-    }-    if (open)-    {-        for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)-        {-            const ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];-            PushID(tab);-            if (SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } SameLine(0, 2);-            if (SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } SameLine();-            Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s' Offset: %.1f, Width: %.1f/%.1f",-                tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, (tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "???", tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth);-            PopID();-        }-        TreePop();-    }-}--void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)-{-    SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);-    if (TreeNode("viewport0", "Viewport #%d", 0))-    {-        ImGuiWindowFlags flags = viewport->Flags;-        BulletText("Main Pos: (%.0f,%.0f), Size: (%.0f,%.0f)\nWorkArea Offset Left: %.0f Top: %.0f, Right: %.0f, Bottom: %.0f",-            viewport->Pos.x, viewport->Pos.y, viewport->Size.x, viewport->Size.y,-            viewport->WorkOffsetMin.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMin.y, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.y);-        BulletText("Flags: 0x%04X =%s%s%s", viewport->Flags,-            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow)  ? " IsPlatformWindow"  : "",-            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor) ? " IsPlatformMonitor" : "",-            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp)        ? " OwnedByApp"        : "");-        for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++)-            for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++)-                DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList");-        TreePop();-    }-}--void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label)-{-    if (window == NULL)-    {-        BulletText("%s: NULL", label);-        return;-    }--    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    const bool is_active = window->WasActive;-    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = (window == g.NavWindow) ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected : ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None;-    if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }-    const bool open = TreeNodeEx(label, tree_node_flags, "%s '%s'%s", label, window->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*");-    if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); }-    if (IsItemHovered() && is_active)-        GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));-    if (!open)-        return;--    if (window->MemoryCompacted)-        TextDisabled("Note: some memory buffers have been compacted/freed.");--    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;-    DebugNodeDrawList(window, window->DrawList, "DrawList");-    BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f) Ideal (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y, window->ContentSizeIdeal.x, window->ContentSizeIdeal.y);-    BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags,-        (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)  ? "Child " : "",      (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)     ? "Tooltip "   : "",  (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "",-        (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)        ? "Modal " : "",      (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)   ? "ChildMenu " : "",  (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "",-        (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : "");-    BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : "");-    BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1);-    BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (CanSkip %d Cannot %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems, window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems, window->SkipItems);-    for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++)-    {-        ImRect r = window->NavRectRel[layer];-        if (r.Min.x >= r.Max.y && r.Min.y >= r.Max.y)-        {-            BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer]);-            continue;-        }-        BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X at +(%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer], r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y);-        if (IsItemHovered())-            GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(r.Min + window->Pos, r.Max + window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));-    }-    BulletText("NavLayersActiveMask: %X, NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask, window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL");-    if (window->RootWindow != window)       { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); }-    if (window->ParentWindow != NULL)       { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); }-    if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0)   { DebugNodeWindowsList(&window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); }-    if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size))-    {-        for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++)-            DebugNodeColumns(&window->ColumnsStorage[n]);-        TreePop();-    }-    DebugNodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage");-    TreePop();-}--void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)-{-    Text("0x%08X \"%s\" Pos (%d,%d) Size (%d,%d) Collapsed=%d",-        settings->ID, settings->GetName(), settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y, settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y, settings->Collapsed);-}--void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* windows, const char* label)-{-    if (!TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows->Size))-        return;-    for (int i = windows->Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) // Iterate front to back-    {-        PushID((*windows)[i]);-        DebugNodeWindow((*windows)[i], "Window");-        PopID();-    }-    TreePop();-}--// FIXME-OPT: This is technically suboptimal, but it is simpler this way.-void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack)-{-    for (int i = 0; i < windows_size; i++)-    {-        ImGuiWindow* window = windows[i];-        if (window->ParentWindowInBeginStack != parent_in_begin_stack)-            continue;-        char buf[20];-        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "[%04d] Window", window->BeginOrderWithinContext);-        //BulletText("[%04d] Window '%s'", window->BeginOrderWithinContext, window->Name);-        DebugNodeWindow(window, buf);-        Indent();-        DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(windows + i + 1, windows_size - i - 1, window);-        Unindent();-    }-}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------void ImGui::DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...)-{-    va_list args;-    va_start(args, fmt);-    DebugLogV(fmt, args);-    va_end(args);-}--void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    const int old_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size();-    g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%05d] ", g.FrameCount);-    g.DebugLogBuf.appendfv(fmt, args);-    if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY)-        IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size);-}--void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize))-        SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 12.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);-    if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Debug Log", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)-    {-        End();-        return;-    }--    AlignTextToFramePadding();-    Text("Log events:");-    SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("All", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_);-    SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("ActiveId", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId);-    SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Focus", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus);-    SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Popup", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup);-    SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Nav", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav);--    if (SmallButton("Clear"))-        g.DebugLogBuf.clear();-    SameLine();-    if (SmallButton("Copy"))-        SetClipboardText(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str());-    BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar);-    TextUnformatted(g.DebugLogBuf.begin(), g.DebugLogBuf.end()); // FIXME-OPT: Could use a line index, but TextUnformatted() has a semi-decent fast path for large text.-    if (GetScrollY() >= GetScrollMaxY())-        SetScrollHereY(1.0f);-    EndChild();--    End();-}--//------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL)-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------// [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack.-void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0;-    if (!g.DebugItemPickerActive)-        return;--    const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;-    SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand);-    if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape))-        g.DebugItemPickerActive = false;-    if (IsMouseClicked(0) && hovered_id)-    {-        g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = hovered_id;-        g.DebugItemPickerActive = false;-    }-    SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.60f);-    BeginTooltip();-    Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id);-    Text("Press ESC to abort picking.");-    TextColored(GetStyleColorVec4(hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), "Click to break in debugger!");-    EndTooltip();-}--// [DEBUG] Stack Tool: update queries. Called by NewFrame()-void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries()-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool;--    // Clear hook when stack tool is not visible-    g.DebugHookIdInfo = 0;-    if (g.FrameCount != tool->LastActiveFrame + 1)-        return;--    // Update queries. The steps are: -1: query Stack, >= 0: query each stack item-    // We can only perform 1 ID Info query every frame. This is designed so the GetID() tests are cheap and constant-time-    const ImGuiID query_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame ? g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame : g.ActiveId;-    if (tool->QueryId != query_id)-    {-        tool->QueryId = query_id;-        tool->StackLevel = -1;-        tool->Results.resize(0);-    }-    if (query_id == 0)-        return;--    // Advance to next stack level when we got our result, or after 2 frames (in case we never get a result)-    int stack_level = tool->StackLevel;-    if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size)-        if (tool->Results[stack_level].QuerySuccess || tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount > 2)-            tool->StackLevel++;--    // Update hook-    stack_level = tool->StackLevel;-    if (stack_level == -1)-        g.DebugHookIdInfo = query_id;-    if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size)-    {-        g.DebugHookIdInfo = tool->Results[stack_level].ID;-        tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount++;-    }-}--// [DEBUG] Stack tool: hooks called by GetID() family functions-void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;-    ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool;--    // Step 0: stack query-    // This assume that the ID was computed with the current ID stack, which tends to be the case for our widget.-    if (tool->StackLevel == -1)-    {-        tool->StackLevel++;-        tool->Results.resize(window->IDStack.Size + 1, ImGuiStackLevelInfo());-        for (int n = 0; n < window->IDStack.Size + 1; n++)-            tool->Results[n].ID = (n < window->IDStack.Size) ? window->IDStack[n] : id;-        return;-    }--    // Step 1+: query for individual level-    IM_ASSERT(tool->StackLevel >= 0);-    if (tool->StackLevel != window->IDStack.Size)-        return;-    ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[tool->StackLevel];-    IM_ASSERT(info->ID == id && info->QueryFrameCount > 0);--    switch (data_type)-    {-    case ImGuiDataType_S32:-        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%d", (int)(intptr_t)data_id);-        break;-    case ImGuiDataType_String:-        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%.*s", data_id_end ? (int)((const char*)data_id_end - (const char*)data_id) : (int)strlen((const char*)data_id), (const char*)data_id);-        break;-    case ImGuiDataType_Pointer:-        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "(void*)0x%p", data_id);-        break;-    case ImGuiDataType_ID:-        if (info->Desc[0] != 0) // PushOverrideID() is often used to avoid hashing twice, which would lead to 2 calls to DebugHookIdInfo(). We prioritize the first one.-            return;-        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "0x%08X [override]", id);-        break;-    default:-        IM_ASSERT(0);-    }-    info->QuerySuccess = true;-    info->DataType = data_type;-}--static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for_ui, char* buf, size_t buf_size)-{-    ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n];-    ImGuiWindow* window = (info->Desc[0] == 0 && n == 0) ? ImGui::FindWindowByID(info->ID) : NULL;-    if (window)                                                                 // Source: window name (because the root ID don't call GetID() and so doesn't get hooked)-        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "\"%s\" [window]" : "%s", window->Name);-    if (info->QuerySuccess)                                                     // Source: GetID() hooks (prioritize over ItemInfo() because we frequently use patterns like: PushID(str), Button("") where they both have same id)-        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, (format_for_ui && info->DataType == ImGuiDataType_String) ? "\"%s\"" : "%s", info->Desc);-    if (tool->StackLevel < tool->Results.Size)                                  // Only start using fallback below when all queries are done, so during queries we don't flickering ??? markers.-        return (*buf = 0);-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE-    if (const char* label = ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(GImGui, info->ID))   // Source: ImGuiTestEngine's ItemInfo()-        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "??? \"%s\"" : "%s", label);-#endif-    return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "???");-}--// Stack Tool: Display UI-void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open)-{-    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;-    if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize))-        SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 8.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);-    if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Stack Tool", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)-    {-        End();-        return;-    }--    // Display hovered/active status-    ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool;-    const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;-    const ImGuiID active_id = g.ActiveId;-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE-    Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (\"%s\"), ActiveId:  0x%08X (\"%s\")", hovered_id, hovered_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, hovered_id) : "", active_id, active_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, active_id) : "");-#else-    Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X, ActiveId:  0x%08X", hovered_id, active_id);-#endif-    SameLine();-    MetricsHelpMarker("Hover an item with the mouse to display elements of the ID Stack leading to the item's final ID.\nEach level of the stack correspond to a PushID() call.\nAll levels of the stack are hashed together to make the final ID of a widget (ID displayed at the bottom level of the stack).\nRead FAQ entry about the ID stack for details.");--    // CTRL+C to copy path-    const float time_since_copy = (float)g.Time - tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime;-    Checkbox("Ctrl+C: copy path to clipboard", &tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC);-    SameLine();-    TextColored((time_since_copy >= 0.0f && time_since_copy < 0.75f && ImFmod(time_since_copy, 0.25f) < 0.25f * 0.5f) ? ImVec4(1.f, 1.f, 0.3f, 1.f) : ImVec4(), "*COPIED*");-    if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_ModCtrl) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C))-    {-        tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime = (float)g.Time;-        char* p = g.TempBuffer.Data;-        char* p_end = p + g.TempBuffer.Size;-        for (int stack_n = 0; stack_n < tool->Results.Size && p + 3 < p_end; stack_n++)-        {-            *p++ = '/';-            char level_desc[256];-            StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, stack_n, false, level_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(level_desc));-            for (int n = 0; level_desc[n] && p + 2 < p_end; n++)-            {-                if (level_desc[n] == '/')-                    *p++ = '\\';-                *p++ = level_desc[n];-            }-        }-        *p = '\0';-        SetClipboardText(g.TempBuffer.Data);-    }--    // Display decorated stack-    tool->LastActiveFrame = g.FrameCount;-    if (tool->Results.Size > 0 && BeginTable("##table", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))-    {-        const float id_width = CalcTextSize("0xDDDDDDDD").x;-        TableSetupColumn("Seed", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width);-        TableSetupColumn("PushID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);-        TableSetupColumn("Result", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width);-        TableHeadersRow();-        for (int n = 0; n < tool->Results.Size; n++)-        {-            ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n];-            TableNextColumn();-            Text("0x%08X", (n > 0) ? tool->Results[n - 1].ID : 0);-            TableNextColumn();-            StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, n, true, g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size);-            TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer.Data);-            TableNextColumn();-            Text("0x%08X", info->ID);-            if (n == tool->Results.Size - 1)-                TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Header));-        }-        EndTable();-    }-    End();-}--#else--void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) {}-void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas*) {}-void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns*) {}-void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow*, const ImDrawList*, const char*) {}+// dear imgui, v1.89.9+// (main code and documentation)++// Help:+// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.com/faq+// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase.+// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that.+// Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments.++// Resources:+// - FAQ                   http://dearimgui.com/faq+// - Homepage              https://github.com/ocornut/imgui+// - Releases & changelog  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases+// - Gallery               https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6478 (please post your screenshots/video there!)+// - Wiki                  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there)+// - Getting Started       https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started+// - Glossary              https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary+// - Issues & support      https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues+// - Tests & Automation    https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine++// Getting Started?+// - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started+// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts:+//   please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above.++// Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub.+// See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License).+// This library is free but needs your support to sustain development and maintenance.+// Businesses: you can support continued development via B2B invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts.+// PLEASE reach out at contact AT dearimgui DOT com. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors+// Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine.++// It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library.+// Note that 'ImGui::' being a namespace, you can add functions into the namespace from your own source files, without+// modifying imgui.h or imgui.cpp. You may include imgui_internal.h to access internal data structures, but it doesn't+// come with any guarantee of forward compatibility. Discussing your changes on the GitHub Issue Tracker may lead you+// to a better solution or official support for them.++/*++Index of this file:++DOCUMENTATION++- MISSION STATEMENT+- CONTROLS GUIDE+- PROGRAMMER GUIDE+  - READ FIRST+  - HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI+  - GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE+  - HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE+  - HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE+- API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!)+- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)+  - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.com/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer)++CODE+(search for "[SECTION]" in the code to find them)++// [SECTION] INCLUDES+// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS+// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS+// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO)+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions)+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions)+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions)+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions)+// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage+// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter+// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiTextIndex+// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper+// [SECTION] STYLING+// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS+// [SECTION] INITIALIZATION, SHUTDOWN+// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!)+// [SECTION] INPUTS+// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING+// [SECTION] LAYOUT+// [SECTION] SCROLLING+// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS+// [SECTION] POPUPS+// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION+// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP+// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING+// [SECTION] SETTINGS+// [SECTION] LOCALIZATION+// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS+// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS+// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW+// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW+// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL)++*/++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// DOCUMENTATION+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++/*++ MISSION STATEMENT+ =================++ - Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools.+ - Easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools.+ - Easy to hack and improve.+ - Minimize setup and maintenance.+ - Minimize state storage on user side.+ - Minimize state synchronization.+ - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.).+ - Efficient runtime and memory consumption.++ Designed primarily for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user!+ Some of the current weaknesses (which we aim to address in the future) includes:++ - Doesn't look fancy.+ - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code.+++ CONTROLS GUIDE+ ==============++ - MOUSE CONTROLS+   - Mouse wheel:                   Scroll vertically.+   - SHIFT+Mouse wheel:             Scroll horizontally.+   - Click [X]:                     Close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin().+   - Click ^, Double-Click title:   Collapse window.+   - Drag on corner/border:         Resize window (double-click to auto fit window to its contents).+   - Drag on any empty space:       Move window (unless io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = true).+   - Left-click outside popup:      Close popup stack (right-click over underlying popup: Partially close popup stack).++ - TEXT EDITOR+   - Hold SHIFT or Drag Mouse:      Select text.+   - CTRL+Left/Right:               Word jump.+   - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right:         Select words.+   - CTRL+A or Double-Click:        Select All.+   - CTRL+X, CTRL+C, CTRL+V:        Use OS clipboard.+   - CTRL+Z, CTRL+Y:                Undo, Redo.+   - ESCAPE:                        Revert text to its original value.+   - On OSX, controls are automatically adjusted to match standard OSX text editing shortcuts and behaviors.++ - KEYBOARD CONTROLS+   - Basic:+     - Tab, SHIFT+Tab               Cycle through text editable fields.+     - CTRL+Tab, CTRL+Shift+Tab     Cycle through windows.+     - CTRL+Click                   Input text into a Slider or Drag widget.+   - Extended features with `io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard`:+     - Tab, SHIFT+Tab:              Cycle through every items.+     - Arrow keys                   Move through items using directional navigation. Tweak value.+     - Arrow keys + Alt, Shift      Tweak slower, tweak faster (when using arrow keys).+     - Enter                        Activate item (prefer text input when possible).+     - Space                        Activate item (prefer tweaking with arrows when possible).+     - Escape                       Deactivate item, leave child window, close popup.+     - Page Up, Page Down           Previous page, next page.+     - Home, End                    Scroll to top, scroll to bottom.+     - Alt                          Toggle between scrolling layer and menu layer.+     - CTRL+Tab then Ctrl+Arrows    Move window. Hold SHIFT to resize instead of moving.+   - Output when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard set,+     - io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag is set when keyboard is claimed.+     - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set.+     - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (usually goes to back false when mouse is used).++ - GAMEPAD CONTROLS+   - Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.+   - Particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PlayStation, Switch, Xbox) without a mouse!+   - Download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.com/controls_sheets+   - Backend support: backend needs to:+      - Set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad' + call io.AddKeyEvent/AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_Gamepad_XXX keys.+      - For analog values (0.0f to 1.0f), backend is responsible to handling a dead-zone and rescaling inputs accordingly.+        Backend code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.).+      - BEFORE 1.87, BACKENDS USED TO WRITE TO io.NavInputs[]. This is now obsolete. Please call io functions instead!+   - If you need to share inputs between your game and the Dear ImGui interface, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing,+     with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved.++ - REMOTE INPUTS SHARING & MOUSE EMULATION+   - PS4/PS5 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback.+   - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + run examples/libs/synergy/uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app)+     in order to share your PC mouse/keyboard.+   - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions#remoting for other remoting solutions.+   - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag.+     Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs Dear ImGui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements.+     When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved.+     When that happens your backend NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the backends in examples/ do that.+     (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, Dear ImGui will misbehave as it will see your mouse moving back & forth!)+     (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want+     to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.)+++ PROGRAMMER GUIDE+ ================++ READ FIRST+ ----------+ - Remember to check the wonderful Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki)+ - Your code creates the UI every frame of your application loop, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone!+   The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or destruction steps, less superfluous+   data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs.+ - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features.+   Or browse https://pthom.github.io/imgui_manual_online/manual/imgui_manual.html for interactive web version.+ - The library is designed to be built from sources. Avoid pre-compiled binaries and packaged versions. See imconfig.h to configure your build.+ - Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm (immediate-mode graphical user interface, a term coined by Casey Muratori).+   You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links in Wiki.+ - Dear ImGui is a "single pass" rasterizing implementation of the IMGUI paradigm, aimed at ease of use and high-performances.+   For every application frame, your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's implementation of an IMGUI,+   where the UI code is called multiple times ("multiple passes") from a single entry point. There are pros and cons to both approaches.+ - Our origin is on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right.+ - Please make sure you have asserts enabled (IM_ASSERT redirects to assert() by default, but can be redirected).+   If you get an assert, read the messages and comments around the assert.+ - This codebase aims to be highly optimized:+   - A typical idle frame should never call malloc/free.+   - We rely on a maximum of constant-time or O(N) algorithms. Limiting searches/scans as much as possible.+   - We put particular energy in making sure performances are decent with typical "Debug" build settings as well.+     Which mean we tend to avoid over-relying on "zero-cost abstraction" as they aren't zero-cost at all.+ - This codebase aims to be both highly opinionated and highly flexible:+   - This code works because of the things it choose to solve or not solve.+   - C++: this is a pragmatic C-ish codebase: we don't use fancy C++ features, we don't include C++ headers,+     and ImGui:: is a namespace. We rarely use member functions (and when we did, I am mostly regretting it now).+     This is to increase compatibility, increase maintainability and facilitate use from other languages.+   - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types.+     See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that.+     We can can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4 using IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS, which we use internally.+   - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction+     (so don't use ImVector in your code or at our own risk!).+   - Building: We don't use nor mandate a build system for the main library.+     This is in an effort to ensure that it works in the real world aka with any esoteric build setup.+     This is also because providing a build system for the main library would be of little-value.+     The build problems are almost never coming from the main library but from specific backends.+++ HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI+ ----------------------------------------------+ - Update submodule or copy/overwrite every file.+ - About imconfig.h:+   - You may modify your copy of imconfig.h, in this case don't overwrite it.+   - or you may locally branch to modify imconfig.h and merge/rebase latest.+   - or you may '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h"' globally from your build system to+     specify a custom path for your imconfig.h file and instead not have to modify the default one.++ - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have modified your copy of imconfig.h)+ - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified as a top-most commit which you can regularly rebase over "master".+ - You can also use '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h" to redirect configuration to your own file.+ - Read the "API BREAKING CHANGES" section (below). This is where we list occasional API breaking changes.+   If a function/type has been renamed / or marked obsolete, try to fix the name in your code before it is permanently removed+   from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will+   likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page!+ - To find out usage of old API, you can add '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in your configuration file.+ - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date!+++ GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE+ ---------------------------------------------------------------+ - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started.+ - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library.+ - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified backends files available in the backends/ folder.+ - Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected backend source files to your projects or using your preferred build system.+   It is recommended you build and statically link the .cpp files as part of your project and NOT as a shared library (DLL).+ - You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compile-time behavior, such as integrating Dear ImGui types with your own maths types.+ - When using Dear ImGui, your programming IDE is your friend: follow the declaration of variables, functions and types to find comments about them.+ - Dear ImGui never touches or knows about your GPU state. The only function that knows about GPU is the draw function that you provide.+   Effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render"+   phases of your own application. All rendering information is stored into command-lists that you will retrieve after calling ImGui::Render().+ - Refer to the backends and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code.+ - If you are running over a standard OS with a common graphics API, you should be able to use unmodified imgui_impl_*** files from the examples/ folder.+++ HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE+ --------------------------------------+ EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BACKENDS (= imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the backends/ folder).+ The sub-folders in examples/ contain examples applications following this structure.++     // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts+     ImGui::CreateContext();+     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();+     // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls.+     // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later.+     // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font.++     // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer backends (here we are using imgui_impl_win32.cpp and imgui_impl_dx11.cpp)+     ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(hwnd);+     ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(g_pd3dDevice, g_pd3dDeviceContext);++     // Application main loop+     while (true)+     {+         // Feed inputs to dear imgui, start new frame+         ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame();+         ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame();+         ImGui::NewFrame();++         // Any application code here+         ImGui::Text("Hello, world!");++         // Render dear imgui into screen+         ImGui::Render();+         ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());+         g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0);+     }++     // Shutdown+     ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown();+     ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown();+     ImGui::DestroyContext();++ EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BACKEND / CUSTOM ENGINE++     // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts+     ImGui::CreateContext();+     ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();+     // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls.+     // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later.+     // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font.++     // Build and load the texture atlas into a texture+     // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_Init() function from one of the demo Renderer)+     int width, height;+     unsigned char* pixels = nullptr;+     io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height);++     // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that to your graphic system:+     // After we have created the texture, store its pointer/identifier (_in whichever format your engine uses_) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'.+     // This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Basically ImTextureID == void*. Read FAQ for details about ImTextureID.+     MyTexture* texture = MyEngine::CreateTextureFromMemoryPixels(pixels, width, height, TEXTURE_TYPE_RGBA32)+     io.Fonts->SetTexID((void*)texture);++     // Application main loop+     while (true)+     {+        // Setup low-level inputs, e.g. on Win32: calling GetKeyboardState(), or write to those fields from your Windows message handlers, etc.+        // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame() function from one of the demo Platform Backends)+        io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f;              // set the time elapsed since the previous frame (in seconds)+        io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f;             // set the current display width+        io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f;             // set the current display height here+        io.AddMousePosEvent(mouse_x, mouse_y);  // update mouse position+        io.AddMouseButtonEvent(0, mouse_b[0]);  // update mouse button states+        io.AddMouseButtonEvent(1, mouse_b[1]);  // update mouse button states++        // Call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime+        // (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your main loop to be able to use Dear ImGui everywhere)+        ImGui::NewFrame();++        // Most of your application code here+        ImGui::Text("Hello, world!");+        MyGameUpdate(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions, e.g. ImGui::Begin("My window"); ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); ImGui::End();+        MyGameRender(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions as well!++        // Render dear imgui, swap buffers+        // (You want to try calling EndFrame/Render as late as you can, to be able to use Dear ImGui in your own game rendering code)+        ImGui::EndFrame();+        ImGui::Render();+        ImDrawData* draw_data = ImGui::GetDrawData();+        MyImGuiRenderFunction(draw_data);+        SwapBuffers();+     }++     // Shutdown+     ImGui::DestroyContext();++ To decide whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard inputs to Dear ImGui to the rest of your application,+ you should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags!+ Please read the FAQ and example applications for details about this!+++ HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE+ ---------------------------------------------+ The backends in impl_impl_XXX.cpp files contain many working implementations of a rendering function.++    void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data)+    {+       // TODO: Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled+       // TODO: Setup texture sampling state: sample with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Use 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines;' to allow point/nearest filtering.+       // TODO: Setup viewport covering draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize+       // TODO: Setup orthographic projection matrix cover draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize+       // TODO: Setup shader: vertex { float2 pos, float2 uv, u32 color }, fragment shader sample color from 1 texture, multiply by vertex color.+       ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos;+       for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)+       {+          const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];+          const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data;  // vertex buffer generated by Dear ImGui+          const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data;   // index buffer generated by Dear ImGui+          for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)+          {+             const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];+             if (pcmd->UserCallback)+             {+                 pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);+             }+             else+             {+                 // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space+                 ImVec2 clip_min(pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y);+                 ImVec2 clip_max(pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y);+                 if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y)+                     continue;++                 // We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API should support it.+                 // - If your engine doesn't support scissoring yet, you may ignore this at first. You will get some small glitches+                 //   (some elements visible outside their bounds) but you can fix that once everything else works!+                 // - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space:+                 //   - For a given viewport, draw_data->DisplayPos == viewport->Pos and draw_data->DisplaySize == viewport->Size+                 //   - In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos == (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize == io.DisplaySize, but always use GetMainViewport()->Pos/Size instead of hardcoding those values.+                 //   - In the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications (see 'docking' branch on github),+                 //     always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space.+                 // - Note that pcmd->ClipRect contains Min+Max bounds. Some graphics API may use Min+Max, other may use Min+Size (size being Max-Min)+                 MyEngineSetScissor(clip_min.x, clip_min.y, clip_max.x, clip_max.y);++                 // The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->GetTexID().+                 // The vast majority of draw calls will use the Dear ImGui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization.+                 MyEngineBindTexture((MyTexture*)pcmd->GetTexID());++                 // Render 'pcmd->ElemCount/3' indexed triangles.+                 // By default the indices ImDrawIdx are 16-bit, you can change them to 32-bit in imconfig.h if your engine doesn't support 16-bit indices.+                 MyEngineDrawIndexedTriangles(pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer + pcmd->IdxOffset, vtx_buffer, pcmd->VtxOffset);+             }+          }+       }+    }+++ API BREAKING CHANGES+ ====================++ Occasionally introducing changes that are breaking the API. We try to make the breakage minor and easy to fix.+ Below is a change-log of API breaking changes only. If you are using one of the functions listed, expect to have to fix some code.+ When you are not sure about an old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files.+ You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details.++ - 2023/08/25 (1.89.9) - Clipper: Renamed IncludeRangeByIndices() (also called ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() before 1.89.6) to IncludeItemsByIndex(). Kept inline redirection function. Sorry!+ - 2023/07/12 (1.89.8) - ImDrawData: CmdLists now owned, changed from ImDrawList** to ImVector<ImDrawList*>. Majority of users shouldn't be affected, but you cannot compare to NULL nor reassign manually anymore. Instead use AddDrawList(). (#6406, #4879, #1878)+ - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: obsoleted 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' (called after item) in favor of calling 'SetNextItemAllowOverlap()' (called before item). 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' didn't and couldn't work reliably since 1.89 (2022-11-15).+ - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: renamed 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap', 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap'. Kept redirecting enums (will obsolete).+ - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: IsItemHovered() now by default return false when querying an item using AllowOverlap mode which is being overlapped. Use ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem to revert to old behavior.+ - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: Selectable and TreeNode don't allow overlap when active so overlapping widgets won't appear as hovered. While this fixes a common small visual issue, it also means that calling IsItemHovered() after a non-reactive elements - e.g. Text() - overlapping an active one may fail if you don't use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem). (#6610)+ - 2023/06/20 (1.89.7) - moved io.HoverDelayShort/io.HoverDelayNormal to style.HoverDelayShort/style.HoverDelayNormal. As the fields were added in 1.89 and expected to be left unchanged by most users, or only tweaked once during app initialization, we are exceptionally accepting the breakage.+ - 2023/05/30 (1.89.6) - backends: renamed "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.cpp" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp" and "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.h" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h". This is in prevision for the future release of SDL3.+ - 2023/05/22 (1.89.6) - listbox: commented out obsolete/redirecting functions that were marked obsolete more than two years ago:+                           - ListBoxHeader()  -> use BeginListBox() (note how two variants of ListBoxHeader() existed. Check commented versions in imgui.h for reference)+                           - ListBoxFooter()  -> use EndListBox()+ - 2023/05/15 (1.89.6) - clipper: commented out obsolete redirection constructor 'ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f)' that was marked obsolete in 1.79. Use default constructor + clipper.Begin().+ - 2023/05/15 (1.89.6) - clipper: renamed ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() to ImGuiListClipper::IncludeRangeByIndices().+ - 2023/03/14 (1.89.4) - commented out redirecting enums/functions names that were marked obsolete two years ago:+                           - ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput        -> use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp+                           - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode -> use ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite+                           - ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve()         -> use ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic()+                           - ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo()      -> use ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo()+ - 2023/03/09 (1.89.4) - renamed PushAllowKeyboardFocus()/PopAllowKeyboardFocus() to PushTabStop()/PopTabStop(). Kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete).+ - 2023/03/09 (1.89.4) - tooltips: Added 'bool' return value to BeginTooltip() for API consistency. Please only submit contents and call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip() returns true. In reality the function will _currently_ always return true, but further changes down the line may change this, best to clarify API sooner.+ - 2023/02/15 (1.89.4) - moved the optional "courtesy maths operators" implementation from imgui_internal.h in imgui.h.+                         Even though we encourage using your own maths types and operators by setting up IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA,+                         it has been frequently requested by people to use our own. We had an opt-in define which was+                         previously fulfilled in imgui_internal.h. It is now fulfilled in imgui.h. (#6164)+                           - OK:     #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS / #include "imgui.h" / #include "imgui_internal.h"+                           - Error:  #include "imgui.h" / #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS / #include "imgui_internal.h"+ - 2023/02/07 (1.89.3) - backends: renamed "imgui_impl_sdl.cpp" to "imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp" and "imgui_impl_sdl.h" to "imgui_impl_sdl2.h". (#6146) This is in prevision for the future release of SDL3.+ - 2022/10/26 (1.89)   - commented out redirecting OpenPopupContextItem() which was briefly the name of OpenPopupOnItemClick() from 1.77 to 1.79.+ - 2022/10/12 (1.89)   - removed runtime patching of invalid "%f"/"%0.f" format strings for DragInt()/SliderInt(). This was obsoleted in 1.61 (May 2018). See 1.61 changelog for details.+ - 2022/09/26 (1.89)   - renamed and merged keyboard modifiers key enums and flags into a same set. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete).+                           - ImGuiKey_ModCtrl  and ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl  -> ImGuiMod_Ctrl+                           - ImGuiKey_ModShift and ImGuiModFlags_Shift -> ImGuiMod_Shift+                           - ImGuiKey_ModAlt   and ImGuiModFlags_Alt   -> ImGuiMod_Alt+                           - ImGuiKey_ModSuper and ImGuiModFlags_Super -> ImGuiMod_Super+                         the ImGuiKey_ModXXX were introduced in 1.87 and mostly used by backends.+                         the ImGuiModFlags_XXX have been exposed in imgui.h but not really used by any public api only by third-party extensions.+                         exceptionally commenting out the older ImGuiKeyModFlags_XXX names ahead of obsolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used anyway.+ - 2022/09/20 (1.89)   - ImGuiKey is now a typed enum, allowing ImGuiKey_XXX symbols to be named in debuggers.+                         this will require uses of legacy backend-dependent indices to be casted, e.g.+                            - with imgui_impl_glfw:  IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_A) -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)GLFW_KEY_A);+                            - with imgui_impl_win32: IsKeyPressed('A')        -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)'A')+                            - etc. However if you are upgrading code you might well use the better, backend-agnostic IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_A) now!+ - 2022/09/12 (1.89) - removed the bizarre legacy default argument for 'TreePush(const void* ptr = NULL)', always pass a pointer value explicitly. NULL/nullptr is ok but require cast, e.g. TreePush((void*)nullptr);+ - 2022/09/05 (1.89) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.77 and 1.78 (June 2020):+                         - DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f.+                         - SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f.+                         - BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiMouseButton, bool) -> use BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags)+ - 2022/09/02 (1.89) - obsoleted using SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend parent window/cell boundaries.+                       this relates to when moving the cursor position beyond current boundaries WITHOUT submitting an item.+                         - previously this would make the window content size ~200x200:+                              Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End();+                         - instead, please submit an item:+                              Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End();+                         - alternative:+                              Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End();+                         - content size is now only extended when submitting an item!+                         - with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will now be detected and assert.+                         - without '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will silently be fixed until we obsolete it.+ - 2022/08/03 (1.89) - changed signature of ImageButton() function. Kept redirection function (will obsolete).+                        - added 'const char* str_id' parameter + removed 'int frame_padding = -1' parameter.+                        - old signature: bool ImageButton(ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1));+                          - used the ImTextureID value to create an ID. This was inconsistent with other functions, led to ID conflicts, and caused problems with engines using transient ImTextureID values.+                          - had a FramePadding override which was inconsistent with other functions and made the already-long signature even longer.+                        - new signature: bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1));+                          - requires an explicit identifier. You may still use e.g. PushID() calls and then pass an empty identifier.+                          - always uses style.FramePadding for padding, to be consistent with other buttons. You may use PushStyleVar() to alter this.+ - 2022/07/08 (1.89) - inputs: removed io.NavInputs[] and ImGuiNavInput enum (following 1.87 changes).+                        - Official backends from 1.87+                  -> no issue.+                        - Official backends from 1.60 to 1.86           -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need updating!+                        - Custom backends not writing to io.NavInputs[] -> no issue.+                        - Custom backends writing to io.NavInputs[]     -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need fixing!+                        - TL;DR: Backends should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values instead of filling io.NavInput[].+ - 2022/06/15 (1.88) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS for correctness. kept support for old define (will obsolete).+ - 2022/05/03 (1.88) - backends: osx: removed ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() from backend API in favor of backend automatically handling event capture. All ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() calls should be removed as they are now unnecessary.+ - 2022/04/05 (1.88) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKeyModFlags to ImGuiModFlags. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). This was never used in public API functions but technically present in imgui.h and ImGuiIO.+ - 2022/01/20 (1.87) - inputs: reworded gamepad IO.+                        - Backend writing to io.NavInputs[]            -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values.+ - 2022/01/19 (1.87) - sliders, drags: removed support for legacy arithmetic operators (+,+-,*,/) when inputing text. This doesn't break any api/code but a feature that used to be accessible by end-users (which seemingly no one used).+ - 2022/01/17 (1.87) - inputs: reworked mouse IO.+                        - Backend writing to io.MousePos               -> backend should call io.AddMousePosEvent()+                        - Backend writing to io.MouseDown[]            -> backend should call io.AddMouseButtonEvent()+                        - Backend writing to io.MouseWheel             -> backend should call io.AddMouseWheelEvent()+                        - Backend writing to io.MouseHoveredViewport   -> backend should call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() [Docking branch w/ multi-viewports only]+                       note: for all calls to IO new functions, the Dear ImGui context should be bound/current.+                       read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 for details.+ - 2022/01/10 (1.87) - inputs: reworked keyboard IO. Removed io.KeyMap[], io.KeysDown[] in favor of calling io.AddKeyEvent(). Removed GetKeyIndex(), now unecessary. All IsKeyXXX() functions now take ImGuiKey values. All features are still functional until IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Read Changelog and Release Notes for details.+                        - IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_XXX)              -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)+                        - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX))      -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)+                        - Backend writing to io.KeyMap[],io.KeysDown[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() (+ call io.SetKeyEventNativeData() if you want legacy user code to stil function with legacy key codes).+                        - Backend writing to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift.. -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiMod_XXX values. *IF YOU PULLED CODE BETWEEN 2021/01/10 and 2021/01/27: We used to have a io.AddKeyModsEvent() function which was now replaced by io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiMod_XXX values.*+                     - one case won't work with backward compatibility: if your custom backend used ImGuiKey as mock native indices (e.g. "io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_A] = ImGuiKey_A") because those values are now larger than the legacy KeyDown[] array. Will assert.+                     - inputs: added ImGuiKey_ModCtrl/ImGuiKey_ModShift/ImGuiKey_ModAlt/ImGuiKey_ModSuper values to submit keyboard modifiers using io.AddKeyEvent(), instead of writing directly to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper.+ - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter to align with new symbols. Kept redirection enum.+ - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - removed io.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn() in favor of more flexible io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(). Removed 'void* io.ImeWindowHandle' in favor of writing to 'void* ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw'.+ - 2022/01/01 (1.87) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.69, 1.70, 1.71, 1.72 (March-July 2019)+                        - ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen()        -> use ImGui::SetNextItemOpen()+                        - ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() -> use ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x+                        - ImGui::TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()      -> use ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());+                        - ImFontAtlas::CustomRect             -> use ImFontAtlasCustomRect+                        - ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/HSV/HEX     -> use ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/HSV/Hex+ - 2021/12/20 (1.86) - backends: removed obsolete Marmalade backend (imgui_impl_marmalade.cpp) + example. Find last supported version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings+ - 2021/11/04 (1.86) - removed CalcListClipping() function. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges. Please open an issue if you think you really need this function.+ - 2021/08/23 (1.85) - removed GetWindowContentRegionWidth() function. keep inline redirection helper. can use 'GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x' instead for generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is more useful.+ - 2021/07/26 (1.84) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.67 and 1.69 (March 2019):+                        - ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() -> use ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()+                        - ImFont::GlyphRangesBuilder  -> use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder+ - 2021/05/19 (1.83) - backends: obsoleted direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId in favor of calling ImDrawCmd::GetTexID().+                        - if you are using official backends from the source tree: you have nothing to do.+                        - if you have copied old backend code or using your own: change access to draw_cmd->TextureId to draw_cmd->GetTexID().+ - 2021/03/12 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() to use ImDrawFlags instead of ImDrawCornersFlags.+                        - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft  -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft+                        - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight+                        - ImDrawCornerFlags_None     -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone etc.+                       flags now sanely defaults to 0 instead of 0x0F, consistent with all other flags in the API.+                       breaking: the default with rounding > 0.0f is now "round all corners" vs old implicit "round no corners":+                        - rounding == 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding  --> unchanged (common use)+                        - rounding  > 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant rounding     --> unchanged (common use)+                        - rounding == 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant no rounding  --> unchanged (unlikely use)+                        - rounding  > 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding  --> BREAKING (unlikely use): will now round all corners --> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or rounding == 0.0f.+                       this ONLY matters for hard coded use of 0 + rounding > 0.0f. Use of named ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone (new) or ImDrawCornerFlags_None (old) are ok.+                       the old ImDrawCornersFlags used awkward default values of ~0 or 0xF (4 lower bits set) to signify "round all corners" and we sometimes encouraged using them as shortcuts.+                       legacy path still support use of hard coded ~0 or any value from 0x1 or 0xF. They will behave the same with legacy paths enabled (will assert otherwise).+ - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.66 (September 2018):+                        - ImGui::SetScrollHere()              -> use ImGui::SetScrollHereY()+ - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - clarified that ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), ImDrawList::PathArcToFast() won't render with radius < 0.0f. Previously it sorts of accidentally worked but would generally lead to counter-clockwise paths and have an effect on anti-aliasing.+ - 2021/03/10 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and PathStroke() "bool closed" parameter to "ImDrawFlags flags". The matching ImDrawFlags_Closed value is guaranteed to always stay == 1 in the future.+ - 2021/02/22 (1.82) - (*undone in 1.84*) win32+mingw: Re-enabled IME functions by default even under MinGW. In July 2016, issue #738 had me incorrectly disable those default functions for MinGW. MinGW users should: either link with -limm32, either set their imconfig file  with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS'.+ - 2021/02/17 (1.82) - renamed rarely used style.CircleSegmentMaxError (old default = 1.60f) to style.CircleTessellationMaxError (new default = 0.30f) as the meaning of the value changed.+ - 2021/02/03 (1.81) - renamed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, ImVec2 size) to BeginListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).+                     - removed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) in favor of specifying size. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).+                     - renamed ListBoxFooter() to EndListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2021/01/26 (1.81) - removed ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas(). Kept inline redirection function. Prefer using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE', but there's a runtime selection path available too. The shared extra flags parameters (very rarely used) are now stored in ImFontAtlas::FontBuilderFlags.+                     - renamed ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags (used by FreeType) to ImFontConfig::FontBuilderFlags.+                     - renamed ImGuiFreeType::XXX flags to ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_XXX for consistency with other API.+ - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.63 (August 2018):+                        - ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() -> use ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().+                        - ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening       -> use ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg+                        - ImGuiInputTextCallback              -> use ImGuiTextEditCallback+                        - ImGuiInputTextCallbackData          -> use ImGuiTextEditCallbackData+ - 2020/12/21 (1.80) - renamed ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve() to AddBezierCubic(), and PathBezierCurveTo() to PathBezierCubicCurveTo(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2020/12/04 (1.80) - added imgui_tables.cpp file! Manually constructed project files will need the new file added!+ - 2020/11/18 (1.80) - renamed undocumented/internals ImGuiColumnsFlags_* to ImGuiOldColumnFlags_* in prevision of incoming Tables API.+ - 2020/11/03 (1.80) - renamed io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer to io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer as the feature will apply to other data structures+ - 2020/10/14 (1.80) - backends: moved all backends files (imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp, imgui_impl_XXXX.h) from examples/ to backends/.+ - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.60 (April 2018):+                        - io.RenderDrawListsFn pointer        -> use ImGui::GetDrawData() value and call the render function of your backend+                        - ImGui::IsAnyWindowFocused()         -> use ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)+                        - ImGui::IsAnyWindowHovered()         -> use ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)+                        - ImGuiStyleVar_Count_                -> use ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT+                        - ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_             -> use ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT+                      - removed redirecting functions names that were marked obsolete in 1.61 (May 2018):+                        - InputFloat (... int decimal_precision ...) -> use InputFloat (... const char* format ...) with format = "%.Xf" where X is your value for decimal_precision.+                        - same for InputFloat2()/InputFloat3()/InputFloat4() variants taking a `int decimal_precision` parameter.+ - 2020/10/05 (1.79) - removed ImGuiListClipper: Renamed constructor parameters which created an ambiguous alternative to using the ImGuiListClipper::Begin() function, with misleading edge cases (note: imgui_memory_editor <0.40 from imgui_club/ used this old clipper API. Update your copy if needed).+ - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput to ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete sooner because previous name was added recently).+ - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed style.TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton to style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton.+ - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - renamed OpenPopupContextItem() back to OpenPopupOnItemClick(), reverting the change from 1.77. For varieties of reason this is more self-explanatory.+ - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - removed return value from OpenPopupOnItemClick() - returned true on mouse release on an item - because it is inconsistent with other popup APIs and makes others misleading. It's also and unnecessary: you can use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() for a similar result.+ - 2020/09/17 (1.79) - removed ImFont::DisplayOffset in favor of ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset. DisplayOffset was applied after scaling and not very meaningful/useful outside of being needed by the default ProggyClean font. If you scaled this value after calling AddFontDefault(), this is now done automatically. It was also getting in the way of better font scaling, so let's get rid of it now!+ - 2020/08/17 (1.78) - obsoleted use of the trailing 'float power=1.0f' parameter for DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(), DragFloatRange2(), DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(), SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), VSliderFloat() and VSliderScalar().+                       replaced the 'float power=1.0f' argument with integer-based flags defaulting to 0 (as with all our flags).+                       worked out a backward-compatibility scheme so hopefully most C++ codebase should not be affected. in short, when calling those functions:+                       - if you omitted the 'power' parameter (likely!), you are not affected.+                       - if you set the 'power' parameter to 1.0f (same as previous default value): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ everything else will work. 3/ you can replace the 1.0f value with 0 to fix the warning, and be technically correct.+                       - if you set the 'power' parameter to >1.0f (to enable non-linear editing): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ code will assert at runtime, 3/ in case asserts are disabled, the code will not crash and enable the _Logarithmic flag. 4/ you can replace the >1.0f value with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic to fix the warning/assert and get a _similar_ effect as previous uses of power >1.0f.+                       see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for all details.+                       kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete) apart for: DragFloatRange2(), VSliderFloat(), VSliderScalar(). For those three the 'float power=1.0f' version was removed directly as they were most unlikely ever used.+                       for shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`.+                     - obsoleted use of v_min > v_max in DragInt, DragFloat, DragScalar to lock edits (introduced in 1.73, was not demoed nor documented very), will be replaced by a more generic ReadOnly feature. You may use the ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly internal flag in the meantime.+ - 2020/06/23 (1.77) - removed BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items) in favor of BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags flags) with ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOverItems.+ - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - renamed OpenPopupOnItemClick() to OpenPopupContextItem(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). [NOTE: THIS WAS REVERTED IN 1.79]+ - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() entry point which was made obsolete and asserting in December 2017.+ - 2020/04/23 (1.77) - removed unnecessary ID (first arg) of ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular().+ - 2020/01/22 (1.75) - ImDrawList::AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() functions don't accept negative radius any more.+ - 2019/12/17 (1.75) - [undid this change in 1.76] made Columns() limited to 64 columns by asserting above that limit. While the current code technically supports it, future code may not so we're putting the restriction ahead.+ - 2019/12/13 (1.75) - [imgui_internal.h] changed ImRect() default constructor initializes all fields to 0.0f instead of (FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX). If you used ImRect::Add() to create bounding boxes by adding multiple points into it, you may need to fix your initial value.+ - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.53 (December 2017):+                       - ShowTestWindow()                    -> use ShowDemoWindow()+                       - IsRootWindowFocused()               -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow)+                       - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused()     -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows)+                       - SetNextWindowContentWidth(w)        -> use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)+                       - GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing()     -> use GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()+                       - ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg              -> use ImGuiCol_ChildBg+                       - ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding   -> use ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding+                       - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode -> use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap+                       - IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS          -> use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS+ - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - obsoleted calling ImDrawList::PrimReserve() with a negative count (which was vaguely documented and rarely if ever used). Instead, we added an explicit PrimUnreserve() API.+ - 2019/12/06 (1.75) - removed implicit default parameter to IsMouseDragging(int button = 0) to be consistent with other mouse functions (none of the other functions have it).+ - 2019/11/21 (1.74) - ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular() now requires an ID larger than 0x110000 (instead of 0x10000) to conform with supporting Unicode planes 1-16 in a future update. ID below 0x110000 will now assert.+ - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS for consistency.+ - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS for consistency.+ - 2019/10/22 (1.74) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.52 (October 2017):+                       - Begin() [old 5 args version]        -> use Begin() [3 args], use SetNextWindowSize() SetNextWindowBgAlpha() if needed+                       - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered()     -> use IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows)+                       - AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets()     -> use AlignTextToFramePadding()+                       - SetNextWindowPosCenter()            -> use SetNextWindowPos() with a pivot of (0.5f, 0.5f)+                       - ImFont::Glyph                       -> use ImFontGlyph+ - 2019/10/14 (1.74) - inputs: Fixed a miscalculation in the keyboard/mouse "typematic" repeat delay/rate calculation, used by keys and e.g. repeating mouse buttons as well as the GetKeyPressedAmount() function.+                       if you were using a non-default value for io.KeyRepeatRate (previous default was 0.250), you can add +io.KeyRepeatDelay to it to compensate for the fix.+                       The function was triggering on: 0.0 and (delay+rate*N) where (N>=1). Fixed formula responds to (N>=0). Effectively it made io.KeyRepeatRate behave like it was set to (io.KeyRepeatRate + io.KeyRepeatDelay).+                       If you never altered io.KeyRepeatRate nor used GetKeyPressedAmount() this won't affect you.+ - 2019/07/15 (1.72) - removed TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() which is rarely used and only does SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2019/07/12 (1.72) - renamed ImFontAtlas::CustomRect to ImFontAtlasCustomRect. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).+ - 2019/06/14 (1.72) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.51 (June 2017): ImGuiCol_Column*, ImGuiSetCond_*, IsItemHoveredRect(), IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringWindow(), IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME. Grep this log for details and new names, or see how they were implemented until 1.71.+ - 2019/06/07 (1.71) - rendering of child window outer decorations (bg color, border, scrollbars) is now performed as part of the parent window. If you have+                       overlapping child windows in a same parent, and relied on their relative z-order to be mapped to their submission order, this will affect your rendering.+                       This optimization is disabled if the parent window has no visual output, because it appears to be the most common situation leading to the creation of overlapping child windows.+                       Please reach out if you are affected.+ - 2019/05/13 (1.71) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpen() to SetNextItemOpen(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2019/05/11 (1.71) - changed io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned short c) signature to io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c).+ - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - improved ImDrawList thick strokes (>1.0f) preserving correct thickness up to 90 degrees angles (e.g. rectangles). If you have custom rendering using thick lines, they will appear thicker now.+ - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - removed GetContentRegionAvailWidth(), use GetContentRegionAvail().x instead. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2019/03/04 (1.69) - renamed GetOverlayDrawList() to GetForegroundDrawList(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2019/02/26 (1.69) - renamed ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX to ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).+ - 2019/02/14 (1.68) - made it illegal/assert when io.DisplayTime == 0.0f (with an exception for the first frame). If for some reason your time step calculation gives you a zero value, replace it with an arbitrarily small value!+ - 2019/02/01 (1.68) - removed io.DisplayVisibleMin/DisplayVisibleMax (which were marked obsolete and removed from viewport/docking branch already).+ - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed io.InputCharacters[], marked internal as was always intended. Please don't access directly, and use AddInputCharacter() instead!+ - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder to ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).+ - 2018/12/20 (1.67) - made it illegal to call Begin("") with an empty string. This somehow half-worked before but had various undesirable side-effects.+ - 2018/12/10 (1.67) - renamed io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges to io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges as we are doing a large pass on configuration flags.+ - 2018/10/12 (1.66) - renamed misc/stl/imgui_stl.* to misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.* in prevision for other C++ helper files.+ - 2018/09/28 (1.66) - renamed SetScrollHere() to SetScrollHereY(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2018/09/06 (1.65) - renamed stb_truetype.h to imstb_truetype.h, stb_textedit.h to imstb_textedit.h, and stb_rect_pack.h to imstb_rectpack.h.+                       If you were conveniently using the imgui copy of those STB headers in your project you will have to update your include paths.+ - 2018/09/05 (1.65) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink/io.ConfigCursorBlink to io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink. (#1427)+ - 2018/08/31 (1.64) - added imgui_widgets.cpp file, extracted and moved widgets code out of imgui.cpp into imgui_widgets.cpp. Re-ordered some of the code remaining in imgui.cpp.+                       NONE OF THE FUNCTIONS HAVE CHANGED. THE CODE IS SEMANTICALLY 100% IDENTICAL, BUT _EVERY_ FUNCTION HAS BEEN MOVED.+                       Because of this, any local modifications to imgui.cpp will likely conflict when you update. Read docs/CHANGELOG.txt for suggestions.+ - 2018/08/22 (1.63) - renamed IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() to IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() for consistency with new IsItemEdited() API. Kept redirection function (will obsolete soonish as IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() is very recent).+ - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - renamed ImGuiTextEditCallback to ImGuiInputTextCallback, ImGuiTextEditCallbackData to ImGuiInputTextCallbackData for consistency. Kept redirection types (will obsolete).+ - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - removed ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ReadOnly since it is a duplication of (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly).+ - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - removed per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide beta flag in favor of a global io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges [update 1.67 renamed to ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges] to enable the feature.+ - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink to io.ConfigCursorBlink [-> io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink in 1.65], io.OptMacOSXBehaviors to ConfigMacOSXBehaviors for consistency.+ - 2018/07/22 (1.63) - changed ImGui::GetTime() return value from float to double to avoid accumulating floating point imprecisions over time.+ - 2018/07/08 (1.63) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening to ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg for consistency with other features. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete).+ - 2018/06/08 (1.62) - examples: the imgui_impl_XXX files have been split to separate platform (Win32, GLFW, SDL2, etc.) from renderer (DX11, OpenGL, Vulkan,  etc.).+                       old backends will still work as is, however prefer using the separated backends as they will be updated to support multi-viewports.+                       when adopting new backends follow the main.cpp code of your preferred examples/ folder to know which functions to call.+                       in particular, note that old backends called ImGui::NewFrame() at the end of their ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function.+ - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - renamed GetGlyphRangesChinese() to GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() to distinguish other variants and discourage using the full set.+ - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details.+ - 2018/05/03 (1.61) - DragInt(): the default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more.+                       If you used DragInt() with custom format strings, make sure you change them to use %d or an integer-compatible format.+                       To honor backward-compatibility, the DragInt() code will currently parse and modify format strings to replace %*f with %d, giving time to users to upgrade their code.+                       If you have IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS enabled, the code will instead assert! You may run a reg-exp search on your codebase for e.g. "DragInt.*%f" to help you find them.+ - 2018/04/28 (1.61) - obsoleted InputFloat() functions taking an optional "int decimal_precision" in favor of an equivalent and more flexible "const char* format",+                       consistent with other functions. Kept redirection functions (will obsolete).+ - 2018/04/09 (1.61) - IM_DELETE() helper function added in 1.60 doesn't clear the input _pointer_ reference, more consistent with expectation and allows passing r-value.+ - 2018/03/20 (1.60) - renamed io.WantMoveMouse to io.WantSetMousePos for consistency and ease of understanding (was added in 1.52, _not_ used by core and only honored by some backend ahead of merging the Nav branch).+ - 2018/03/12 (1.60) - removed ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered as the closing cross uses regular button colors now.+ - 2018/03/08 (1.60) - changed ImFont::DisplayOffset.y to default to 0 instead of +1. Fixed rounding of Ascent/Descent to match TrueType renderer. If you were adding or subtracting to ImFont::DisplayOffset check if your fonts are correctly aligned vertically.+ - 2018/03/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ to ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT and ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ to ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT for consistency with other public enums.+ - 2018/02/18 (1.60) - BeginDragDropSource(): temporarily removed the optional mouse_button=0 parameter because it is not really usable in many situations at the moment.+ - 2018/02/16 (1.60) - obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback, you can call your graphics engine render function after ImGui::Render(). Use ImGui::GetDrawData() to retrieve the ImDrawData* to display.+ - 2018/02/07 (1.60) - reorganized context handling to be more explicit,+                       - YOU NOW NEED TO CALL ImGui::CreateContext() AT THE BEGINNING OF YOUR APP, AND CALL ImGui::DestroyContext() AT THE END.+                       - removed Shutdown() function, as DestroyContext() serve this purpose.+                       - you may pass a ImFontAtlas* pointer to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts. Otherwise CreateContext() will create its own font atlas instance.+                       - removed allocator parameters from CreateContext(), they are now setup with SetAllocatorFunctions(), and shared by all contexts.+                       - removed the default global context and font atlas instance, which were confusing for users of DLL reloading and users of multiple contexts.+ - 2018/01/31 (1.60) - moved sample TTF files from extra_fonts/ to misc/fonts/. If you loaded files directly from the imgui repo you may need to update your paths.+ - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowHovered() in favor of IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowFocused() in favor of IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2018/01/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback to ImGuiSizeCallback, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData to ImGuiSizeCallbackData.+ - 2017/12/29 (1.60) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() which was weird and not really used by anyone except demo code. If you need it it's easy to replicate on your side.+ - 2017/12/24 (1.53) - renamed the emblematic ShowTestWindow() function to ShowDemoWindow(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: renamed style.AntiAliasedShapes to style.AntiAliasedFill for consistency and as a way to explicitly break code that manipulate those flag at runtime. You can now manipulate ImDrawList::Flags+ - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: removed 'bool anti_aliased = true' final parameter of ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(). Prefer manipulating ImDrawList::Flags if you need to toggle them during the frame.+ - 2017/12/14 (1.53) - using the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag on a child window forwards the mouse wheel event to the parent window, unless either ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs or ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar are also set.+ - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - renamed GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() to GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).+                     - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2017/12/12 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode to ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete).+ - 2017/12/10 (1.53) - removed SetNextWindowContentWidth(), prefer using SetNextWindowContentSize(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2017/11/27 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTextBuffer::append() helper to appendf(), appendv() to appendfv(). If you copied the 'Log' demo in your code, it uses appendv() so that needs to be renamed.+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style, Begin: removed ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders window flag. Borders are now fully set up in the ImGuiStyle structure (see e.g. style.FrameBorderSize, style.WindowBorderSize). Use ImGui::ShowStyleEditor() to look them up.+                       Please note that the style system will keep evolving (hopefully stabilizing in Q1 2018), and so custom styles will probably subtly break over time. It is recommended you use the StyleColorsClassic(), StyleColorsDark(), StyleColorsLight() functions.+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: removed ImGuiCol_ComboBg in favor of combo boxes using ImGuiCol_PopupBg for consistency.+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg to ImGuiCol_ChildBg.+ - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed style.ChildWindowRounding to style.ChildRounding, ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding to ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding.+ - 2017/11/02 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() in favor of using IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows);+ - 2017/10/24 (1.52) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS for consistency.+ - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - changed IsWindowHovered() default parameters behavior to return false if an item is active in another window (e.g. click-dragging item from another window to this window). You can use the newly introduced IsWindowHovered() flags to requests this specific behavior if you need it.+ - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - marked IsItemHoveredRect()/IsMouseHoveringWindow() as obsolete, in favor of using the newly introduced flags for IsItemHovered() and IsWindowHovered(). See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1382 for details.+                       removed the IsItemRectHovered()/IsWindowRectHovered() names introduced in 1.51 since they were merely more consistent names for the two functions we are now obsoleting.+                         IsItemHoveredRect()        --> IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)+                         IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)+                         IsMouseHoveringWindow()    --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) [weird, old behavior]+ - 2017/10/17 (1.52) - marked the old 5-parameters version of Begin() as obsolete (still available). Use SetNextWindowSize()+Begin() instead!+ - 2017/10/11 (1.52) - renamed AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() to AlignTextToFramePadding(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2017/09/26 (1.52) - renamed ImFont::Glyph to ImFontGlyph. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).+ - 2017/09/25 (1.52) - removed SetNextWindowPosCenter() because SetNextWindowPos() now has the optional pivot information to do the same and more. Kept redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your backend if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)".+ - 2017/08/22 (1.51) - renamed IsItemHoveredRect() to IsItemRectHovered(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). -> (1.52) use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)!+                     - renamed IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() to IsAnyWindowHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).+                     - renamed IsMouseHoveringWindow() to IsWindowRectHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - renamed GetStyleColName() to GetStyleColorName() for consistency.+ - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - added PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) overload, which _might_ cause an "ambiguous call" compilation error if you are using ImColor() with implicit cast. Cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 explicily to fix.+ - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - marked the weird IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro as obsolete. prefer using the more explicit ImGuiOnceUponAFrame type.+ - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - changed parameter order for BeginPopupContextWindow() from (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items) to (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items). Note that most calls relied on default parameters completely.+ - 2017/08/13 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiCol_Column to ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered to ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_ColumnActive to ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).+ - 2017/08/11 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiSetCond_Always to ImGuiCond_Always, ImGuiSetCond_Once to ImGuiCond_Once, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImGuiSetCond_Appearing to ImGuiCond_Appearing. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).+ - 2017/08/09 (1.51) - removed ValueColor() helpers, they are equivalent to calling Text(label) + SameLine() + ColorButton().+ - 2017/08/08 (1.51) - removed ColorEditMode() and ImGuiColorEditMode in favor of ImGuiColorEditFlags and parameters to the various Color*() functions. The SetColorEditOptions() allows to initialize default but the user can still change them with right-click context menu.+                     - changed prototype of 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool show_alpha = true)' to 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0)', where passing flags = 0x01 is a safe no-op (hello dodgy backward compatibility!). - check and run the demo window, under "Color/Picker Widgets", to understand the various new options.+                     - changed prototype of rarely used 'ColorButton(ImVec4 col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true)' to 'ColorButton(const char* desc_id, ImVec4 col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0, 0))'+ - 2017/07/20 (1.51) - removed IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(ImVec2), which was partly broken and misleading. ASSERT + redirect user to io.WantCaptureMouse+ - 2017/05/26 (1.50) - removed ImFontConfig::MergeGlyphCenterV in favor of a more multipurpose ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset.+ - 2017/05/01 (1.50) - renamed ImDrawList::PathFill() (rarely used directly) to ImDrawList::PathFillConvex() for clarity.+ - 2016/11/06 (1.50) - BeginChild(const char*) now applies the stack id to the provided label, consistently with other functions as it should always have been. It shouldn't affect you unless (extremely unlikely) you were appending multiple times to a same child from different locations of the stack id. If that's the case, generate an id with GetID() and use it instead of passing string to BeginChild().+ - 2016/10/15 (1.50) - avoid 'void* user_data' parameter to io.SetClipboardTextFn/io.GetClipboardTextFn pointers. We pass io.ClipboardUserData to it.+ - 2016/09/25 (1.50) - style.WindowTitleAlign is now a ImVec2 (ImGuiAlign enum was removed). set to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontal+vertical centering, (0.0f,0.0f) for upper-left, etc.+ - 2016/07/30 (1.50) - SameLine(x) with x>0.0f is now relative to left of column/group if any, and not always to left of window. This was sort of always the intent and hopefully, breakage should be minimal.+ - 2016/05/12 (1.49) - title bar (using ImGuiCol_TitleBg/ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive colors) isn't rendered over a window background (ImGuiCol_WindowBg color) anymore.+                       If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you, otherwise if <1.0f you need to tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar.+                       This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color:+                       ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col) { float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a; return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a); }+                       If this is confusing, pick the RGB value from title bar from an old screenshot and apply this as TitleBg/TitleBgActive. Or you may just create TitleBgActive from a tweaked TitleBg color.+ - 2016/05/07 (1.49) - removed confusing set of GetInternalState(), GetInternalStateSize(), SetInternalState() functions. Now using CreateContext(), DestroyContext(), GetCurrentContext(), SetCurrentContext().+ - 2016/05/02 (1.49) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpened() to SetNextTreeNodeOpen(), no redirection.+ - 2016/05/01 (1.49) - obsoleted old signature of CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id = NULL, bool display_frame = true, bool default_open = false) as extra parameters were badly designed and rarely used. You can replace the "default_open = true" flag in new API with CollapsingHeader(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen).+ - 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDrawList::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer.+ - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref GitHub issue #337).+ - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - renamed ImGuiCol_TooltipBg to ImGuiCol_PopupBg, used by popups/menus and tooltips. popups/menus were previously using ImGuiCol_WindowBg. (ref github issue #337)+ - 2016/03/21 (1.48) - renamed GetWindowFont() to GetFont(), GetWindowFontSize() to GetFontSize(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2016/03/02 (1.48) - InputText() completion/history/always callbacks: if you modify the text buffer manually (without using DeleteChars()/InsertChars() helper) you need to maintain the BufTextLen field. added an assert.+ - 2016/01/23 (1.48) - fixed not honoring exact width passed to PushItemWidth(), previously it would add extra FramePadding.x*2 over that width. if you had manual pixel-perfect alignment in place it might affect you.+ - 2015/12/27 (1.48) - fixed ImDrawList::AddRect() which used to render a rectangle 1 px too large on each axis.+ - 2015/12/04 (1.47) - renamed Color() helpers to ValueColor() - dangerously named, rarely used and probably to be made obsolete.+ - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - with the addition of horizontal scrollbar we made various fixes to inconsistencies with dealing with cursor position.+                       GetCursorPos()/SetCursorPos() functions now include the scrolled amount. It shouldn't affect the majority of users, but take note that SetCursorPosX(100.0f) puts you at +100 from the starting x position which may include scrolling, not at +100 from the window left side.+                       GetContentRegionMax()/GetWindowContentRegionMin()/GetWindowContentRegionMax() functions allow include the scrolled amount. Typically those were used in cases where no scrolling would happen so it may not be a problem, but watch out!+ - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - renamed style.ScrollbarWidth to style.ScrollbarSize+ - 2015/08/05 (1.44) - split imgui.cpp into extra files: imgui_demo.cpp imgui_draw.cpp imgui_internal.h that you need to add to your project.+ - 2015/07/18 (1.44) - fixed angles in ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), PathArcToFast() (introduced in 1.43) being off by an extra PI for no justifiable reason+ - 2015/07/14 (1.43) - add new ImFontAtlas::AddFont() API. For the old AddFont***, moved the 'font_no' parameter of ImFontAtlas::AddFont** functions to the ImFontConfig structure.+                       you need to render your textured triangles with bilinear filtering to benefit from sub-pixel positioning of text.+ - 2015/07/08 (1.43) - switched rendering data to use indexed rendering. this is saving a fair amount of CPU/GPU and enables us to get anti-aliasing for a marginal cost.+                       this necessary change will break your rendering function! the fix should be very easy. sorry for that :(+                     - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest.+                     - the signature of the io.RenderDrawListsFn handler has changed!+                       old: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count)+                       new: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data).+                         parameters: 'cmd_lists' becomes 'draw_data->CmdLists', 'cmd_lists_count' becomes 'draw_data->CmdListsCount'+                         ImDrawList: 'commands' becomes 'CmdBuffer', 'vtx_buffer' becomes 'VtxBuffer', 'IdxBuffer' is new.+                         ImDrawCmd:  'vtx_count' becomes 'ElemCount', 'clip_rect' becomes 'ClipRect', 'user_callback' becomes 'UserCallback', 'texture_id' becomes 'TextureId'.+                     - each ImDrawList now contains both a vertex buffer and an index buffer. For each command, render ElemCount/3 triangles using indices from the index buffer.+                     - if you REALLY cannot render indexed primitives, you can call the draw_data->DeIndexAllBuffers() method to de-index the buffers. This is slow and a waste of CPU/GPU. Prefer using indexed rendering!+                     - refer to code in the examples/ folder or ask on the GitHub if you are unsure of how to upgrade. please upgrade!+ - 2015/07/10 (1.43) - changed SameLine() parameters from int to float.+ - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed SetScrollPosHere() to SetScrollFromCursorPos(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed GetScrollPosY() to GetScrollY(). Necessary to reduce confusion along with other scrolling functions, because positions (e.g. cursor position) are not equivalent to scrolling amount.+ - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed ImageButton() default bg_col parameter from (0,0,0,1) (black) to (0,0,0,0) (transparent) - makes a difference when texture have transparence+ - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely used. Sorry!+ - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed GetWindowCollapsed() to IsWindowCollapsed() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed IsRectClipped() to IsRectVisible() for consistency. Note that return value is opposite! Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).+ - 2015/05/27 (1.40) - removed the third 'repeat_if_held' parameter from Button() - sorry! it was rarely used and inconsistent. Use PushButtonRepeat(true) / PopButtonRepeat() to enable repeat on desired buttons.+ - 2015/05/11 (1.40) - changed BeginPopup() API, takes a string identifier instead of a bool. ImGui needs to manage the open/closed state of popups. Call OpenPopup() to actually set the "open" state of a popup. BeginPopup() returns true if the popup is opened.+ - 2015/05/03 (1.40) - removed style.AutoFitPadding, using style.WindowPadding makes more sense (the default values were already the same).+ - 2015/04/13 (1.38) - renamed IsClipped() to IsRectClipped(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.+ - 2015/04/09 (1.38) - renamed ImDrawList::AddArc() to ImDrawList::AddArcFast() for compatibility with future API+ - 2015/04/03 (1.38) - removed ImGuiCol_CheckHovered, ImGuiCol_CheckActive, replaced with the more general ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive.+ - 2014/04/03 (1.38) - removed support for passing -FLT_MAX..+FLT_MAX as the range for a SliderFloat(). Use DragFloat() or Inputfloat() instead.+ - 2015/03/17 (1.36) - renamed GetItemBoxMin()/GetItemBoxMax()/IsMouseHoveringBox() to GetItemRectMin()/GetItemRectMax()/IsMouseHoveringRect(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.+ - 2015/03/15 (1.36) - renamed style.TreeNodeSpacing to style.IndentSpacing, ImGuiStyleVar_TreeNodeSpacing to ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing+ - 2015/03/13 (1.36) - renamed GetWindowIsFocused() to IsWindowFocused(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.+ - 2015/03/08 (1.35) - renamed style.ScrollBarWidth to style.ScrollbarWidth (casing)+ - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed OpenNextNode(bool) to SetNextTreeNodeOpened(bool, ImGuiSetCond). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.+ - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed ImGuiSetCondition_*** to ImGuiSetCond_***, and _FirstUseThisSession becomes _Once.+ - 2015/02/11 (1.32) - changed text input callback ImGuiTextEditCallback return type from void-->int. reserved for future use, return 0 for now.+ - 2015/02/10 (1.32) - renamed GetItemWidth() to CalcItemWidth() to clarify its evolving behavior+ - 2015/02/08 (1.31) - renamed GetTextLineSpacing() to GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()+ - 2015/02/01 (1.31) - removed IO.MemReallocFn (unused)+ - 2015/01/19 (1.30) - renamed ImGuiStorage::GetIntPtr()/GetFloatPtr() to GetIntRef()/GetIntRef() because Ptr was conflicting with actual pointer storage functions.+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - big font/image API change! now loads TTF file. allow for multiple fonts. no need for a PNG loader.+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels.+                       - old:  const void* png_data; unsigned int png_size; ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size); [..Upload texture to GPU..];+                       - new:  unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; io.Fonts->SetTexID(YourTexIdentifier);+                       you now have more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs. It is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation.+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to call io.Fonts->SetTexID()+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix)+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets+ - 2014/12/10 (1.18) - removed SetNewWindowDefaultPos() in favor of new generic API SetNextWindowPos(pos, ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver)+ - 2014/11/28 (1.17) - moved IO.Font*** options to inside the IO.Font-> structure (FontYOffset, FontTexUvForWhite, FontBaseScale, FontFallbackGlyph)+ - 2014/11/26 (1.17) - reworked syntax of IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro to increase compiler compatibility+ - 2014/11/07 (1.15) - renamed IsHovered() to IsItemHovered()+ - 2014/10/02 (1.14) - renamed IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_CPP to IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL and imgui_user.cpp to imgui_user.inl (more IDE friendly)+ - 2014/09/25 (1.13) - removed 'text_end' parameter from IO.SetClipboardTextFn (the string is now always zero-terminated for simplicity)+ - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - renamed SetFontScale() to SetWindowFontScale()+ - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - moved IM_MALLOC/IM_REALLOC/IM_FREE preprocessor defines to IO.MemAllocFn/IO.MemReallocFn/IO.MemFreeFn+ - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - removed IO.FontHeight (now computed automatically)+ - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - moved IMGUI_FONT_TEX_UV_FOR_WHITE preprocessor define to IO.FontTexUvForWhite+ - 2014/08/28 (1.09) - changed the behavior of IO.PixelCenterOffset following various rendering fixes+++ FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)+ ================================++ Read all answers online:+   https://www.dearimgui.com/faq or https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md (same url)+ Read all answers locally (with a text editor or ideally a Markdown viewer):+   docs/FAQ.md+ Some answers are copied down here to facilitate searching in code.++ Q&A: Basics+ ===========++ Q: Where is the documentation?+ A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects the user to be acquainted with C/C++.+    - Run the examples/ applications and explore them.+    - Read Getting Started (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started) guide.+    - See demo code in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function.+    - The demo covers most features of Dear ImGui, so you can read the code and see its output.+    - See documentation and comments at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h.+    - 20+ standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the+      examples/ folder to explain how to integrate Dear ImGui with your own engine/application.+    - The Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) has many resources and links.+    - The Glossary (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary) page also may be useful.+    - Your programming IDE is your friend, find the type or function declaration to find comments+      associated with it.++ Q: What is this library called?+ Q: Which version should I get?+ >> This library is called "Dear ImGui", please don't call it "ImGui" :)+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for details.++ Q&A: Integration+ ================++ Q: How to get started?+ A: Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started. Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt.++ Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?+ A: You should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags!+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this.++ Q. How can I enable keyboard or gamepad controls?+ Q: How can I use this on a machine without mouse, keyboard or screen? (input share, remote display)+ Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and little squares are showing instead of text...+ Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around...+ Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are displaying outside their expected windows boundaries...+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq++ Q&A: Usage+ ----------++ Q: About the ID Stack system..+   - Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?+   - How can I have widgets with an empty label?+   - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?+   - How can I have multiple windows with the same label?+ Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it work?+ Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2?+ Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)?+ Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API)+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq++ Q&A: Fonts, Text+ ================++ Q: How should I handle DPI in my application?+ Q: How can I load a different font than the default?+ Q: How can I easily use icons in my application?+ Q: How can I load multiple fonts?+ Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/edit/master/docs/FONTS.md++ Q&A: Concerns+ =============++ Q: Who uses Dear ImGui?+ Q: Can you create elaborate/serious tools with Dear ImGui?+ Q: Can you reskin the look of Dear ImGui?+ Q: Why using C++ (as opposed to C)?+ >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq++ Q&A: Community+ ==============++ Q: How can I help?+ A: - Businesses: please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui!+      We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance or sponsoring contacts.+      This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we sustain and grow work on this project.+      Also see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors+    - Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine.+    - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, and see how you want to help and can help!+    - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc.+      You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads. Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers.+      But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui helps the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions.+    - If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues (on GitHub or privately).++*/++//-------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] INCLUDES+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------++#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS+#endif++#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS+#endif++#include "imgui.h"+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE+#include "imgui_internal.h"++// System includes+#include <stdio.h>      // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf+#include <stdint.h>     // intptr_t++// [Windows] On non-Visual Studio compilers, we default to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS unless explicitly enabled+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS+#endif++// [Windows] OS specific includes (optional)+#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS)+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS+#endif+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS)+#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN+#endif+#ifndef NOMINMAX+#define NOMINMAX+#endif+#ifndef __MINGW32__+#include <Windows.h>        // _wfopen, OpenClipboard+#else+#include <windows.h>+#endif+#if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP) // UWP doesn't have all Win32 functions+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS+#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS+#endif+#endif++// [Apple] OS specific includes+#if defined(__APPLE__)+#include <TargetConditionals.h>+#endif++// Visual Studio warnings+#ifdef _MSC_VER+#pragma warning (disable: 4127)             // condition expression is constant+#pragma warning (disable: 4996)             // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922   // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later+#pragma warning (disable: 5054)             // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types+#endif+#pragma warning (disable: 26451)            // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to an 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).+#pragma warning (disable: 26495)            // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).+#pragma warning (disable: 26812)            // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3).+#endif++// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything+#if defined(__clang__)+#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"         // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'                      // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!+#endif+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas"                // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"                 // warning: use of old-style cast                            // yes, they are more terse.+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal"                    // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok.+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"              // warning: format string is not a string literal            // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors"          // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor     // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals.+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors"            // warning: declaration requires a global destructor         // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is.+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion"                // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic"                // warning: format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic.+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast"       // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int'+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"  // warning: zero as null pointer constant                    // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"               // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function  // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion"  // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision+#elif defined(__GNUC__)+// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide a has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not follow the warning/version association.+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"                  // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"          // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast"      // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat"                   // warning: format '%p' expects argument of type 'void*', but argument 6 has type 'ImGuiWindow*'+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"         // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion"               // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral"        // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstrict-overflow"          // warning: assuming signed overflow does not occur when assuming that (X - c) > X is always false+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"          // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead+#endif++// Debug options+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING     0   // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Display last moving direction matches when holding CTRL+#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS       0   // Display the reference navigation rectangle for each window++// When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch.+static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY            = 0.20f;    // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in+static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY          = 0.15f;    // Time before the window list starts to appear++// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by backend)+static const float WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING                    = 4.0f;     // Extend outside window for hovering/resizing (maxxed with TouchPadding) and inside windows for borders. Affect FindHoveredWindow().+static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f;    // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time.+static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER    = 0.70f;    // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved.++// Tooltip offset+static const ImVec2 TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET = ImVec2(16, 10);            // Multiplied by g.Style.MouseCursorScale++//-------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------++static void             SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);+static void             FindHoveredWindow();+static ImGuiWindow*     CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);+static ImVec2           CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window);++static void             AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window);++// Settings+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);+static void*            WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name);+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line);+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);+static void             WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf);++// Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions+static const char*      GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx);+static void             SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx, const char* text);+static void             SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data);++namespace ImGui+{+// Navigation+static void             NavUpdate();+static void             NavUpdateWindowing();+static void             NavUpdateWindowingOverlay();+static void             NavUpdateCancelRequest();+static void             NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest();+static void             NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest();+static float            NavUpdatePageUpPageDown();+static inline void      NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();+static void             NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest();+static void             NavEndFrame();+static bool             NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result);+static void             NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result);+static void             NavProcessItem();+static void             NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags);+static ImVec2           NavCalcPreferredRefPos();+static void             NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window);+static ImGuiWindow*     NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);+static void             NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer);+static void             NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();+static int              FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window);++// Error Checking and Debug Tools+static void             ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks();+static void             ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks();+static void             UpdateDebugToolItemPicker();+static void             UpdateDebugToolStackQueries();++// Inputs+static void             UpdateKeyboardInputs();+static void             UpdateMouseInputs();+static void             UpdateMouseWheel();+static void             UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt);++// Misc+static void             UpdateSettings();+static bool             UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect);+static void             RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window);+static void             RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size);+static void             RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open);+static void             RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col);+static void             RenderDimmedBackgrounds();++// Viewports+static void             UpdateViewportsNewFrame();++}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// DLL users:+// - Heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries!+// - You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from.+// - Same applies for hot-reloading mechanisms that are reliant on reloading DLL (note that many hot-reloading mechanisms work without DLL).+// - Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility.+// - Confused? In a debugger: add GImGui to your watch window and notice how its value changes depending on your current location (which DLL boundary you are in).++// Current context pointer. Implicitly used by all Dear ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL.+// - ImGui::CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL.+//   Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext().+// - Important: Dear ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer.+//   If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts:+//   - Change this variable to use thread local storage so each thread can refer to a different context, in your imconfig.h:+//         struct ImGuiContext;+//         extern thread_local ImGuiContext* MyImGuiTLS;+//         #define GImGui MyImGuiTLS+//     And then define MyImGuiTLS in one of your cpp files. Note that thread_local is a C++11 keyword, earlier C++ uses compiler-specific keyword.+//   - Future development aims to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586+//   - If you need a finite number of contexts, you may compile and use multiple instances of the ImGui code from a different namespace.+// - DLL users: read comments above.+#ifndef GImGui+ImGuiContext*   GImGui = NULL;+#endif++// Memory Allocator functions. Use SetAllocatorFunctions() to change them.+// - You probably don't want to modify that mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction.+// - DLL users: read comments above.+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS+static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { IM_UNUSED(user_data); return malloc(size); }+static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { IM_UNUSED(user_data); free(ptr); }+#else+static void*   MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data)    { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(size); IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; }+static void    FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data)        { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(ptr); IM_ASSERT(0); }+#endif+static ImGuiMemAllocFunc    GImAllocatorAllocFunc = MallocWrapper;+static ImGuiMemFreeFunc     GImAllocatorFreeFunc = FreeWrapper;+static void*                GImAllocatorUserData = NULL;++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO)+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle()+{+    Alpha                   = 1.0f;             // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui.+    DisabledAlpha           = 0.60f;            // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha.+    WindowPadding           = ImVec2(8,8);      // Padding within a window+    WindowRounding          = 0.0f;             // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.+    WindowBorderSize        = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.+    WindowMinSize           = ImVec2(32,32);    // Minimum window size+    WindowTitleAlign        = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text+    WindowMenuButtonPosition= ImGuiDir_Left;    // Position of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left.+    ChildRounding           = 0.0f;             // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows+    ChildBorderSize         = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.+    PopupRounding           = 0.0f;             // Radius of popup window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows+    PopupBorderSize         = 1.0f;             // Thickness of border around popup or tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.+    FramePadding            = ImVec2(4,3);      // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets)+    FrameRounding           = 0.0f;             // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets).+    FrameBorderSize         = 0.0f;             // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.+    ItemSpacing             = ImVec2(8,4);      // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines+    ItemInnerSpacing        = ImVec2(4,4);      // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label)+    CellPadding             = ImVec2(4,2);      // Padding within a table cell. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows.+    TouchExtraPadding       = ImVec2(0,0);      // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!+    IndentSpacing           = 21.0f;            // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).+    ColumnsMinSpacing       = 6.0f;             // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1).+    ScrollbarSize           = 14.0f;            // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar+    ScrollbarRounding       = 9.0f;             // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar+    GrabMinSize             = 12.0f;            // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar+    GrabRounding            = 0.0f;             // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.+    LogSliderDeadzone       = 4.0f;             // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero.+    TabRounding             = 4.0f;             // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs.+    TabBorderSize           = 0.0f;             // Thickness of border around tabs.+    TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f;           // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected.+    ColorButtonPosition     = ImGuiDir_Right;   // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.+    ButtonTextAlign         = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text.+    SelectableTextAlign     = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line.+    SeparatorTextBorderSize = 3.0f;             // Thickkness of border in SeparatorText()+    SeparatorTextAlign      = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center).+    SeparatorTextPadding    = ImVec2(20.0f,3.f);// Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y.+    DisplayWindowPadding    = ImVec2(19,19);    // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.+    DisplaySafeAreaPadding  = ImVec2(3,3);      // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows.+    MouseCursorScale        = 1.0f;             // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.+    AntiAliasedLines        = true;             // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU.+    AntiAliasedLinesUseTex  = true;             // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering).+    AntiAliasedFill         = true;             // Enable anti-aliased filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.).+    CurveTessellationTol    = 1.25f;            // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.+    CircleTessellationMaxError = 0.30f;         // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry.++    // Behaviors+    HoverStationaryDelay    = 0.15f;            // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary). Time required to consider mouse stationary.+    HoverDelayShort         = 0.15f;            // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort). Usually used along with HoverStationaryDelay.+    HoverDelayNormal        = 0.40f;            // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal). "+    HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse = ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort;    // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using mouse.+    HoverFlagsForTooltipNav = ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal;  // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using keyboard/gamepad.++    // Default theme+    ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this);+}++// To scale your entire UI (e.g. if you want your app to use High DPI or generally be DPI aware) you may use this helper function. Scaling the fonts is done separately and is up to you.+// Important: This operation is lossy because we round all sizes to integer. If you need to change your scale multiples, call this over a freshly initialized ImGuiStyle structure rather than scaling multiple times.+void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor)+{+    WindowPadding = ImFloor(WindowPadding * scale_factor);+    WindowRounding = ImFloor(WindowRounding * scale_factor);+    WindowMinSize = ImFloor(WindowMinSize * scale_factor);+    ChildRounding = ImFloor(ChildRounding * scale_factor);+    PopupRounding = ImFloor(PopupRounding * scale_factor);+    FramePadding = ImFloor(FramePadding * scale_factor);+    FrameRounding = ImFloor(FrameRounding * scale_factor);+    ItemSpacing = ImFloor(ItemSpacing * scale_factor);+    ItemInnerSpacing = ImFloor(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor);+    CellPadding = ImFloor(CellPadding * scale_factor);+    TouchExtraPadding = ImFloor(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor);+    IndentSpacing = ImFloor(IndentSpacing * scale_factor);+    ColumnsMinSpacing = ImFloor(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor);+    ScrollbarSize = ImFloor(ScrollbarSize * scale_factor);+    ScrollbarRounding = ImFloor(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor);+    GrabMinSize = ImFloor(GrabMinSize * scale_factor);+    GrabRounding = ImFloor(GrabRounding * scale_factor);+    LogSliderDeadzone = ImFloor(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor);+    TabRounding = ImFloor(TabRounding * scale_factor);+    TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX;+    SeparatorTextPadding = ImFloor(SeparatorTextPadding * scale_factor);+    DisplayWindowPadding = ImFloor(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor);+    DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImFloor(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor);+    MouseCursorScale = ImFloor(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor);+}++ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO()+{+    // Most fields are initialized with zero+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseDown) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT && IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseClicked) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);++    // Settings+    ConfigFlags = ImGuiConfigFlags_None;+    BackendFlags = ImGuiBackendFlags_None;+    DisplaySize = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f);+    DeltaTime = 1.0f / 60.0f;+    IniSavingRate = 5.0f;+    IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; // Important: "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir, most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables).+    LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt";+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO+    for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++)+        KeyMap[i] = -1;+#endif+    UserData = NULL;++    Fonts = NULL;+    FontGlobalScale = 1.0f;+    FontDefault = NULL;+    FontAllowUserScaling = false;+    DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f);++    MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f;+    MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f;+    MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f;+    KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f;+    KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f;++    // Miscellaneous options+    MouseDrawCursor = false;+#ifdef __APPLE__+    ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = true;  // Set Mac OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag+#else+    ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false;+#endif+    ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue = true;+    ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true;+    ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive = false;+    ConfigDragClickToInputText = false;+    ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true;+    ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false;+    ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f;+    ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce = false;+    ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop = false;++    // Platform Functions+    // Note: Initialize() will setup default clipboard/ime handlers.+    BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL;+    BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL;+    PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.';++    // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!)+    MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);+    MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);+    MouseSource = ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse;+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f;+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); i++) { KeysData[i].DownDuration = KeysData[i].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; }+    AppAcceptingEvents = true;+    BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = (ImS8)-1;+    BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = true; // assume using legacy array until proven wrong+}++// Pass in translated ASCII characters for text input.+// - with glfw you can get those from the callback set in glfwSetCharCallback()+// - on Windows you can get those using ToAscii+keyboard state, or via the WM_CHAR message+// FIXME: Should in theory be called "AddCharacterEvent()" to be consistent with new API+void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c)+{+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;+    if (c == 0 || !AppAcceptingEvents)+        return;++    ImGuiInputEvent e;+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Text;+    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;+    e.Text.Char = c;+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);+}++// UTF16 strings use surrogate pairs to encode codepoints >= 0x10000, so+// we should save the high surrogate.+void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c)+{+    if ((c == 0 && InputQueueSurrogate == 0) || !AppAcceptingEvents)+        return;++    if ((c & 0xFC00) == 0xD800) // High surrogate, must save+    {+        if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0)+            AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);+        InputQueueSurrogate = c;+        return;+    }++    ImWchar cp = c;+    if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0)+    {+        if ((c & 0xFC00) != 0xDC00) // Invalid low surrogate+        {+            AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);+        }+        else+        {+#if IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX == 0xFFFF+            cp = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // Codepoint will not fit in ImWchar+#else+            cp = (ImWchar)(((InputQueueSurrogate - 0xD800) << 10) + (c - 0xDC00) + 0x10000);+#endif+        }++        InputQueueSurrogate = 0;+    }+    AddInputCharacter((unsigned)cp);+}++void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars)+{+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)+        return;+    while (*utf8_chars != 0)+    {+        unsigned int c = 0;+        utf8_chars += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, utf8_chars, NULL);+        AddInputCharacter(c);+    }+}++// Clear all incoming events.+void ImGuiIO::ClearEventsQueue()+{+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;+    g.InputEventsQueue.clear();+}++// Clear current keyboard/mouse/gamepad state + current frame text input buffer. Equivalent to releasing all keys/buttons.+void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys()+{+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO+    memset(KeysDown, 0, sizeof(KeysDown));+#endif+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); n++)+    {+        KeysData[n].Down             = false;+        KeysData[n].DownDuration     = -1.0f;+        KeysData[n].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f;+    }+    KeyCtrl = KeyShift = KeyAlt = KeySuper = false;+    KeyMods = ImGuiMod_None;+    MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDown); n++)+    {+        MouseDown[n] = false;+        MouseDownDuration[n] = MouseDownDurationPrev[n] = -1.0f;+    }+    MouseWheel = MouseWheelH = 0.0f;+    InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); // Behavior of old ClearInputCharacters().+}++// Removed this as it is ambiguous/misleading and generally incorrect to use with the existence of a higher-level input queue.+// Current frame character buffer is now also cleared by ClearInputKeys().+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS+void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters()+{+    InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);+}+#endif++static ImGuiInputEvent* FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiInputEventType type, int arg = -1)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;+    for (int n = g.InputEventsQueue.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)+    {+        ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[n];+        if (e->Type != type)+            continue;+        if (type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key && e->Key.Key != arg)+            continue;+        if (type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton && e->MouseButton.Button != arg)+            continue;+        return e;+    }+    return NULL;+}++// Queue a new key down/up event.+// - ImGuiKey key:       Translated key (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character)+// - bool down:          Is the key down? use false to signify a key release.+// - float analog_value: 0.0f..1.0f+// IMPORTANT: THIS FUNCTION AND OTHER "ADD" GRABS THE CONTEXT FROM OUR INSTANCE.+// WE NEED TO ENSURE THAT ALL FUNCTION CALLS ARE FULLFILLING THIS, WHICH IS WHY GetKeyData() HAS AN EXPLICIT CONTEXT.+void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value)+{+    //if (e->Down) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("AddKeyEvent() Key='%s' %d, NativeKeycode = %d, NativeScancode = %d\n", ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key), e->Down, e->NativeKeycode, e->NativeScancode); }+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None || !AppAcceptingEvents)+        return;+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;+    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)); // Backend needs to pass a valid ImGuiKey_ constant. 0..511 values are legacy native key codes which are not accepted by this API.+    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsAliasKey(key) == false); // Backend cannot submit ImGuiKey_MouseXXX values they are automatically inferred from AddMouseXXX() events.+    IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiMod_Shortcut); // We could easily support the translation here but it seems saner to not accept it (TestEngine perform a translation itself)++    // Verify that backend isn't mixing up using new io.AddKeyEvent() api and old io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] data.+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO+    IM_ASSERT((BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1 || BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");+    if (BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1)+        for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++)+            IM_ASSERT(KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");+    BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 0;+#endif+    if (ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key))+        BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = false;++    // Filter duplicate (in particular: key mods and gamepad analog values are commonly spammed)+    const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Key, (int)key);+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(&g, key);+    const bool latest_key_down = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.Down : key_data->Down;+    const float latest_key_analog = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.AnalogValue : key_data->AnalogValue;+    if (latest_key_down == down && latest_key_analog == analog_value)+        return;++    // Add event+    ImGuiInputEvent e;+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Key;+    e.Source = ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key) ? ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad : ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;+    e.Key.Key = key;+    e.Key.Down = down;+    e.Key.AnalogValue = analog_value;+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);+}++void ImGuiIO::AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down)+{+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)+        return;+    AddKeyAnalogEvent(key, down, down ? 1.0f : 0.0f);+}++// [Optional] Call after AddKeyEvent().+// Specify native keycode, scancode + Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices.+// If you are writing a backend in 2022 or don't use IsKeyXXX() with native values that are not ImGuiKey values, you can avoid calling this.+void ImGuiIO::SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index)+{+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None)+        return;+    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKey(key)); // >= 512+    IM_ASSERT(native_legacy_index == -1 || ImGui::IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)native_legacy_index)); // >= 0 && <= 511+    IM_UNUSED(native_keycode);  // Yet unused+    IM_UNUSED(native_scancode); // Yet unused++    // Build native->imgui map so old user code can still call key functions with native 0..511 values.+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO+    const int legacy_key = (native_legacy_index != -1) ? native_legacy_index : native_keycode;+    if (!ImGui::IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)legacy_key))+        return;+    KeyMap[legacy_key] = key;+    KeyMap[key] = legacy_key;+#else+    IM_UNUSED(key);+    IM_UNUSED(native_legacy_index);+#endif+}++// Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen.+void ImGuiIO::SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events)+{+    AppAcceptingEvents = accepting_events;+}++// Queue a mouse move event+void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y)+{+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)+        return;++    // Apply same flooring as UpdateMouseInputs()+    ImVec2 pos((x > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloorSigned(x) : x, (y > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloorSigned(y) : y);++    // Filter duplicate+    const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos);+    const ImVec2 latest_pos = latest_event ? ImVec2(latest_event->MousePos.PosX, latest_event->MousePos.PosY) : g.IO.MousePos;+    if (latest_pos.x == pos.x && latest_pos.y == pos.y)+        return;++    ImGuiInputEvent e;+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos;+    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;+    e.MousePos.PosX = pos.x;+    e.MousePos.PosY = pos.y;+    e.MousePos.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource;+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);+}++void ImGuiIO::AddMouseButtonEvent(int mouse_button, bool down)+{+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;+    IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents)+        return;++    // Filter duplicate+    const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton, (int)mouse_button);+    const bool latest_button_down = latest_event ? latest_event->MouseButton.Down : g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button];+    if (latest_button_down == down)+        return;++    ImGuiInputEvent e;+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton;+    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;+    e.MouseButton.Button = mouse_button;+    e.MouseButton.Down = down;+    e.MouseButton.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource;+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);+}++// Queue a mouse wheel event (some mouse/API may only have a Y component)+void ImGuiIO::AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y)+{+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;++    // Filter duplicate (unlike most events, wheel values are relative and easy to filter)+    if (!AppAcceptingEvents || (wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f))+        return;++    ImGuiInputEvent e;+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel;+    e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;+    e.MouseWheel.WheelX = wheel_x;+    e.MouseWheel.WheelY = wheel_y;+    e.MouseWheel.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource;+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);+}++// This is not a real event, the data is latched in order to be stored in actual Mouse events.+// This is so that duplicate events (e.g. Windows sending extraneous WM_MOUSEMOVE) gets filtered and are not leading to actual source changes.+void ImGuiIO::AddMouseSourceEvent(ImGuiMouseSource source)+{+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;+    g.InputEventsNextMouseSource = source;+}++void ImGuiIO::AddFocusEvent(bool focused)+{+    IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;++    // Filter duplicate+    const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Focus);+    const bool latest_focused = latest_event ? latest_event->AppFocused.Focused : !g.IO.AppFocusLost;+    if (latest_focused == focused || (ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss && !focused))+        return;++    ImGuiInputEvent e;+    e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Focus;+    e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;+    e.AppFocused.Focused = focused;+    g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);+}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments)+{+    IM_ASSERT(num_segments > 0); // Use ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau()+    ImVec2 p_last = p1;+    ImVec2 p_closest;+    float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX;+    float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;+    for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)+    {+        ImVec2 p_current = ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step);+        ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p);+        float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line);+        if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2)+        {+            p_closest = p_line;+            p_closest_dist2 = dist2;+        }+        p_last = p_current;+    }+    return p_closest;+}++// Closely mimics PathBezierToCasteljau() in imgui_draw.cpp+static void ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, ImVec2& p_last, float& p_closest_dist2, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)+{+    float dx = x4 - x1;+    float dy = y4 - y1;+    float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx);+    float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx);+    d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2;+    d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3;+    if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy))+    {+        ImVec2 p_current(x4, y4);+        ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p);+        float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line);+        if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2)+        {+            p_closest = p_line;+            p_closest_dist2 = dist2;+        }+        p_last = p_current;+    }+    else if (level < 10)+    {+        float x12 = (x1 + x2)*0.5f,       y12 = (y1 + y2)*0.5f;+        float x23 = (x2 + x3)*0.5f,       y23 = (y2 + y3)*0.5f;+        float x34 = (x3 + x4)*0.5f,       y34 = (y3 + y4)*0.5f;+        float x123 = (x12 + x23)*0.5f,    y123 = (y12 + y23)*0.5f;+        float x234 = (x23 + x34)*0.5f,    y234 = (y23 + y34)*0.5f;+        float x1234 = (x123 + x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234)*0.5f;+        ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1);+        ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1);+    }+}++// tess_tol is generally the same value you would find in ImGui::GetStyle().CurveTessellationTol+// Because those ImXXX functions are lower-level than ImGui:: we cannot access this value automatically.+ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol)+{+    IM_ASSERT(tess_tol > 0.0f);+    ImVec2 p_last = p1;+    ImVec2 p_closest;+    float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX;+    ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, tess_tol, 0);+    return p_closest;+}++ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p)+{+    ImVec2 ap = p - a;+    ImVec2 ab_dir = b - a;+    float dot = ap.x * ab_dir.x + ap.y * ab_dir.y;+    if (dot < 0.0f)+        return a;+    float ab_len_sqr = ab_dir.x * ab_dir.x + ab_dir.y * ab_dir.y;+    if (dot > ab_len_sqr)+        return b;+    return a + ab_dir * dot / ab_len_sqr;+}++bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p)+{+    bool b1 = ((p.x - b.x) * (a.y - b.y) - (p.y - b.y) * (a.x - b.x)) < 0.0f;+    bool b2 = ((p.x - c.x) * (b.y - c.y) - (p.y - c.y) * (b.x - c.x)) < 0.0f;+    bool b3 = ((p.x - a.x) * (c.y - a.y) - (p.y - a.y) * (c.x - a.x)) < 0.0f;+    return ((b1 == b2) && (b2 == b3));+}++void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w)+{+    ImVec2 v0 = b - a;+    ImVec2 v1 = c - a;+    ImVec2 v2 = p - a;+    const float denom = v0.x * v1.y - v1.x * v0.y;+    out_v = (v2.x * v1.y - v1.x * v2.y) / denom;+    out_w = (v0.x * v2.y - v2.x * v0.y) / denom;+    out_u = 1.0f - out_v - out_w;+}++ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p)+{+    ImVec2 proj_ab = ImLineClosestPoint(a, b, p);+    ImVec2 proj_bc = ImLineClosestPoint(b, c, p);+    ImVec2 proj_ca = ImLineClosestPoint(c, a, p);+    float dist2_ab = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ab);+    float dist2_bc = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_bc);+    float dist2_ca = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ca);+    float m = ImMin(dist2_ab, ImMin(dist2_bc, dist2_ca));+    if (m == dist2_ab)+        return proj_ab;+    if (m == dist2_bc)+        return proj_bc;+    return proj_ca;+}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions)+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// Consider using _stricmp/_strnicmp under Windows or strcasecmp/strncasecmp. We don't actually use either ImStricmp/ImStrnicmp in the codebase any more.+int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2)+{+    int d;+    while ((d = ImToUpper(*str2) - ImToUpper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; }+    return d;+}++int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count)+{+    int d = 0;+    while (count > 0 && (d = ImToUpper(*str2) - ImToUpper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; }+    return d;+}++void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count)+{+    if (count < 1)+        return;+    if (count > 1)+        strncpy(dst, src, count - 1);+    dst[count - 1] = 0;+}++char* ImStrdup(const char* str)+{+    size_t len = strlen(str);+    void* buf = IM_ALLOC(len + 1);+    return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len + 1);+}++char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* src)+{+    size_t dst_buf_size = p_dst_size ? *p_dst_size : strlen(dst) + 1;+    size_t src_size = strlen(src) + 1;+    if (dst_buf_size < src_size)+    {+        IM_FREE(dst);+        dst = (char*)IM_ALLOC(src_size);+        if (p_dst_size)+            *p_dst_size = src_size;+    }+    return (char*)memcpy(dst, (const void*)src, src_size);+}++const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str, const char* str_end, char c)+{+    const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, (int)c, str_end - str);+    return p;+}++int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str)+{+    //return (int)wcslen((const wchar_t*)str);  // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit+    int n = 0;+    while (*str++) n++;+    return n;+}++// Find end-of-line. Return pointer will point to either first \n, either str_end.+const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end)+{+    const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, '\n', str_end - str);+    return p ? p : str_end;+}++const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line+{+    while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n')+        buf_mid_line--;+    return buf_mid_line;+}++const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end)+{+    if (!needle_end)+        needle_end = needle + strlen(needle);++    const char un0 = (char)ImToUpper(*needle);+    while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end))+    {+        if (ImToUpper(*haystack) == un0)+        {+            const char* b = needle + 1;+            for (const char* a = haystack + 1; b < needle_end; a++, b++)+                if (ImToUpper(*a) != ImToUpper(*b))+                    break;+            if (b == needle_end)+                return haystack;+        }+        haystack++;+    }+    return NULL;+}++// Trim str by offsetting contents when there's leading data + writing a \0 at the trailing position. We use this in situation where the cost is negligible.+void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* buf)+{+    char* p = buf;+    while (p[0] == ' ' || p[0] == '\t')     // Leading blanks+        p++;+    char* p_start = p;+    while (*p != 0)                         // Find end of string+        p++;+    while (p > p_start && (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '\t'))  // Trailing blanks+        p--;+    if (p_start != buf)                     // Copy memory if we had leading blanks+        memmove(buf, p_start, p - p_start);+    buf[p - p_start] = 0;                   // Zero terminate+}++const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str)+{+    while (str[0] == ' ' || str[0] == '\t')+        str++;+    return str;+}++// A) MSVC version appears to return -1 on overflow, whereas glibc appears to return total count (which may be >= buf_size).+// Ideally we would test for only one of those limits at runtime depending on the behavior the vsnprintf(), but trying to deduct it at compile time sounds like a pandora can of worm.+// B) When buf==NULL vsnprintf() will return the output size.+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS++// We support stb_sprintf which is much faster (see: https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb_sprintf.h)+// You may set IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF to use our default wrapper, or set IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS+// and setup the wrapper yourself. (FIXME-OPT: Some of our high-level operations such as ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv() are+// designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.)+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION+#define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION+#endif+#ifdef IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME+#include IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME+#else+#include "stb_sprintf.h"+#endif+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF++#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf)+#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf+#endif++int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...)+{+    va_list args;+    va_start(args, fmt);+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF+    int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args);+#else+    int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);+#endif+    va_end(args);+    if (buf == NULL)+        return w;+    if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size)+        w = (int)buf_size - 1;+    buf[w] = 0;+    return w;+}++int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args)+{+#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF+    int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args);+#else+    int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);+#endif+    if (buf == NULL)+        return w;+    if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size)+        w = (int)buf_size - 1;+    buf[w] = 0;+    return w;+}+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS++void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    va_list args;+    va_start(args, fmt);+    if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0)+    {+        const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*); // Skip formatting when using "%s"+        *out_buf = buf;+        if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = buf + strlen(buf); }+    }+    else+    {+        int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args);+        *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data;+        if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; }+    }+    va_end(args);+}++void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0)+    {+        const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*); // Skip formatting when using "%s"+        *out_buf = buf;+        if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = buf + strlen(buf); }+    }+    else+    {+        int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args);+        *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data;+        if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; }+    }+}++// CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly)+// Although the code to generate the table is simple and shorter than the table itself, using a const table allows us to easily:+// - avoid an unnecessary branch/memory tap, - keep the ImHashXXX functions usable by static constructors, - make it thread-safe.+static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] =+{+    0x00000000,0x77073096,0xEE0E612C,0x990951BA,0x076DC419,0x706AF48F,0xE963A535,0x9E6495A3,0x0EDB8832,0x79DCB8A4,0xE0D5E91E,0x97D2D988,0x09B64C2B,0x7EB17CBD,0xE7B82D07,0x90BF1D91,+    0x1DB71064,0x6AB020F2,0xF3B97148,0x84BE41DE,0x1ADAD47D,0x6DDDE4EB,0xF4D4B551,0x83D385C7,0x136C9856,0x646BA8C0,0xFD62F97A,0x8A65C9EC,0x14015C4F,0x63066CD9,0xFA0F3D63,0x8D080DF5,+    0x3B6E20C8,0x4C69105E,0xD56041E4,0xA2677172,0x3C03E4D1,0x4B04D447,0xD20D85FD,0xA50AB56B,0x35B5A8FA,0x42B2986C,0xDBBBC9D6,0xACBCF940,0x32D86CE3,0x45DF5C75,0xDCD60DCF,0xABD13D59,+    0x26D930AC,0x51DE003A,0xC8D75180,0xBFD06116,0x21B4F4B5,0x56B3C423,0xCFBA9599,0xB8BDA50F,0x2802B89E,0x5F058808,0xC60CD9B2,0xB10BE924,0x2F6F7C87,0x58684C11,0xC1611DAB,0xB6662D3D,+    0x76DC4190,0x01DB7106,0x98D220BC,0xEFD5102A,0x71B18589,0x06B6B51F,0x9FBFE4A5,0xE8B8D433,0x7807C9A2,0x0F00F934,0x9609A88E,0xE10E9818,0x7F6A0DBB,0x086D3D2D,0x91646C97,0xE6635C01,+    0x6B6B51F4,0x1C6C6162,0x856530D8,0xF262004E,0x6C0695ED,0x1B01A57B,0x8208F4C1,0xF50FC457,0x65B0D9C6,0x12B7E950,0x8BBEB8EA,0xFCB9887C,0x62DD1DDF,0x15DA2D49,0x8CD37CF3,0xFBD44C65,+    0x4DB26158,0x3AB551CE,0xA3BC0074,0xD4BB30E2,0x4ADFA541,0x3DD895D7,0xA4D1C46D,0xD3D6F4FB,0x4369E96A,0x346ED9FC,0xAD678846,0xDA60B8D0,0x44042D73,0x33031DE5,0xAA0A4C5F,0xDD0D7CC9,+    0x5005713C,0x270241AA,0xBE0B1010,0xC90C2086,0x5768B525,0x206F85B3,0xB966D409,0xCE61E49F,0x5EDEF90E,0x29D9C998,0xB0D09822,0xC7D7A8B4,0x59B33D17,0x2EB40D81,0xB7BD5C3B,0xC0BA6CAD,+    0xEDB88320,0x9ABFB3B6,0x03B6E20C,0x74B1D29A,0xEAD54739,0x9DD277AF,0x04DB2615,0x73DC1683,0xE3630B12,0x94643B84,0x0D6D6A3E,0x7A6A5AA8,0xE40ECF0B,0x9309FF9D,0x0A00AE27,0x7D079EB1,+    0xF00F9344,0x8708A3D2,0x1E01F268,0x6906C2FE,0xF762575D,0x806567CB,0x196C3671,0x6E6B06E7,0xFED41B76,0x89D32BE0,0x10DA7A5A,0x67DD4ACC,0xF9B9DF6F,0x8EBEEFF9,0x17B7BE43,0x60B08ED5,+    0xD6D6A3E8,0xA1D1937E,0x38D8C2C4,0x4FDFF252,0xD1BB67F1,0xA6BC5767,0x3FB506DD,0x48B2364B,0xD80D2BDA,0xAF0A1B4C,0x36034AF6,0x41047A60,0xDF60EFC3,0xA867DF55,0x316E8EEF,0x4669BE79,+    0xCB61B38C,0xBC66831A,0x256FD2A0,0x5268E236,0xCC0C7795,0xBB0B4703,0x220216B9,0x5505262F,0xC5BA3BBE,0xB2BD0B28,0x2BB45A92,0x5CB36A04,0xC2D7FFA7,0xB5D0CF31,0x2CD99E8B,0x5BDEAE1D,+    0x9B64C2B0,0xEC63F226,0x756AA39C,0x026D930A,0x9C0906A9,0xEB0E363F,0x72076785,0x05005713,0x95BF4A82,0xE2B87A14,0x7BB12BAE,0x0CB61B38,0x92D28E9B,0xE5D5BE0D,0x7CDCEFB7,0x0BDBDF21,+    0x86D3D2D4,0xF1D4E242,0x68DDB3F8,0x1FDA836E,0x81BE16CD,0xF6B9265B,0x6FB077E1,0x18B74777,0x88085AE6,0xFF0F6A70,0x66063BCA,0x11010B5C,0x8F659EFF,0xF862AE69,0x616BFFD3,0x166CCF45,+    0xA00AE278,0xD70DD2EE,0x4E048354,0x3903B3C2,0xA7672661,0xD06016F7,0x4969474D,0x3E6E77DB,0xAED16A4A,0xD9D65ADC,0x40DF0B66,0x37D83BF0,0xA9BCAE53,0xDEBB9EC5,0x47B2CF7F,0x30B5FFE9,+    0xBDBDF21C,0xCABAC28A,0x53B39330,0x24B4A3A6,0xBAD03605,0xCDD70693,0x54DE5729,0x23D967BF,0xB3667A2E,0xC4614AB8,0x5D681B02,0x2A6F2B94,0xB40BBE37,0xC30C8EA1,0x5A05DF1B,0x2D02EF8D,+};++// Known size hash+// It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported.+// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.+ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed)+{+    ImU32 crc = ~seed;+    const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;+    const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;+    while (data_size-- != 0)+        crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *data++];+    return ~crc;+}++// Zero-terminated string hash, with support for ### to reset back to seed value+// We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed.+// Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case.+// - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed.+// - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build)+// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.+ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed)+{+    seed = ~seed;+    ImU32 crc = seed;+    const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;+    const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;+    if (data_size != 0)+    {+        while (data_size-- != 0)+        {+            unsigned char c = *data++;+            if (c == '#' && data_size >= 2 && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#')+                crc = seed;+            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];+        }+    }+    else+    {+        while (unsigned char c = *data++)+        {+            if (c == '#' && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#')+                crc = seed;+            crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];+        }+    }+    return ~crc;+}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions)+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// Default file functions+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS++ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode)+{+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__GNUC__)+    // We need a fopen() wrapper because MSVC/Windows fopen doesn't handle UTF-8 filenames.+    // Previously we used ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8/ImTextStrFromUtf8 here but we now need to support ImWchar16 and ImWchar32!+    const int filename_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, NULL, 0);+    const int mode_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, NULL, 0);+    ImVector<wchar_t> buf;+    buf.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize);+    ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[0], filename_wsize);+    ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, (wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize], mode_wsize);+    return ::_wfopen((const wchar_t*)&buf[0], (const wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize]);+#else+    return fopen(filename, mode);+#endif+}++// We should in theory be using fseeko()/ftello() with off_t and _fseeki64()/_ftelli64() with __int64, waiting for the PR that does that in a very portable pre-C++11 zero-warnings way.+bool    ImFileClose(ImFileHandle f)     { return fclose(f) == 0; }+ImU64   ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle f)   { long off = 0, sz = 0; return ((off = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) && (sz = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, off, SEEK_SET)) ? (ImU64)sz : (ImU64)-1; }+ImU64   ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f)           { return fread(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); }+ImU64   ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f)    { return fwrite(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); }+#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS++// Helper: Load file content into memory+// Memory allocated with IM_ALLOC(), must be freed by user using IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree()+// This can't really be used with "rt" because fseek size won't match read size.+void*   ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size, int padding_bytes)+{+    IM_ASSERT(filename && mode);+    if (out_file_size)+        *out_file_size = 0;++    ImFileHandle f;+    if ((f = ImFileOpen(filename, mode)) == NULL)+        return NULL;++    size_t file_size = (size_t)ImFileGetSize(f);+    if (file_size == (size_t)-1)+    {+        ImFileClose(f);+        return NULL;+    }++    void* file_data = IM_ALLOC(file_size + padding_bytes);+    if (file_data == NULL)+    {+        ImFileClose(f);+        return NULL;+    }+    if (ImFileRead(file_data, 1, file_size, f) != file_size)+    {+        ImFileClose(f);+        IM_FREE(file_data);+        return NULL;+    }+    if (padding_bytes > 0)+        memset((void*)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, (size_t)padding_bytes);++    ImFileClose(f);+    if (out_file_size)+        *out_file_size = file_size;++    return file_data;+}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions)+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF++// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bit character, process single character input.+// A nearly-branchless UTF-8 decoder, based on work of Christopher Wellons (https://github.com/skeeto/branchless-utf8).+// We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward.+int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)+{+    static const char lengths[32] = { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 0 };+    static const int masks[]  = { 0x00, 0x7f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x07 };+    static const uint32_t mins[] = { 0x400000, 0, 0x80, 0x800, 0x10000 };+    static const int shiftc[] = { 0, 18, 12, 6, 0 };+    static const int shifte[] = { 0, 6, 4, 2, 0 };+    int len = lengths[*(const unsigned char*)in_text >> 3];+    int wanted = len + (len ? 0 : 1);++    if (in_text_end == NULL)+        in_text_end = in_text + wanted; // Max length, nulls will be taken into account.++    // Copy at most 'len' bytes, stop copying at 0 or past in_text_end. Branch predictor does a good job here,+    // so it is fast even with excessive branching.+    unsigned char s[4];+    s[0] = in_text + 0 < in_text_end ? in_text[0] : 0;+    s[1] = in_text + 1 < in_text_end ? in_text[1] : 0;+    s[2] = in_text + 2 < in_text_end ? in_text[2] : 0;+    s[3] = in_text + 3 < in_text_end ? in_text[3] : 0;++    // Assume a four-byte character and load four bytes. Unused bits are shifted out.+    *out_char  = (uint32_t)(s[0] & masks[len]) << 18;+    *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[1] & 0x3f) << 12;+    *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[2] & 0x3f) <<  6;+    *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[3] & 0x3f) <<  0;+    *out_char >>= shiftc[len];++    // Accumulate the various error conditions.+    int e = 0;+    e  = (*out_char < mins[len]) << 6; // non-canonical encoding+    e |= ((*out_char >> 11) == 0x1b) << 7;  // surrogate half?+    e |= (*out_char > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) << 8;  // out of range?+    e |= (s[1] & 0xc0) >> 2;+    e |= (s[2] & 0xc0) >> 4;+    e |= (s[3]       ) >> 6;+    e ^= 0x2a; // top two bits of each tail byte correct?+    e >>= shifte[len];++    if (e)+    {+        // No bytes are consumed when *in_text == 0 || in_text == in_text_end.+        // One byte is consumed in case of invalid first byte of in_text.+        // All available bytes (at most `len` bytes) are consumed on incomplete/invalid second to last bytes.+        // Invalid or incomplete input may consume less bytes than wanted, therefore every byte has to be inspected in s.+        wanted = ImMin(wanted, !!s[0] + !!s[1] + !!s[2] + !!s[3]);+        *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID;+    }++    return wanted;+}++int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_text_remaining)+{+    ImWchar* buf_out = buf;+    ImWchar* buf_end = buf + buf_size;+    while (buf_out < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)+    {+        unsigned int c;+        in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);+        *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c;+    }+    *buf_out = 0;+    if (in_text_remaining)+        *in_text_remaining = in_text;+    return (int)(buf_out - buf);+}++int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)+{+    int char_count = 0;+    while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)+    {+        unsigned int c;+        in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);+        char_count++;+    }+    return char_count;+}++// Based on stb_to_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/+static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)+{+    if (c < 0x80)+    {+        buf[0] = (char)c;+        return 1;+    }+    if (c < 0x800)+    {+        if (buf_size < 2) return 0;+        buf[0] = (char)(0xc0 + (c >> 6));+        buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + (c & 0x3f));+        return 2;+    }+    if (c < 0x10000)+    {+        if (buf_size < 3) return 0;+        buf[0] = (char)(0xe0 + (c >> 12));+        buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f));+        buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));+        return 3;+    }+    if (c <= 0x10FFFF)+    {+        if (buf_size < 4) return 0;+        buf[0] = (char)(0xf0 + (c >> 18));+        buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 12) & 0x3f));+        buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f));+        buf[3] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));+        return 4;+    }+    // Invalid code point, the max unicode is 0x10FFFF+    return 0;+}++const char* ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c)+{+    int count = ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(out_buf, 5, c);+    out_buf[count] = 0;+    return out_buf;+}++// Not optimal but we very rarely use this function.+int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)+{+    unsigned int unused = 0;+    return ImTextCharFromUtf8(&unused, in_text, in_text_end);+}++static inline int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(unsigned int c)+{+    if (c < 0x80) return 1;+    if (c < 0x800) return 2;+    if (c < 0x10000) return 3;+    if (c <= 0x10FFFF) return 4;+    return 3;+}++int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)+{+    char* buf_p = out_buf;+    const char* buf_end = out_buf + out_buf_size;+    while (buf_p < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)+    {+        unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++);+        if (c < 0x80)+            *buf_p++ = (char)c;+        else+            buf_p += ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(buf_p, (int)(buf_end - buf_p - 1), c);+    }+    *buf_p = 0;+    return (int)(buf_p - out_buf);+}++int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)+{+    int bytes_count = 0;+    while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)+    {+        unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++);+        if (c < 0x80)+            bytes_count++;+        else+            bytes_count += ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(c);+    }+    return bytes_count;+}+IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions)+// Note: The Convert functions are early design which are not consistent with other API.+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b)+{+    float t = ((col_b >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) / 255.f;+    int r = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);+    int g = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);+    int b = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);+    return IM_COL32(r, g, b, 0xFF);+}++ImVec4 ImGui::ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in)+{+    float s = 1.0f / 255.0f;+    return ImVec4(+        ((in >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,+        ((in >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,+        ((in >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,+        ((in >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s);+}++ImU32 ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in)+{+    ImU32 out;+    out  = ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.x)) << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT;+    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.y)) << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT;+    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.z)) << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT;+    out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.w)) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;+    return out;+}++// Convert rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p592+// Optimized http://lolengine.net/blog/2013/01/13/fast-rgb-to-hsv+void ImGui::ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v)+{+    float K = 0.f;+    if (g < b)+    {+        ImSwap(g, b);+        K = -1.f;+    }+    if (r < g)+    {+        ImSwap(r, g);+        K = -2.f / 6.f - K;+    }++    const float chroma = r - (g < b ? g : b);+    out_h = ImFabs(K + (g - b) / (6.f * chroma + 1e-20f));+    out_s = chroma / (r + 1e-20f);+    out_v = r;+}++// Convert hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p593+// also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV+void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b)+{+    if (s == 0.0f)+    {+        // gray+        out_r = out_g = out_b = v;+        return;+    }++    h = ImFmod(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f / 360.0f);+    int   i = (int)h;+    float f = h - (float)i;+    float p = v * (1.0f - s);+    float q = v * (1.0f - s * f);+    float t = v * (1.0f - s * (1.0f - f));++    switch (i)+    {+    case 0: out_r = v; out_g = t; out_b = p; break;+    case 1: out_r = q; out_g = v; out_b = p; break;+    case 2: out_r = p; out_g = v; out_b = t; break;+    case 3: out_r = p; out_g = q; out_b = v; break;+    case 4: out_r = t; out_g = p; out_b = v; break;+    case 5: default: out_r = v; out_g = p; out_b = q; break;+    }+}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage+// Helper: Key->value storage+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// std::lower_bound but without the bullshit+static ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* LowerBound(ImVector<ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair>& data, ImGuiID key)+{+    ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* first = data.Data;+    ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* last = data.Data + data.Size;+    size_t count = (size_t)(last - first);+    while (count > 0)+    {+        size_t count2 = count >> 1;+        ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* mid = first + count2;+        if (mid->key < key)+        {+            first = ++mid;+            count -= count2 + 1;+        }+        else+        {+            count = count2;+        }+    }+    return first;+}++// For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once.+void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey()+{+    struct StaticFunc+    {+        static int IMGUI_CDECL PairComparerByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)+        {+            // We can't just do a subtraction because qsort uses signed integers and subtracting our ID doesn't play well with that.+            if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key > ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return +1;+            if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key < ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return -1;+            return 0;+        }+    };+    ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), StaticFunc::PairComparerByID);+}++int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const+{+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>&>(Data), key);+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)+        return default_val;+    return it->val_i;+}++bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) const+{+    return GetInt(key, default_val ? 1 : 0) != 0;+}++float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const+{+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>&>(Data), key);+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)+        return default_val;+    return it->val_f;+}++void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const+{+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast<ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>&>(Data), key);+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)+        return NULL;+    return it->val_p;+}++// References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer.+int* ImGuiStorage::GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val)+{+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)+        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));+    return &it->val_i;+}++bool* ImGuiStorage::GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val)+{+    return (bool*)GetIntRef(key, default_val ? 1 : 0);+}++float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val)+{+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)+        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));+    return &it->val_f;+}++void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val)+{+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)+        it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));+    return &it->val_p;+}++// FIXME-OPT: Need a way to reuse the result of lower_bound when doing GetInt()/SetInt() - not too bad because it only happens on explicit interaction (maximum one a frame)+void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val)+{+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)+    {+        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));+        return;+    }+    it->val_i = val;+}++void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val)+{+    SetInt(key, val ? 1 : 0);+}++void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val)+{+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)+    {+        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));+        return;+    }+    it->val_f = val;+}++void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val)+{+    ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);+    if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)+    {+        Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));+        return;+    }+    it->val_p = val;+}++void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v)+{+    for (int i = 0; i < Data.Size; i++)+        Data[i].val_i = v;+}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"+ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter) //-V1077+{+    InputBuf[0] = 0;+    CountGrep = 0;+    if (default_filter)+    {+        ImStrncpy(InputBuf, default_filter, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));+        Build();+    }+}++bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width)+{+    if (width != 0.0f)+        ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(width);+    bool value_changed = ImGui::InputText(label, InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));+    if (value_changed)+        Build();+    return value_changed;+}++void ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::split(char separator, ImVector<ImGuiTextRange>* out) const+{+    out->resize(0);+    const char* wb = b;+    const char* we = wb;+    while (we < e)+    {+        if (*we == separator)+        {+            out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we));+            wb = we + 1;+        }+        we++;+    }+    if (wb != we)+        out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we));+}++void ImGuiTextFilter::Build()+{+    Filters.resize(0);+    ImGuiTextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf + strlen(InputBuf));+    input_range.split(',', &Filters);++    CountGrep = 0;+    for (ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters)+    {+        while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(f.b[0]))+            f.b++;+        while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(f.e[-1]))+            f.e--;+        if (f.empty())+            continue;+        if (f.b[0] != '-')+            CountGrep += 1;+    }+}++bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const+{+    if (Filters.empty())+        return true;++    if (text == NULL)+        text = "";++    for (const ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters)+    {+        if (f.empty())+            continue;+        if (f.b[0] == '-')+        {+            // Subtract+            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b + 1, f.e) != NULL)+                return false;+        }+        else+        {+            // Grep+            if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b, f.e) != NULL)+                return true;+        }+    }++    // Implicit * grep+    if (CountGrep == 0)+        return true;++    return false;+}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiTextIndex+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// On some platform vsnprintf() takes va_list by reference and modifies it.+// va_copy is the 'correct' way to copy a va_list but Visual Studio prior to 2013 doesn't have it.+#ifndef va_copy+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)+#define va_copy(dest, src) __builtin_va_copy(dest, src)+#else+#define va_copy(dest, src) (dest = src)+#endif+#endif++char ImGuiTextBuffer::EmptyString[1] = { 0 };++void ImGuiTextBuffer::append(const char* str, const char* str_end)+{+    int len = str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : (int)strlen(str);++    // Add zero-terminator the first time+    const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1;+    const int needed_sz = write_off + len;+    if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)+    {+        int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;+        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);+    }++    Buf.resize(needed_sz);+    memcpy(&Buf[write_off - 1], str, (size_t)len);+    Buf[write_off - 1 + len] = 0;+}++void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...)+{+    va_list args;+    va_start(args, fmt);+    appendfv(fmt, args);+    va_end(args);+}++// Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text+void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args)+{+    va_list args_copy;+    va_copy(args_copy, args);++    int len = ImFormatStringV(NULL, 0, fmt, args);         // FIXME-OPT: could do a first pass write attempt, likely successful on first pass.+    if (len <= 0)+    {+        va_end(args_copy);+        return;+    }++    // Add zero-terminator the first time+    const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1;+    const int needed_sz = write_off + len;+    if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)+    {+        int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;+        Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);+    }++    Buf.resize(needed_sz);+    ImFormatStringV(&Buf[write_off - 1], (size_t)len + 1, fmt, args_copy);+    va_end(args_copy);+}++void ImGuiTextIndex::append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size)+{+    IM_ASSERT(old_size >= 0 && new_size >= old_size && new_size >= EndOffset);+    if (old_size == new_size)+        return;+    if (EndOffset == 0 || base[EndOffset - 1] == '\n')+        LineOffsets.push_back(EndOffset);+    const char* base_end = base + new_size;+    for (const char* p = base + old_size; (p = (const char*)memchr(p, '\n', base_end - p)) != 0; )+        if (++p < base_end) // Don't push a trailing offset on last \n+            LineOffsets.push_back((int)(intptr_t)(p - base));+    EndOffset = ImMax(EndOffset, new_size);+}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper+// This is currently not as flexible/powerful as it should be and really confusing/spaghetti, mostly because we changed+// the API mid-way through development and support two ways to using the clipper, needs some rework (see TODO)+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// FIXME-TABLE: This prevents us from using ImGuiListClipper _inside_ a table cell.+// The problem we have is that without a Begin/End scheme for rows using the clipper is ambiguous.+static bool GetSkipItemForListClipping()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return (g.CurrentTable ? g.CurrentTable->HostSkipItems : g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems);+}++#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS+// Legacy helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items.+// This legacy API is not ideal because it assumes we will return a single contiguous rectangle.+// Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can returns non-contiguous ranges.+void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    if (g.LogEnabled)+    {+        // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping+        *out_items_display_start = 0;+        *out_items_display_end = items_count;+        return;+    }+    if (GetSkipItemForListClipping())+    {+        *out_items_display_start = *out_items_display_end = 0;+        return;+    }++    // We create the union of the ClipRect and the scoring rect which at worst should be 1 page away from ClipRect+    // We don't include g.NavId's rectangle in there (unless g.NavJustMovedToId is set) because the rectangle enlargement can get costly.+    ImRect rect = window->ClipRect;+    if (g.NavMoveScoringItems)+        rect.Add(g.NavScoringNoClipRect);+    if (g.NavJustMovedToId && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavJustMovedToId)+        rect.Add(WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0])); // Could store and use NavJustMovedToRectRel++    const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;+    int start = (int)((rect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height);+    int end = (int)((rect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height);++    // When performing a navigation request, ensure we have one item extra in the direction we are moving to+    // FIXME: Verify this works with tabbing+    const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav);+    if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up)+        start--;+    if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down)+        end++;++    start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count);+    end = ImClamp(end + 1, start, items_count);+    *out_items_display_start = start;+    *out_items_display_end = end;+}+#endif++static void ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(ImVector<ImGuiListClipperRange>& ranges, int offset = 0)+{+    if (ranges.Size - offset <= 1)+        return;++    // Helper to order ranges and fuse them together if possible (bubble sort is fine as we are only sorting 2-3 entries)+    for (int sort_end = ranges.Size - offset - 1; sort_end > 0; --sort_end)+        for (int i = offset; i < sort_end + offset; ++i)+            if (ranges[i].Min > ranges[i + 1].Min)+                ImSwap(ranges[i], ranges[i + 1]);++    // Now fuse ranges together as much as possible.+    for (int i = 1 + offset; i < ranges.Size; i++)+    {+        IM_ASSERT(!ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert && !ranges[i - 1].PosToIndexConvert);+        if (ranges[i - 1].Max < ranges[i].Min)+            continue;+        ranges[i - 1].Min = ImMin(ranges[i - 1].Min, ranges[i].Min);+        ranges[i - 1].Max = ImMax(ranges[i - 1].Max, ranges[i].Max);+        ranges.erase(ranges.Data + i);+        i--;+    }+}++static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height)+{+    // Set cursor position and a few other things so that SetScrollHereY() and Columns() can work when seeking cursor.+    // FIXME: It is problematic that we have to do that here, because custom/equivalent end-user code would stumble on the same issue.+    // The clipper should probably have a final step to display the last item in a regular manner, maybe with an opt-out flag for data sets which may have costly seek?+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    float off_y = pos_y - window->DC.CursorPos.y;+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y;+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, pos_y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height;  // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHereY() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage.+    window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);      // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list.+    if (ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns)+        columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;                         // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly+    if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)+    {+        if (table->IsInsideRow)+            ImGui::TableEndRow(table);+        table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;+        const int row_increase = (int)((off_y / line_height) + 0.5f);+        //table->CurrentRow += row_increase; // Can't do without fixing TableEndRow()+        table->RowBgColorCounter += row_increase;+    }+}++static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(ImGuiListClipper* clipper, int item_n)+{+    // StartPosY starts from ItemsFrozen hence the subtraction+    // Perform the add and multiply with double to allow seeking through larger ranges+    ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData;+    float pos_y = (float)((double)clipper->StartPosY + data->LossynessOffset + (double)(item_n - data->ItemsFrozen) * clipper->ItemsHeight);+    ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(pos_y, clipper->ItemsHeight);+}++ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper()+{+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));+}++ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper()+{+    End();+}++void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height)+{+    if (Ctx == NULL)+        Ctx = ImGui::GetCurrentContext();++    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Begin(%d,%.2f) in '%s'\n", items_count, items_height, window->Name);++    if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)+        if (table->IsInsideRow)+            ImGui::TableEndRow(table);++    StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;+    ItemsHeight = items_height;+    ItemsCount = items_count;+    DisplayStart = -1;+    DisplayEnd = 0;++    // Acquire temporary buffer+    if (++g.ClipperTempDataStacked > g.ClipperTempData.Size)+        g.ClipperTempData.resize(g.ClipperTempDataStacked, ImGuiListClipperData());+    ImGuiListClipperData* data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1];+    data->Reset(this);+    data->LossynessOffset = window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness.y;+    TempData = data;+}++void ImGuiListClipper::End()+{+    if (ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData)+    {+        // In theory here we should assert that we are already at the right position, but it seems saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user.+        ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: End() in '%s'\n", g.CurrentWindow->Name);+        if (ItemsCount >= 0 && ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0)+            ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount);++        // Restore temporary buffer and fix back pointers which may be invalidated when nesting+        IM_ASSERT(data->ListClipper == this);+        data->StepNo = data->Ranges.Size;+        if (--g.ClipperTempDataStacked > 0)+        {+            data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1];+            data->ListClipper->TempData = data;+        }+        TempData = NULL;+    }+    ItemsCount = -1;+}++void ImGuiListClipper::IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end)+{+    ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData;+    IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart < 0); // Only allowed after Begin() and if there has not been a specified range yet.+    IM_ASSERT(item_begin <= item_end);+    if (item_begin < item_end)+        data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(item_begin, item_end));+}++static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *clipper->Ctx;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData;+    IM_ASSERT(data != NULL && "Called ImGuiListClipper::Step() too many times, or before ImGuiListClipper::Begin() ?");++    ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;+    if (table && table->IsInsideRow)+        ImGui::TableEndRow(table);++    // No items+    if (clipper->ItemsCount == 0 || GetSkipItemForListClipping())+        return false;++    // While we are in frozen row state, keep displaying items one by one, unclipped+    // FIXME: Could be stored as a table-agnostic state.+    if (data->StepNo == 0 && table != NULL && !table->IsUnfrozenRows)+    {+        clipper->DisplayStart = data->ItemsFrozen;+        clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->ItemsFrozen + 1, clipper->ItemsCount);+        if (clipper->DisplayStart < clipper->DisplayEnd)+            data->ItemsFrozen++;+        return true;+    }++    // Step 0: Let you process the first element (regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height)+    bool calc_clipping = false;+    if (data->StepNo == 0)+    {+        clipper->StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;+        if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f)+        {+            // Submit the first item (or range) so we can measure its height (generally the first range is 0..1)+            data->Ranges.push_front(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(data->ItemsFrozen, data->ItemsFrozen + 1));+            clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[0].Min, data->ItemsFrozen);+            clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[0].Max, clipper->ItemsCount);+            data->StepNo = 1;+            return true;+        }+        calc_clipping = true;   // If on the first step with known item height, calculate clipping.+    }++    // Step 1: Let the clipper infer height from first range+    if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f)+    {+        IM_ASSERT(data->StepNo == 1);+        if (table)+            IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY1 == clipper->StartPosY && table->RowPosY2 == window->DC.CursorPos.y);++        clipper->ItemsHeight = (window->DC.CursorPos.y - clipper->StartPosY) / (float)(clipper->DisplayEnd - clipper->DisplayStart);+        bool affected_by_floating_point_precision = ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(clipper->StartPosY) || ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(window->DC.CursorPos.y);+        if (affected_by_floating_point_precision)+            clipper->ItemsHeight = window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; // FIXME: Technically wouldn't allow multi-line entries.++        IM_ASSERT(clipper->ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!");+        calc_clipping = true;   // If item height had to be calculated, calculate clipping afterwards.+    }++    // Step 0 or 1: Calculate the actual ranges of visible elements.+    const int already_submitted = clipper->DisplayEnd;+    if (calc_clipping)+    {+        if (g.LogEnabled)+        {+            // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping+            data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(0, clipper->ItemsCount));+        }+        else+        {+            // Add range selected to be included for navigation+            const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav);+            if (is_nav_request)+                data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min.y, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max.y, 0, 0));+            if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1)+                data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(clipper->ItemsCount - 1, clipper->ItemsCount));++            // Add focused/active item+            ImRect nav_rect_abs = ImGui::WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0]);+            if (g.NavId != 0 && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavId)+                data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(nav_rect_abs.Min.y, nav_rect_abs.Max.y, 0, 0));++            // Add visible range+            const int off_min = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1 : 0;+            const int off_max = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? 1 : 0;+            data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y, off_min, off_max));+        }++        // Convert position ranges to item index ranges+        // - Very important: when a starting position is after our maximum item, we set Min to (ItemsCount - 1). This allows us to handle most forms of wrapping.+        // - Due to how Selectable extra padding they tend to be "unaligned" with exact unit in the item list,+        //   which with the flooring/ceiling tend to lead to 2 items instead of one being submitted.+        for (ImGuiListClipperRange& range : data->Ranges)+            if (range.PosToIndexConvert)+            {+                int m1 = (int)(((double)range.Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight);+                int m2 = (int)((((double)range.Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f);+                range.Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, clipper->ItemsCount - 1);+                range.Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMax, range.Min + 1, clipper->ItemsCount);+                range.PosToIndexConvert = false;+            }+        ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(data->Ranges, data->StepNo);+    }++    // Step 0+ (if item height is given in advance) or 1+: Display the next range in line.+    while (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size)+    {+        clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, already_submitted);+        clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, clipper->ItemsCount);+        if (clipper->DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051+            ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->DisplayStart);+        data->StepNo++;+        if (clipper->DisplayStart == clipper->DisplayEnd && data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size)+            continue;+        return true;+    }++    // After the last step: Let the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd),+    // Advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop.+    if (clipper->ItemsCount < INT_MAX)+        ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->ItemsCount);++    return false;+}++bool ImGuiListClipper::Step()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;+    bool need_items_height = (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f);+    bool ret = ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(this);+    if (ret && (DisplayStart == DisplayEnd))+        ret = false;+    if (g.CurrentTable && g.CurrentTable->IsUnfrozenRows == false)+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): inside frozen table row.\n");+    if (need_items_height && ItemsHeight > 0.0f)+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): computed ItemsHeight: %.2f.\n", ItemsHeight);+    if (ret)+    {+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): display %d to %d.\n", DisplayStart, DisplayEnd);+    }+    else+    {+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): End.\n");+        End();+    }+    return ret;+}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] STYLING+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle()+{+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");+    return GImGui->Style;+}++ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul)+{+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;+    ImVec4 c = style.Colors[idx];+    c.w *= style.Alpha * alpha_mul;+    return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);+}++ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col)+{+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;+    ImVec4 c = col;+    c.w *= style.Alpha;+    return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);+}++const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx)+{+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;+    return style.Colors[idx];+}++ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col)+{+    ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;+    if (style.Alpha >= 1.0f)+        return col;+    ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;+    a = (ImU32)(a * style.Alpha); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because Style.Alpha is in 0..1 range.+    return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);+}++// FIXME: This may incur a round-trip (if the end user got their data from a float4) but eventually we aim to store the in-flight colors as ImU32+void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiColorMod backup;+    backup.Col = idx;+    backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];+    g.ColorStack.push_back(backup);+    g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col);+}++void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiColorMod backup;+    backup.Col = idx;+    backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];+    g.ColorStack.push_back(backup);+    g.Style.Colors[idx] = col;+}++void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.ColorStack.Size < count)+    {+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.ColorStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleColor() too many times: stack underflow.");+        count = g.ColorStack.Size;+    }+    while (count > 0)+    {+        ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorStack.back();+        g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.BackupValue;+        g.ColorStack.pop_back();+        count--;+    }+}++static const ImGuiDataVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] =+{+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) },               // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) },      // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) },        // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) },    // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) },       // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) },   // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) },        // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) },         // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextBorderSize) },// ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextAlign) },     // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign+    { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextPadding) },   // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding+};++const ImGuiDataVarInfo* ImGui::GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx)+{+    IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT);+    IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT);+    return &GStyleVarInfo[idx];+}++void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx);+    if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 1)+    {+        float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);+        g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar));+        *pvar = val;+        return;+    }+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Called PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!");+}++void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx);+    if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 2)+    {+        ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);+        g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar));+        *pvar = val;+        return;+    }+    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Called PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!");+}++void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.StyleVarStack.Size < count)+    {+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.StyleVarStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleVar() too many times: stack underflow.");+        count = g.StyleVarStack.Size;+    }+    while (count > 0)+    {+        // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it.+        ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleVarStack.back();+        const ImGuiDataVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx);+        void* data = info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);+        if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1)      { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; }+        else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; }+        g.StyleVarStack.pop_back();+        count--;+    }+}++const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx)+{+    // Create switch-case from enum with regexp: ImGuiCol_{.*}, --> case ImGuiCol_\1: return "\1";+    switch (idx)+    {+    case ImGuiCol_Text: return "Text";+    case ImGuiCol_TextDisabled: return "TextDisabled";+    case ImGuiCol_WindowBg: return "WindowBg";+    case ImGuiCol_ChildBg: return "ChildBg";+    case ImGuiCol_PopupBg: return "PopupBg";+    case ImGuiCol_Border: return "Border";+    case ImGuiCol_BorderShadow: return "BorderShadow";+    case ImGuiCol_FrameBg: return "FrameBg";+    case ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered: return "FrameBgHovered";+    case ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive: return "FrameBgActive";+    case ImGuiCol_TitleBg: return "TitleBg";+    case ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive: return "TitleBgActive";+    case ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed: return "TitleBgCollapsed";+    case ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg: return "MenuBarBg";+    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg: return "ScrollbarBg";+    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab: return "ScrollbarGrab";+    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered: return "ScrollbarGrabHovered";+    case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive: return "ScrollbarGrabActive";+    case ImGuiCol_CheckMark: return "CheckMark";+    case ImGuiCol_SliderGrab: return "SliderGrab";+    case ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive: return "SliderGrabActive";+    case ImGuiCol_Button: return "Button";+    case ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered: return "ButtonHovered";+    case ImGuiCol_ButtonActive: return "ButtonActive";+    case ImGuiCol_Header: return "Header";+    case ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered: return "HeaderHovered";+    case ImGuiCol_HeaderActive: return "HeaderActive";+    case ImGuiCol_Separator: return "Separator";+    case ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered: return "SeparatorHovered";+    case ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive: return "SeparatorActive";+    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip";+    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered";+    case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive";+    case ImGuiCol_Tab: return "Tab";+    case ImGuiCol_TabHovered: return "TabHovered";+    case ImGuiCol_TabActive: return "TabActive";+    case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused: return "TabUnfocused";+    case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive: return "TabUnfocusedActive";+    case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines";+    case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered";+    case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram";+    case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered";+    case ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg: return "TableHeaderBg";+    case ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong: return "TableBorderStrong";+    case ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight: return "TableBorderLight";+    case ImGuiCol_TableRowBg: return "TableRowBg";+    case ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt: return "TableRowBgAlt";+    case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg";+    case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget";+    case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight";+    case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight: return "NavWindowingHighlight";+    case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg: return "NavWindowingDimBg";+    case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg: return "ModalWindowDimBg";+    }+    IM_ASSERT(0);+    return "Unknown";+}+++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS+// Some of those (internal) functions are currently quite a legacy mess - their signature and behavior will change,+// we need a nicer separation between low-level functions and high-level functions relying on the ImGui context.+// Also see imgui_draw.cpp for some more which have been reworked to not rely on ImGui:: context.+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end)+{+    const char* text_display_end = text;+    if (!text_end)+        text_end = (const char*)-1;++    while (text_display_end < text_end && *text_display_end != '\0' && (text_display_end[0] != '#' || text_display_end[1] != '#'))+        text_display_end++;+    return text_display_end;+}++// Internal ImGui functions to render text+// RenderText***() functions calls ImDrawList::AddText() calls ImBitmapFont::RenderText()+void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_hash)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;++    // Hide anything after a '##' string+    const char* text_display_end;+    if (hide_text_after_hash)+    {+        text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);+    }+    else+    {+        if (!text_end)+            text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT+        text_display_end = text_end;+    }++    if (text != text_display_end)+    {+        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end);+        if (g.LogEnabled)+            LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_display_end);+    }+}++void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;++    if (!text_end)+        text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT++    if (text != text_end)+    {+        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_end, wrap_width);+        if (g.LogEnabled)+            LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_end);+    }+}++// Default clip_rect uses (pos_min,pos_max)+// Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges)+// FIXME-OPT: Since we have or calculate text_size we could coarse clip whole block immediately, especally for text above draw_list->DrawList.+// Effectively as this is called from widget doing their own coarse clipping it's not very valuable presently. Next time function will take+// better advantage of the render function taking size into account for coarse clipping.+void ImGui::RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_display_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)+{+    // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state+    ImVec2 pos = pos_min;+    const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_display_end, false, 0.0f);++    const ImVec2* clip_min = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Min : &pos_min;+    const ImVec2* clip_max = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Max : &pos_max;+    bool need_clipping = (pos.x + text_size.x >= clip_max->x) || (pos.y + text_size.y >= clip_max->y);+    if (clip_rect) // If we had no explicit clipping rectangle then pos==clip_min+        need_clipping |= (pos.x < clip_min->x) || (pos.y < clip_min->y);++    // Align whole block. We should defer that to the better rendering function when we'll have support for individual line alignment.+    if (align.x > 0.0f) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, pos.x + (pos_max.x - pos.x - text_size.x) * align.x);+    if (align.y > 0.0f) pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, pos.y + (pos_max.y - pos.y - text_size.y) * align.y);++    // Render+    if (need_clipping)+    {+        ImVec4 fine_clip_rect(clip_min->x, clip_min->y, clip_max->x, clip_max->y);+        draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, &fine_clip_rect);+    }+    else+    {+        draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, NULL);+    }+}++void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)+{+    // Hide anything after a '##' string+    const char* text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);+    const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text);+    if (text_len == 0)+        return;++    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    RenderTextClippedEx(window->DrawList, pos_min, pos_max, text, text_display_end, text_size_if_known, align, clip_rect);+    if (g.LogEnabled)+        LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_display_end);+}++// Another overly complex function until we reorganize everything into a nice all-in-one helper.+// This is made more complex because we have dissociated the layout rectangle (pos_min..pos_max) which define _where_ the ellipsis is, from actual clipping of text and limit of the ellipsis display.+// This is because in the context of tabs we selectively hide part of the text when the Close Button appears, but we don't want the ellipsis to move.+void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end_full, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (text_end_full == NULL)+        text_end_full = FindRenderedTextEnd(text);+    const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_end_full, false, 0.0f);++    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_min.y - 4), ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_max.y + 4), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255));+    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_min.y-2), ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_max.y+2), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));+    //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_min.y), ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));+    // FIXME: We could technically remove (last_glyph->AdvanceX - last_glyph->X1) from text_size.x here and save a few pixels.+    if (text_size.x > pos_max.x - pos_min.x)+    {+        // Hello wo...+        // |       |   |+        // min   max   ellipsis_max+        //          <-> this is generally some padding value++        const ImFont* font = draw_list->_Data->Font;+        const float font_size = draw_list->_Data->FontSize;+        const float font_scale = font_size / font->FontSize;+        const char* text_end_ellipsis = NULL;+        const float ellipsis_width = font->EllipsisWidth * font_scale;++        // We can now claim the space between pos_max.x and ellipsis_max.x+        const float text_avail_width = ImMax((ImMax(pos_max.x, ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_width) - pos_min.x, 1.0f);+        float text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, text_avail_width, 0.0f, text, text_end_full, &text_end_ellipsis).x;+        if (text == text_end_ellipsis && text_end_ellipsis < text_end_full)+        {+            // Always display at least 1 character if there's no room for character + ellipsis+            text_end_ellipsis = text + ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(text, text_end_full);+            text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text, text_end_ellipsis).x;+        }+        while (text_end_ellipsis > text && ImCharIsBlankA(text_end_ellipsis[-1]))+        {+            // Trim trailing space before ellipsis (FIXME: Supporting non-ascii blanks would be nice, for this we need a function to backtrack in UTF-8 text)+            text_end_ellipsis--;+            text_size_clipped_x -= font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text_end_ellipsis, text_end_ellipsis + 1).x; // Ascii blanks are always 1 byte+        }++        // Render text, render ellipsis+        RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_ellipsis, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));+        ImVec2 ellipsis_pos = ImFloor(ImVec2(pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x, pos_min.y));+        if (ellipsis_pos.x + ellipsis_width <= ellipsis_max_x)+            for (int i = 0; i < font->EllipsisCharCount; i++, ellipsis_pos.x += font->EllipsisCharStep * font_scale)+                font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ellipsis_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), font->EllipsisChar);+    }+    else+    {+        RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_full, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));+    }++    if (g.LogEnabled)+        LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_end_full);+}++// Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders+void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, fill_col, rounding);+    const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;+    if (border && border_size > 0.0f)+    {+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size);+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size);+    }+}++void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;+    if (border_size > 0.0f)+    {+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size);+        window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size);+    }+}++void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (id != g.NavId)+        return;+    if (g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw))+        return;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    if (window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame)+        return;++    float rounding = (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding) ? 0.0f : g.Style.FrameRounding;+    ImRect display_rect = bb;+    display_rect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect);+    if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault)+    {+        const float THICKNESS = 2.0f;+        const float DISTANCE = 3.0f + THICKNESS * 0.5f;+        display_rect.Expand(ImVec2(DISTANCE, DISTANCE));+        bool fully_visible = window->ClipRect.Contains(display_rect);+        if (!fully_visible)+            window->DrawList->PushClipRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max);+        window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min + ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), display_rect.Max - ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, THICKNESS);+        if (!fully_visible)+            window->DrawList->PopClipRect();+    }+    if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin)+    {+        window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, 1.0f);+    }+}++void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT);+    ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = g.DrawListSharedData.Font->ContainerAtlas;+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)+    {+        // We scale cursor with current viewport/monitor, however Windows 10 for its own hardware cursor seems to be using a different scale factor.+        ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4];+        if (!font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2]))+            continue;+        const ImVec2 pos = base_pos - offset;+        const float scale = base_scale;+        if (!viewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(ImRect(pos, pos + ImVec2(size.x + 2, size.y + 2) * scale)))+            continue;+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport);+        ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID;+        draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id);+        draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(1, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow);+        draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow);+        draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos,                        pos + size * scale,                  uv[2], uv[3], col_border);+        draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos,                        pos + size * scale,                  uv[0], uv[1], col_fill);+        draw_list->PopTextureID();+    }+}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] INITIALIZATION, SHUTDOWN+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// Internal state access - if you want to share Dear ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself+// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module+ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext()+{+    return GImGui;+}++void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)+{+#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC+    IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this.+#else+    GImGui = ctx;+#endif+}++void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data)+{+    GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func;+    GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func;+    GImAllocatorUserData = user_data;+}++// This is provided to facilitate copying allocators from one static/DLL boundary to another (e.g. retrieve default allocator of your executable address space)+void ImGui::GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data)+{+    *p_alloc_func = GImAllocatorAllocFunc;+    *p_free_func = GImAllocatorFreeFunc;+    *p_user_data = GImAllocatorUserData;+}++ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas)+{+    ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext();+    ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas);+    SetCurrentContext(ctx);+    Initialize();+    if (prev_ctx != NULL)+        SetCurrentContext(prev_ctx); // Restore previous context if any, else keep new one.+    return ctx;+}++void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)+{+    ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext();+    if (ctx == NULL) //-V1051+        ctx = prev_ctx;+    SetCurrentContext(ctx);+    Shutdown();+    SetCurrentContext((prev_ctx != ctx) ? prev_ctx : NULL);+    IM_DELETE(ctx);+}++// IMPORTANT: ###xxx suffixes must be same in ALL languages+static const ImGuiLocEntry GLocalizationEntriesEnUS[] =+{+    { ImGuiLocKey_VersionStr,           "Dear ImGui " IMGUI_VERSION " (" IM_STRINGIFY(IMGUI_VERSION_NUM) ")" },+    { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne,         "Size column to fit###SizeOne"          },+    { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit,      "Size all columns to fit###SizeAll"     },+    { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault,  "Size all columns to default###SizeAll" },+    { ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder,      "Reset order###ResetOrder"              },+    { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar, "(Main menu bar)"                       },+    { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup,       "(Popup)"                               },+    { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled,    "(Untitled)"                            },+};++void ImGui::Initialize()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded);++    // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow and ImGuiTable types+    {+        ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler;+        ini_handler.TypeName = "Window";+        ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Window");+        ini_handler.ClearAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll;+        ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen;+        ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine;+        ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll;+        ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll;+        AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler);+    }+    TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler();++    // Setup default localization table+    LocalizeRegisterEntries(GLocalizationEntriesEnUS, IM_ARRAYSIZE(GLocalizationEntriesEnUS));++    // Setup default platform clipboard/IME handlers.+    g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;    // Platform dependent default implementations+    g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;+    g.IO.ClipboardUserData = (void*)&g;                          // Default implementation use the ImGuiContext as user data (ideally those would be arguments to the function)+    g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn = SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl;++    // Create default viewport+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)();+    g.Viewports.push_back(viewport);+    g.TempBuffer.resize(1024 * 3 + 1, 0);++#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK+#endif++    g.Initialized = true;+}++// This function is merely here to free heap allocations.+void ImGui::Shutdown()+{+    // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame)+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext)+    {+        g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false;+        IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts);+    }+    g.IO.Fonts = NULL;+    g.DrawListSharedData.TempBuffer.clear();++    // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized Dear ImGui.+    if (!g.Initialized)+        return;++    // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file)+    if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL)+        SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);++    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown);++    // Clear everything else+    g.Windows.clear_delete();+    g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear();+    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.clear();+    g.CurrentWindow = NULL;+    g.CurrentWindowStack.clear();+    g.WindowsById.Clear();+    g.NavWindow = NULL;+    g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;+    g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL;+    g.MovingWindow = NULL;++    g.KeysRoutingTable.Clear();++    g.ColorStack.clear();+    g.StyleVarStack.clear();+    g.FontStack.clear();+    g.OpenPopupStack.clear();+    g.BeginPopupStack.clear();+    g.NavTreeNodeStack.clear();++    g.Viewports.clear_delete();++    g.TabBars.Clear();+    g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear();+    g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear();++    g.ClipperTempData.clear_destruct();++    g.Tables.Clear();+    g.TablesTempData.clear_destruct();+    g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear();++    g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();+    g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear();+    g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory();+    g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ClearFreeMemory();++    g.SettingsWindows.clear();+    g.SettingsHandlers.clear();++    if (g.LogFile)+    {+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS+        if (g.LogFile != stdout)+#endif+            ImFileClose(g.LogFile);+        g.LogFile = NULL;+    }+    g.LogBuffer.clear();+    g.DebugLogBuf.clear();+    g.DebugLogIndex.clear();++    g.Initialized = false;+}++// No specific ordering/dependency support, will see as needed+ImGuiID ImGui::AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImGuiContextHook* hook)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;+    IM_ASSERT(hook->Callback != NULL && hook->HookId == 0 && hook->Type != ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_);+    g.Hooks.push_back(*hook);+    g.Hooks.back().HookId = ++g.HookIdNext;+    return g.HookIdNext;+}++// Deferred removal, avoiding issue with changing vector while iterating it+void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;+    IM_ASSERT(hook_id != 0);+    for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks)+        if (hook.HookId == hook_id)+            hook.Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_;+}++// Call context hooks (used by e.g. test engine)+// We assume a small number of hooks so all stored in same array+void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;+    for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks)+        if (hook.Type == hook_type)+            hook.Callback(&g, &hook);+}+++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!)+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods+ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NULL)+{+    memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));+    Ctx = ctx;+    Name = ImStrdup(name);+    NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1;+    ID = ImHashStr(name);+    IDStack.push_back(ID);+    MoveId = GetID("#MOVE");+    ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);+    ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f);+    AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1;+    AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;+    SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = 0;+    SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);+    LastFrameActive = -1;+    LastTimeActive = -1.0f;+    FontWindowScale = 1.0f;+    SettingsOffset = -1;+    DrawList = &DrawListInst;+    DrawList->_Data = &Ctx->DrawListSharedData;+    DrawList->_OwnerName = Name;+    NavPreferredScoringPosRel[0] = NavPreferredScoringPosRel[1] = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);+}++ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow()+{+    IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst);+    IM_DELETE(Name);+    ColumnsStorage.clear_destruct();+}++ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end)+{+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)+        ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end);+    return id;+}++ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr)+{+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)+        ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr, NULL);+    return id;+}++ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n)+{+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed);+    ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)+        ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL);+    return id;+}++// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere.+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs)+{+    ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();+    ImRect r_rel = ImGui::WindowRectAbsToRel(this, r_abs);+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed);+    return id;+}++static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.CurrentWindow = window;+    g.CurrentTable = window && window->DC.CurrentTableIdx != -1 ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(window->DC.CurrentTableIdx) : NULL;+    if (window)+    {+        g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();+        ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX();+    }+}++void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.ItemFlagsStack.clear();+    g.GroupStack.clear();+    TableGcCompactSettings();+}++// Free up/compact internal window buffers, we can use this when a window becomes unused.+// Not freed:+// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name, StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data)+// This should have no noticeable visual effect. When the window reappear however, expect new allocation/buffer growth/copy cost.+void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    window->MemoryCompacted = true;+    window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.Capacity;+    window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Capacity;+    window->IDStack.clear();+    window->DrawList->_ClearFreeMemory();+    window->DC.ChildWindows.clear();+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.clear();+    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.clear();+}++void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    // We stored capacity of the ImDrawList buffer to reduce growth-caused allocation/copy when awakening.+    // The other buffers tends to amortize much faster.+    window->MemoryCompacted = false;+    window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity);+    window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity);+    window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0;+}++void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    // Clear previous active id+    if (g.ActiveId != 0)+    {+        // While most behaved code would make an effort to not steal active id during window move/drag operations,+        // we at least need to be resilient to it. Canceling the move is rather aggressive and users of 'master' branch+        // may prefer the weird ill-defined half working situation ('docking' did assert), so may need to rework that.+        if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId)+        {+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() cancel MovingWindow\n");+            g.MovingWindow = NULL;+        }++        // This could be written in a more general way (e.g associate a hook to ActiveId),+        // but since this is currently quite an exception we'll leave it as is.+        // One common scenario leading to this is: pressing Key ->NavMoveRequestApplyResult() -> ClearActiveId()+        if (g.InputTextState.ID == g.ActiveId)+            InputTextDeactivateHook(g.ActiveId);+    }++    // Set active id+    g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id);+    if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)+    {+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() old:0x%08X (window \"%s\") -> new:0x%08X (window \"%s\")\n", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "", id, window ? window->Name : "");+        g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;+        g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false;+        g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false;+        g.ActiveIdMouseButton = -1;+        if (id != 0)+        {+            g.LastActiveId = id;+            g.LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;+        }+    }+    g.ActiveId = id;+    g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;+    g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false;+    g.ActiveIdWindow = window;+    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;+    if (id)+    {+        g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id;+        g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? g.NavInputSource : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;+        IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveIdSource != ImGuiInputSource_None);+    }++    // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget+    // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet)+    g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;+    g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false;+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO+    g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;+#endif+}++void ImGui::ClearActiveID()+{+    SetActiveID(0, NULL); // g.ActiveId = 0;+}++void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.HoveredId = id;+    g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;+    if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id)+        g.HoveredIdTimer = g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;+}++ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;+}++// This is called by ItemAdd().+// Code not using ItemAdd() may need to call this manually otherwise ActiveId will be cleared. In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18717 this was called by GetID().+void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.ActiveId == id)+        g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id;+    if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id)+        g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true;+}++void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id)+{+    // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().+    // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need to fill the data.+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.LockMarkEdited > 0)+        return;+    if (g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0)+    {+        g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true;+        g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true;+    }++    // We accept a MarkItemEdited() on drag and drop targets (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1875#issuecomment-978243343)+    // We accept 'ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id' for InputText() returning an edit after it has been taken ActiveId away (#4714)+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id);++    //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id);+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;+}++bool ImGui::IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)+{+    // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children)+    // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window.+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.NavWindow)+        if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindow)+            if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow)+            {+                // For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup"+                // NB: The 'else' is important because Modal windows are also Popups.+                bool want_inhibit = false;+                if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)+                    want_inhibit = true;+                else if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))+                    want_inhibit = true;++                // Inhibit hover unless the window is within the stack of our modal/popup+                if (want_inhibit)+                    if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window->RootWindow, focused_root_window))+                        return false;+            }+    return true;+}++static inline float CalcDelayFromHoveredFlags(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort)+        return g.Style.HoverDelayShort;+    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)+        return g.Style.HoverDelayNormal;+    return 0.0f;+}++// This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable()+// - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered()+// - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId+bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsItemHovered) == 0 && "Invalid flags for IsItemHovered()!");++    if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride))+    {+        if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))+            return false;+        if (!IsItemFocused())+            return false;++        if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)+            flags |= g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav;+    }+    else+    {+        // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd()+        ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags;+        if (!(status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))+            return false;++        if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)+            flags |= g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse;++        IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy)) == 0);   // Flags not supported by this function++        // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now+        // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window)+        // [2021/03/02] Reworked / reverted the revert, finally. Note we want e.g. BeginGroup/ItemAdd/EndGroup to work as well. (#3851)+        // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable+        // to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was+        // the test that has been running for a long while.+        if (g.HoveredWindow != window && (status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow) == 0)+            if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow) == 0)+                return false;++        // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged)+        const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;+        if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) == 0)+            if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId)+                return false;++        // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal.+        // The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here.+        if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck))+            return false;++        // Test if the item is disabled+        if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))+            return false;++        // Special handling for calling after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab.+        // When the window is skipped/collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case.+        if (id == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed)+            return false;++        // Test if using AllowOverlap and overlapped+        if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap) && id != 0)+            if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem) == 0)+                if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID)+                    return false;+    }++    // Handle hover delay+    // (some ideas: https://www.nngroup.com/articles/timing-exposing-content)+    const float delay = CalcDelayFromHoveredFlags(flags);+    if (delay > 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary))+    {+        ImGuiID hover_delay_id = (g.LastItemData.ID != 0) ? g.LastItemData.ID : window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect);+        if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay) && (g.HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame != hover_delay_id))+            g.HoverItemDelayTimer = 0.0f;+        g.HoverItemDelayId = hover_delay_id;++        // When changing hovered item we requires a bit of stationary delay before activating hover timer,+        // but once unlocked on a given item we also moving.+        //if (g.HoverDelayTimer >= delay && (g.HoverDelayTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime < delay || g.MouseStationaryTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime < g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("HoverDelayTimer = %f/%f, MouseStationaryTimer = %f\n", g.HoverDelayTimer, delay, g.MouseStationaryTimer); }+        if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary) != 0 && g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId != hover_delay_id)+            return false;++        if (g.HoverItemDelayTimer < delay)+            return false;+    }++    return true;+}++// Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered().+// (this does not rely on LastItemData it can be called from a ButtonBehavior() call not following an ItemAdd() call)+// FIXME-LEGACY: the 'ImGuiItemFlags item_flags' parameter was added on 2023-06-28.+// If you used this in your legacy/custom widgets code:+// - Commonly: if your ItemHoverable() call comes after an ItemAdd() call: pass 'item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags'.+// - Rare: otherwise you may pass 'item_flags = 0' (ImGuiItemFlags_None) unless you want to benefit from special behavior handled by ItemHoverable.+bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    if (g.HoveredWindow != window)+        return false;+    if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))+        return false;++    if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap)+        return false;+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)+        return false;++    // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now.+    if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck) && !IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None))+    {+        g.HoveredIdDisabled = true;+        return false;+    }++    // We exceptionally allow this function to be called with id==0 to allow using it for easy high-level+    // hover test in widgets code. We could also decide to split this function is two.+    if (id != 0)+    {+        // Drag source doesn't report as hovered+        if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover))+            return false;++        SetHoveredID(id);++        // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match.+        // This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one. Generally perceived as a front-to-back hit-test.+        if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap)+        {+            g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;+            if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id)+                return false;+        }+    }++    // When disabled we'll return false but still set HoveredId+    if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)+    {+        // Release active id if turning disabled+        if (g.ActiveId == id && id != 0)+            ClearActiveID();+        g.HoveredIdDisabled = true;+        return false;+    }++    if (id != 0)+    {+        // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool!+        // We perform the check here because SetHoveredID() is not frequently called (1~ time a frame), making+        // the cost of this tool near-zero. We can get slightly better call-stack and support picking non-hovered+        // items if we performed the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a small runtime cost.+        if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id)+            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));+        if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id)+            IM_DEBUG_BREAK();+    }++    if (g.NavDisableMouseHover)+        return false;++    return true;+}++// FIXME: This is inlined/duplicated in ItemAdd()+bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect))+        if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.NavId))+            if (!g.LogEnabled)+                return true;+    return false;+}++// This is also inlined in ItemAdd()+// Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set g.LastItemData.DisplayRect.+void ImGui::SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_flags, const ImRect& item_rect)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.LastItemData.ID = item_id;+    g.LastItemData.InFlags = in_flags;+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_flags;+    g.LastItemData.Rect = g.LastItemData.NavRect = item_rect;+}++float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x)+{+    if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f)+        return 0.0f;++    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f)+    {+        // We could decide to setup a default wrapping max point for auto-resizing windows,+        // or have auto-wrap (with unspecified wrapping pos) behave as a ContentSize extending function?+        //if (window->Hidden && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))+        //    wrap_pos_x = ImMax(window->WorkRect.Min.x + g.FontSize * 10.0f, window->WorkRect.Max.x);+        //else+        wrap_pos_x = window->WorkRect.Max.x;+    }+    else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f)+    {+        wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space+    }++    return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f);+}++// IM_ALLOC() == ImGui::MemAlloc()+void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size)+{+    if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui)+        ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations++;+    return (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData);+}++// IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree()+void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr)+{+    if (ptr)+        if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui)+            ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations--;+    return (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData);+}++const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData) : "";+}++void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn)+        g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData, text);+}++const char* ImGui::GetVersion()+{+    return IMGUI_VERSION;+}++ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO()+{+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");+    return GImGui->IO;+}++// Pass this to your backend rendering function! Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame()+ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0];+    return viewport->DrawDataP.Valid ? &viewport->DrawDataP : NULL;+}++double ImGui::GetTime()+{+    return GImGui->Time;+}++int ImGui::GetFrameCount()+{+    return GImGui->FrameCount;+}++static ImDrawList* GetViewportBgFgDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name)+{+    // Create the draw list on demand, because they are not frequently used for all viewports+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->BgFgDrawLists));+    ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no];+    if (draw_list == NULL)+    {+        draw_list = IM_NEW(ImDrawList)(&g.DrawListSharedData);+        draw_list->_OwnerName = drawlist_name;+        viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list;+    }++    // Our ImDrawList system requires that there is always a command+    if (viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount)+    {+        draw_list->_ResetForNewFrame();+        draw_list->PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID);+        draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, false);+        viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount;+    }+    return draw_list;+}++ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport)+{+    return GetViewportBgFgDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 0, "##Background");+}++ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return GetBackgroundDrawList(g.Viewports[0]);+}++ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport)+{+    return GetViewportBgFgDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 1, "##Foreground");+}++ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return GetForegroundDrawList(g.Viewports[0]);+}++ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData()+{+    return &GImGui->DrawListSharedData;+}++void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    // Set ActiveId even if the _NoMove flag is set. Without it, dragging away from a window with _NoMove would activate hover on other windows.+    // We _also_ call this when clicking in a window empty space when io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly is set, but clear g.MovingWindow afterward.+    // This is because we want ActiveId to be set even when the window is not permitted to move.+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    FocusWindow(window);+    SetActiveID(window->MoveId, window);+    g.NavDisableHighlight = true;+    g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - window->RootWindow->Pos;+    g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;+    SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys();++    bool can_move_window = true;+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))+        can_move_window = false;+    if (can_move_window)+        g.MovingWindow = window;+}++// Handle mouse moving window+// Note: moving window with the navigation keys (Square + d-pad / CTRL+TAB + Arrows) are processed in NavUpdateWindowing()+// FIXME: We don't have strong guarantee that g.MovingWindow stay synched with g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId.+// This is currently enforced by the fact that BeginDragDropSource() is setting all g.ActiveIdUsingXXXX flags to inhibit navigation inputs,+// but if we should more thoroughly test cases where g.ActiveId or g.MovingWindow gets changed and not the other.+void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.MovingWindow != NULL)+    {+        // We actually want to move the root window. g.MovingWindow == window we clicked on (could be a child window).+        // We track it to preserve Focus and so that generally ActiveIdWindow == MovingWindow and ActiveId == MovingWindow->MoveId for consistency.+        KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId);+        IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindow);+        ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindow;+        if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos))+        {+            ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset;+            SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always);+            FocusWindow(g.MovingWindow);+        }+        else+        {+            g.MovingWindow = NULL;+            ClearActiveID();+        }+    }+    else+    {+        // When clicking/dragging from a window that has the _NoMove flag, we still set the ActiveId in order to prevent hovering others.+        if (g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->MoveId == g.ActiveId)+        {+            KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId);+            if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0])+                ClearActiveID();+        }+    }+}++// Initiate moving window when clicking on empty space or title bar.+// Handle left-click and right-click focus.+void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 || g.HoveredId != 0)+        return;++    // Unless we just made a window/popup appear+    if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Appearing)+        return;++    // Click on empty space to focus window and start moving+    // (after we're done with all our widgets)+    if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0])+    {+        // Handle the edge case of a popup being closed while clicking in its empty space.+        // If we try to focus it, FocusWindow() > ClosePopupsOverWindow() will accidentally close any parent popups because they are not linked together any more.+        ImGuiWindow* root_window = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL;+        const bool is_closed_popup = root_window && (root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !IsPopupOpen(root_window->PopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel);++        if (root_window != NULL && !is_closed_popup)+        {+            StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow); //-V595++            // Cancel moving if clicked outside of title bar+            if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))+                if (!root_window->TitleBarRect().Contains(g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0]))+                    g.MovingWindow = NULL;++            // Cancel moving if clicked over an item which was disabled or inhibited by popups (note that we know HoveredId == 0 already)+            if (g.HoveredIdDisabled)+                g.MovingWindow = NULL;+        }+        else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL)+        {+            // Clicking on void disable focus+            FocusWindow(NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal);+        }+    }++    // With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus based on where the mouse is aimed+    // Instead, focus will be restored to the window under the bottom-most closed popup.+    // (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow on the hovered window, which will lead NewFrame->ClosePopupsOverWindow to trigger)+    if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1])+    {+        // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the top-most Modal Window.+        // This is where we can trim the popup stack.+        ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal();+        bool hovered_window_above_modal = g.HoveredWindow && (modal == NULL || IsWindowAbove(g.HoveredWindow, modal));+        ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal, true);+    }+}++static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden);+}++// The reason this is exposed in imgui_internal.h is: on touch-based system that don't have hovering, we want to dispatch inputs to the right target (imgui vs imgui+app)+void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;+    g.WindowsHoverPadding = ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING));++    // Find the window hovered by mouse:+    // - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow.+    // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame.+    // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms.+    bool clear_hovered_windows = false;+    FindHoveredWindow();++    // Modal windows prevents mouse from hovering behind them.+    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal();+    if (modal_window && g.HoveredWindow && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow, modal_window))+        clear_hovered_windows = true;++    // Disabled mouse?+    if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse)+        clear_hovered_windows = true;++    // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and+    // won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward.+    const bool has_open_popup = (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0);+    const bool has_open_modal = (modal_window != NULL);+    int mouse_earliest_down = -1;+    bool mouse_any_down = false;+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++)+    {+        if (io.MouseClicked[i])+        {+            io.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_popup;+            io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_modal;+        }+        mouse_any_down |= io.MouseDown[i];+        if (io.MouseDown[i])+            if (mouse_earliest_down == -1 || io.MouseClickedTime[i] < io.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_down])+                mouse_earliest_down = i;+    }+    const bool mouse_avail = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_down];+    const bool mouse_avail_unless_popup_close = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[mouse_earliest_down];++    // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering.+    // FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02)+    const bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0;+    if (!mouse_avail && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload)+        clear_hovered_windows = true;++    if (clear_hovered_windows)+        g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;++    // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch mouse to Dear ImGui + underlying app)+    // Update io.WantCaptureMouseAllowPopupClose (experimental) to give a chance for app to react to popup closure with a drag+    if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1)+    {+        io.WantCaptureMouse = io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0);+    }+    else+    {+        io.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_popup;+        io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (mouse_avail_unless_popup_close && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_modal;+    }++    // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + underlying app)+    if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1)+        io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0);+    else+        io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL);+    if (io.NavActive && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard))+        io.WantCaptureKeyboard = true;++    // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible+    io.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false;+}++void ImGui::NewFrame()+{+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    // Remove pending delete hooks before frame start.+    // This deferred removal avoid issues of removal while iterating the hook vector+    for (int n = g.Hooks.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)+        if (g.Hooks[n].Type == ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_)+            g.Hooks.erase(&g.Hooks[n]);++    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre);++    // Check and assert for various common IO and Configuration mistakes+    ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks();++    // Load settings on first frame, save settings when modified (after a delay)+    UpdateSettings();++    g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime;+    g.WithinFrameScope = true;+    g.FrameCount += 1;+    g.TooltipOverrideCount = 0;+    g.WindowsActiveCount = 0;+    g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.resize(0);++    // Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature+    g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx];+    g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime;+    g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame);+    g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount = ImMin(g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount + 1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame));+    g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount)) : FLT_MAX;++    // Process input queue (trickle as many events as possible), turn events into writes to IO structure+    g.InputEventsTrail.resize(0);+    UpdateInputEvents(g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue);++    // Update viewports (after processing input queue, so io.MouseHoveredViewport is set)+    UpdateViewportsNewFrame();++    // Setup current font and draw list shared data+    g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true;+    SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont());+    IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded());+    ImRect virtual_space(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)+        virtual_space.Add(viewport->GetMainRect());+    g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = virtual_space.ToVec4();+    g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol;+    g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleTessellationMaxError(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError);+    g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None;+    if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines)+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines;+    if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex && !(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines))+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex;+    if (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill)+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill;+    if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset)+        g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset;++    // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it.+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)+        viewport->DrawDataP.Valid = false;++    // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent+    if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == g.ActiveId)+        KeepAliveID(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId);++    // Update HoveredId data+    if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame)+        g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f;+    if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame || (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId == g.HoveredId))+        g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;+    if (g.HoveredId)+        g.HoveredIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;+    if (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredId)+        g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;+    g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId;+    g.HoveredId = 0;+    g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;+    g.HoveredIdDisabled = false;++    // Clear ActiveID if the item is not alive anymore.+    // In 1.87, the common most call to KeepAliveID() was moved from GetID() to ItemAdd().+    // As a result, custom widget using ButtonBehavior() _without_ ItemAdd() need to call KeepAliveID() themselves.+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId)+    {+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("NewFrame(): ClearActiveID() because it isn't marked alive anymore!\n");+        ClearActiveID();+    }++    // Update ActiveId data (clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore)+    if (g.ActiveId)+        g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;+    g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;+    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId;+    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = g.ActiveIdWindow;+    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore;+    g.ActiveIdIsAlive = 0;+    g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;+    g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false;+    g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;+    if (g.TempInputId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.TempInputId)+        g.TempInputId = 0;+    if (g.ActiveId == 0)+    {+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;+        g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false;+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;+#endif+    }++#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO+    if (g.ActiveId == 0)+        g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0;+    else if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask != 0)+    {+        // If your custom widget code used:                 { g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); }+        // Since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804 it should be:   { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId); SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId); }+        if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel))+            SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId);+        if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & ~(1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel))+            IM_ASSERT(0); // Other values unsupported+    }+#endif++    // Record when we have been stationary as this state is preserved while over same item.+    // FIXME: The way this is expressed means user cannot alter HoverStationaryDelay during the frame to use varying values.+    // To allow this we should store HoverItemMaxStationaryTime+ID and perform the >= check in IsItemHovered() function.+    if (g.HoverItemDelayId != 0 && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)+        g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = g.HoverItemDelayId;+    else if (g.HoverItemDelayId == 0)+        g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = 0;+    if (g.HoveredWindow != NULL && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)+        g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = g.HoveredWindow->ID;+    else if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL)+        g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = 0;++    // Update hover delay for IsItemHovered() with delays and tooltips+    g.HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame = g.HoverItemDelayId;+    if (g.HoverItemDelayId != 0)+    {+        g.HoverItemDelayTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;+        g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f;+        g.HoverItemDelayId = 0;+    }+    else if (g.HoverItemDelayTimer > 0.0f)+    {+        // This gives a little bit of leeway before clearing the hover timer, allowing mouse to cross gaps+        // We could expose 0.25f as style.HoverClearDelay but I am not sure of the logic yet, this is particularly subtle.+        g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;+        if (g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer >= ImMax(0.25f, g.IO.DeltaTime * 2.0f)) // ~7 frames at 30 Hz + allow for low framerate+            g.HoverItemDelayTimer = g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; // May want a decaying timer, in which case need to clamp at max first, based on max of caller last requested timer.+    }++    // Drag and drop+    g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr;+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0;+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX;+    g.DragDropWithinSource = false;+    g.DragDropWithinTarget = false;+    g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0;++    // Close popups on focus lost (currently wip/opt-in)+    //if (g.IO.AppFocusLost)+    //    ClosePopupsExceptModals();++    // Update keyboard input state+    UpdateKeyboardInputs();++    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyCtrl == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightCtrl));+    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyShift == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftShift) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightShift));+    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyAlt == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftAlt) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightAlt));+    //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeySuper == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftSuper) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightSuper));++    // Update gamepad/keyboard navigation+    NavUpdate();++    // Update mouse input state+    UpdateMouseInputs();++    // Find hovered window+    // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so we fill g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow on the mouse release frame)+    UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags();++    // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering)+    UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame();++    // Background darkening/whitening+    if (GetTopMostPopupModal() != NULL || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha > 0.0f))+        g.DimBgRatio = ImMin(g.DimBgRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f);+    else+        g.DimBgRatio = ImMax(g.DimBgRatio - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f);++    g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow;+    g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = g.WantTextInputNextFrame = -1;++    // Platform IME data: reset for the frame+    g.PlatformImeDataPrev = g.PlatformImeData;+    g.PlatformImeData.WantVisible = false;++    // Mouse wheel scrolling, scale+    UpdateMouseWheel();++    // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory.+    IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size <= g.Windows.Size);+    const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer;+    for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)+    {+        window->WasActive = window->Active;+        window->Active = false;+        window->WriteAccessed = false;+        window->BeginCountPreviousFrame = window->BeginCount;+        window->BeginCount = 0;++        // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows+        if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time)+            GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window);+    }++    // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused tables+    for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size; i++)+        if (g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] >= 0.0f && g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] < memory_compact_start_time)+            TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(g.Tables.GetByIndex(i));+    for (ImGuiTableTempData& table_temp_data : g.TablesTempData)+        if (table_temp_data.LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && table_temp_data.LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time)+            TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&table_temp_data);+    if (g.GcCompactAll)+        GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers();+    g.GcCompactAll = false;++    // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order+    if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive)+        FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild);++    // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame.+    // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear.+    g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0);+    g.BeginPopupStack.resize(0);+    g.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0);+    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_None);+    g.GroupStack.resize(0);++    // [DEBUG] Update debug features+    UpdateDebugToolItemPicker();+    UpdateDebugToolStackQueries();+    if (g.DebugLocateFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLocateFrames == 0)+        g.DebugLocateId = 0;+    if (g.DebugLogClipperAutoDisableFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLogClipperAutoDisableFrames == 0)+    {+        DebugLog("(Auto-disabled ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper to avoid spamming)\n");+        g.DebugLogFlags &= ~ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper;+    }++    // Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it.+    // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags.+    // This fallback is particularly important as it prevents ImGui:: calls from crashing.+    g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = true;+    SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);+    Begin("Debug##Default");+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow == true);++    // [DEBUG] When io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue is set, we make Begin()/BeginChild() return false at different level of the window-stack,+    // allowing to validate correct Begin/End behavior in user code.+    if (g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop)+        g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = (g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth == -1) ? 0 : ((g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth + ((g.FrameCount % 4) == 0 ? 1 : 0)) % 10);+    else+        g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = -1;++    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost);+}++// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure.+static int IMGUI_CDECL ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)+{+    const ImGuiWindow* const a = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs;+    const ImGuiWindow* const b = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)rhs;+    if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))+        return d;+    if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))+        return d;+    return (a->BeginOrderWithinParent - b->BeginOrderWithinParent);+}++static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    out_sorted_windows->push_back(window);+    if (window->Active)+    {+        int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;+        ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.Data, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer);+        for (int i = 0; i < count; i++)+        {+            ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];+            if (child->Active)+                AddWindowToSortBuffer(out_sorted_windows, child);+        }+    }+}++static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window, int layer)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0];+    g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++;+    if (window->DrawList->_Splitter._Count > 1)+        window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge(); // Merge if user forgot to merge back. Also required in Docking branch for ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost windows.+    ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList);+    for (ImGuiWindow* child : window->DC.ChildWindows)+        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // Clipped children may have been marked not active+            AddWindowToDrawData(child, layer);+}++static inline int GetWindowDisplayLayer(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    return (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? 1 : 0;+}++// Layer is locked for the root window, however child windows may use a different viewport (e.g. extruding menu)+static inline void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    AddWindowToDrawData(window, GetWindowDisplayLayer(window));+}++static void FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(ImDrawDataBuilder* builder)+{+    int n = builder->Layers[0]->Size;+    int full_size = n;+    for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); i++)+        full_size += builder->Layers[i]->Size;+    builder->Layers[0]->resize(full_size);+    for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); layer_n++)+    {+        ImVector<ImDrawList*>* layer = builder->Layers[layer_n];+        if (layer->empty())+            continue;+        memcpy(builder->Layers[0]->Data + n, layer->Data, layer->Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*));+        n += layer->Size;+        layer->resize(0);+    }+}++static void InitViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)+{+    ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();+    ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP;++    viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0] = &draw_data->CmdLists;+    viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1] = &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.LayerData1;+    viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]->resize(0);+    viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1]->resize(0);++    draw_data->Valid = true;+    draw_data->CmdListsCount = 0;+    draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0;+    draw_data->DisplayPos = viewport->Pos;+    draw_data->DisplaySize = viewport->Size;+    draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale;+    draw_data->OwnerViewport = viewport;+}++// Push a clipping rectangle for both ImGui logic (hit-testing etc.) and low-level ImDrawList rendering.+// - When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values,+//   so that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result.+// - If the code here changes, may need to update code of functions like NextColumn() and PushColumnClipRect():+//   some frequently called functions which to modify both channels and clipping simultaneously tend to use the+//   more specialized SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() to avoid extraneous updates of underlying ImDrawCmds.+void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();+    window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect);+    window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();+}++void ImGui::PopClipRect()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();+    window->DrawList->PopClipRect();+    window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();+}++static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col)+{+    if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)+        return;++    ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)GetMainViewport();+    ImRect viewport_rect = viewport->GetMainRect();++    // Draw behind window by moving the draw command at the FRONT of the draw list+    {+        // We've already called AddWindowToDrawData() which called DrawList->ChannelsMerge() on DockNodeHost windows,+        // and draw list have been trimmed already, hence the explicit recreation of a draw command if missing.+        // FIXME: This is creating complication, might be simpler if we could inject a drawlist in drawdata at a given position and not attempt to manipulate ImDrawCmd order.+        ImDrawList* draw_list = window->RootWindow->DrawList;+        if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)+            draw_list->AddDrawCmd();+        draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), false); // FIXME: Need to stricty ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged (ElemCount==6 checks below will verify that)+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, col);+        ImDrawCmd cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back();+        IM_ASSERT(cmd.ElemCount == 6);+        draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back();+        draw_list->CmdBuffer.push_front(cmd);+        draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); // We need to create a command as CmdBuffer.back().IdxOffset won't be correct if we append to same command.+        draw_list->PopClipRect();+    }+}++ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* parent_window)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* bottom_most_visible_window = parent_window;+    for (int i = FindWindowDisplayIndex(parent_window); i >= 0; i--)+    {+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)+            continue;+        if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, parent_window))+            break;+        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && GetWindowDisplayLayer(window) <= GetWindowDisplayLayer(parent_window))+            bottom_most_visible_window = window;+    }+    return bottom_most_visible_window;+}++static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal();+    if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f)+        return;+    const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (modal_window != NULL);+    const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim != NULL && g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Active);+    if (!dim_bg_for_modal && !dim_bg_for_window_list)+        return;++    if (dim_bg_for_modal)+    {+        // Draw dimming behind modal or a begin stack child, whichever comes first in draw order.+        ImGuiWindow* dim_behind_window = FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(modal_window);+        RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(dim_behind_window, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, g.DimBgRatio));+    }+    else if (dim_bg_for_window_list)+    {+        // Draw dimming behind CTRL+Tab target window+        RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(g.NavWindowingTargetAnim, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio));++        // Draw border around CTRL+Tab target window+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim;+        ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();+        float distance = g.FontSize;+        ImRect bb = window->Rect();+        bb.Expand(distance);+        if (bb.GetWidth() >= viewport->Size.x && bb.GetHeight() >= viewport->Size.y)+            bb.Expand(-distance - 1.0f); // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward+        if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)+            window->DrawList->AddDrawCmd();+        window->DrawList->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size);+        window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), window->WindowRounding, 0, 3.0f);+        window->DrawList->PopClipRect();+    }+}++// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal.+void ImGui::EndFrame()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);++    // Don't process EndFrame() multiple times.+    if (g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)+        return;+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope && "Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()?");++    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre);++    ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks();++    // Notify Platform/OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME)+    ImGuiPlatformImeData* ime_data = &g.PlatformImeData;+    if (g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn && memcmp(ime_data, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0)+    {+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] Calling io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(): WantVisible: %d, InputPos (%.2f,%.2f)\n", ime_data->WantVisible, ime_data->InputPos.x, ime_data->InputPos.y);+        ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS+        if (viewport->PlatformHandleRaw == NULL && g.IO.ImeWindowHandle != NULL)+        {+            viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = g.IO.ImeWindowHandle;+            g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn(viewport, ime_data);+            viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = NULL;+        }+        else+#endif+        {+            g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn(viewport, ime_data);+        }+    }++    // Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used+    g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = false;+    if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed)+        g.CurrentWindow->Active = false;+    End();++    // Update navigation: CTRL+Tab, wrap-around requests+    NavEndFrame();++    // Drag and Drop: Elapse payload (if delivered, or if source stops being submitted)+    if (g.DragDropActive)+    {+        bool is_delivered = g.DragDropPayload.Delivery;+        bool is_elapsed = (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) && ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload) || !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton));+        if (is_delivered || is_elapsed)+            ClearDragDrop();+    }++    // Drag and Drop: Fallback for source tooltip. This is not ideal but better than nothing.+    if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))+    {+        g.DragDropWithinSource = true;+        SetTooltip("...");+        g.DragDropWithinSource = false;+    }++    // End frame+    g.WithinFrameScope = false;+    g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount;++    // Initiate moving window + handle left-click and right-click focus+    UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame();++    // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent+    // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because children may not exist yet+    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.resize(0);+    g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size);+    for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)+    {+        if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))       // if a child is active its parent will add it+            continue;+        AddWindowToSortBuffer(&g.WindowsTempSortBuffer, window);+    }++    // This usually assert if there is a mismatch between the ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow / ParentWindow values and DC.ChildWindows[] in parents, aka we've done something wrong.+    IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.Size);+    g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsTempSortBuffer);+    g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = g.WindowsActiveCount;++    // Unlock font atlas+    g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false;++    // Clear Input data for next frame+    g.IO.AppFocusLost = false;+    g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f;+    g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);++    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost);+}++// Prepare the data for rendering so you can call GetDrawData()+// (As with anything within the ImGui:: namspace this doesn't touch your GPU or graphics API at all:+// it is the role of the ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderDrawData() function provided by the renderer backend)+void ImGui::Render()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);++    if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount)+        EndFrame();+    if (g.FrameCountRendered == g.FrameCount)+        return;+    g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount;++    g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0;+    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre);++    // Draw modal/window whitening backgrounds+    RenderDimmedBackgrounds();++    // Add background ImDrawList (for each active viewport)+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)+    {+        InitViewportDrawData(viewport);+        if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[0] != NULL)+            AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport));+    }++    // Add ImDrawList to render+    ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2];+    windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow : NULL;+    windows_to_render_top_most[1] = (g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingListWindow : NULL);+    for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)+    {+        IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'"+        if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_top_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_top_most[1])+            AddRootWindowToDrawData(window);+    }+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(windows_to_render_top_most); n++)+        if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window+            AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]);++    // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag+    if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None)+        RenderMouseCursor(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48));++    // Setup ImDrawData structures for end-user+    g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = 0;+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)+    {+        FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder);++        // Add foreground ImDrawList (for each active viewport)+        if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[1] != NULL)+            AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport));++        // We call _PopUnusedDrawCmd() last thing, as RenderDimmedBackgrounds() rely on a valid command being there (especially in docking branch).+        ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP;+        IM_ASSERT(draw_data->CmdLists.Size == draw_data->CmdListsCount);+        for (ImDrawList* draw_list : draw_data->CmdLists)+            draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd();++        g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_data->TotalVtxCount;+        g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_data->TotalIdxCount;+    }++    CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost);+}++// Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker.+// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    const char* text_display_end;+    if (hide_text_after_double_hash)+        text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);      // Hide anything after a '##' string+    else+        text_display_end = text_end;++    ImFont* font = g.Font;+    const float font_size = g.FontSize;+    if (text == text_display_end)+        return ImVec2(0.0f, font_size);+    ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL);++    // Round+    // FIXME: This has been here since Dec 2015 (7b0bf230) but down the line we want this out.+    // FIXME: Investigate using ceilf or e.g.+    // - https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/src/math/ceilf.c+    // - https://embarkstudios.github.io/rust-gpu/api/src/libm/math/ceilf.rs.html+    text_size.x = IM_FLOOR(text_size.x + 0.99999f);++    return text_size;+}++// Find window given position, search front-to-back+// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programmatically+// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is+// called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected.+static void FindHoveredWindow()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = NULL;+    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = NULL;+    if (g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))+        hovered_window = g.MovingWindow;++    ImVec2 padding_regular = g.Style.TouchExtraPadding;+    ImVec2 padding_for_resize = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? g.WindowsHoverPadding : padding_regular;+    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)+    {+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];+        IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer.+        if (!window->Active || window->Hidden)+            continue;+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)+            continue;++        // Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always)+        ImRect bb(window->OuterRectClipped);+        if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))+            bb.Expand(padding_regular);+        else+            bb.Expand(padding_for_resize);+        if (!bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos))+            continue;++        // Support for one rectangular hole in any given window+        // FIXME: Consider generalizing hit-testing override (with more generic data, callback, etc.) (#1512)+        if (window->HitTestHoleSize.x != 0)+        {+            ImVec2 hole_pos(window->Pos.x + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.x, window->Pos.y + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.y);+            ImVec2 hole_size((float)window->HitTestHoleSize.x, (float)window->HitTestHoleSize.y);+            if (ImRect(hole_pos, hole_pos + hole_size).Contains(g.IO.MousePos))+                continue;+        }++        if (hovered_window == NULL)+            hovered_window = window;+        IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer.+        if (hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window == NULL && (!g.MovingWindow || window->RootWindow != g.MovingWindow->RootWindow))+            hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = window;+        if (hovered_window && hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window)+            break;+    }++    g.HoveredWindow = hovered_window;+    g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window;+}++bool ImGui::IsItemActive()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.ActiveId)+        return g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID;+    return false;+}++bool ImGui::IsItemActivated()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.ActiveId)+        if (g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID)+            return true;+    return false;+}++bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated)+        return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0;+    return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID);+}++bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore));+}++// == GetItemID() == GetFocusID()+bool ImGui::IsItemFocused()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.NavId != g.LastItemData.ID || g.NavId == 0)+        return false;+    return true;+}++// Important: this can be useful but it is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g.Button()!+// Most widgets have specific reactions based on mouse-up/down state, mouse position etc.+bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button)+{+    return IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_None);+}++bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false;+}++bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false;+}++bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.HoveredId != 0 || g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0;+}++bool ImGui::IsAnyItemActive()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.ActiveId != 0;+}++bool ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight;+}++bool ImGui::IsItemVisible()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) != 0;+}++bool ImGui::IsItemEdited()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0;+}++// Allow next item to be overlapped by subsequent items.+// This works by requiring HoveredId to match for two subsequent frames,+// so if a following items overwrite it our interactions will naturally be disabled.+void ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap;+}++#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS+// Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority.+// FIXME-LEGACY: Use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() *before* your item instead.+void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;+    if (g.HoveredId == id)+        g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;+    if (g.ActiveId == id) // Before we made this obsolete, most calls to SetItemAllowOverlap() used to avoid this path by testing g.ActiveId != id.+        g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true;+}+#endif++// FIXME: It might be undesirable that this will likely disable KeyOwner-aware shortcuts systems. Consider a more fine-tuned version for the two users of this function.+void ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId != 0);+    g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_COUNT) - 1;+    g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = true;+    NavMoveRequestCancel();+}++ImGuiID ImGui::GetItemID()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.LastItemData.ID;+}++ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.LastItemData.Rect.Min;+}++ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.LastItemData.Rect.Max;+}++ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.LastItemData.Rect.GetSize();+}++bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;++    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow;+    flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove);  // Inherit the NoMove flag++    // Size+    const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail();+    ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg);+    const int auto_fit_axises = ((size.x == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_X) : 0x00) | ((size.y == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y) : 0x00);+    if (size.x <= 0.0f)+        size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too many issues)+    if (size.y <= 0.0f)+        size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y + size.y, 4.0f);+    SetNextWindowSize(size);++    // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value.+    const char* temp_window_name;+    if (name)+        ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id);+    else+        ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id);++    const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize;+    if (!border)+        g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f;+    bool ret = Begin(temp_window_name, NULL, flags);+    g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size;++    ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow;+    child_window->ChildId = id;+    child_window->AutoFitChildAxises = (ImS8)auto_fit_axises;++    // Set the cursor to handle case where the user called SetNextWindowPos()+BeginChild() manually.+    // While this is not really documented/defined, it seems that the expected thing to do.+    if (child_window->BeginCount == 1)+        parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos;++    // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame+    // Can enter a child if (A) it has navigatable items or (B) it can be scrolled.+    const ImGuiID temp_id_for_activation = ImHashStr("##Child", 0, id);+    if (g.ActiveId == temp_id_for_activation)+        ClearActiveID();+    if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY))+    {+        FocusWindow(child_window);+        NavInitWindow(child_window, false);+        SetActiveID(temp_id_for_activation, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with another arbitrary id so that key-press won't activate child item+        g.ActiveIdSource = g.NavInputSource;+    }+    return ret;+}++bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();+    return BeginChildEx(str_id, window->GetID(str_id), size_arg, border, extra_flags);+}++bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)+{+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);+    return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, border, extra_flags);+}++void ImGui::EndChild()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;++    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false);+    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow);   // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() calls++    g.WithinEndChild = true;+    if (window->BeginCount > 1)+    {+        End();+    }+    else+    {+        ImVec2 sz = window->Size;+        if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X)) // Arbitrary minimum zero-ish child size of 4.0f causes less trouble than a 0.0f+            sz.x = ImMax(4.0f, sz.x);+        if (window->AutoFitChildAxises & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y))+            sz.y = ImMax(4.0f, sz.y);+        End();++        ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;+        ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + sz);+        ItemSize(sz);+        if ((window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened))+        {+            ItemAdd(bb, window->ChildId);+            RenderNavHighlight(bb, window->ChildId);++            // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child (pass g.NavId to trick into always displaying)+            if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0 && window == g.NavWindow)+                RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2, 2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2, 2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin);+        }+        else+        {+            // Not navigable into+            ItemAdd(bb, 0);++            // But when flattened we directly reach items, adjust active layer mask accordingly+            if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)+                parent_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext;+        }+        if (g.HoveredWindow == window)+            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;+    }+    g.WithinEndChild = false;+    g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return+}++// Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame.+bool ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;+    PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]);+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding);+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize);+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding);+    bool ret = BeginChild(id, size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | extra_flags);+    PopStyleVar(3);+    PopStyleColor();+    return ret;+}++void ImGui::EndChildFrame()+{+    EndChild();+}++static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled)+{+    window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags       & ~flags);+    window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags      = enabled ? (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags      | flags) : (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags      & ~flags);+    window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & ~flags);+}++ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return (ImGuiWindow*)g.WindowsById.GetVoidPtr(id);+}++ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name)+{+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name);+    return FindWindowByID(id);+}++static void ApplyWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)+{+    window->Pos = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y));+    if (settings->Size.x > 0 && settings->Size.y > 0)+        window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y));+    window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed;+}++static void UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(ImGuiWindow* window, bool just_created, ImGuiWindowFlags new_flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    const bool new_is_explicit_child = (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && ((new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) == 0 || (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0);+    const bool child_flag_changed = new_is_explicit_child != window->IsExplicitChild;+    if ((just_created || child_flag_changed) && !new_is_explicit_child)+    {+        IM_ASSERT(!g.WindowsFocusOrder.contains(window));+        g.WindowsFocusOrder.push_back(window);+        window->FocusOrder = (short)(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1);+    }+    else if (!just_created && child_flag_changed && new_is_explicit_child)+    {+        IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[window->FocusOrder] == window);+        for (int n = window->FocusOrder + 1; n < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size; n++)+            g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--;+        g.WindowsFocusOrder.erase(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Data + window->FocusOrder);+        window->FocusOrder = -1;+    }+    window->IsExplicitChild = new_is_explicit_child;+}++static void InitOrLoadWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)+{+    // Initial window state with e.g. default/arbitrary window position+    // Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window.+    const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();+    window->Pos = main_viewport->Pos + ImVec2(60, 60);+    window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing;++    if (settings != NULL)+    {+        SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false);+        ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings);+    }+    window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcWindowContentSizes() doesn't return crazy values++    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)+    {+        window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;+        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;+    }+    else+    {+        if (window->Size.x <= 0.0f)+            window->AutoFitFramesX = 2;+        if (window->Size.y <= 0.0f)+            window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;+        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0);+    }+}++static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)+{+    // Create window the first time+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags);+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name);+    window->Flags = flags;+    g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window);++    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = NULL;+    if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))+        if ((settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window)) != 0)+            window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings);++    InitOrLoadWindowSettings(window, settings);++    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)+        g.Windows.push_front(window); // Quite slow but rare and only once+    else+        g.Windows.push_back(window);++    return window;+}++static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_desired)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImVec2 new_size = size_desired;+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)+    {+        // Using -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size.+        ImRect cr = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect;+        new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.x, cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x;+        new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.y, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y;+        if (g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback)+        {+            ImGuiSizeCallbackData data;+            data.UserData = g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData;+            data.Pos = window->Pos;+            data.CurrentSize = window->SizeFull;+            data.DesiredSize = new_size;+            g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback(&data);+            new_size = data.DesiredSize;+        }+        new_size.x = IM_FLOOR(new_size.x);+        new_size.y = IM_FLOOR(new_size.y);+    }++    // Minimum size+    if (!(window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)))+    {+        ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = window;+        new_size = ImMax(new_size, g.Style.WindowMinSize);+        const float minimum_height = window_for_height->TitleBarHeight() + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight() + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f);+        new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, minimum_height); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows+    }+    return new_size;+}++static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_current, ImVec2* content_size_ideal)+{+    bool preserve_old_content_sizes = false;+    if (window->Collapsed && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)+        preserve_old_content_sizes = true;+    else if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)+        preserve_old_content_sizes = true;+    if (preserve_old_content_sizes)+    {+        *content_size_current = window->ContentSize;+        *content_size_ideal = window->ContentSizeIdeal;+        return;+    }++    content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);+    content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);+    content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);+    content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);+}++static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;+    const float decoration_w_without_scrollbars = window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2 - window->ScrollbarSizes.x;+    const float decoration_h_without_scrollbars = window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2 - window->ScrollbarSizes.y;+    ImVec2 size_pad = window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;+    ImVec2 size_desired = size_contents + size_pad + ImVec2(decoration_w_without_scrollbars, decoration_h_without_scrollbars);+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)+    {+        // Tooltip always resize+        return size_desired;+    }+    else+    {+        // Maximum window size is determined by the viewport size or monitor size+        const bool is_popup = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0;+        const bool is_menu = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0;+        ImVec2 size_min = style.WindowMinSize;+        if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups)+            size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f));++        ImVec2 avail_size = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->WorkSize;+        ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, ImMax(size_min, avail_size - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f));++        // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small),+        // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding.+        ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);+        bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - decoration_w_without_scrollbars < size_contents.x  && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar);+        bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - decoration_h_without_scrollbars < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar);+        if (will_have_scrollbar_x)+            size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize;+        if (will_have_scrollbar_y)+            size_auto_fit.x += style.ScrollbarSize;+        return size_auto_fit;+    }+}++ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    ImVec2 size_contents_current;+    ImVec2 size_contents_ideal;+    CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &size_contents_current, &size_contents_ideal);+    ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents_ideal);+    ImVec2 size_final = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);+    return size_final;+}++static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdx(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))+        return ImGuiCol_PopupBg;+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)+        return ImGuiCol_ChildBg;+    return ImGuiCol_WindowBg;+}++static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& corner_target, const ImVec2& corner_norm, ImVec2* out_pos, ImVec2* out_size)+{+    ImVec2 pos_min = ImLerp(corner_target, window->Pos, corner_norm);                // Expected window upper-left+    ImVec2 pos_max = ImLerp(window->Pos + window->Size, corner_target, corner_norm); // Expected window lower-right+    ImVec2 size_expected = pos_max - pos_min;+    ImVec2 size_constrained = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_expected);+    *out_pos = pos_min;+    if (corner_norm.x == 0.0f)+        out_pos->x -= (size_constrained.x - size_expected.x);+    if (corner_norm.y == 0.0f)+        out_pos->y -= (size_constrained.y - size_expected.y);+    *out_size = size_constrained;+}++// Data for resizing from corner+struct ImGuiResizeGripDef+{+    ImVec2  CornerPosN;+    ImVec2  InnerDir;+    int     AngleMin12, AngleMax12;+};+static const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] =+{+    { ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(-1, -1), 0, 3 },  // Lower-right+    { ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(+1, -1), 3, 6 },  // Lower-left+    { ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(+1, +1), 6, 9 },  // Upper-left (Unused)+    { ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(-1, +1), 9, 12 }  // Upper-right (Unused)+};++// Data for resizing from borders+struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef+{+    ImVec2 InnerDir;+    ImVec2 SegmentN1, SegmentN2;+    float  OuterAngle;+};+static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] =+{+    { ImVec2(+1, 0), ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(0, 0), IM_PI * 1.00f }, // Left+    { ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(1, 1), IM_PI * 0.00f }, // Right+    { ImVec2(0, +1), ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), IM_PI * 1.50f }, // Up+    { ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(0, 1), IM_PI * 0.50f }  // Down+};++static ImRect GetResizeBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_padding, float thickness)+{+    ImRect rect = window->Rect();+    if (thickness == 0.0f)+        rect.Max -= ImVec2(1, 1);+    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left)  { return ImRect(rect.Min.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding); }+    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) { return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness,    rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x + thickness,    rect.Max.y - perp_padding); }+    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up)    { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness);    }+    if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Down)  { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness,    rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y + thickness);    }+    IM_ASSERT(0);+    return ImRect();+}++// 0..3: corners (Lower-right, Lower-left, Unused, Unused)+ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n)+{+    IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < 4);+    ImGuiID id = window->ID;+    id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id);+    id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id);+    return id;+}++// Borders (Left, Right, Up, Down)+ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir)+{+    IM_ASSERT(dir >= 0 && dir < 4);+    int n = (int)dir + 4;+    ImGuiID id = window->ID;+    id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id);+    id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id);+    return id;+}++// Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad+// Return true when using auto-fit (double-click on resize grip)+static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;++    if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) || window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)+        return false;+    if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. a hidden implicit/fallback Debug window.+        return false;++    bool ret_auto_fit = false;+    const int resize_border_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 4 : 0;+    const float grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));+    const float grip_hover_inner_size = IM_FLOOR(grip_draw_size * 0.75f);+    const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING : 0.0f;++    ImRect clamp_rect = visibility_rect;+    const bool window_move_from_title_bar = g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar);+    if (window_move_from_title_bar)+        clamp_rect.Min.y -= window->TitleBarHeight();++    ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);+    ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);++    // Resize grips and borders are on layer 1+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;++    // Manual resize grips+    PushID("#RESIZE");+    for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)+    {+        const ImGuiResizeGripDef& def = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];+        const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, def.CornerPosN);++        // Using the FlattenChilds button flag we make the resize button accessible even if we are hovering over a child window+        bool hovered, held;+        ImRect resize_rect(corner - def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, corner + def.InnerDir * grip_hover_inner_size);+        if (resize_rect.Min.x > resize_rect.Max.x) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.x, resize_rect.Max.x);+        if (resize_rect.Min.y > resize_rect.Max.y) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.y, resize_rect.Max.y);+        ImGuiID resize_grip_id = window->GetID(resize_grip_n); // == GetWindowResizeCornerID()+        ItemAdd(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);+        ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);+        //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));+        if (hovered || held)+            g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE;++        if (held && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && resize_grip_n == 0)+        {+            // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking+            size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);+            ret_auto_fit = true;+            ClearActiveID();+        }+        else if (held)+        {+            // Resize from any of the four corners+            // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position+            ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 1.0f ? clamp_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, (def.CornerPosN.y == 1.0f || (def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f && window_move_from_title_bar)) ? clamp_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX);+            ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 0.0f ? clamp_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f ? clamp_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX);+            ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, def.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, def.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip+            corner_target = ImClamp(corner_target, clamp_min, clamp_max);+            CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, def.CornerPosN, &pos_target, &size_target);+        }++        // Only lower-left grip is visible before hovering/activating+        if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered)+            resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip);+    }+    for (int border_n = 0; border_n < resize_border_count; border_n++)+    {+        const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n];+        const ImGuiAxis axis = (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left || border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y;++        bool hovered, held;+        ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING);+        ImGuiID border_id = window->GetID(border_n + 4); // == GetWindowResizeBorderID()+        ItemAdd(border_rect, border_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);+        ButtonBehavior(border_rect, border_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);+        //GetForegroundDrawLists(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));+        if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held)+        {+            g.MouseCursor = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS;+            if (held)+                *border_held = border_n;+        }+        if (held)+        {+            ImVec2 clamp_min(border_n == ImGuiDir_Right ? clamp_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Down || (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up && window_move_from_title_bar) ? clamp_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX);+            ImVec2 clamp_max(border_n == ImGuiDir_Left ? clamp_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Up ? clamp_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX);+            ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos;+            border_target[axis] = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING;+            border_target = ImClamp(border_target, clamp_min, clamp_max);+            CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2), &pos_target, &size_target);+        }+    }+    PopID();++    // Restore nav layer+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;++    // Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad)+    // FIXME: This cannot be moved to NavUpdateWindowing() because CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint() need to callback into user.+    // Not even sure the callback works here.+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow == window)+    {+        ImVec2 nav_resize_dir;+        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && g.IO.KeyShift)+            nav_resize_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow);+        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)+            nav_resize_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown);+        if (nav_resize_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_dir.y != 0.0f)+        {+            const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f;+            const float resize_step = NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);+            g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize += nav_resize_dir * resize_step;+            g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImMax(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize, clamp_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); // We need Pos+Size >= clmap_rect.Min, so Size >= clmap_rect.Min - Pos, so size_delta >= clmap_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;+            g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;+            resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive);+            ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize);+            if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f)+            {+                // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck.+                size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + accum_floored);+                g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize -= accum_floored;+            }+        }+    }++    // Apply back modified position/size to window+    if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX)+    {+        window->SizeFull = size_target;+        MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);+    }+    if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX)+    {+        window->Pos = ImFloor(pos_target);+        MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);+    }++    window->Size = window->SizeFull;+    return ret_auto_fit;+}++static inline void ClampWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImVec2 size_for_clamping = window->Size;+    if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))+        size_for_clamping.y = window->TitleBarHeight();+    window->Pos = ImClamp(window->Pos, visibility_rect.Min - size_for_clamping, visibility_rect.Max);+}++static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    float rounding = window->WindowRounding;+    float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;+    if (border_size > 0.0f && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))+        window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size);++    int border_held = window->ResizeBorderHeld;+    if (border_held != -1)+    {+        const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_held];+        ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_held, rounding, 0.0f);+        window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, def.OuterAngle);+        window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f);+        window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), 0, ImMax(2.0f, border_size)); // Thicker than usual+    }+    if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))+    {+        float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight() - 1;+        window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), g.Style.FrameBorderSize);+    }+}++// Draw background and borders+// Draw and handle scrollbars+void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;++    // Ensure that ScrollBar doesn't read last frame's SkipItems+    IM_ASSERT(window->BeginCount == 0);+    window->SkipItems = false;++    // Draw window + handle manual resize+    // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame.+    const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding;+    const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;+    if (window->Collapsed)+    {+        // Title bar only+        const float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize;+        g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize;+        ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32((title_bar_is_highlight && !g.NavDisableHighlight) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed);+        RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, true, window_rounding);+        g.Style.FrameBorderSize = backup_border_size;+    }+    else+    {+        // Window background+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))+        {+            ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdx(window));+            bool override_alpha = false;+            float alpha = 1.0f;+            if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha)+            {+                alpha = g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal;+                override_alpha = true;+            }+            if (override_alpha)+                bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom);+        }++        // Title bar+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))+        {+            ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg);+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop);+        }++        // Menu bar+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)+        {+            ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();+            menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect());  // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them.+            window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min + ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), menu_bar_rect.Max - ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop);+            if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y)+                window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize);+        }++        // Scrollbars+        if (window->ScrollbarX)+            Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_X);+        if (window->ScrollbarY)+            Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_Y);++        // Render resize grips (after their input handling so we don't have a frame of latency)+        if (handle_borders_and_resize_grips && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))+        {+            for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)+            {+                const ImU32 col = resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n];+                if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)+                    continue;+                const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];+                const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN);+                window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size)));+                window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size)));+                window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12);+                window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(col);+            }+        }++        // Borders+        if (handle_borders_and_resize_grips)+            RenderWindowOuterBorders(window);+    }+}++// Render title text, collapse button, close button+void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;++    const bool has_close_button = (p_open != NULL);+    const bool has_collapse_button = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None);++    // Close & Collapse button are on the Menu NavLayer and don't default focus (unless there's nothing else on that layer)+    // FIXME-NAV: Might want (or not?) to set the equivalent of ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus so that mouse clicks on standard title bar items don't necessarily set nav/keyboard ref?+    const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = g.CurrentItemFlags;+    g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus;+    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;++    // Layout buttons+    // FIXME: Would be nice to generalize the subtleties expressed here into reusable code.+    float pad_l = style.FramePadding.x;+    float pad_r = style.FramePadding.x;+    float button_sz = g.FontSize;+    ImVec2 close_button_pos;+    ImVec2 collapse_button_pos;+    if (has_close_button)+    {+        close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);+        pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;+    }+    if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right)+    {+        collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);+        pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;+    }+    if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)+    {+        collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);+        pad_l += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;+    }++    // Collapse button (submitting first so it gets priority when choosing a navigation init fallback)+    if (has_collapse_button)+        if (CollapseButton(window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"), collapse_button_pos))+            window->WantCollapseToggle = true; // Defer actual collapsing to next frame as we are too far in the Begin() function++    // Close button+    if (has_close_button)+        if (CloseButton(window->GetID("#CLOSE"), close_button_pos))+            *p_open = false;++    window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;+    g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags_backup;++    // Title bar text (with: horizontal alignment, avoiding collapse/close button, optional "unsaved document" marker)+    // FIXME: Refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers, this is WAY too much messy code..+    const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? button_sz * 0.80f : 0.0f;+    const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true) + ImVec2(marker_size_x, 0.0f);++    // As a nice touch we try to ensure that centered title text doesn't get affected by visibility of Close/Collapse button,+    // while uncentered title text will still reach edges correctly.+    if (pad_l > style.FramePadding.x)+        pad_l += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;+    if (pad_r > style.FramePadding.x)+        pad_r += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;+    if (style.WindowTitleAlign.x > 0.0f && style.WindowTitleAlign.x < 1.0f)+    {+        float centerness = ImSaturate(1.0f - ImFabs(style.WindowTitleAlign.x - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // 0.0f on either edges, 1.0f on center+        float pad_extend = ImMin(ImMax(pad_l, pad_r), title_bar_rect.GetWidth() - pad_l - pad_r - text_size.x);+        pad_l = ImMax(pad_l, pad_extend * centerness);+        pad_r = ImMax(pad_r, pad_extend * centerness);+    }++    ImRect layout_r(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r, title_bar_rect.Max.y);+    ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, ImMin(layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, title_bar_rect.Max.x), layout_r.Max.y);+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument)+    {+        ImVec2 marker_pos;+        marker_pos.x = ImClamp(layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x + text_size.x, layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Max.x);+        marker_pos.y = (layout_r.Min.y + layout_r.Max.y) * 0.5f;+        if (marker_pos.x > layout_r.Min.x)+        {+            RenderBullet(window->DrawList, marker_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));+            clip_r.Max.x = ImMin(clip_r.Max.x, marker_pos.x - (int)(marker_size_x * 0.5f));+        }+    }+    //if (g.IO.KeyShift) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]+    //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]+    RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r);+}++void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window)+{+    window->ParentWindow = parent_window;+    window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowPopupTree = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForNav = window;+    if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))+        window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow;+    if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))+        window->RootWindowPopupTree = parent_window->RootWindowPopupTree;+    if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)))+        window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight;+    while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)+    {+        IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow != NULL);+        window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow;+    }+}++// When a modal popup is open, newly created windows that want focus (i.e. are not popups and do not specify ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing)+// should be positioned behind that modal window, unless the window was created inside the modal begin-stack.+// In case of multiple stacked modals newly created window honors begin stack order and does not go below its own modal parent.+// - WindowA            // FindBlockingModal() returns Modal1+//   - WindowB          //                  .. returns Modal1+//   - Modal1           //                  .. returns Modal2+//      - WindowC       //                  .. returns Modal2+//          - WindowD   //                  .. returns Modal2+//          - Modal2    //                  .. returns Modal2+//            - WindowE //                  .. returns NULL+// Notes:+// - FindBlockingModal(NULL) == NULL is generally equivalent to GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL.+//   Only difference is here we check for ->Active/WasActive but it may be unecessary.+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= 0)+        return NULL;++    // Find a modal that has common parent with specified window. Specified window should be positioned behind that modal.+    for (ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack)+    {+        ImGuiWindow* popup_window = popup_data.Window;+        if (popup_window == NULL || !(popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))+            continue;+        if (!popup_window->Active && !popup_window->WasActive)      // Check WasActive, because this code may run before popup renders on current frame, also check Active to handle newly created windows.+            continue;+        if (window == NULL)                                         // FindBlockingModal(NULL) test for if FocusWindow(NULL) is naturally possible via a mouse click.+            return popup_window;+        if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, popup_window))       // Window may be over modal+            continue;+        return popup_window;                                        // Place window right below first block modal+    }+    return NULL;+}++// Push a new Dear ImGui window to add widgets to.+// - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair.+// - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content.+// - The window name is used as a unique identifier to preserve window information across frames (and save rudimentary information to the .ini file).+//   You can use the "##" or "###" markers to use the same label with different id, or same id with different label. See documentation at the top of this file.+// - Return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. You always need to call ImGui::End() even if false is returned.+// - Passing 'bool* p_open' displays a Close button on the upper-right corner of the window, the pointed value will be set to false when the button is pressed.+bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;+    IM_ASSERT(name != NULL && name[0] != '\0');     // Window name required+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope);                  // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()+    IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount);   // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet++    // Find or create+    ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);+    const bool window_just_created = (window == NULL);+    if (window_just_created)+        window = CreateNewWindow(name, flags);++    // Automatically disable manual moving/resizing when NoInputs is set+    if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) == ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)+        flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize;++    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)+        IM_ASSERT(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow);++    const int current_frame = g.FrameCount;+    const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame);+    window->IsFallbackWindow = (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow);++    // Update the Appearing flag+    bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1);   // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)+    {+        ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];+        window_just_activated_by_user |= (window->PopupId != popup_ref.PopupId); // We recycle popups so treat window as activated if popup id changed+        window_just_activated_by_user |= (window != popup_ref.Window);+    }+    window->Appearing = window_just_activated_by_user;+    if (window->Appearing)+        SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true);++    // Update Flags, LastFrameActive, BeginOrderXXX fields+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)+    {+        UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(window, window_just_created, flags);+        window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags;+        window->LastFrameActive = current_frame;+        window->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time;+        window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0;+        window->BeginOrderWithinContext = (short)(g.WindowsActiveCount++);+    }+    else+    {+        flags = window->Flags;+    }++    // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window;+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow;+    IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow));++    // We allow window memory to be compacted so recreate the base stack when needed.+    if (window->IDStack.Size == 0)+        window->IDStack.push_back(window->ID);++    // Add to stack+    // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow()+    g.CurrentWindow = window;+    ImGuiWindowStackData window_stack_data;+    window_stack_data.Window = window;+    window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup = g.LastItemData;+    window_stack_data.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToContextState(&g);+    g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window_stack_data);+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)+        g.BeginMenuCount++;++    // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow)+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)+    {+        UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window);+        window->ParentWindowInBeginStack = parent_window_in_stack;+    }++    // Add to focus scope stack+    PushFocusScope(window->ID);+    window->NavRootFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;+    g.CurrentWindow = NULL;++    // Add to popup stack+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)+    {+        ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];+        popup_ref.Window = window;+        popup_ref.ParentNavLayer = parent_window_in_stack->DC.NavLayerCurrent;+        g.BeginPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);+        window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId;+    }++    // Process SetNextWindow***() calls+    // (FIXME: Consider splitting the HasXXX flags into X/Y components+    bool window_pos_set_by_api = false;+    bool window_size_x_set_by_api = false, window_size_y_set_by_api = false;+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos)+    {+        window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) != 0;+        if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal) > 0.00001f)+        {+            // May be processed on the next frame if this is our first frame and we are measuring size+            // FIXME: Look into removing the branch so everything can go through this same code path for consistency.+            window->SetWindowPosVal = g.NextWindowData.PosVal;+            window->SetWindowPosPivot = g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal;+            window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);+        }+        else+        {+            SetWindowPos(window, g.NextWindowData.PosVal, g.NextWindowData.PosCond);+        }+    }+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)+    {+        window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f);+        window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f);+        SetWindowSize(window, g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, g.NextWindowData.SizeCond);+    }+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll)+    {+        if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x >= 0.0f)+        {+            window->ScrollTarget.x = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x;+            window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;+        }+        if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y >= 0.0f)+        {+            window->ScrollTarget.y = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y;+            window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;+        }+    }+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize)+        window->ContentSizeExplicit = g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal;+    else if (first_begin_of_the_frame)+        window->ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed)+        SetWindowCollapsed(window, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond);+    if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus)+        FocusWindow(window);+    if (window->Appearing)+        SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, false);++    // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again)+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)+    {+        // Initialize+        const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345)+        const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0);+        window->Active = true;+        window->HasCloseButton = (p_open != NULL);+        window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX);+        window->IDStack.resize(1);+        window->DrawList->_ResetForNewFrame();+        window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = -1;++        // Restore buffer capacity when woken from a compacted state, to avoid+        if (window->MemoryCompacted)+            GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(window);++        // Update stored window name when it changes (which can _only_ happen with the "###" operator, so the ID would stay unchanged).+        // The title bar always display the 'name' parameter, so we only update the string storage if it needs to be visible to the end-user elsewhere.+        bool window_title_visible_elsewhere = false;+        if (g.NavWindowingListWindow != NULL && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) == 0)   // Window titles visible when using CTRL+TAB+            window_title_visible_elsewhere = true;+        if (window_title_visible_elsewhere && !window_just_created && strcmp(name, window->Name) != 0)+        {+            size_t buf_len = (size_t)window->NameBufLen;+            window->Name = ImStrdupcpy(window->Name, &buf_len, name);+            window->NameBufLen = (int)buf_len;+        }++        // UPDATE CONTENTS SIZE, UPDATE HIDDEN STATUS++        // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size)+        CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &window->ContentSize, &window->ContentSizeIdeal);+        if (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)+            window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems--;+        if (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)+            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems--;+        if (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0)+            window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly--;++        // Hide new windows for one frame until they calculate their size+        if (window_just_created && (!window_size_x_set_by_api || !window_size_y_set_by_api))+            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;++        // Hide popup/tooltip window when re-opening while we measure size (because we recycle the windows)+        // We reset Size/ContentSize for reappearing popups/tooltips early in this function, so further code won't be tempted to use the old size.+        if (window_just_activated_by_user && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0)+        {+            window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;+            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)+            {+                if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)+                    window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = 0.f;+                if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)+                    window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = 0.f;+                window->ContentSize = window->ContentSizeIdeal = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);+            }+        }++        // SELECT VIEWPORT+        // FIXME-VIEWPORT: In the docking/viewport branch, this is the point where we select the current viewport (which may affect the style)++        ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport();+        SetWindowViewport(window, viewport);+        SetCurrentWindow(window);++        // LOCK BORDER SIZE AND PADDING FOR THE FRAME (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)++        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)+            window->WindowBorderSize = style.ChildBorderSize;+        else+            window->WindowBorderSize = ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize;+        window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding;+        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f)+            window->WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? style.WindowPadding.y : 0.0f);++        // Lock menu offset so size calculation can use it as menu-bar windows need a minimum size.+        window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x);+        window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y;++        bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created;+        bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created;++        // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar+        // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse))+        {+            // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), so verify that we don't have items over the title bar.+            ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();+            if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2)+                window->WantCollapseToggle = true;+            if (window->WantCollapseToggle)+            {+                window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed;+                if (!window->Collapsed)+                    use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;+                MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);+            }+        }+        else+        {+            window->Collapsed = false;+        }+        window->WantCollapseToggle = false;++        // SIZE++        // Outer Decoration Sizes+        // (we need to clear ScrollbarSize immediatly as CalcWindowAutoFitSize() needs it and can be called from other locations).+        const ImVec2 scrollbar_sizes_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarSizes;+        window->DecoOuterSizeX1 = 0.0f;+        window->DecoOuterSizeX2 = 0.0f;+        window->DecoOuterSizeY1 = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight();+        window->DecoOuterSizeY2 = 0.0f;+        window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);++        // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize+        const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSizeIdeal);+        if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed)+        {+            // Using SetNextWindowSize() overrides ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize, so it can be used on tooltips/popups, etc.+            if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)+            {+                window->SizeFull.x = size_auto_fit.x;+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;+            }+            if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)+            {+                window->SizeFull.y = size_auto_fit.y;+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;+            }+        }+        else if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)+        {+            // Auto-fit may only grow window during the first few frames+            // We still process initial auto-fit on collapsed windows to get a window width, but otherwise don't honor ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize when collapsed.+            if (!window_size_x_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)+            {+                window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x;+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;+            }+            if (!window_size_y_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)+            {+                window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y;+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;+            }+            if (!window->Collapsed)+                MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);+        }++        // Apply minimum/maximum window size constraints and final size+        window->SizeFull = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull);+        window->Size = window->Collapsed && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull;++        // POSITION++        // Popup latch its initial position, will position itself when it appears next frame+        if (window_just_activated_by_user)+        {+            window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;+            if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && !window_pos_set_by_api) // FIXME: BeginPopup() could use SetNextWindowPos()+                window->Pos = g.BeginPopupStack.back().OpenPopupPos;+        }++        // Position child window+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)+        {+            IM_ASSERT(parent_window && parent_window->Active);+            window->BeginOrderWithinParent = (short)parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;+            parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(window);+            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)+                window->Pos = parent_window->DC.CursorPos;+        }++        const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0);+        if (window_pos_with_pivot)+            SetWindowPos(window, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->Size * window->SetWindowPosPivot, 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering)+        else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0)+            window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);+        else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize)+            window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);+        else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)+            window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);++        // Calculate the range of allowed position for that window (to be movable and visible past safe area padding)+        // When clamping to stay visible, we will enforce that window->Pos stays inside of visibility_rect.+        ImRect viewport_rect(viewport->GetMainRect());+        ImRect viewport_work_rect(viewport->GetWorkRect());+        ImVec2 visibility_padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding);+        ImRect visibility_rect(viewport_work_rect.Min + visibility_padding, viewport_work_rect.Max - visibility_padding);++        // Clamp position/size so window stays visible within its viewport or monitor+        // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing.+        if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))+            if (viewport_rect.GetWidth() > 0.0f && viewport_rect.GetHeight() > 0.0f)+                ClampWindowPos(window, visibility_rect);+        window->Pos = ImFloor(window->Pos);++        // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)+        // Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.+        window->WindowRounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildRounding : ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupRounding : style.WindowRounding;++        // For windows with title bar or menu bar, we clamp to FrameHeight(FontSize + FramePadding.y * 2.0f) to completely hide artifacts.+        //if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))+        //    window->WindowRounding = ImMin(window->WindowRounding, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);++        // Apply window focus (new and reactivated windows are moved to front)+        bool want_focus = false;+        if (window_just_activated_by_user && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing))+        {+            if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)+                want_focus = true;+            else if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) == 0)+                want_focus = true;+        }++        // [Test Engine] Register whole window in the item system (before submitting further decorations)+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE+        if (g.TestEngineHookItems)+        {+            IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size == 1);+            window->IDStack.Size = 0; // As window->IDStack[0] == window->ID here, make sure TestEngine doesn't erroneously see window as parent of itself.+            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->ID, window->Rect(), NULL);+            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->ID, window->Name, (g.HoveredWindow == window) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0);+            window->IDStack.Size = 1;+        }+#endif++        // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad+        int border_held = -1;+        ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {};+        const int resize_grip_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it.+        const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));+        if (!window->Collapsed)+            if (UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect))+                use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;+        window->ResizeBorderHeld = (signed char)border_held;++        // SCROLLBAR VISIBILITY++        // Update scrollbar visibility (based on the Size that was effective during last frame or the auto-resized Size).+        if (!window->Collapsed)+        {+            // When reading the current size we need to read it after size constraints have been applied.+            // Intentionally use previous frame values for InnerRect and ScrollbarSizes.+            // And when we use window->DecorationUp here it doesn't have ScrollbarSizes.y applied yet.+            ImVec2 avail_size_from_current_frame = ImVec2(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeFull.y - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2));+            ImVec2 avail_size_from_last_frame = window->InnerRect.GetSize() + scrollbar_sizes_from_last_frame;+            ImVec2 needed_size_from_last_frame = window_just_created ? ImVec2(0, 0) : window->ContentSize + window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;+            float size_x_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x ? avail_size_from_current_frame.x : avail_size_from_last_frame.x;+            float size_y_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y ? avail_size_from_current_frame.y : avail_size_from_last_frame.y;+            //bool scrollbar_y_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarY; // FIXME: May want to use that in the ScrollbarX expression? How many pros vs cons?+            window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar));+            window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar));+            if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY)+                window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);+            window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f);++            // Amend the partially filled window->DecorationXXX values.+            window->DecoOuterSizeX2 += window->ScrollbarSizes.x;+            window->DecoOuterSizeY2 += window->ScrollbarSizes.y;+        }++        // UPDATE RECTANGLES (1- THOSE NOT AFFECTED BY SCROLLING)+        // Update various regions. Variables they depend on should be set above in this function.+        // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our rectangles doesn't lag by a frame.++        // Outer rectangle+        // Not affected by window border size. Used by:+        // - FindHoveredWindow() (w/ extra padding when border resize is enabled)+        // - Begin() initial clipping rect for drawing window background and borders.+        // - Begin() clipping whole child+        const ImRect host_rect = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) ? parent_window->ClipRect : viewport_rect;+        const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect();+        const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();+        window->OuterRectClipped = outer_rect;+        window->OuterRectClipped.ClipWith(host_rect);++        // Inner rectangle+        // Not affected by window border size. Used by:+        // - InnerClipRect+        // - ScrollToRectEx()+        // - NavUpdatePageUpPageDown()+        // - Scrollbar()+        window->InnerRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1;+        window->InnerRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1;+        window->InnerRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->DecoOuterSizeX2;+        window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->DecoOuterSizeY2;++        // Inner clipping rectangle.+        // Will extend a little bit outside the normal work region.+        // This is to allow e.g. Selectable or CollapsingHeader or some separators to cover that space.+        // Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result.+        // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with an inverted (~null) clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior.+        // Affected by window/frame border size. Used by:+        // - Begin() initial clip rect+        float top_border_size = (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize);+        window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize));+        window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size);+        window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.x - ImMax(ImFloor(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize));+        window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImFloor(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize);+        window->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_rect);++        // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes+        if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))+            window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(window->Size.x * 0.65f);+        else+            window->ItemWidthDefault = ImFloor(g.FontSize * 16.0f);++        // SCROLLING++        // Lock down maximum scrolling+        // The value of ScrollMax are ahead from ScrollbarX/ScrollbarY which is intentionally using InnerRect from previous rect in order to accommodate+        // for right/bottom aligned items without creating a scrollbar.+        window->ScrollMax.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetWidth());+        window->ScrollMax.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetHeight());++        // Apply scrolling+        window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);+        window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);+        window->DecoInnerSizeX1 = window->DecoInnerSizeY1 = 0.0f;++        // DRAWING++        // Setup draw list and outer clipping rectangle+        IM_ASSERT(window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && window->DrawList->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0);+        window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);+        PushClipRect(host_rect.Min, host_rect.Max, false);++        // Child windows can render their decoration (bg color, border, scrollbars, etc.) within their parent to save a draw call (since 1.71)+        // When using overlapping child windows, this will break the assumption that child z-order is mapped to submission order.+        // FIXME: User code may rely on explicit sorting of overlapping child window and would need to disable this somehow. Please get in contact if you are affected (github #4493)+        {+            bool render_decorations_in_parent = false;+            if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip)+            {+                // - We test overlap with the previous child window only (testing all would end up being O(log N) not a good investment here)+                // - We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping childs+                ImGuiWindow* previous_child = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size >= 2 ? parent_window->DC.ChildWindows[parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size - 2] : NULL;+                bool previous_child_overlapping = previous_child ? previous_child->Rect().Overlaps(window->Rect()) : false;+                bool parent_is_empty = (parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size == 0);+                if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && !parent_is_empty && !previous_child_overlapping)+                    render_decorations_in_parent = true;+            }+            if (render_decorations_in_parent)+                window->DrawList = parent_window->DrawList;++            // Handle title bar, scrollbar, resize grips and resize borders+            const ImGuiWindow* window_to_highlight = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget : g.NavWindow;+            const bool title_bar_is_highlight = want_focus || (window_to_highlight && window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == window_to_highlight->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight);+            const bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips = true; // This exists to facilitate merge with 'docking' branch.+            RenderWindowDecorations(window, title_bar_rect, title_bar_is_highlight, handle_borders_and_resize_grips, resize_grip_count, resize_grip_col, resize_grip_draw_size);++            if (render_decorations_in_parent)+                window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst;+        }++        // UPDATE RECTANGLES (2- THOSE AFFECTED BY SCROLLING)++        // Work rectangle.+        // Affected by window padding and border size. Used by:+        // - Columns() for right-most edge+        // - TreeNode(), CollapsingHeader() for right-most edge+        // - BeginTabBar() for right-most edge+        const bool allow_scrollbar_x = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);+        const bool allow_scrollbar_y = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);+        const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2)));+        const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2)));+        window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize));+        window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize));+        window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Min.x + work_rect_size_x;+        window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->WorkRect.Min.y + work_rect_size_y;+        window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect;++        // [LEGACY] Content Region+        // FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it.+        // Unless explicit content size is specified by user, this currently represent the region leading to no scrolling.+        // Used by:+        // - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things+        window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1;+        window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1;+        window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2)));+        window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2)));++        // Setup drawing context+        // (NB: That term "drawing context / DC" lost its meaning a long time ago. Initially was meant to hold transient data only. Nowadays difference between window-> and window->DC-> is dubious.)+        window->DC.Indent.x = window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x;+        window->DC.GroupOffset.x = 0.0f;+        window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f;++        // Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos which can happen due to really large scrolling amount.+        // This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. Easy and cheap, next best thing compared to switching everything to double or ImU64.+        double start_pos_highp_x = (double)window->Pos.x + window->WindowPadding.x - (double)window->Scroll.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;+        double start_pos_highp_y = (double)window->Pos.y + window->WindowPadding.y - (double)window->Scroll.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1;+        window->DC.CursorStartPos  = ImVec2((float)start_pos_highp_x, (float)start_pos_highp_y);+        window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness = ImVec2((float)(start_pos_highp_x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x), (float)(start_pos_highp_y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y));+        window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;+        window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos;+        window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;+        window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;+        window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);+        window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;+        window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false;++        window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;+        window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext;+        window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = 0x00;+        window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = true;+        window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false;+        window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f);++        window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;+        window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user);+        window->DC.TreeDepth = 0;+        window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00;+        window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0);+        window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage;+        window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL;+        window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;+        window->DC.ParentLayoutType = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.LayoutType : ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;++        window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault;+        window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled+        window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0);+        window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0);++        if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)+            window->AutoFitFramesX--;+        if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)+            window->AutoFitFramesY--;++        // Apply focus (we need to call FocusWindow() AFTER setting DC.CursorStartPos so our initial navigation reference rectangle can start around there)+        // We ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal to:+        // - Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of a modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed.+        // - Position window behind the modal that is not a begin-parent of this window.+        if (want_focus)+            FocusWindow(window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal);+        if (want_focus && window == g.NavWindow)+            NavInitWindow(window, false); // <-- this is in the way for us to be able to defer and sort reappearing FocusWindow() calls++        // Title bar+        if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))+            RenderWindowTitleBarContents(window, ImRect(title_bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Max.y), name, p_open);++        // Clear hit test shape every frame+        window->HitTestHoleSize.x = window->HitTestHoleSize.y = 0;++        // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard+        // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope.+        // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element?+        /*+        //if (g.NavWindow == window && g.ActiveId == 0)+        if (g.ActiveId == window->MoveId)+            if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C))+                LogToClipboard();+        */++        // We fill last item data based on Title Bar/Tab, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin().+        // This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc.+        SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, title_bar_rect);++        // [DEBUG]+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS+        if (g.DebugLocateId != 0 && (window->ID == g.DebugLocateId || window->MoveId == g.DebugLocateId))+            DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem();+#endif++        // [Test Engine] Register title bar / tab with MoveId.+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE+        if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))+            IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(g.LastItemData.ID, g.LastItemData.Rect, &g.LastItemData);+#endif+    }+    else+    {+        // Append+        SetCurrentWindow(window);+    }++    PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true);++    // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused)+    window->WriteAccessed = false;+    window->BeginCount++;+    g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags();++    // Update visibility+    if (first_begin_of_the_frame)+    {+        if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)+        {+            // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows.+            // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar).+            IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0);+            if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) // FIXME: Doesn't make sense for ChildWindow??+            {+                const bool nav_request = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (g.NavAnyRequest && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav);+                if (!g.LogEnabled && !nav_request)+                    if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y)+                        window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;+            }++            // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed+            if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0))+                window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;+            if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0))+                window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;+        }++        // Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point)+        if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f)+            window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;++        // Update the Hidden flag+        bool hidden_regular = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0);+        window->Hidden = hidden_regular || (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0);++        // Disable inputs for requested number of frames+        if (window->DisableInputsFrames > 0)+        {+            window->DisableInputsFrames--;+            window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs;+        }++        // Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required)+        bool skip_items = false;+        if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || hidden_regular)+            if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0)+                skip_items = true;+        window->SkipItems = skip_items;+    }++    // [DEBUG] io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue override return value to test Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors.+    // (The implicit fallback window is NOT automatically ended allowing it to always be able to receive commands without crashing)+    if (!window->IsFallbackWindow && ((g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce && window_just_created) || (g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop && g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth == g.CurrentWindowStack.Size)))+    {+        if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) { window->AutoFitFramesX++; }+        if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) { window->AutoFitFramesY++; }+        return false;+    }++    return !window->SkipItems;+}++void ImGui::End()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;++    // Error checking: verify that user hasn't called End() too many times!+    if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size <= 1 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow)+    {+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1, "Calling End() too many times!");+        return;+    }+    IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0);++    // Error checking: verify that user doesn't directly call End() on a child window.+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)+        IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.WithinEndChild, "Must call EndChild() and not End()!");++    // Close anything that is open+    if (window->DC.CurrentColumns)+        EndColumns();+    PopClipRect();   // Inner window clip rectangle+    PopFocusScope();++    // Stop logging+    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))    // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging+        LogFinish();++    if (window->DC.IsSetPos)+        ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries();++    // Pop from window stack+    g.LastItemData = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().ParentLastItemDataBackup;+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)+        g.BeginMenuCount--;+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)+        g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back();+    g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithContextState(&g);+    g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back();+    SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window);+}++void ImGui::BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow);++    const int cur_order = window->FocusOrder;+    IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[cur_order] == window);+    if (g.WindowsFocusOrder.back() == window)+        return;++    const int new_order = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1;+    for (int n = cur_order; n < new_order; n++)+    {+        g.WindowsFocusOrder[n] = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n + 1];+        g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--;+        IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder == n);+    }+    g.WindowsFocusOrder[new_order] = window;+    window->FocusOrder = (short)new_order;+}++void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* current_front_window = g.Windows.back();+    if (current_front_window == window || current_front_window->RootWindow == window) // Cheap early out (could be better)+        return;+    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the top-most window+        if (g.Windows[i] == window)+        {+            memmove(&g.Windows[i], &g.Windows[i + 1], (size_t)(g.Windows.Size - i - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*));+            g.Windows[g.Windows.Size - 1] = window;+            break;+        }+}++void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.Windows[0] == window)+        return;+    for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)+        if (g.Windows[i] == window)+        {+            memmove(&g.Windows[1], &g.Windows[0], (size_t)i * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*));+            g.Windows[0] = window;+            break;+        }+}++void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBehind(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* behind_window)+{+    IM_ASSERT(window != NULL && behind_window != NULL);+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    window = window->RootWindow;+    behind_window = behind_window->RootWindow;+    int pos_wnd = FindWindowDisplayIndex(window);+    int pos_beh = FindWindowDisplayIndex(behind_window);+    if (pos_wnd < pos_beh)+    {+        size_t copy_bytes = (pos_beh - pos_wnd - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*);+        memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd], &g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd + 1], copy_bytes);+        g.Windows[pos_beh - 1] = window;+    }+    else+    {+        size_t copy_bytes = (pos_wnd - pos_beh) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*);+        memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_beh + 1], &g.Windows.Data[pos_beh], copy_bytes);+        g.Windows[pos_beh] = window;+    }+}++int ImGui::FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.Windows.index_from_ptr(g.Windows.find(window));+}++// Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list)+void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    // Modal check?+    if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal) && (g.NavWindow != window)) // Early out in common case.+        if (ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window))+        {+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] FocusWindow(\"%s\", UnlessBelowModal): prevented by \"%s\".\n", window ? window->Name : "<NULL>", blocking_modal->Name);+            if (window && window == window->RootWindow && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0)+                BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, blocking_modal); // Still bring to right below modal.+            return;+        }++    // Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead.+    if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild) && window != NULL)+        window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window);++    // Apply focus+    if (g.NavWindow != window)+    {+        SetNavWindow(window);+        if (window && g.NavDisableMouseHover)+            g.NavMousePosDirty = true;+        g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId+        g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;+        g.NavFocusScopeId = window ? window->NavRootFocusScopeId : 0;+        g.NavIdIsAlive = false;++        // Close popups if any+        ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false);+    }++    // Move the root window to the top of the pile+    IM_ASSERT(window == NULL || window->RootWindow != NULL);+    ImGuiWindow* focus_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL; // NB: In docking branch this is window->RootWindowDockStop+    ImGuiWindow* display_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL;++    // Steal active widgets. Some of the cases it triggers includes:+    // - Focus a window while an InputText in another window is active, if focus happens before the old InputText can run.+    // - When using Nav to activate menu items (due to timing of activating on press->new window appears->losing ActiveId)+    if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != focus_front_window)+        if (!g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss)+            ClearActiveID();++    // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus+    if (!window)+        return;++    // Bring to front+    BringWindowToFocusFront(focus_front_window);+    if (((window->Flags | display_front_window->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0)+        BringWindowToDisplayFront(display_front_window);+}++void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_UNUSED(filter_viewport); // Unused in master branch.+    int start_idx = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1;+    if (under_this_window != NULL)+    {+        // Aim at root window behind us, if we are in a child window that's our own root (see #4640)+        int offset = -1;+        while (under_this_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)+        {+            under_this_window = under_this_window->ParentWindow;+            offset = 0;+        }+        start_idx = FindWindowFocusIndex(under_this_window) + offset;+    }+    for (int i = start_idx; i >= 0; i--)+    {+        // We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user.+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[i];+        IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow);+        if (window == ignore_window || !window->WasActive)+            continue;+        if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))+        {+            FocusWindow(window, flags);+            return;+        }+    }+    FocusWindow(NULL, flags);+}++// Important: this alone doesn't alter current ImDrawList state. This is called by PushFont/PopFont only.+void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded());    // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?+    IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f);+    g.Font = font;+    g.FontBaseSize = ImMax(1.0f, g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale);+    g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f;++    ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;+    g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel = atlas->TexUvWhitePixel;+    g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvLines = atlas->TexUvLines;+    g.DrawListSharedData.Font = g.Font;+    g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = g.FontSize;+}++void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (!font)+        font = GetDefaultFont();+    SetCurrentFont(font);+    g.FontStack.push_back(font);+    g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);+}++void  ImGui::PopFont()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID();+    g.FontStack.pop_back();+    SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? GetDefaultFont() : g.FontStack.back());+}++void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags;+    IM_ASSERT(item_flags == g.ItemFlagsStack.back());+    if (enabled)+        item_flags |= option;+    else+        item_flags &= ~option;+    g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags;+    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(item_flags);+}++void ImGui::PopItemFlag()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > 1); // Too many calls to PopItemFlag() - we always leave a 0 at the bottom of the stack.+    g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();+    g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();+}++// BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled()+// - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled)+// - Visually this is currently altering alpha, but it is expected that in a future styling system this would work differently.+// - Feedback welcome at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211+// - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it.+// - Optimized shortcuts instead of PushStyleVar() + PushItemFlag()+void ImGui::BeginDisabled(bool disabled)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;+    if (!was_disabled && disabled)+    {+        g.DisabledAlphaBackup = g.Style.Alpha;+        g.Style.Alpha *= g.Style.DisabledAlpha; // PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * g.Style.DisabledAlpha);+    }+    if (was_disabled || disabled)+        g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled;+    g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags);+    g.DisabledStackSize++;+}++void ImGui::EndDisabled()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize > 0);+    g.DisabledStackSize--;+    bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;+    //PopItemFlag();+    g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();+    g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();+    if (was_disabled && (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)+        g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup; //PopStyleVar();+}++void ImGui::PushTabStop(bool tab_stop)+{+    PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !tab_stop);+}++void ImGui::PopTabStop()+{+    PopItemFlag();+}++void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat)+{+    PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat);+}++void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat()+{+    PopItemFlag();+}++void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x)+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();+    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(window->DC.TextWrapPos);+    window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x;+}++void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();+    window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back();+    window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back();+}++static ImGuiWindow* GetCombinedRootWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool popup_hierarchy)+{+    ImGuiWindow* last_window = NULL;+    while (last_window != window)+    {+        last_window = window;+        window = window->RootWindow;+        if (popup_hierarchy)+            window = window->RootWindowPopupTree;+    }+    return window;+}++bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy)+{+    ImGuiWindow* window_root = GetCombinedRootWindow(window, popup_hierarchy);+    if (window_root == potential_parent)+        return true;+    while (window != NULL)+    {+        if (window == potential_parent)+            return true;+        if (window == window_root) // end of chain+            return false;+        window = window->ParentWindow;+    }+    return false;+}++bool ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent)+{+    if (window->RootWindow == potential_parent)+        return true;+    while (window != NULL)+    {+        if (window == potential_parent)+            return true;+        window = window->ParentWindowInBeginStack;+    }+    return false;+}++bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    // It would be saner to ensure that display layer is always reflected in the g.Windows[] order, which would likely requires altering all manipulations of that array+    const int display_layer_delta = GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_above) - GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_below);+    if (display_layer_delta != 0)+        return display_layer_delta > 0;++    for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)+    {+        ImGuiWindow* candidate_window = g.Windows[i];+        if (candidate_window == potential_above)+            return true;+        if (candidate_window == potential_below)+            return false;+    }+    return false;+}++bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)+{+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsWindowHovered) == 0 && "Invalid flags for IsWindowHovered()!");++    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.HoveredWindow;+    ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow;+    if (ref_window == NULL)+        return false;++    if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) == 0)+    {+        IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End()+        const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0;+        if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow)+            cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy);++        bool result;+        if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)+            result = IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy);+        else+            result = (ref_window == cur_window);+        if (!result)+            return false;+    }++    if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(ref_window, flags))+        return false;+    if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem))+        if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != ref_window->MoveId)+            return false;++    // When changing hovered window we requires a bit of stationary delay before activating hover timer.+    // FIXME: We don't support delay other than stationary one for now, other delay would need a way+    // to fullfill the possibility that multiple IsWindowHovered() with varying flag could return true+    // for different windows of the hierarchy. Possibly need a Hash(Current+Flags) ==> (Timer) cache.+    // We can implement this for _Stationary because the data is linked to HoveredWindow rather than CurrentWindow.+    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)+        flags |= g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse;+    if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary) != 0 && g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId != ref_window->ID)+        return false;++    return true;+}++bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.NavWindow;+    ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow;++    if (ref_window == NULL)+        return false;+    if (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)+        return true;++    IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End()+    const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0;+    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow)+        cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy);++    if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)+        return IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy);+    else+        return (ref_window == cur_window);+}++// Can we focus this window with CTRL+TAB (or PadMenu + PadFocusPrev/PadFocusNext)+// Note that NoNavFocus makes the window not reachable with CTRL+TAB but it can still be focused with mouse or programmatically.+// If you want a window to never be focused, you may use the e.g. NoInputs flag.+bool ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    return window->WasActive && window == window->RootWindow && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus);+}++float ImGui::GetWindowWidth()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;+    return window->Size.x;+}++float ImGui::GetWindowHeight()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;+    return window->Size.y;+}++ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowPos()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    return window->Pos;+}++void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)+{+    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time+    if (cond && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & cond) == 0)+        return;++    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.+    window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);+    window->SetWindowPosVal = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);++    // Set+    const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos;+    window->Pos = ImFloor(pos);+    ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos;+    if (offset.x == 0.0f && offset.y == 0.0f)+        return;+    MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);+    window->DC.CursorPos += offset;         // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos += offset;      // And more importantly we need to offset CursorMaxPos/CursorStartPos this so ContentSize calculation doesn't get affected.+    window->DC.IdealMaxPos += offset;+    window->DC.CursorStartPos += offset;+}++void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();+    SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);+}++void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)+{+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))+        SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);+}++ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowSize()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();+    return window->Size;+}++void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)+{+    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time+    if (cond && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & cond) == 0)+        return;++    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.+    window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);++    // Set+    ImVec2 old_size = window->SizeFull;+    window->AutoFitFramesX = (size.x <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0;+    window->AutoFitFramesY = (size.y <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0;+    if (size.x <= 0.0f)+        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;+    else+        window->SizeFull.x = IM_FLOOR(size.x);+    if (size.y <= 0.0f)+        window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;+    else+        window->SizeFull.y = IM_FLOOR(size.y);+    if (old_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || old_size.y != window->SizeFull.y)+        MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);+}++void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)+{+    SetWindowSize(GImGui->CurrentWindow, size, cond);+}++void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)+{+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))+        SetWindowSize(window, size, cond);+}++void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)+{+    // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time+    if (cond && (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & cond) == 0)+        return;+    window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);++    // Set+    window->Collapsed = collapsed;+}++void ImGui::SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size)+{+    IM_ASSERT(window->HitTestHoleSize.x == 0);     // We don't support multiple holes/hit test filters+    window->HitTestHoleSize = ImVec2ih(size);+    window->HitTestHoleOffset = ImVec2ih(pos - window->Pos);+}++void ImGui::SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    window->Hidden = window->SkipItems = true;+    window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;+}++void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)+{+    SetWindowCollapsed(GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond);+}++bool ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();+    return window->Collapsed;+}++bool ImGui::IsWindowAppearing()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();+    return window->Appearing;+}++void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)+{+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))+        SetWindowCollapsed(window, collapsed, cond);+}++void ImGui::SetWindowFocus()+{+    FocusWindow(GImGui->CurrentWindow);+}++void ImGui::SetWindowFocus(const char* name)+{+    if (name)+    {+        if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))+            FocusWindow(window);+    }+    else+    {+        FocusWindow(NULL);+    }+}++void ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond, const ImVec2& pivot)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos;+    g.NextWindowData.PosVal = pos;+    g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal = pivot;+    g.NextWindowData.PosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;+}++void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize;+    g.NextWindowData.SizeVal = size;+    g.NextWindowData.SizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;+}++void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint;+    g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect = ImRect(size_min, size_max);+    g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback = custom_callback;+    g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData = custom_callback_user_data;+}++// Content size = inner scrollable rectangle, padded with WindowPadding.+// SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(100,100) + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize will always allow submitting a 100x100 item.+void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize;+    g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImFloor(size);+}++void ImGui::SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll;+    g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal = scroll;+}++void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed;+    g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal = collapsed;+    g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;+}++void ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus;+}++void ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha;+    g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal = alpha;+}++ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();+    return window->DrawList;+}++ImFont* ImGui::GetFont()+{+    return GImGui->Font;+}++float ImGui::GetFontSize()+{+    return GImGui->FontSize;+}++ImVec2 ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel()+{+    return GImGui->DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel;+}++void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale)+{+    IM_ASSERT(scale > 0.0f);+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();+    window->FontWindowScale = scale;+    g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();+}++void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(id);+    g.CurrentFocusScopeId = id;+}++void ImGui::PopFocusScope()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(g.FocusScopeStack.Size > 0); // Too many PopFocusScope() ?+    g.FocusScopeStack.pop_back();+    g.CurrentFocusScopeId = g.FocusScopeStack.Size ? g.FocusScopeStack.back() : 0;+}++// Focus = move navigation cursor, set scrolling, set focus window.+void ImGui::FocusItem()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("FocusItem(0x%08x) in window \"%s\"\n", g.LastItemData.ID, window->Name);+    if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) // FIXME: Opt-in flags for this?+    {+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("FocusItem() ignored while DragDropActive!\n");+        return;+    }++    ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect;+    ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;+    SetNavWindow(window);+    NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, ImGuiDir_Up, move_flags, scroll_flags);+    NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal);+}++void ImGui::ActivateItemByID(ImGuiID id)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.NavNextActivateId = id;+    g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;+}++// Note: this will likely be called ActivateItem() once we rework our Focus/Activation system!+// But ActivateItem() should function without altering scroll/focus?+void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1);    // -1 is allowed but not below+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name);++    // It makes sense in the vast majority of cases to never interrupt a drag and drop.+    // When we refactor this function into ActivateItem() we may want to make this an option.+    // MovingWindow is protected from most user inputs using SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(), but+    // is also automatically dropped in the event g.ActiveId is stolen.+    if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL)+    {+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n");+        return;+    }++    SetNavWindow(window);++    ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi;+    ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;+    NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable.+    if (offset == -1)+    {+        NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal);+    }+    else+    {+        g.NavTabbingDir = 1;+        g.NavTabbingCounter = offset + 1;+    }+}++void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    if (!window->Appearing)+        return;+    if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResult.ID == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)+        return;++    g.NavInitRequest = false;+    NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavInitResult);+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();++    // Scroll could be done in NavInitRequestApplyResult() via an opt-in flag (we however don't want regular init requests to scroll)+    if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(g.LastItemData.Rect))+        ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.Rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_None);+}++void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree)+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;+    window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage;+}++ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;+    return window->DC.StateStorage;+}++void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);+}++void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);+}++void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(ptr_id);+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);+}++void ImGui::PushID(int int_id)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(int_id);+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);+}++// Push a given id value ignoring the ID stack as a seed.+void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)+        DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_ID, NULL, NULL);+    window->IDStack.push_back(id);+}++// Helper to avoid a common series of PushOverrideID -> GetID() -> PopID() call+// (note that when using this pattern, TestEngine's "Stack Tool" will tend to not display the intermediate stack level.+//  for that to work we would need to do PushOverrideID() -> ItemAdd() -> PopID() which would alter widget code a little more)+ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed)+{+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)+        DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end);+    return id;+}++ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(int n, ImGuiID seed)+{+    ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed);+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)+        DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL);+    return id;+}++void ImGui::PopID()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;+    IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // Too many PopID(), or could be popping in a wrong/different window?+    window->IDStack.pop_back();+}++ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id)+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;+    return window->GetID(str_id);+}++ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;+    return window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);+}++ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id)+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;+    return window->GetID(ptr_id);+}++bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size)+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;+    return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size));+}++bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max)+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;+    return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max));+}+++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] INPUTS+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// - GetKeyData() [Internal]+// - GetKeyIndex() [Internal]+// - GetKeyName()+// - GetKeyChordName() [Internal]+// - CalcTypematicRepeatAmount() [Internal]+// - GetTypematicRepeatRate() [Internal]+// - GetKeyPressedAmount() [Internal]+// - GetKeyMagnitude2d() [Internal]+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// - UpdateKeyRoutingTable() [Internal]+// - GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId() [Internal]+// - GetShortcutRoutingData() [Internal]+// - CalcRoutingScore() [Internal]+// - SetShortcutRouting() [Internal]+// - TestShortcutRouting() [Internal]+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// - IsKeyDown()+// - IsKeyPressed()+// - IsKeyReleased()+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// - IsMouseDown()+// - IsMouseClicked()+// - IsMouseReleased()+// - IsMouseDoubleClicked()+// - GetMouseClickedCount()+// - IsMouseHoveringRect() [Internal]+// - IsMouseDragPastThreshold() [Internal]+// - IsMouseDragging()+// - GetMousePos()+// - GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()+// - IsMousePosValid()+// - IsAnyMouseDown()+// - GetMouseDragDelta()+// - ResetMouseDragDelta()+// - GetMouseCursor()+// - SetMouseCursor()+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// - UpdateAliasKey()+// - GetMergedModsFromKeys()+// - UpdateKeyboardInputs()+// - UpdateMouseInputs()+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// - LockWheelingWindow [Internal]+// - FindBestWheelingWindow [Internal]+// - UpdateMouseWheel() [Internal]+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// - SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard()+// - SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// - GetInputSourceName() [Internal]+// - DebugPrintInputEvent() [Internal]+// - UpdateInputEvents() [Internal]+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// - GetKeyOwner() [Internal]+// - TestKeyOwner() [Internal]+// - SetKeyOwner() [Internal]+// - SetItemKeyOwner() [Internal]+// - Shortcut() [Internal]+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++ImGuiKeyData* ImGui::GetKeyData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;++    // Special storage location for mods+    if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_)+        key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ctx, key);++#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO+    IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END);+    if (IsLegacyKey(key) && g.IO.KeyMap[key] != -1)+        key = (ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key];  // Remap native->imgui or imgui->native+#else+    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend & user code.");+#endif+    return &g.IO.KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET];+}++#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO+ImGuiKey ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key));+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);+    return (ImGuiKey)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData);+}+#endif++// Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared.+static const char* const GKeyNames[] =+{+    "Tab", "LeftArrow", "RightArrow", "UpArrow", "DownArrow", "PageUp", "PageDown",+    "Home", "End", "Insert", "Delete", "Backspace", "Space", "Enter", "Escape",+    "LeftCtrl", "LeftShift", "LeftAlt", "LeftSuper", "RightCtrl", "RightShift", "RightAlt", "RightSuper", "Menu",+    "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A", "B", "C", "D", "E", "F", "G", "H",+    "I", "J", "K", "L", "M", "N", "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S", "T", "U", "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z",+    "F1", "F2", "F3", "F4", "F5", "F6", "F7", "F8", "F9", "F10", "F11", "F12",+    "Apostrophe", "Comma", "Minus", "Period", "Slash", "Semicolon", "Equal", "LeftBracket",+    "Backslash", "RightBracket", "GraveAccent", "CapsLock", "ScrollLock", "NumLock", "PrintScreen",+    "Pause", "Keypad0", "Keypad1", "Keypad2", "Keypad3", "Keypad4", "Keypad5", "Keypad6",+    "Keypad7", "Keypad8", "Keypad9", "KeypadDecimal", "KeypadDivide", "KeypadMultiply",+    "KeypadSubtract", "KeypadAdd", "KeypadEnter", "KeypadEqual",+    "GamepadStart", "GamepadBack",+    "GamepadFaceLeft", "GamepadFaceRight", "GamepadFaceUp", "GamepadFaceDown",+    "GamepadDpadLeft", "GamepadDpadRight", "GamepadDpadUp", "GamepadDpadDown",+    "GamepadL1", "GamepadR1", "GamepadL2", "GamepadR2", "GamepadL3", "GamepadR3",+    "GamepadLStickLeft", "GamepadLStickRight", "GamepadLStickUp", "GamepadLStickDown",+    "GamepadRStickLeft", "GamepadRStickRight", "GamepadRStickUp", "GamepadRStickDown",+    "MouseLeft", "MouseRight", "MouseMiddle", "MouseX1", "MouseX2", "MouseWheelX", "MouseWheelY",+    "ModCtrl", "ModShift", "ModAlt", "ModSuper", // ReservedForModXXX are showing the ModXXX names.+};+IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT == IM_ARRAYSIZE(GKeyNames));++const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO+    IM_ASSERT((IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key) || key == ImGuiKey_None) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code.");+#else+    if (IsLegacyKey(key))+    {+        if (g.IO.KeyMap[key] == -1)+            return "N/A";+        IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey((ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key]));+        key = (ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key];+    }+#endif+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None)+        return "None";+    if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_)+        key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(&g, key);+    if (!IsNamedKey(key))+        return "Unknown";++    return GKeyNames[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN];+}++// ImGuiMod_Shortcut is translated to either Ctrl or Super.+void ImGui::GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, char* out_buf, int out_buf_size)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut)+        key_chord = ConvertShortcutMod(key_chord);+    ImFormatString(out_buf, (size_t)out_buf_size, "%s%s%s%s%s",+        (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) ? "Ctrl+" : "",+        (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift) ? "Shift+" : "",+        (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt) ? "Alt+" : "",+        (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) ? (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? "Cmd+" : "Super+") : "",+        GetKeyName((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_)));+}++// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime)+// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time)+// An event is triggered at:+//  t = 0.0f     t = repeat_delay,    t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N+int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)+{+    if (t1 == 0.0f)+        return 1;+    if (t0 >= t1)+        return 0;+    if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f)+        return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay);+    const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);+    const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);+    const int count = count_t1 - count_t0;+    return count;+}++void ImGui::GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    switch (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_)+    {+    case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove:             *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f; return;+    case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak:            *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f; return;+    case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault: default:    *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.00f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 1.00f; return;+    }+}++// Return value representing the number of presses in the last time period, for the given repeat rate+// (most often returns 0 or 1. The result is generally only >1 when RepeatRate is smaller than DeltaTime, aka large DeltaTime or fast RepeatRate)+int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);+    if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership)+        return 0;+    const float t = key_data->DownDuration;+    return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate);+}++// Return 2D vector representing the combination of four cardinal direction, with analog value support (for e.g. ImGuiKey_GamepadLStick* values).+ImVec2 ImGui::GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down)+{+    return ImVec2(+        GetKeyData(key_right)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_left)->AnalogValue,+        GetKeyData(key_down)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_up)->AnalogValue);+}++// Rewrite routing data buffers to strip old entries + sort by key to make queries not touch scattered data.+//   Entries   D,A,B,B,A,C,B     --> A,A,B,B,B,C,D+//   Index     A:1 B:2 C:5 D:0   --> A:0 B:2 C:5 D:6+// See 'Metrics->Key Owners & Shortcut Routing' to visualize the result of that operation.+static void ImGui::UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    rt->EntriesNext.resize(0);+    for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))+    {+        const int new_routing_start_idx = rt->EntriesNext.Size;+        ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_entry;+        for (int old_routing_idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; old_routing_idx != -1; old_routing_idx = routing_entry->NextEntryIndex)+        {+            routing_entry = &rt->Entries[old_routing_idx];+            routing_entry->RoutingCurr = routing_entry->RoutingNext; // Update entry+            routing_entry->RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None;+            routing_entry->RoutingNextScore = 255;+            if (routing_entry->RoutingCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None)+                continue;+            rt->EntriesNext.push_back(*routing_entry); // Write alive ones into new buffer++            // Apply routing to owner if there's no owner already (RoutingCurr == None at this point)+            if (routing_entry->Mods == g.IO.KeyMods)+            {+                ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);+                if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None)+                    owner_data->OwnerCurr = routing_entry->RoutingCurr;+            }+        }++        // Rewrite linked-list+        rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN] = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)(new_routing_start_idx < rt->EntriesNext.Size ? new_routing_start_idx : -1);+        for (int n = new_routing_start_idx; n < rt->EntriesNext.Size; n++)+            rt->EntriesNext[n].NextEntryIndex = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)((n + 1 < rt->EntriesNext.Size) ? n + 1 : -1);+    }+    rt->Entries.swap(rt->EntriesNext); // Swap new and old indexes+}++// owner_id may be None/Any, but routing_id needs to be always be set, so we default to GetCurrentFocusScope().+static inline ImGuiID GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(ImGuiID owner_id)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_None && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) ? owner_id : g.CurrentFocusScopeId;+}++ImGuiKeyRoutingData* ImGui::GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)+{+    // Majority of shortcuts will be Key + any number of Mods+    // We accept _Single_ mod with ImGuiKey_None.+    //  - Shortcut(ImGuiKey_S | ImGuiMod_Ctrl);                    // Legal+    //  - Shortcut(ImGuiKey_S | ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift);   // Legal+    //  - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl);                                 // Legal+    //  - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift);                // Not legal+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable;+    ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data;+    if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut)+        key_chord = ConvertShortcutMod(key_chord);+    ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);+    ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_);+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None)+        key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(&g, mods);+    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key));++    // Get (in the majority of case, the linked list will have one element so this should be 2 reads.+    // Subsequent elements will be contiguous in memory as list is sorted/rebuilt in NewFrame).+    for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex)+    {+        routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx];+        if (routing_data->Mods == mods)+            return routing_data;+    }++    // Add to linked-list+    ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex routing_data_idx = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)rt->Entries.Size;+    rt->Entries.push_back(ImGuiKeyRoutingData());+    routing_data = &rt->Entries[routing_data_idx];+    routing_data->Mods = (ImU16)mods;+    routing_data->NextEntryIndex = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; // Setup linked list+    rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN] = routing_data_idx;+    return routing_data;+}++// Current score encoding (lower is highest priority):+//  -   0: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh+//  -   1: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if item active)+//  -   2: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal+//  -  3+: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if window in focus-stack)+//  - 254: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow+//  - 255: never route+// 'flags' should include an explicit routing policy+static int CalcRoutingScore(ImGuiWindow* location, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)+{+    if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused)+    {+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+        ImGuiWindow* focused = g.NavWindow;++        // ActiveID gets top priority+        // (we don't check g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeys here. Routing is applied but if input ownership is tested later it may discard it)+        if (owner_id != 0 && g.ActiveId == owner_id)+            return 1;++        // Score based on distance to focused window (lower is better)+        // Assuming both windows are submitting a routing request,+        // - When Window....... is focused -> Window scores 3 (best), Window/ChildB scores 255 (no match)+        // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4,        Window/ChildB scores 3 (best)+        // Assuming only WindowA is submitting a routing request,+        // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4 (best), Window/ChildB doesn't have a score.+        if (focused != NULL && focused->RootWindow == location->RootWindow)+            for (int next_score = 3; focused != NULL; next_score++)+            {+                if (focused == location)+                {+                    IM_ASSERT(next_score < 255);+                    return next_score;+                }+                focused = (focused->RootWindow != focused) ? focused->ParentWindow : NULL; // FIXME: This could be later abstracted as a focus path+            }+        return 255;+    }++    // ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh is default, so calls without flags are not conditional+    if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal)+        return 2;+    if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow)+        return 254;+    return 0;+}++// Request a desired route for an input chord (key + mods).+// Return true if the route is available this frame.+// - Routes and key ownership are attributed at the beginning of next frame based on best score and mod state.+//   (Conceptually this does a "Submit for next frame" + "Test for current frame".+//   As such, it could be called TrySetXXX or SubmitXXX, or the Submit and Test operations should be separate.)+// - Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0': auto-assign an owner based on current focus scope (each window has its focus scope by default)+// - Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_None': allows disabling/locking a shortcut.+bool ImGui::SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0)+        flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh; // IMPORTANT: This is the default for SetShortcutRouting() but NOT Shortcut()+    else+        IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_)); // Check that only 1 routing flag is used++    if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused)+        if (g.NavWindow == NULL)+            return false;+    if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways)+        return true;++    const int score = CalcRoutingScore(g.CurrentWindow, owner_id, flags);+    if (score == 255)+        return false;++    // Submit routing for NEXT frame (assuming score is sufficient)+    // FIXME: Could expose a way to use a "serve last" policy for same score resolution (using <= instead of <).+    ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord);+    const ImGuiID routing_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id);+    //const bool set_route = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_ServeLast) ? (score <= routing_data->RoutingNextScore) : (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore);+    if (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore)+    {+        routing_data->RoutingNext = routing_id;+        routing_data->RoutingNextScore = (ImU8)score;+    }++    // Return routing state for CURRENT frame+    return routing_data->RoutingCurr == routing_id;+}++// Currently unused by core (but used by tests)+// Note: this cannot be turned into GetShortcutRouting() because we do the owner_id->routing_id translation, name would be more misleading.+bool ImGui::TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id)+{+    const ImGuiID routing_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id);+    ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord); // FIXME: Could avoid creating entry.+    return routing_data->RoutingCurr == routing_id;+}++// Note that Dear ImGui doesn't know the meaning/semantic of ImGuiKey from 0..511: they are legacy native keycodes.+// Consider transitioning from 'IsKeyDown(MY_ENGINE_KEY_A)' (<1.87) to IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_A) (>= 1.87)+bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key)+{+    return IsKeyDown(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);+}++bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id)+{+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);+    if (!key_data->Down)+        return false;+    if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id))+        return false;+    return true;+}++bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat)+{+    return IsKeyPressed(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None);+}++// Important: unless legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) which DEFAULT to repeat, this requires EXPLICIT repeat.+bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)+{+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);+    if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership)+        return false;+    const float t = key_data->DownDuration;+    if (t < 0.0f)+        return false;+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!++    bool pressed = (t == 0.0f);+    if (!pressed && ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0))+    {+        float repeat_delay, repeat_rate;+        GetTypematicRepeatRate(flags, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate);+        pressed = (t > repeat_delay) && GetKeyPressedAmount(key, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) > 0;+    }+    if (!pressed)+        return false;+    if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id))+        return false;+    return true;+}++bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key)+{+    return IsKeyReleased(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);+}++bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id)+{+    const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);+    if (key_data->DownDurationPrev < 0.0f || key_data->Down)+        return false;+    if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id))+        return false;+    return true;+}++bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));+    return g.IO.MouseDown[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); // should be same as IsKeyDown(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any), but this allows legacy code hijacking the io.Mousedown[] array.+}++bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));+    return g.IO.MouseDown[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); // Should be same as IsKeyDown(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id), but this allows legacy code hijacking the io.Mousedown[] array.+}++bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat)+{+    return IsMouseClicked(button, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None);+}++bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));+    if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership)+        return false;+    const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button];+    if (t < 0.0f)+        return false;+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!++    const bool repeat = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0;+    const bool pressed = (t == 0.0f) || (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay && CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0);+    if (!pressed)+        return false;++    if (!TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id))+        return false;++    return true;+}++bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));+    return g.IO.MouseReleased[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); // Should be same as IsKeyReleased(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)+}++bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));+    return g.IO.MouseReleased[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); // Should be same as IsKeyReleased(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id)+}++bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));+    return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);+}++int ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));+    return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button];+}++// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle+// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting+// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding)+bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    // Clip+    ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max);+    if (clip)+        rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect);++    // Expand for touch input+    const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding);+    if (!rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos))+        return false;+    return true;+}++// Return if a mouse click/drag went past the given threshold. Valid to call during the MouseReleased frame.+// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed+bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));+    if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)+        lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;+    return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold;+}++bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));+    if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button])+        return false;+    return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold);+}++ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.IO.MousePos;+}++// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed!+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0)+        return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1].OpenMousePos;+    return g.IO.MousePos;+}++// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position.+bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos)+{+    // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis.+    // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions).+    IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL);+    const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f;+    ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos;+    return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID;+}++// [WILL OBSOLETE] This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid.+bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++)+        if (g.IO.MouseDown[n])+            return true;+    return false;+}++// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released.+// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once.+// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). backends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window.+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));+    if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)+        lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;+    if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button])+        if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold)+            if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]))+                return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button];+    return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);+}++void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));+    // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr+    g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos;+}++// Get desired mouse cursor shape.+// Important: this is meant to be used by a platform backend, it is reset in ImGui::NewFrame(),+// updated during the frame, and locked in EndFrame()/Render().+// If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor then Dear ImGui will render those for you+ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.MouseCursor;+}++void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.MouseCursor = cursor_type;+}++static void UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey key, bool v, float analog_value)+{+    IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsAliasKey(key));+    ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(key);+    key_data->Down = v;+    key_data->AnalogValue = analog_value;+}++// [Internal] Do not use directly+static ImGuiKeyChord GetMergedModsFromKeys()+{+    ImGuiKeyChord mods = 0;+    if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Ctrl))     { mods |= ImGuiMod_Ctrl; }+    if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Shift))    { mods |= ImGuiMod_Shift; }+    if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Alt))      { mods |= ImGuiMod_Alt; }+    if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Super))    { mods |= ImGuiMod_Super; }+    return mods;+}++static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;++    // Import legacy keys or verify they are not used+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO+    if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0)+    {+        // Backend used new io.AddKeyEvent() API: Good! Verify that old arrays are never written to externally.+        for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)+            IM_ASSERT((io.KeysDown[n] == false || IsKeyDown((ImGuiKey)n)) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");+    }+    else+    {+        if (g.FrameCount == 0)+            for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)+                IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend is not allowed to write to io.KeyMap[0..511]!");++        // Build reverse KeyMap (Named -> Legacy)+        for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++)+            if (io.KeyMap[n] != -1)+            {+                IM_ASSERT(IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[n]));+                io.KeyMap[io.KeyMap[n]] = n;+            }++        // Import legacy keys into new ones+        for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)+            if (io.KeysDown[n] || io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)+            {+                const ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(io.KeyMap[n] != -1 ? io.KeyMap[n] : n);+                IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMap[n] == -1 || IsNamedKey(key));+                io.KeysData[key].Down = io.KeysDown[n];+                if (key != n)+                    io.KeysDown[key] = io.KeysDown[n]; // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with old backends+                io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 1;+            }+        if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)+        {+            GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Ctrl)->Down = io.KeyCtrl;+            GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Shift)->Down = io.KeyShift;+            GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Alt)->Down = io.KeyAlt;+            GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Super)->Down = io.KeySuper;+        }+    }++#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO+    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;+    if (io.BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray && nav_gamepad_active)+    {+        #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(_KEY, _NAV1)           do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = io.NavInputs[_NAV1]; } while (0)+        #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(_KEY, _NAV1, _NAV2)    do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f) || (io.NavInputs[_NAV2] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = ImMax(io.NavInputs[_NAV1], io.NavInputs[_NAV2]); } while (0)+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiNavInput_Activate);+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiNavInput_Menu);+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiNavInput_Input);+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft);+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight);+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp);+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown);+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow);+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast);+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft);+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight);+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp);+        MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown);+        #undef NAV_MAP_KEY+    }+#endif+#endif++    // Update aliases+    for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT; n++)+        UpdateAliasKey(MouseButtonToKey(n), io.MouseDown[n], io.MouseDown[n] ? 1.0f : 0.0f);+    UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, io.MouseWheelH != 0.0f, io.MouseWheelH);+    UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, io.MouseWheel != 0.0f, io.MouseWheel);++    // Synchronize io.KeyMods and io.KeyXXX values.+    // - New backends (1.87+): send io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_XXX) ->                                      -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array.+    // - Legacy backends:      set io.KeyXXX bools               -> (above) set key array from io.KeyXXX -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array.+    // So with legacy backends the 4 values will do a unnecessary back-and-forth but it makes the code simpler and future facing.+    io.KeyMods = GetMergedModsFromKeys();+    io.KeyCtrl = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) != 0;+    io.KeyShift = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) != 0;+    io.KeyAlt = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Alt) != 0;+    io.KeySuper = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Super) != 0;++    // Clear gamepad data if disabled+    if ((io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) == 0)+        for (int i = ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN; i < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; i++)+        {+            io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].Down = false;+            io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].AnalogValue = 0.0f;+        }++    // Update keys+    for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE; i++)+    {+        ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[i];+        key_data->DownDurationPrev = key_data->DownDuration;+        key_data->DownDuration = key_data->Down ? (key_data->DownDuration < 0.0f ? 0.0f : key_data->DownDuration + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;+    }++    // Update keys/input owner (named keys only): one entry per key+    for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))+    {+        ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET];+        ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = &g.KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN];+        owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext;+        if (!key_data->Down) // Important: ownership is released on the frame after a release. Ensure a 'MouseDown -> CloseWindow -> MouseUp' chain doesn't lead to someone else seeing the MouseUp.+            owner_data->OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None;+        owner_data->LockThisFrame = owner_data->LockUntilRelease = owner_data->LockUntilRelease && key_data->Down;  // Clear LockUntilRelease when key is not Down anymore+    }++    UpdateKeyRoutingTable(&g.KeysRoutingTable);+}++static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;++    // Mouse Wheel swapping flag+    // As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead+    // - We avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already.+    // - FIXME: However this means when running on OSX over Emscripten, Shift+WheelY will incur two swapping (1 in OS, 1 here), canceling the feature.+    // - FIXME: When we can distinguish e.g. touchpad scroll events from mouse ones, we'll set this accordingly based on input source.+    io.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap = io.KeyShift && !io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;++    // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well)+    if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos))+        io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloorSigned(io.MousePos);++    // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta+    if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev))+        io.MouseDelta = io.MousePos - io.MousePosPrev;+    else+        io.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);++    // Update stationary timer.+    // FIXME: May need to rework again to have some tolerance for occasional small movement, while being functional on high-framerates.+    const float mouse_stationary_threshold = (io.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse) ? 2.0f : 3.0f; // Slightly higher threshold for ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen, may need rework.+    const bool mouse_stationary = (ImLengthSqr(io.MouseDelta) <= mouse_stationary_threshold * mouse_stationary_threshold);+    g.MouseStationaryTimer = mouse_stationary ? (g.MouseStationaryTimer + io.DeltaTime) : 0.0f;+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("%.4f\n", g.MouseStationaryTimer);++    // If mouse moved we re-enable mouse hovering in case it was disabled by gamepad/keyboard. In theory should use a >0.0f threshold but would need to reset in everywhere we set this to true.+    if (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f)+        g.NavDisableMouseHover = false;++    io.MousePosPrev = io.MousePos;+    for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++)+    {+        io.MouseClicked[i] = io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f;+        io.MouseClickedCount[i] = 0; // Will be filled below+        io.MouseReleased[i] = !io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f;+        io.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = io.MouseDownDuration[i];+        io.MouseDownDuration[i] = io.MouseDown[i] ? (io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : io.MouseDownDuration[i] + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;+        if (io.MouseClicked[i])+        {+            bool is_repeated_click = false;+            if ((float)(g.Time - io.MouseClickedTime[i]) < io.MouseDoubleClickTime)+            {+                ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? (io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);+                if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist)+                    is_repeated_click = true;+            }+            if (is_repeated_click)+                io.MouseClickedLastCount[i]++;+            else+                io.MouseClickedLastCount[i] = 1;+            io.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time;+            io.MouseClickedPos[i] = io.MousePos;+            io.MouseClickedCount[i] = io.MouseClickedLastCount[i];+            io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f;+        }+        else if (io.MouseDown[i])+        {+            // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold+            float delta_sqr_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? ImLengthSqr(io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : 0.0f;+            io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], delta_sqr_click_pos);+        }++        // We provide io.MouseDoubleClicked[] as a legacy service+        io.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = (io.MouseClickedCount[i] == 2);++        // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation+        if (io.MouseClicked[i])+            g.NavDisableMouseHover = false;+    }+}++static void LockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, float wheel_amount)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (window)+        g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = ImMin(g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer + ImAbs(wheel_amount) * WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER, WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER);+    else+        g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f;+    if (g.WheelingWindow == window)+        return;+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] LockWheelingWindow() \"%s\"\n", window ? window->Name : "NULL");+    g.WheelingWindow = window;+    g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos;+    if (window == NULL)+    {+        g.WheelingWindowStartFrame = -1;+        g.WheelingAxisAvg = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);+    }+}++static ImGuiWindow* FindBestWheelingWindow(const ImVec2& wheel)+{+    // For each axis, find window in the hierarchy that may want to use scrolling+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* windows[2] = { NULL, NULL };+    for (int axis = 0; axis < 2; axis++)+        if (wheel[axis] != 0.0f)+            for (ImGuiWindow* window = windows[axis] = g.HoveredWindow; window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; window = windows[axis] = window->ParentWindow)+            {+                // Bubble up into parent window if:+                // - a child window doesn't allow any scrolling.+                // - a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag.+                //// - a child window doesn't need scrolling because it is already at the edge for the direction we are going in (FIXME-WIP)+                const bool has_scrolling = (window->ScrollMax[axis] != 0.0f);+                const bool inputs_disabled = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs);+                //const bool scrolling_past_limits = (wheel_v < 0.0f) ? (window->Scroll[axis] <= 0.0f) : (window->Scroll[axis] >= window->ScrollMax[axis]);+                if (has_scrolling && !inputs_disabled) // && !scrolling_past_limits)+                    break; // select this window+            }+    if (windows[0] == NULL && windows[1] == NULL)+        return NULL;++    // If there's only one window or only one axis then there's no ambiguity+    if (windows[0] == windows[1] || windows[0] == NULL || windows[1] == NULL)+        return windows[1] ? windows[1] : windows[0];++    // If candidate are different windows we need to decide which one to prioritize+    // - First frame: only find a winner if one axis is zero.+    // - Subsequent frames: only find a winner when one is more than the other.+    if (g.WheelingWindowStartFrame == -1)+        g.WheelingWindowStartFrame = g.FrameCount;+    if ((g.WheelingWindowStartFrame == g.FrameCount && wheel.x != 0.0f && wheel.y != 0.0f) || (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x == g.WheelingAxisAvg.y))+    {+        g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder = wheel;+        return NULL;+    }+    return (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? windows[0] : windows[1];+}++// Called by NewFrame()+void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel()+{+    // Reset the locked window if we move the mouse or after the timer elapses.+    // FIXME: Ideally we could refactor to have one timer for "changing window w/ same axis" and a shorter timer for "changing window or axis w/ other axis" (#3795)+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL)+    {+        g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;+        if (IsMousePosValid() && ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos) > g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * g.IO.MouseDragThreshold)+            g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f;+        if (g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer <= 0.0f)+            LockWheelingWindow(NULL, 0.0f);+    }++    ImVec2 wheel;+    wheel.x = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : 0.0f;+    wheel.y = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f;++    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("MouseWheel X:%.3f Y:%.3f\n", wheel_x, wheel_y);+    ImGuiWindow* mouse_window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow;+    if (!mouse_window || mouse_window->Collapsed)+        return;++    // Zoom / Scale window+    // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned.+    if (wheel.y != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling)+    {+        LockWheelingWindow(mouse_window, wheel.y);+        ImGuiWindow* window = mouse_window;+        const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f);+        const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale;+        window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale;+        if (window == window->RootWindow)+        {+            const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size;+            SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0);+            window->Size = ImFloor(window->Size * scale);+            window->SizeFull = ImFloor(window->SizeFull * scale);+        }+        return;+    }+    if (g.IO.KeyCtrl)+        return;++    // Mouse wheel scrolling+    // Read about io.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap and its issue on Mac+Emscripten in UpdateMouseInputs()+    if (g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap)+        wheel = ImVec2(wheel.y, 0.0f);++    // Maintain a rough average of moving magnitude on both axises+    // FIXME: should by based on wall clock time rather than frame-counter+    g.WheelingAxisAvg.x = ImExponentialMovingAverage(g.WheelingAxisAvg.x, ImAbs(wheel.x), 30);+    g.WheelingAxisAvg.y = ImExponentialMovingAverage(g.WheelingAxisAvg.y, ImAbs(wheel.y), 30);++    // In the rare situation where FindBestWheelingWindow() had to defer first frame of wheeling due to ambiguous main axis, reinject it now.+    wheel += g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder;+    g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);+    if (wheel.x == 0.0f && wheel.y == 0.0f)+        return;++    // Mouse wheel scrolling: find target and apply+    // - don't renew lock if axis doesn't apply on the window.+    // - select a main axis when both axises are being moved.+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = (g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : FindBestWheelingWindow(wheel)))+        if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))+        {+            bool do_scroll[2] = { wheel.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollMax.x != 0.0f, wheel.y != 0.0f && window->ScrollMax.y != 0.0f };+            if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_X] && do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_Y])+                do_scroll[(g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X] = false;+            if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_X])+            {+                LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.x);+                float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f;+                float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step));+                SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel.x * scroll_step);+            }+            if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_Y])+            {+                LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.y);+                float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f;+                float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step));+                SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel.y * scroll_step);+            }+        }+}++void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = want_capture_keyboard ? 1 : 0;+}++void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = want_capture_mouse ? 1 : 0;+}++#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS+static const char* GetInputSourceName(ImGuiInputSource source)+{+    const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad", "Clipboard" };+    IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiInputSource_COUNT);+    return input_source_names[source];+}+static const char* GetMouseSourceName(ImGuiMouseSource source)+{+    const char* mouse_source_names[] = { "Mouse", "TouchScreen", "Pen" };+    IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_source_names) == ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT);+    return mouse_source_names[source];+}+static void DebugPrintInputEvent(const char* prefix, const ImGuiInputEvent* e)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos)    { if (e->MousePos.PosX == -FLT_MAX && e->MousePos.PosY == -FLT_MAX) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX)\n", prefix); else IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (%.1f, %.1f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MousePos.MouseSource)); return; }+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseButton %d %s (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up", GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseButton.MouseSource)); return; }+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel)  { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseWheel (%.3f, %.3f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseWheel.MouseSource)); return; }+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key)         { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; }+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text)        { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; }+    if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus)       { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; }+}+#endif++// Process input queue+// We always call this with the value of 'bool g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue'.+// - trickle_fast_inputs = false : process all events, turn into flattened input state (e.g. successive down/up/down/up will be lost)+// - trickle_fast_inputs = true  : process as many events as possible (successive down/up/down/up will be trickled over several frames so nothing is lost) (new feature in 1.87)+void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;++    // Only trickle chars<>key when working with InputText()+    // FIXME: InputText() could parse event trail?+    // FIXME: Could specialize chars<>keys trickling rules for control keys (those not typically associated to characters)+    const bool trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text = (trickle_fast_inputs && g.WantTextInputNextFrame == 1);++    bool mouse_moved = false, mouse_wheeled = false, key_changed = false, text_inputted = false;+    int  mouse_button_changed = 0x00;+    ImBitArray<ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE> key_changed_mask;++    int event_n = 0;+    for (; event_n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; event_n++)+    {+        ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[event_n];+        if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos)+        {+            // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we already handled a mouse button change+            ImVec2 event_pos(e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY);+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_wheeled || key_changed || text_inputted))+                break;+            io.MousePos = event_pos;+            io.MouseSource = e->MousePos.MouseSource;+            mouse_moved = true;+        }+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton)+        {+            // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button+            const ImGuiMouseButton button = e->MouseButton.Button;+            IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((mouse_button_changed & (1 << button)) || mouse_wheeled))+                break;+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && e->MouseButton.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen && mouse_moved) // #2702: TouchScreen have no initial hover.+                break;+            io.MouseDown[button] = e->MouseButton.Down;+            io.MouseSource = e->MouseButton.MouseSource;+            mouse_button_changed |= (1 << button);+        }+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel)+        {+            // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the event+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_moved || mouse_button_changed != 0))+                break;+            io.MouseWheelH += e->MouseWheel.WheelX;+            io.MouseWheel += e->MouseWheel.WheelY;+            io.MouseSource = e->MouseWheel.MouseSource;+            mouse_wheeled = true;+        }+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key)+        {+            // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button+            ImGuiKey key = e->Key.Key;+            IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiKey_None);+            ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);+            const int key_data_index = (int)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData);+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && key_data->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(key_data_index) || text_inputted || mouse_button_changed != 0))+                break;+            key_data->Down = e->Key.Down;+            key_data->AnalogValue = e->Key.AnalogValue;+            key_changed = true;+            key_changed_mask.SetBit(key_data_index);++            // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with new backends+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO+            io.KeysDown[key_data_index] = key_data->Down;+            if (io.KeyMap[key_data_index] != -1)+                io.KeysDown[io.KeyMap[key_data_index]] = key_data->Down;+#endif+        }+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text)+        {+            // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if keys/mouse have been interacted with+            if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((key_changed && trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) || mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_moved || mouse_wheeled))+                break;+            unsigned int c = e->Text.Char;+            io.InputQueueCharacters.push_back(c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX ? (ImWchar)c : IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);+            if (trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text)+                text_inputted = true;+        }+        else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus)+        {+            // We intentionally overwrite this and process in NewFrame(), in order to give a chance+            // to multi-viewports backends to queue AddFocusEvent(false) + AddFocusEvent(true) in same frame.+            const bool focus_lost = !e->AppFocused.Focused;+            io.AppFocusLost = focus_lost;+        }+        else+        {+            IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unknown event!");+        }+    }++    // Record trail (for domain-specific applications wanting to access a precise trail)+    //if (event_n != 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("Processed: %d / Remaining: %d\n", event_n, g.InputEventsQueue.Size - event_n);+    for (int n = 0; n < event_n; n++)+        g.InputEventsTrail.push_back(g.InputEventsQueue[n]);++    // [DEBUG]+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS+    if (event_n != 0 && (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO))+        for (int n = 0; n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; n++)+            DebugPrintInputEvent(n < event_n ? "Processed" : "Remaining", &g.InputEventsQueue[n]);+#endif++    // Remaining events will be processed on the next frame+    if (event_n == g.InputEventsQueue.Size)+        g.InputEventsQueue.resize(0);+    else+        g.InputEventsQueue.erase(g.InputEventsQueue.Data, g.InputEventsQueue.Data + event_n);++    // Clear buttons state when focus is lost+    // - this is useful so e.g. releasing Alt after focus loss on Alt-Tab doesn't trigger the Alt menu toggle.+    // - we clear in EndFrame() and not now in order allow application/user code polling this flag+    //   (e.g. custom backend may want to clear additional data, custom widgets may want to react with a "canceling" event).+    if (g.IO.AppFocusLost)+        g.IO.ClearInputKeys();+}++ImGuiID ImGui::GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key)+{+    if (!IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key))+        return ImGuiKeyOwner_None;++    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);+    ImGuiID owner_id = owner_data->OwnerCurr;++    if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)+        if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END)+            return ImGuiKeyOwner_None;++    return owner_id;+}++// TestKeyOwner(..., ID)   : (owner == None || owner == ID)+// TestKeyOwner(..., None) : (owner == None)+// TestKeyOwner(..., Any)  : no owner test+// All paths are also testing for key not being locked, for the rare cases that key have been locked with using ImGuiInputFlags_LockXXX flags.+bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id)+{+    if (!IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key))+        return true;++    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)+        if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END)+            return false;++    ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);+    if (owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)+        return (owner_data->LockThisFrame == false);++    // Note: SetKeyOwner() sets OwnerCurr. It is not strictly required for most mouse routing overlap (because of ActiveId/HoveredId+    // are acting as filter before this has a chance to filter), but sane as soon as user tries to look into things.+    // Setting OwnerCurr in SetKeyOwner() is more consistent than testing OwnerNext here: would be inconsistent with getter and other functions.+    if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != owner_id)+    {+        if (owner_data->LockThisFrame)+            return false;+        if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != ImGuiKeyOwner_None)+            return false;+    }++    return true;+}++// _LockXXX flags are useful to lock keys away from code which is not input-owner aware.+// When using _LockXXX flags, you can use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any to lock keys from everyone.+// - SetKeyOwner(..., None)              : clears owner+// - SetKeyOwner(..., Any, !Lock)        : illegal (assert)+// - SetKeyOwner(..., Any or None, Lock) : set lock+void ImGui::SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)+{+    IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key) && (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease)))); // Can only use _Any with _LockXXX flags (to eat a key away without an ID to retrieve it)+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!++    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);+    owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext = owner_id;++    // We cannot lock by default as it would likely break lots of legacy code.+    // In the case of using LockUntilRelease while key is not down we still lock during the frame (no key_data->Down test)+    owner_data->LockUntilRelease = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease) != 0;+    owner_data->LockThisFrame = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame) != 0 || (owner_data->LockUntilRelease);+}++// Rarely used helper+void ImGui::SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)+{+    if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl)      { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, owner_id, flags); }+    if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift)     { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Shift, owner_id, flags); }+    if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt)       { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, owner_id, flags); }+    if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super)     { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Super, owner_id, flags); }+    if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut)  { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Shortcut, owner_id, flags); }+    if (key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_)    { SetKeyOwner((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_), owner_id, flags); }+}++// This is more or less equivalent to:+//   if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive())+//       SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());+// Extensive uses of that (e.g. many calls for a single item) may want to manually perform the tests once and then call SetKeyOwner() multiple times.+// More advanced usage scenarios may want to call SetKeyOwner() manually based on different condition.+// Worth noting is that only one item can be hovered and only one item can be active, therefore this usage pattern doesn't need to bother with routing and priority.+void ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;+    if (id == 0 || (g.HoveredId != id && g.ActiveId != id))+        return;+    if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_) == 0)+        flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_;+    if ((g.HoveredId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered)) || (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive)))+    {+        IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!+        SetKeyOwner(key, id, flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_);+    }+}++bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    // When using (owner_id == 0/Any): SetShortcutRouting() will use CurrentFocusScopeId and filter with this, so IsKeyPressed() is fine with he 0/Any.+    if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0)+        flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused;+    if (!SetShortcutRouting(key_chord, owner_id, flags))+        return false;++    if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut)+        key_chord = ConvertShortcutMod(key_chord);+    ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_);+    if (g.IO.KeyMods != mods)+        return false;++    // Special storage location for mods+    ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);+    if (key == ImGuiKey_None)+        key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(&g, mods);++    if (!IsKeyPressed(key, owner_id, (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | (ImGuiInputFlags)ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_))))+        return false;+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!++    return true;+}+++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// Helper function to verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui.+// Verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit+// If this triggers you have an issue:+// - Most commonly: mismatched headers and compiled code version.+// - Or: mismatched configuration #define, compilation settings, packing pragma etc.+//   The configuration settings mentioned in imconfig.h must be set for all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui,+//   which is way it is required you put them in your imconfig file (and not just before including imgui.h).+//   Otherwise it is possible that different compilation units would see different structure layout+bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert, size_t sz_idx)+{+    bool error = false;+    if (strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) != 0) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) == 0 && "Mismatched version string!"); }+    if (sz_io != sizeof(ImGuiIO)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }+    if (sz_style != sizeof(ImGuiStyle)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_style == sizeof(ImGuiStyle) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }+    if (sz_vec2 != sizeof(ImVec2)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }+    if (sz_vec4 != sizeof(ImVec4)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }+    if (sz_vert != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }+    if (sz_idx != sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_idx == sizeof(ImDrawIdx) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }+    return !error;+}++// Until 1.89 (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18814) it was legal to use SetCursorPos() to extend the boundary of a parent (e.g. window or table cell)+// This is causing issues and ambiguity and we need to retire that.+// See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5548 for more details.+// [Scenario 1]+//  Previously this would make the window content size ~200x200:+//    Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End();  // NOT OK+//  Instead, please submit an item:+//    Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End(); // OK+//  Alternative:+//    Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); // OK+// [Scenario 2]+//  For reference this is one of the issue what we aim to fix with this change:+//    BeginGroup() + SomeItem("foobar") + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) + EndGroup()+//  The previous logic made SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) have a side-effect! It would erroneously incorporate ItemSpacing.y after the item into content size, making the group taller!+//  While this code is a little twisted, no-one would expect SetXXX(GetXXX()) to have a side-effect. Using vertical alignment patterns could trigger this issue.+void ImGui::ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    IM_ASSERT(window->DC.IsSetPos);+    window->DC.IsSetPos = false;+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS+    if (window->DC.CursorPos.x <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x && window->DC.CursorPos.y <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y)+        return;+    if (window->SkipItems)+        return;+    IM_ASSERT(0 && "Code uses SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend window/parent boundaries. Please submit an item e.g. Dummy() to validate extent.");+#else+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);+#endif+}++static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    // Check user IM_ASSERT macro+    // (IF YOU GET A WARNING OR COMPILE ERROR HERE: it means your assert macro is incorrectly defined!+    //  If your macro uses multiple statements, it NEEDS to be surrounded by a 'do { ... } while (0)' block.+    //  This is a common C/C++ idiom to allow multiple statements macros to be used in control flow blocks.)+    // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR)   if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode();                    // Wrong!+    // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR)   do { if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); } while (0)   // Correct!+    if (true) IM_ASSERT(1); else IM_ASSERT(0);++    // Emscripten backends are often imprecise in their submission of DeltaTime. (#6114, #3644)+    // Ideally the Emscripten app/backend should aim to fix or smooth this value and avoid feeding zero, but we tolerate it.+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__+    if (g.IO.DeltaTime <= 0.0f && g.FrameCount > 0)+        g.IO.DeltaTime = 0.00001f;+#endif++    // Check user data+    // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument)+    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);+    IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0)              && "Need a positive DeltaTime!");+    IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)  && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?");+    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f  && "Invalid DisplaySize value!");+    IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->IsBuilt()                                     && "Font Atlas not built! Make sure you called ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function for renderer backend, which should call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()");+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f                       && "Invalid style setting!");+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError > 0.0f                 && "Invalid style setting!");+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f            && "Invalid style setting!"); // Allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting.");+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right);+    IM_ASSERT(g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right);+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO+    for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++)+        IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..511, or -1 for unmapped key)");++    // Check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only added in 1.60 WIP)+    if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && g.IO.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)+        IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation.");+#endif++    // Check: the io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires backend to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly.+    if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors))+        g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = false;+}++static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    // Verify that io.KeyXXX fields haven't been tampered with. Key mods should not be modified between NewFrame() and EndFrame()+    // One possible reason leading to this assert is that your backends update inputs _AFTER_ NewFrame().+    // It is known that when some modal native windows called mid-frame takes focus away, some backends such as GLFW will+    // send key release events mid-frame. This would normally trigger this assertion and lead to sheared inputs.+    // We silently accommodate for this case by ignoring the case where all io.KeyXXX modifiers were released (aka key_mod_flags == 0),+    // while still correctly asserting on mid-frame key press events.+    const ImGuiKeyChord key_mods = GetMergedModsFromKeys();+    IM_ASSERT((key_mods == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mods) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods");+    IM_UNUSED(key_mods);++    // [EXPERIMENTAL] Recover from errors: You may call this yourself before EndFrame().+    //ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover();++    // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you+    // to always call End/EndChild even if Begin/BeginChild returns false! (this is unfortunately inconsistent with most other Begin* API).+    if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size != 1)+    {+        if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1)+        {+            ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window; // <-- This window was not Ended!+            IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you forget to call End/EndChild?");+            IM_UNUSED(window);+            while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1)+                End();+        }+        else+        {+            IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you call End/EndChild too much?");+        }+    }++    IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.GroupStack.Size == 0, "Missing EndGroup call!");+}++// Experimental recovery from incorrect usage of BeginXXX/EndXXX/PushXXX/PopXXX calls.+// Must be called during or before EndFrame().+// This is generally flawed as we are not necessarily End/Popping things in the right order.+// FIXME: Can't recover from inside BeginTabItem/EndTabItem yet.+// FIXME: Can't recover from interleaved BeginTabBar/Begin+void    ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data)+{+    // PVS-Studio V1044 is "Loop break conditions do not depend on the number of iterations"+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0) //-V1044+    {+        ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(log_callback, user_data);+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+        if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1)+        {+            IM_ASSERT(window->IsFallbackWindow);+            break;+        }+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)+        {+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndChild() for '%s'", window->Name);+            EndChild();+        }+        else+        {+            if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing End() for '%s'", window->Name);+            End();+        }+    }+}++// Must be called before End()/EndChild()+void    ImGui::ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    while (g.CurrentTable && (g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow == g.CurrentWindow || g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow))+    {+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTable() in '%s'", g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow->Name);+        EndTable();+    }++    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    ImGuiStackSizes* stack_sizes = &g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin;+    IM_ASSERT(window != NULL);+    while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL) //-V1044+    {+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTabBar() in '%s'", window->Name);+        EndTabBar();+    }+    while (window->DC.TreeDepth > 0)+    {+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing TreePop() in '%s'", window->Name);+        TreePop();+    }+    while (g.GroupStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfGroupStack) //-V1044+    {+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndGroup() in '%s'", window->Name);+        EndGroup();+    }+    while (window->IDStack.Size > 1)+    {+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopID() in '%s'", window->Name);+        PopID();+    }+    while (g.DisabledStackSize > stack_sizes->SizeOfDisabledStack) //-V1044+    {+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndDisabled() in '%s'", window->Name);+        EndDisabled();+    }+    while (g.ColorStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfColorStack)+    {+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleColor() in '%s' for ImGuiCol_%s", window->Name, GetStyleColorName(g.ColorStack.back().Col));+        PopStyleColor();+    }+    while (g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfItemFlagsStack) //-V1044+    {+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopItemFlag() in '%s'", window->Name);+        PopItemFlag();+    }+    while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfStyleVarStack) //-V1044+    {+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name);+        PopStyleVar();+    }+    while (g.FontStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFontStack) //-V1044+    {+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFont() in '%s'", window->Name);+        PopFont();+    }+    while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFocusScopeStack + 1) //-V1044+    {+        if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name);+        PopFocusScope();+    }+}++// Save current stack sizes for later compare+void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    SizeOfIDStack = (short)window->IDStack.Size;+    SizeOfColorStack = (short)g.ColorStack.Size;+    SizeOfStyleVarStack = (short)g.StyleVarStack.Size;+    SizeOfFontStack = (short)g.FontStack.Size;+    SizeOfFocusScopeStack = (short)g.FocusScopeStack.Size;+    SizeOfGroupStack = (short)g.GroupStack.Size;+    SizeOfItemFlagsStack = (short)g.ItemFlagsStack.Size;+    SizeOfBeginPopupStack = (short)g.BeginPopupStack.Size;+    SizeOfDisabledStack = (short)g.DisabledStackSize;+}++// Compare to detect usage errors+void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    IM_UNUSED(window);++    // Window stacks+    // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin)+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfIDStack         == window->IDStack.Size     && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!");++    // Global stacks+    // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them.+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfGroupStack      == g.GroupStack.Size        && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!");+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfBeginPopupStack == g.BeginPopupStack.Size   && "BeginPopup/EndPopup or BeginMenu/EndMenu Mismatch!");+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfDisabledStack   == g.DisabledStackSize      && "BeginDisabled/EndDisabled Mismatch!");+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfItemFlagsStack  >= g.ItemFlagsStack.Size    && "PushItemFlag/PopItemFlag Mismatch!");+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfColorStack      >= g.ColorStack.Size        && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!");+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfStyleVarStack   >= g.StyleVarStack.Size     && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!");+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFontStack       >= g.FontStack.Size         && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!");+    IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFocusScopeStack == g.FocusScopeStack.Size   && "PushFocusScope/PopFocusScope Mismatch!");+}+++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] LAYOUT+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// - ItemSize()+// - ItemAdd()+// - SameLine()+// - GetCursorScreenPos()+// - SetCursorScreenPos()+// - GetCursorPos(), GetCursorPosX(), GetCursorPosY()+// - SetCursorPos(), SetCursorPosX(), SetCursorPosY()+// - GetCursorStartPos()+// - Indent()+// - Unindent()+// - SetNextItemWidth()+// - PushItemWidth()+// - PushMultiItemsWidths()+// - PopItemWidth()+// - CalcItemWidth()+// - CalcItemSize()+// - GetTextLineHeight()+// - GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()+// - GetFrameHeight()+// - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()+// - GetContentRegionMax()+// - GetContentRegionMaxAbs() [Internal]+// - GetContentRegionAvail(),+// - GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax()+// - BeginGroup()+// - EndGroup()+// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, and in imgui_tables: tables, columns.+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// Advance cursor given item size for layout.+// Register minimum needed size so it can extend the bounding box used for auto-fit calculation.+// See comments in ItemAdd() about how/why the size provided to ItemSize() vs ItemAdd() may often different.+void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    if (window->SkipItems)+        return;++    // We increase the height in this function to accommodate for baseline offset.+    // In theory we should be offsetting the starting position (window->DC.CursorPos), that will be the topic of a larger refactor,+    // but since ItemSize() is not yet an API that moves the cursor (to handle e.g. wrapping) enlarging the height has the same effect.+    const float offset_to_match_baseline_y = (text_baseline_y >= 0) ? ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - text_baseline_y) : 0.0f;++    const float line_y1 = window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y;+    const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, /*ImMax(*/window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_y1/*, 0.0f)*/ + size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y);++    // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries+    //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG]+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x;+    window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = line_y1;+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x);    // Next line+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);                       // Next line+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x);+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);+    //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG]++    window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = line_height;+    window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f;+    window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, text_baseline_y);+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;+    window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false;++    // Horizontal layout mode+    if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)+        SameLine();+}++// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction.+// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface+// declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and provide a larger region to ItemAdd() which is used drawing/interaction.+bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;++    // Set item data+    // (DisplayRect is left untouched, made valid when ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set)+    g.LastItemData.ID = id;+    g.LastItemData.Rect = bb;+    g.LastItemData.NavRect = nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb;+    g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags | g.NextItemData.ItemFlags | extra_flags;+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None;++    // Directional navigation processing+    if (id != 0)+    {+        KeepAliveID(id);++        // Runs prior to clipping early-out+        //  (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget+        //  (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests+        //      unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. It may not scale very well for windows with ten of+        //      thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame.+        //      We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able+        //      to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick).+        // We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null.+        // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere.+        if (!(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))+        {+            window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent);+            if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest)+                if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav)+                    if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened))+                        NavProcessItem();+        }++        // [DEBUG] People keep stumbling on this problem and using "" as identifier in the root of a window instead of "##something".+        // Empty identifier are valid and useful in a small amount of cases, but 99.9% of the time you want to use "##something".+        // READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.com/faq+        IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!");+    }+    g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None;+    g.NextItemData.ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None;++#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE+    if (id != 0)+        IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id, g.LastItemData.NavRect, &g.LastItemData);+#endif++    // Clipping test+    // (FIXME: This is a modified copy of IsClippedEx() so we can reuse the is_rect_visible value)+    //const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id);+    //if (is_clipped)+    //    return false;+    const bool is_rect_visible = bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect);+    if (!is_rect_visible)+        if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame && id != g.NavId))+            if (!g.LogEnabled)+                return false;++    // [DEBUG]+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS+    if (id != 0 && id == g.DebugLocateId)+        DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem();+#endif+    //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG]+    //if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav) == 0)+    //    window->DrawList->AddRect(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min, g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); // [DEBUG]++    // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them)+    if (is_rect_visible)+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible;+    if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;+    return true;+}++// Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout+//      offset_from_start_x == 0 : follow right after previous item+//      offset_from_start_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left)+//      spacing_w < 0            : use default spacing if offset_from_start_x == 0, no spacing if offset_from_start_x != 0+//      spacing_w >= 0           : enforce spacing amount+void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    if (window->SkipItems)+        return;++    if (offset_from_start_x != 0.0f)+    {+        if (spacing_w < 0.0f)+            spacing_w = 0.0f;+        window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + offset_from_start_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffset.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;+        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;+    }+    else+    {+        if (spacing_w < 0.0f)+            spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;+        window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w;+        window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;+    }+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize;+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset;+    window->DC.IsSameLine = true;+}++ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();+    return window->DC.CursorPos;+}++void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos)+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();+    window->DC.CursorPos = pos;+    //window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);+    window->DC.IsSetPos = true;+}++// User generally sees positions in window coordinates. Internally we store CursorPos in absolute screen coordinates because it is more convenient.+// Conversion happens as we pass the value to user, but it makes our naming convention confusing because GetCursorPos() == (DC.CursorPos - window.Pos). May want to rename 'DC.CursorPos'.+ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorPos()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();+    return window->DC.CursorPos - window->Pos + window->Scroll;+}++float ImGui::GetCursorPosX()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();+    return window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x;+}++float ImGui::GetCursorPosY()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();+    return window->DC.CursorPos.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y;+}++void ImGui::SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos)+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();+    window->DC.CursorPos = window->Pos - window->Scroll + local_pos;+    //window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);+    window->DC.IsSetPos = true;+}++void ImGui::SetCursorPosX(float x)+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + x;+    //window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x);+    window->DC.IsSetPos = true;+}++void ImGui::SetCursorPosY(float y)+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();+    window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + y;+    //window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y);+    window->DC.IsSetPos = true;+}++ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorStartPos()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();+    return window->DC.CursorStartPos - window->Pos;+}++void ImGui::Indent(float indent_w)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();+    window->DC.Indent.x += (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;+}++void ImGui::Unindent(float indent_w)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();+    window->DC.Indent.x -= (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;+    window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;+}++// Affect large frame+labels widgets only.+void ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(float item_width)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;+    g.NextItemData.Width = item_width;+}++// FIXME: Remove the == 0.0f behavior?+void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width+    window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width);+    g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;+}++void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;+    const float w_item_one  = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)) / (float)components));+    const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)));+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last);+    for (int i = 0; i < components - 2; i++)+        window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one);+    window->DC.ItemWidth = (components == 1) ? w_item_last : w_item_one;+    g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;+}++void ImGui::PopItemWidth()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();+    window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back();+    window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back();+}++// Calculate default item width given value passed to PushItemWidth() or SetNextItemWidth().+// The SetNextItemWidth() data is generally cleared/consumed by ItemAdd() or NextItemData.ClearFlags()+float ImGui::CalcItemWidth()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    float w;+    if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth)+        w = g.NextItemData.Width;+    else+        w = window->DC.ItemWidth;+    if (w < 0.0f)+    {+        float region_max_x = GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x;+        w = ImMax(1.0f, region_max_x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + w);+    }+    w = IM_FLOOR(w);+    return w;+}++// [Internal] Calculate full item size given user provided 'size' parameter and default width/height. Default width is often == CalcItemWidth().+// Those two functions CalcItemWidth vs CalcItemSize are awkwardly named because they are not fully symmetrical.+// Note that only CalcItemWidth() is publicly exposed.+// The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable)+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;++    ImVec2 region_max;+    if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f)+        region_max = GetContentRegionMaxAbs();++    if (size.x == 0.0f)+        size.x = default_w;+    else if (size.x < 0.0f)+        size.x = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x);++    if (size.y == 0.0f)+        size.y = default_h;+    else if (size.y < 0.0f)+        size.y = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.y - window->DC.CursorPos.y + size.y);++    return size;+}++float ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.FontSize;+}++float ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;+}++float ImGui::GetFrameHeight()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f;+}++float ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;+}++// FIXME: All the Contents Region function are messy or misleading. WE WILL AIM TO OBSOLETE ALL OF THEM WITH A NEW "WORK RECT" API. Thanks for your patience!++// FIXME: This is in window space (not screen space!).+ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max;+    return mx - window->Pos;+}++// [Internal] Absolute coordinate. Saner. This is not exposed until we finishing refactoring work rect features.+ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max;+    return mx;+}++ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;+    return GetContentRegionMaxAbs() - window->DC.CursorPos;+}++// In window space (not screen space!)+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;+    return window->ContentRegionRect.Min - window->Pos;+}++ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;+    return window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos;+}++// Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)+// Groups are currently a mishmash of functionalities which should perhaps be clarified and separated.+// FIXME-OPT: Could we safely early out on ->SkipItems?+void ImGui::BeginGroup()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;++    g.GroupStack.resize(g.GroupStack.Size + 1);+    ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back();+    group_data.WindowID = window->ID;+    group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;+    group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;+    group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent;+    group_data.BackupGroupOffset = window->DC.GroupOffset;+    group_data.BackupCurrLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize;+    group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset;+    group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive;+    group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive = g.HoveredId != 0;+    group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;+    group_data.EmitItem = true;++    window->DC.GroupOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;+    window->DC.Indent = window->DC.GroupOffset;+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos;+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);+    if (g.LogEnabled)+        g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return+}++void ImGui::EndGroup()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    IM_ASSERT(g.GroupStack.Size > 0); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls++    ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back();+    IM_ASSERT(group_data.WindowID == window->ID); // EndGroup() in wrong window?++    if (window->DC.IsSetPos)+        ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries();++    ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos));++    window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos;+    window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos);+    window->DC.Indent = group_data.BackupIndent;+    window->DC.GroupOffset = group_data.BackupGroupOffset;+    window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize;+    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset;+    if (g.LogEnabled)+        g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return++    if (!group_data.EmitItem)+    {+        g.GroupStack.pop_back();+        return;+    }++    window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset);      // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now.+    ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize());+    ItemAdd(group_bb, 0, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop);++    // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group.+    // It would be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets.+    // Also if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context.+    // (The two tests not the same because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.)+    const bool group_contains_curr_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId;+    const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == false) && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == true);+    if (group_contains_curr_active_id)+        g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId;+    else if (group_contains_prev_active_id)+        g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame;+    g.LastItemData.Rect = group_bb;++    // Forward Hovered flag+    const bool group_contains_curr_hovered_id = (group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive == false) && g.HoveredId != 0;+    if (group_contains_curr_hovered_id)+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;++    // Forward Edited flag+    if (group_contains_curr_active_id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame)+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;++    // Forward Deactivated flag+    g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated;+    if (group_contains_prev_active_id && g.ActiveId != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame)+        g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated;++    g.GroupStack.pop_back();+    //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255));   // [Debug]+}+++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] SCROLLING+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// Helper to snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge,+// So the difference between WindowPadding and ItemSpacing will be in the visible area after scrolling.+// When we refactor the scrolling API this may be configurable with a flag?+// Note that the effect for this won't be visible on X axis with default Style settings as WindowPadding.x == ItemSpacing.x by default.+static float CalcScrollEdgeSnap(float target, float snap_min, float snap_max, float snap_threshold, float center_ratio)+{+    if (target <= snap_min + snap_threshold)+        return ImLerp(snap_min, target, center_ratio);+    if (target >= snap_max - snap_threshold)+        return ImLerp(target, snap_max, center_ratio);+    return target;+}++static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll;+    ImVec2 decoration_size(window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2, window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2);+    for (int axis = 0; axis < 2; axis++)+    {+        if (window->ScrollTarget[axis] < FLT_MAX)+        {+            float center_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio[axis];+            float scroll_target = window->ScrollTarget[axis];+            if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist[axis] > 0.0f)+            {+                float snap_min = 0.0f;+                float snap_max = window->ScrollMax[axis] + window->SizeFull[axis] - decoration_size[axis];+                scroll_target = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target, snap_min, snap_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist[axis], center_ratio);+            }+            scroll[axis] = scroll_target - center_ratio * (window->SizeFull[axis] - decoration_size[axis]);+        }+        scroll[axis] = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll[axis], 0.0f));+        if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems)+            scroll[axis] = ImMin(scroll[axis], window->ScrollMax[axis]);+    }+    return scroll;+}++void ImGui::ScrollToItem(ImGuiScrollFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect, flags);+}++void ImGui::ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags)+{+    ScrollToRectEx(window, item_rect, flags);+}++// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view+ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImRect scroll_rect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1));+    scroll_rect.Min.x = ImMin(scroll_rect.Min.x + window->DecoInnerSizeX1, scroll_rect.Max.x);+    scroll_rect.Min.y = ImMin(scroll_rect.Min.y + window->DecoInnerSizeY1, scroll_rect.Max.y);+    //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(item_rect.Min, item_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 0.0f, 0, 5.0f); // [DEBUG]+    //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(scroll_rect.Min, scroll_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG]++    // Check that only one behavior is selected per axis+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_));+    IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_));++    // Defaults+    ImGuiScrollFlags in_flags = flags;+    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 && window->ScrollbarX)+        flags |= ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX;+    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0)+        flags |= window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;++    const bool fully_visible_x = item_rect.Min.x >= scroll_rect.Min.x && item_rect.Max.x <= scroll_rect.Max.x;+    const bool fully_visible_y = item_rect.Min.y >= scroll_rect.Min.y && item_rect.Max.y <= scroll_rect.Max.y;+    const bool can_be_fully_visible_x = (item_rect.GetWidth() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f) <= scroll_rect.GetWidth() || (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0;+    const bool can_be_fully_visible_y = (item_rect.GetHeight() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 2.0f) <= scroll_rect.GetHeight() || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0;++    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX) && !fully_visible_x)+    {+        if (item_rect.Min.x < scroll_rect.Min.x || !can_be_fully_visible_x)+            SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f);+        else if (item_rect.Max.x >= scroll_rect.Max.x)+            SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Max.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 1.0f);+    }+    else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX) && !fully_visible_x) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX))+    {+        if (can_be_fully_visible_x)+            SetScrollFromPosX(window, ImFloor((item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.x, 0.5f);+        else+            SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f);+    }++    if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY) && !fully_visible_y)+    {+        if (item_rect.Min.y < scroll_rect.Min.y || !can_be_fully_visible_y)+            SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f);+        else if (item_rect.Max.y >= scroll_rect.Max.y)+            SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Max.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 1.0f);+    }+    else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY) && !fully_visible_y) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY))+    {+        if (can_be_fully_visible_y)+            SetScrollFromPosY(window, ImFloor((item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.y, 0.5f);+        else+            SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f);+    }++    ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);+    ImVec2 delta_scroll = next_scroll - window->Scroll;++    // Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary+    if (!(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))+    {+        // FIXME-SCROLL: May be an option?+        if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX)) != 0)+            in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX;+        if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY)) != 0)+            in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;+        delta_scroll += ScrollToRectEx(window->ParentWindow, ImRect(item_rect.Min - delta_scroll, item_rect.Max - delta_scroll), in_flags);+    }++    return delta_scroll;+}++float ImGui::GetScrollX()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;+    return window->Scroll.x;+}++float ImGui::GetScrollY()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;+    return window->Scroll.y;+}++float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;+    return window->ScrollMax.x;+}++float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()+{+    ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;+    return window->ScrollMax.y;+}++void ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x)+{+    window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x;+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f;+}++void ImGui::SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y)+{+    window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y;+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f;+}++void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    SetScrollX(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_x);+}++void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    SetScrollY(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_y);+}++// Note that a local position will vary depending on initial scroll value,+// This is a little bit confusing so bear with us:+//  - local_pos = (absolution_pos - window->Pos)+//  - So local_x/local_y are 0.0f for a position at the upper-left corner of a window,+//    and generally local_x/local_y are >(padding+decoration) && <(size-padding-decoration) when in the visible area.+//  - They mostly exist because of legacy API.+// Following the rules above, when trying to work with scrolling code, consider that:+//  - SetScrollFromPosY(0.0f) == SetScrollY(0.0f + scroll.y) == has no effect!+//  - SetScrollFromPosY(-scroll.y) == SetScrollY(-scroll.y + scroll.y) == SetScrollY(0.0f) == reset scroll. Of course writing SetScrollY(0.0f) directly then makes more sense+// We store a target position so centering and clamping can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio)+{+    IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f);+    window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_FLOOR(local_x - window->DecoOuterSizeX1 - window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio;+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f;+}++void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio)+{+    IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f);+    window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_FLOOR(local_y - window->DecoOuterSizeY1 - window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset+    window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio;+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f;+}++void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    SetScrollFromPosX(g.CurrentWindow, local_x, center_x_ratio);+}++void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    SetScrollFromPosY(g.CurrentWindow, local_y, center_y_ratio);+}++// center_x_ratio: 0.0f left of last item, 0.5f horizontal center of last item, 1.0f right of last item.+void ImGui::SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    float spacing_x = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, g.Style.ItemSpacing.x);+    float target_pos_x = ImLerp(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x - spacing_x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x + spacing_x, center_x_ratio);+    SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_pos_x - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos++    // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.x - spacing_x);+}++// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item.+void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    float spacing_y = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);+    float target_pos_y = ImLerp(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - spacing_y, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + spacing_y, center_y_ratio);+    SetScrollFromPosY(window, target_pos_y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos++    // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge+    window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.y - spacing_y);+}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++bool ImGui::BeginTooltip()+{+    return BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None);+}++bool ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()+{+    if (!IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))+        return false;+    return BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None);+}++bool ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    if (g.DragDropWithinSource || g.DragDropWithinTarget)+    {+        // Drag and Drop tooltips are positioning differently than other tooltips:+        // - offset visibility to increase visibility around mouse.+        // - never clamp within outer viewport boundary.+        // We call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce position and disable clamping.+        // See FindBestWindowPosForPopup() for positionning logic of other tooltips (not drag and drop ones).+        //ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding;+        ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET * g.Style.MouseCursorScale;+        SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos);+        SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f);+        //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :(+        tooltip_flags |= ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious;+    }++    char window_name[16];+    ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount);+    if (tooltip_flags & ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious)+        if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name))+            if (window->Active)+            {+                // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one.+                SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(window);+                ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount);+            }+    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;+    Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_window_flags);+    // 2023-03-09: Added bool return value to the API, but currently always returning true.+    // If this ever returns false we need to update BeginDragDropSource() accordingly.+    //if (!ret)+    //    End();+    //return ret;+    return true;+}++void ImGui::EndTooltip()+{+    IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip);   // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls+    End();+}++void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...)+{+    va_list args;+    va_start(args, fmt);+    SetTooltipV(fmt, args);+    va_end(args);+}++void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args)+{+    if (!BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious, ImGuiWindowFlags_None))+        return;+    TextV(fmt, args);+    EndTooltip();+}++// Shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav'.+// Defaults to == ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort when using the mouse.+void ImGui::SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...)+{+    va_list args;+    va_start(args, fmt);+    if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))+        SetTooltipV(fmt, args);+    va_end(args);+}++void ImGui::SetItemTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args)+{+    if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))+        SetTooltipV(fmt, args);+}+++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] POPUPS+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// Supported flags: ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel+bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId)+    {+        // Return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack+        // This may be used to e.g. test for another popups already opened to handle popups priorities at the same level.+        IM_ASSERT(id == 0);+        if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel)+            return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0;+        else+            return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size;+    }+    else+    {+        if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel)+        {+            // Return true if the popup is open anywhere in the popup stack+            for (int n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++)+                if (g.OpenPopupStack[n].PopupId == id)+                    return true;+            return false;+        }+        else+        {+            // Return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack (this is the most-common query)+            return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id;+        }+    }+}++bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiID id = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId) ? 0 : g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);+    if ((popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) && id != 0)+        IM_ASSERT(0 && "Cannot use IsPopupOpen() with a string id and ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel."); // But non-string version is legal and used internally+    return IsPopupOpen(id, popup_flags);+}++// Also see FindBlockingModal(NULL)+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)+        if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window)+            if (popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)+                return popup;+    return NULL;+}++// See Demo->Stacked Modal to confirm what this is for.+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)+        if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window)+            if ((popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(popup))+                return popup;+    return NULL;+}++void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopup(\"%s\" -> 0x%08X)\n", str_id, id);+    OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);+}++void ImGui::OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)+{+    OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);+}++// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state).+// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block.+// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level).+// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL)+void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;+    const int current_stack_size = g.BeginPopupStack.Size;++    if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup)+        if (IsPopupOpen((ImGuiID)0, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId))+            return;++    ImGuiPopupData popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack.+    popup_ref.PopupId = id;+    popup_ref.Window = NULL;+    popup_ref.BackupNavWindow = g.NavWindow;            // When popup closes focus may be restored to NavWindow (depend on window type).+    popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount;+    popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back();+    popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();+    popup_ref.OpenMousePos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : popup_ref.OpenPopupPos;++    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", id);+    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1)+    {+        g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);+    }+    else+    {+        // Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frame. It is a programming mistake! However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui+        // would become completely unusable because the popup will always be in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which would be a very confusing+        // situation for the programmer. Instead, we silently allow the popup to proceed, it will keep reappearing and the programming error will be more obvious to understand.+        if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id && g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1)+        {+            g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount = popup_ref.OpenFrameCount;+        }+        else+        {+            // Close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen+            ClosePopupToLevel(current_stack_size, false);+            g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);+        }++        // When reopening a popup we first refocus its parent, otherwise if its parent is itself a popup it would get closed by ClosePopupsOverWindow().+        // This is equivalent to what ClosePopupToLevel() does.+        //if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id)+        //    FocusWindow(parent_window);+    }+}++// When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it.+// This function closes any popups that are over 'ref_window'.+void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size == 0)+        return;++    // Don't close our own child popup windows.+    int popup_count_to_keep = 0;+    if (ref_window)+    {+        // Find the highest popup which is a descendant of the reference window (generally reference window = NavWindow)+        for (; popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep++)+        {+            ImGuiPopupData& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep];+            if (!popup.Window)+                continue;+            IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0);+            if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)+                continue;++            // Trim the stack unless the popup is a direct parent of the reference window (the reference window is often the NavWindow)+            // - With this stack of window, clicking/focusing Popup1 will close Popup2 and Popup3:+            //     Window -> Popup1 -> Popup2 -> Popup3+            // - Each popups may contain child windows, which is why we compare ->RootWindow!+            //     Window -> Popup1 -> Popup1_Child -> Popup2 -> Popup2_Child+            bool ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = false;+            for (int n = popup_count_to_keep; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++)+                if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[n].Window)+                    if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ref_window, popup_window))+                    {+                        ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = true;+                        break;+                    }+            if (!ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup)+                break;+        }+    }+    if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below+    {+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\")\n", ref_window ? ref_window->Name : "<NULL>");+        ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);+    }+}++void ImGui::ClosePopupsExceptModals()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    int popup_count_to_keep;+    for (popup_count_to_keep = g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep > 0; popup_count_to_keep--)+    {+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep - 1].Window;+        if (!window || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))+            break;+    }+    if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below+        ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, true);+}++void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_focus_to_window_under_popup=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);+    IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size);++    // Trim open popup stack+    ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].Window;+    ImGuiWindow* popup_backup_nav_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].BackupNavWindow;+    g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining);++    if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)+    {+        ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (popup_window && popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? popup_window->ParentWindow : popup_backup_nav_window;+        if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive && popup_window)+            FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // Fallback+        else+            FocusWindow(focus_window, (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) ? ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild : ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None);+    }+}++// Close the popup we have begin-ed into.+void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    int popup_idx = g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1;+    if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.BeginPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId)+        return;++    // Closing a menu closes its top-most parent popup (unless a modal)+    while (popup_idx > 0)+    {+        ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window;+        ImGuiWindow* parent_popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx - 1].Window;+        bool close_parent = false;+        if (popup_window && (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))+            if (parent_popup_window && !(parent_popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))+                close_parent = true;+        if (!close_parent)+            break;+        popup_idx--;+    }+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx);+    ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx, true);++    // A common pattern is to close a popup when selecting a menu item/selectable that will open another window.+    // To improve this usage pattern, we avoid nav highlight for a single frame in the parent window.+    // Similarly, we could avoid mouse hover highlight in this window but it is less visually problematic.+    if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow)+        window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true;+}++// Attention! BeginPopup() adds default flags which BeginPopupEx()!+bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))+    {+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values+        return false;+    }++    char name[20];+    if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)+        ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginMenuCount); // Recycle windows based on depth+    else+        ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame++    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup;+    bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, flags);+    if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)+        EndPopup();++    return is_open;+}++bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) // Early out for performance+    {+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values+        return false;+    }+    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;+    ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);+    return BeginPopupEx(id, flags);+}++// If 'p_open' is specified for a modal popup window, the popup will have a regular close button which will close the popup.+// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup) so the actual value of *p_open is meaningless here.+bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name);+    if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))+    {+        g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values+        return false;+    }++    // Center modal windows by default for increased visibility+    // (this won't really last as settings will kick in, and is mostly for backward compatibility. user may do the same themselves)+    // FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window.+    if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0)+    {+        const ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();+        SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));+    }++    flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse;+    const bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags);+    if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)+    {+        EndPopup();+        if (is_open)+            ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true);+        return false;+    }+    return is_open;+}++void ImGui::EndPopup()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup);  // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls+    IM_ASSERT(g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0);++    // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy (e.g. focus scope could include wrap/loop policy flags used by new move requests)+    if (g.NavWindow == window)+        NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY);++    // Child-popups don't need to be laid out+    IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false);+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)+        g.WithinEndChild = true;+    End();+    g.WithinEndChild = false;+}++// Helper to open a popup if mouse button is released over the item+// - This is essentially the same as BeginPopupContextItem() but without the trailing BeginPopup()+void ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);+    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))+    {+        ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID;    // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!+        IM_ASSERT(id != 0);                                             // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)+        OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);+    }+}++// This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget.+// - To create a popup associated to the last item, you generally want to pass a NULL value to str_id.+// - To create a popup with a specific identifier, pass it in str_id.+//    - This is useful when using using BeginPopupContextItem() on an item which doesn't have an identifier, e.g. a Text() call.+//    - This is useful when multiple code locations may want to manipulate/open the same popup, given an explicit id.+// - You may want to handle the whole on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters).+//   This is essentially the same as:+//       id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID();+//       OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);+//       return BeginPopup(id);+//   Which is essentially the same as:+//       id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID();+//       if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right))+//           OpenPopup(id);+//       return BeginPopup(id);+//   The main difference being that this is tweaked to avoid computing the ID twice.+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    if (window->SkipItems)+        return false;+    ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID;    // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);                                             // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)+    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);+    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))+        OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);+    return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);+}++bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    if (!str_id)+        str_id = "window_context";+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);+    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);+    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))+        if (!(popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems) || !IsAnyItemHovered())+            OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);+    return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);+}++bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    if (!str_id)+        str_id = "void_context";+    ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);+    int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);+    if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && !IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow))+        if (GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL)+            OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);+    return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);+}++// r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.)+// r_outer = the visible area rectangle, minus safe area padding. If our popup size won't fit because of safe area padding we ignore it.+// (r_outer is usually equivalent to the viewport rectangle minus padding, but when multi-viewports are enabled and monitor+//  information are available, it may represent the entire platform monitor from the frame of reference of the current viewport.+//  this allows us to have tooltips/popups displayed out of the parent viewport.)+ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy)+{+    ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(ref_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size);+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255));+    //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,255));++    // Combo Box policy (we want a connecting edge)+    if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox)+    {+        const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Left, ImGuiDir_Up };+        for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++)+        {+            const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n];+            if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction?+                continue;+            ImVec2 pos;+            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down)  pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Max.y);          // Below, Toward Right (default)+            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Right+            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left)  pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Left+            if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up)    pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Left+            if (!r_outer.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size)))+                continue;+            *last_dir = dir;+            return pos;+        }+    }++    // Tooltip and Default popup policy+    // (Always first try the direction we used on the last frame, if any)+    if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip || policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default)+    {+        const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left };+        for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++)+        {+            const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n];+            if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction?+                continue;++            const float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x);+            const float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y);++            // If there's not enough room on one axis, there's no point in positioning on a side on this axis (e.g. when not enough width, use a top/bottom position to maximize available width)+            if (avail_w < size.x && (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Right))+                continue;+            if (avail_h < size.y && (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down))+                continue;++            ImVec2 pos;+            pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x;+            pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y;++            // Clamp top-left corner of popup+            pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, r_outer.Min.x);+            pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, r_outer.Min.y);++            *last_dir = dir;+            return pos;+        }+    }++    // Fallback when not enough room:+    *last_dir = ImGuiDir_None;++    // For tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible.+    if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip)+        return ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2);++    // Otherwise try to keep within display+    ImVec2 pos = ref_pos;+    pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x);+    pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y);+    return pos;+}++// Note that this is used for popups, which can overlap the non work-area of individual viewports.+ImRect ImGui::GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_UNUSED(window);+    ImRect r_screen = ((ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport())->GetMainRect();+    ImVec2 padding = g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding;+    r_screen.Expand(ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f));+    return r_screen;+}++ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    ImRect r_outer = GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(window);+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)+    {+        // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then we move the new menu outside the parent bounds.+        // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu.+        IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window);+        ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindowStack[g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2].Window;+        float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x).+        ImRect r_avoid;+        if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending)+            r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Min.y, FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Max.y); // Avoid parent menu-bar. If we wanted multi-line menu-bar, we may instead want to have the calling window setup e.g. a NextWindowData.PosConstraintAvoidRect field+        else+            r_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + horizontal_overlap, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - horizontal_overlap - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX);+        return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default);+    }+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)+    {+        return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, ImRect(window->Pos, window->Pos), ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); // Ideally we'd disable r_avoid here+    }+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)+    {+        // Position tooltip (always follows mouse + clamp within outer boundaries)+        // Note that drag and drop tooltips are NOT using this path: BeginTooltipEx() manually sets their position.+        // In theory we could handle both cases in same location, but requires a bit of shuffling as drag and drop tooltips are calling SetWindowPos() leading to 'window_pos_set_by_api' being set in Begin()+        IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window);+        const float scale = g.Style.MouseCursorScale;+        const ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();+        const ImVec2 tooltip_pos = ref_pos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET * scale;+        ImRect r_avoid;+        if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos))+            r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8);+        else+            r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * scale, ref_pos.y + 24 * scale); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important.+        //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255));+        return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(tooltip_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip);+    }+    IM_ASSERT(0);+    return window->Pos;+}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetFocusID vs FocusWindow() needs to be clarified/reworked.+// In our terminology those should be interchangeable, yet right now this is super confusing.+// Those two functions are merely a legacy artifact, so at minimum naming should be clarified.++void ImGui::SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.NavWindow != window)+    {+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : "<NULL>");+        g.NavWindow = window;+    }+    g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();+}++void ImGui::NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis axis)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer][axis] = FLT_MAX;+}++void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);+    IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu);+    g.NavId = id;+    g.NavLayer = nav_layer;+    g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id;+    g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;+    g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel;++    // Clear preferred scoring position (NavMoveRequestApplyResult() will tend to restore it)+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X);+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y);+}++void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);++    if (g.NavWindow != window)+       SetNavWindow(window);++    // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and g.CurrentFocusScopeId are valid.+    // Note that window may be != g.CurrentWindow (e.g. SetFocusID call in InputTextEx for multi-line text)+    const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;+    g.NavId = id;+    g.NavLayer = nav_layer;+    g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;+    window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;+    if (g.LastItemData.ID == id)+        window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect);++    if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)+        g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;+    else+        g.NavDisableHighlight = true;++    // Clear preferred scoring position (NavMoveRequestApplyResult() will tend to restore it)+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X);+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y);+}++static ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy)+{+    if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy))+        return (dx > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Left;+    return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up;+}++static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float cand_min, float cand_max, float curr_min, float curr_max)+{+    if (cand_max < curr_min)+        return cand_max - curr_min;+    if (curr_max < cand_min)+        return cand_min - curr_max;+    return 0.0f;+}++// Scoring function for gamepad/keyboard directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057+static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    if (g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)+        return false;++    // FIXME: Those are not good variables names+    ImRect cand = g.LastItemData.NavRect;   // Current item nav rectangle+    const ImRect curr = g.NavScoringRect;   // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width)+    g.NavScoringDebugCount++;++    // When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring+    if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow)+    {+        IM_ASSERT((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened);+        if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(cand))+            return false;+        cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window+    }++    // Compute distance between boxes+    // FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed.+    float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x);+    float dby = NavScoreItemDistInterval(ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.8f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.8f)); // Scale down on Y to keep using box-distance for vertically touching items+    if (dby != 0.0f && dbx != 0.0f)+        dbx = (dbx / 1000.0f) + ((dbx > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f);+    float dist_box = ImFabs(dbx) + ImFabs(dby);++    // Compute distance between centers (this is off by a factor of 2, but we only compare center distances with each other so it doesn't matter)+    float dcx = (cand.Min.x + cand.Max.x) - (curr.Min.x + curr.Max.x);+    float dcy = (cand.Min.y + cand.Max.y) - (curr.Min.y + curr.Max.y);+    float dist_center = ImFabs(dcx) + ImFabs(dcy); // L1 metric (need this for our connectedness guarantee)++    // Determine which quadrant of 'curr' our candidate item 'cand' lies in based on distance+    ImGuiDir quadrant;+    float dax = 0.0f, day = 0.0f, dist_axial = 0.0f;+    if (dbx != 0.0f || dby != 0.0f)+    {+        // For non-overlapping boxes, use distance between boxes+        dax = dbx;+        day = dby;+        dist_axial = dist_box;+        quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dbx, dby);+    }+    else if (dcx != 0.0f || dcy != 0.0f)+    {+        // For overlapping boxes with different centers, use distance between centers+        dax = dcx;+        day = dcy;+        dist_axial = dist_center;+        quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dcx, dcy);+    }+    else+    {+        // Degenerate case: two overlapping buttons with same center, break ties arbitrarily (note that LastItemId here is really the _previous_ item order, but it doesn't matter)+        quadrant = (g.LastItemData.ID < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right;+    }++    const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir;+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING+    char buf[200];+    if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold CTRL to preview score in matching quadrant. CTRL+Arrow to rotate.+    {+        if (quadrant == move_dir)+        {+            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center);+            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 80));+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Min + CalcTextSize(buf), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200));+            draw_list->AddText(cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);+        }+    }+    const bool debug_hovering = IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max);+    const bool debug_tty = (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space));+    if (debug_hovering || debug_tty)+    {+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf),+            "d-box    (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-center (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-axial  (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nnav %c, quadrant %c",+            dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "-WENS"[move_dir+1], "-WENS"[quadrant+1]);+        if (debug_hovering)+        {+            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);+            draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 100));+            draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 200));+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40, 0, 0, 200));+            draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf);+        }+        if (debug_tty) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("id 0x%08X\n%s\n", g.LastItemData.ID, buf); }+    }+#endif++    // Is it in the quadrant we're interested in moving to?+    bool new_best = false;+    if (quadrant == move_dir)+    {+        // Does it beat the current best candidate?+        if (dist_box < result->DistBox)+        {+            result->DistBox = dist_box;+            result->DistCenter = dist_center;+            return true;+        }+        if (dist_box == result->DistBox)+        {+            // Try using distance between center points to break ties+            if (dist_center < result->DistCenter)+            {+                result->DistCenter = dist_center;+                new_best = true;+            }+            else if (dist_center == result->DistCenter)+            {+                // Still tied! we need to be extra-careful to make sure everything gets linked properly. We consistently break ties by symbolically moving "later" items+                // (with higher index) to the right/downwards by an infinitesimal amount since we the current "best" button already (so it must have a lower index),+                // this is fairly easy. This rule ensures that all buttons with dx==dy==0 will end up being linked in order of appearance along the x axis.+                if (((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance+                    new_best = true;+            }+        }+    }++    // Axial check: if 'curr' has no link at all in some direction and 'cand' lies roughly in that direction, add a tentative link. This will only be kept if no "real" matches+    // are found, so it only augments the graph produced by the above method using extra links. (important, since it doesn't guarantee strong connectedness)+    // This is just to avoid buttons having no links in a particular direction when there's a suitable neighbor. you get good graphs without this too.+    // 2017/09/29: FIXME: This now currently only enabled inside menu bars, ideally we'd disable it everywhere. Menus in particular need to catch failure. For general navigation it feels awkward.+    // Disabling it may lead to disconnected graphs when nodes are very spaced out on different axis. Perhaps consider offering this as an option?+    if (result->DistBox == FLT_MAX && dist_axial < result->DistAxial)  // Check axial match+        if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))+            if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f))+            {+                result->DistAxial = dist_axial;+                new_best = true;+            }++    return new_best;+}++static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    result->Window = window;+    result->ID = g.LastItemData.ID;+    result->FocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;+    result->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags;+    result->RectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect);+}++// True when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right.+// This is generally always true UNLESS within a column. We don't have a vertical equivalent.+void ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = (g.CurrentTable == NULL && window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL);+}++// We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above)+// This is called after LastItemData is set.+static void ImGui::NavProcessItem()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;+    const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags;++    // When inside a container that isn't scrollable with Left<>Right, clip NavRect accordingly (#2221)+    if (window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX == false)+    {+        g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x = ImClamp(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x);+        g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x = ImClamp(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x, window->ClipRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x);+    }+    const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect;++    // Process Init Request+    if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)+    {+        // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback+        const bool candidate_for_nav_default_focus = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) == 0;+        if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResult.ID == 0)+        {+            NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavInitResult);+        }+        if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus)+        {+            g.NavInitRequest = false; // Found a match, clear request+            NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();+        }+    }++    // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation)+    // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRect + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy)+    if (g.NavMoveScoringItems && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)+    {+        const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) != 0;+        if (is_tabbing)+        {+            NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id, item_flags, g.NavMoveFlags);+        }+        else if (g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId))+        {+            ImGuiNavItemData* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther;+            if (NavScoreItem(result))+                NavApplyItemToResult(result);++            // Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items.+            const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f;+            if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb))+                if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO)+                    if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible))+                        NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible);+        }+    }++    // Update information for currently focused/navigated item+    if (g.NavId == id)+    {+        if (g.NavWindow != window)+            SetNavWindow(window); // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() may not have a window.+        g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;+        g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;+        g.NavIdIsAlive = true;+        window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); // Store item bounding box (relative to window position)+    }+}++// Handle "scoring" of an item for a tabbing/focusing request initiated by NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest().+// Note that SetKeyboardFocusHere() API calls are considered tabbing requests!+// - Case 1: no nav/active id:    set result to first eligible item, stop storing.+// - Case 2: tab forward:         on ref id set counter, on counter elapse store result+// - Case 3: tab forward wrap:    set result to first eligible item (preemptively), on ref id set counter, on next frame if counter hasn't elapsed store result. // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as a next-frame forwarded request+// - Case 4: tab backward:        store all results, on ref id pick prev, stop storing+// - Case 5: tab backward wrap:   store all results, on ref id if no result keep storing until last // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as next-frame forwarded requested+void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    if ((move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) == 0)+        if (g.NavLayer != g.CurrentWindow->DC.NavLayerCurrent)+            return;++    // - Can always land on an item when using API call.+    // - Tabbing with _NavEnableKeyboard (space/enter/arrows): goes through every item.+    // - Tabbing without _NavEnableKeyboard: goes through inputable items only.+    bool can_stop;+    if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi)+        can_stop = true;+    else+        can_stop = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop) == 0 && ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) || (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable));++    // Always store in NavMoveResultLocal (unlike directional request which uses NavMoveResultOther on sibling/flattened windows)+    ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavMoveResultLocal;+    if (g.NavTabbingDir == +1)+    {+        // Tab Forward or SetKeyboardFocusHere() with >= 0+        if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0)+            NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst);+        if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingCounter > 0 && --g.NavTabbingCounter == 0)+            NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result);+        else if (g.NavId == id)+            g.NavTabbingCounter = 1;+    }+    else if (g.NavTabbingDir == -1)+    {+        // Tab Backward+        if (g.NavId == id)+        {+            if (result->ID)+            {+                g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;+                NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();+            }+        }+        else if (can_stop)+        {+            // Keep applying until reaching NavId+            NavApplyItemToResult(result);+        }+    }+    else if (g.NavTabbingDir == 0)+    {+        if (can_stop && g.NavId == id)+            NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result);+        if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) // Tab init+            NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst);+    }+}++bool ImGui::NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0;+}++// FIXME: ScoringRect is not set+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);++    if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing)+        move_flags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId;++    g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = true;+    g.NavMoveDir = move_dir;+    g.NavMoveDirForDebug = move_dir;+    g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir;+    g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags;+    g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags;+    g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false;+    g.NavMoveKeyMods = g.IO.KeyMods;+    g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear();+    g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.Clear();+    g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear();+    g.NavTabbingCounter = 0;+    g.NavTabbingResultFirst.Clear();+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();+}++void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; // Ensure request doesn't need more processing+    NavApplyItemToResult(result);+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();+}++// Called by TreePop() to implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* tree_node_data)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;+    g.LastItemData.ID = tree_node_data->ID;+    g.LastItemData.InFlags = tree_node_data->InFlags;+    g.LastItemData.NavRect = tree_node_data->NavRect;+    NavApplyItemToResult(result); // Result this instead of implementing a NavApplyPastTreeNodeToResult()+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y);+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();+}++void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();+}++// Forward will reuse the move request again on the next frame (generally with modifications done to it)+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame == false);+    NavMoveRequestCancel();+    g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = true;+    g.NavMoveDir = move_dir;+    g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir;+    g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded;+    g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags;+}++// Navigation wrap-around logic is delayed to the end of the frame because this operation is only valid after entire+// popup is assembled and in case of appended popups it is not clear which EndPopup() call is final.+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags wrap_flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT((wrap_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_ ) != 0 && (wrap_flags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) == 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY++    // In theory we should test for NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() but there's no point doing it:+    // as NavEndFrame() will do the same test. It will end up calling NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest().+    if (g.NavWindow == window && g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)+        g.NavMoveFlags = (g.NavMoveFlags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) | wrap_flags;+}++// FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0).+// This way we could find the last focused window among our children. It would be much less confusing this way?+static void ImGui::NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window)+{+    ImGuiWindow* parent = nav_window;+    while (parent && parent->RootWindow != parent && (parent->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)+        parent = parent->ParentWindow;+    if (parent && parent != nav_window)+        parent->NavLastChildNavWindow = nav_window;+}++// Restore the last focused child.+// Call when we are expected to land on the Main Layer (0) after FocusWindow()+static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    if (window->NavLastChildNavWindow && window->NavLastChildNavWindow->WasActive)+        return window->NavLastChildNavWindow;+    return window;+}++void ImGui::NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)+    {+        ImGuiWindow* prev_nav_window = g.NavWindow;+        g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow);    // FIXME-NAV: Should clear ongoing nav requests?+        if (prev_nav_window)+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavRestoreLayer: from \"%s\" to SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", prev_nav_window->Name, g.NavWindow->Name);+    }+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;+    if (window->NavLastIds[layer] != 0)+    {+        SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]);+    }+    else+    {+        g.NavLayer = layer;+        NavInitWindow(window, true);+    }+}++void ImGui::NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.NavDisableHighlight = false;+    g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true;+}++static inline void ImGui::NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveScoringItems || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL);+    if (g.NavAnyRequest)+        IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);+}++// This needs to be called before we submit any widget (aka in or before Begin)+void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(window == g.NavWindow);++    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)+    {+        g.NavId = 0;+        g.NavFocusScopeId = window->NavRootFocusScopeId;+        return;+    }++    bool init_for_nav = false;+    if (window == window->RootWindow || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit)+        init_for_nav = true;+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from NavInitWindow(), init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer);+    if (init_for_nav)+    {+        SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, window->NavRootFocusScopeId, ImRect());+        g.NavInitRequest = true;+        g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false;+        g.NavInitResult.ID = 0;+        NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();+    }+    else+    {+        g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0];+        g.NavFocusScopeId = window->NavRootFocusScopeId;+    }+}++static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;+    if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !window)+    {+        // Mouse (we need a fallback in case the mouse becomes invalid after being used)+        // The +1.0f offset when stored by OpenPopupEx() allows reopening this or another popup (same or another mouse button) while not moving the mouse, it is pretty standard.+        // In theory we could move that +1.0f offset in OpenPopupEx()+        ImVec2 p = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : g.MouseLastValidPos;+        return ImVec2(p.x + 1.0f, p.y);+    }+    else+    {+        // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, pick a position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item+        // Take account of upcoming scrolling (maybe set mouse pos should be done in EndFrame?)+        ImRect rect_rel = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]);+        if (window->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount && (window->ScrollTarget.x != FLT_MAX || window->ScrollTarget.y != FLT_MAX))+        {+            ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);+            rect_rel.Translate(window->Scroll - next_scroll);+        }+        ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight()));+        ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();+        return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta.+    }+}++float ImGui::GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    float repeat_delay, repeat_rate;+    GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate);++    ImGuiKey key_less, key_more;+    if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)+    {+        key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp;+        key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown;+    }+    else+    {+        key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_LeftArrow : ImGuiKey_UpArrow;+        key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_RightArrow : ImGuiKey_DownArrow;+    }+    float amount = (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_more, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) - (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_less, repeat_delay, repeat_rate);+    if (amount != 0.0f && IsKeyDown(key_less) && IsKeyDown(key_more)) // Cancel when opposite directions are held, regardless of repeat phase+        amount = 0.0f;+    return amount;+}++static void ImGui::NavUpdate()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;++    io.WantSetMousePos = false;+    //if (g.NavScoringDebugCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavScoringDebugCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.NavScoringDebugCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest);++    // Set input source based on which keys are last pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard)+    // FIXME-NAV: Now that keys are separated maybe we can get rid of NavInputSource?+    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;+    const ImGuiKey nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown };+    if (nav_gamepad_active)+        for (ImGuiKey key : nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source)+            if (IsKeyDown(key))+                g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad;+    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;+    const ImGuiKey nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow };+    if (nav_keyboard_active)+        for (ImGuiKey key : nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source)+            if (IsKeyDown(key))+                g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;++    // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus)+    g.NavJustMovedToId = 0;+    if (g.NavInitResult.ID != 0)+        NavInitRequestApplyResult();+    g.NavInitRequest = false;+    g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false;+    g.NavInitResult.ID = 0;++    // Process navigation move request+    if (g.NavMoveSubmitted)+        NavMoveRequestApplyResult();+    g.NavTabbingCounter = 0;+    g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;++    // Schedule mouse position update (will be done at the bottom of this function, after 1) processing all move requests and 2) updating scrolling)+    bool set_mouse_pos = false;+    if (g.NavMousePosDirty && g.NavIdIsAlive)+        if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow)+            set_mouse_pos = true;+    g.NavMousePosDirty = false;+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu);++    // Store our return window (for returning from Menu Layer to Main Layer) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0+    if (g.NavWindow)+        NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(g.NavWindow);+    if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow != NULL && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)+        g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL;++    // Update CTRL+TAB and Windowing features (hold Square to move/resize/etc.)+    NavUpdateWindowing();++    // Set output flags for user application+    io.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs);+    io.NavVisible = (io.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);++    // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus)+    NavUpdateCancelRequest();++    // Process manual activation request+    g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = 0;+    g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;+    if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))+    {+        const bool activate_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate));+        const bool activate_pressed = activate_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space, false)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false)));+        const bool input_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput));+        const bool input_pressed = input_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, false)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false)));+        if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed)+        {+            g.NavActivateId = g.NavId;+            g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak;+        }+        if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && input_pressed)+        {+            g.NavActivateId = g.NavId;+            g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput;+        }+        if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && (activate_down || input_down))+            g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId;+        if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && (activate_pressed || input_pressed))+            g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId;+    }+    if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))+        g.NavDisableHighlight = true;+    if (g.NavActivateId != 0)+        IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId);++    // Process programmatic activation request+    // FIXME-NAV: Those should eventually be queued (unlike focus they don't cancel each others)+    if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0)+    {+        g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavNextActivateId;+        g.NavActivateFlags = g.NavNextActivateFlags;+    }+    g.NavNextActivateId = 0;++    // Process move requests+    NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest();+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None)+        NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest();+    NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();+    g.NavIdIsAlive = false;++    // Scrolling+    if (g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget)+    {+        // *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;+        const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * io.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported.+        const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir;+        if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None)+        {+            if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right)+                SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));+            if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down)+                SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));+        }++        // *Normal* Manual scroll with LStick+        // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds.+        if (nav_gamepad_active)+        {+            const ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown);+            const float tweak_factor = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow) ? 1.0f / 10.0f : IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast) ? 10.0f : 1.0f;+            if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX)+                SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed * tweak_factor));+            if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f)+                SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed * tweak_factor));+        }+    }++    // Always prioritize mouse highlight if navigation is disabled+    if (!nav_keyboard_active && !nav_gamepad_active)+    {+        g.NavDisableHighlight = true;+        g.NavDisableMouseHover = set_mouse_pos = false;+    }++    // Update mouse position if requested+    // (This will take into account the possibility that a Scroll was queued in the window to offset our absolute mouse position before scroll has been applied)+    if (set_mouse_pos && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos))+    {+        io.MousePos = io.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();+        io.WantSetMousePos = true;+        //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("SetMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);+    }++    // [DEBUG]+    g.NavScoringDebugCount = 0;+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS+    if (ImGuiWindow* debug_window = g.NavWindow)+    {+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(debug_window);+        int layer = g.NavLayer; /* for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++)*/ { ImRect r = WindowRectRelToAbs(debug_window, debug_window->NavRectRel[layer]); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); }+        //if (1) { ImU32 col = (!debug_window->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); }+    }+#endif+}++void ImGui::NavInitRequestApplyResult()+{+    // In very rare cases g.NavWindow may be null (e.g. clearing focus after requesting an init request, which does happen when releasing Alt while clicking on void)+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (!g.NavWindow)+        return;++    ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavInitResult;+    if (g.NavId != result->ID)+    {+        g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID;+        g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId;+        g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = 0;+    }++    // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called)+    // FIXME-NAV: On _NavFlattened windows, g.NavWindow will only be updated during subsequent frame. Not a problem currently.+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name);+    SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel);+    g.NavIdIsAlive = true; // Mark as alive from previous frame as we got a result+    if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove)+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();+}++// Bias scoring rect ahead of scoring + update preferred pos (if missing) using source position+static void NavBiasScoringRect(ImRect& r, ImVec2& preferred_pos_rel, ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags)+{+    // Bias initial rect+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    const ImVec2 rel_to_abs_offset = g.NavWindow->DC.CursorStartPos;++    // Initialize bias on departure if we don't have any. So mouse-click + arrow will record bias.+    // - We default to L/U bias, so moving down from a large source item into several columns will land on left-most column.+    // - But each successful move sets new bias on one axis, only cleared when using mouse.+    if ((move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0)+    {+        if (preferred_pos_rel.x == FLT_MAX)+            preferred_pos_rel.x = ImMin(r.Min.x + 1.0f, r.Max.x) - rel_to_abs_offset.x;+        if (preferred_pos_rel.y == FLT_MAX)+            preferred_pos_rel.y = r.GetCenter().y - rel_to_abs_offset.y;+    }++    // Apply general bias on the other axis+    if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) && preferred_pos_rel.x != FLT_MAX)+        r.Min.x = r.Max.x = preferred_pos_rel.x + rel_to_abs_offset.x;+    else if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) && preferred_pos_rel.y != FLT_MAX)+        r.Min.y = r.Max.y = preferred_pos_rel.y + rel_to_abs_offset.y;+}++void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;+    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;+    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;++    if (g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame && window != NULL)+    {+        // Forwarding previous request (which has been modified, e.g. wrap around menus rewrite the requests with a starting rectangle at the other side of the window)+        // (preserve most state, which were already set by the NavMoveRequestForward() function)+        IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None && g.NavMoveClipDir != ImGuiDir_None);+        IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded);+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequestForward %d\n", g.NavMoveDir);+    }+    else+    {+        // Initiate directional inputs request+        g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None;+        g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None;+        g.NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None;+        if (window && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))+        {+            const ImGuiInputFlags repeat_mode = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | (ImGuiInputFlags)ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove;+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left)  && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft,  ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow,  ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; }+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; }+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up)    && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp,    ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow,    ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; }+            if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down)  && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown,  ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow,  ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; }+        }+        g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir;+        g.NavScoringNoClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);+    }++    // Update PageUp/PageDown/Home/End scroll+    // FIXME-NAV: Consider enabling those keys even without the master ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag?+    float scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;+    if (window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None && nav_keyboard_active)+        scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown();+    if (scoring_rect_offset_y != 0.0f)+    {+        g.NavScoringNoClipRect = window->InnerRect;+        g.NavScoringNoClipRect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y);+    }++    // [DEBUG] Always send a request when holding CTRL. Hold CTRL + Arrow change the direction.+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING+    //if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C))+    //    g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3);+    if (io.KeyCtrl)+    {+        if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None)+            g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug;+        g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir;+        g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult;+    }+#endif++    // Submit+    g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false;+    if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None)+        NavMoveRequestSubmit(g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveClipDir, g.NavMoveFlags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);++    // Moving with no reference triggers an init request (will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match)+    if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavId == 0)+    {+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", window ? window->Name : "<NULL>", g.NavLayer);+        g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true;+        g.NavInitResult.ID = 0;+        g.NavDisableHighlight = false;+    }++    // When using gamepad, we project the reference nav bounding box into window visible area.+    // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling,+    // since with gamepad all movements are relative (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse).+    if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && window != NULL)// && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded))+    {+        bool clamp_x = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)) == 0;+        bool clamp_y = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)) == 0;+        ImRect inner_rect_rel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, ImRect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)));++        // Take account of changing scroll to handle triggering a new move request on a scrolling frame. (#6171)+        // Otherwise 'inner_rect_rel' would be off on the move result frame.+        inner_rect_rel.Translate(CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window) - window->Scroll);++        if ((clamp_x || clamp_y) && !inner_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]))+        {+            IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n");+            float pad_x = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetWidth(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f);+            float pad_y = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetHeight(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item+            inner_rect_rel.Min.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.x + pad_x) : -FLT_MAX;+            inner_rect_rel.Max.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.x - pad_x) : +FLT_MAX;+            inner_rect_rel.Min.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.y + pad_y) : -FLT_MAX;+            inner_rect_rel.Max.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.y - pad_y) : +FLT_MAX;+            window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWithFull(inner_rect_rel);+            g.NavId = 0;+        }+    }++    // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items)+    ImRect scoring_rect;+    if (window != NULL)+    {+        ImRect nav_rect_rel = !window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted() ? window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0);+        scoring_rect = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, nav_rect_rel);+        scoring_rect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y);+        if (g.NavMoveSubmitted)+            NavBiasScoringRect(scoring_rect, window->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer], g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveFlags);+        IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure we have a non-inverted bounding box here will allow us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem().+        //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scoring_rect.Min, scoring_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG]+        //if (!g.NavScoringNoClipRect.IsInverted()) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } // [DEBUG]+    }+    g.NavScoringRect = scoring_rect;+    g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Add(scoring_rect);+}++void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None);+    if (window == NULL || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))+        return;++    const bool tab_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyAlt;+    if (!tab_pressed)+        return;++    // Initiate tabbing request+    // (this is ALWAYS ENABLED, regardless of ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag!)+    // Initially this was designed to use counters and modulo arithmetic, but that could not work with unsubmitted items (list clipper). Instead we use a strategy close to other move requests.+    // See NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for a description of the various forward/backward tabbing cases with and without wrapping.+    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;+    if (nav_keyboard_active)+        g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.NavDisableHighlight == true && g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1;+    else+        g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1;+    ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate;+    ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;+    ImGuiDir clip_dir = (g.NavTabbingDir < 0) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down;+    NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable.+    g.NavTabbingCounter = -1;+}++// Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request. Always called from NavUpdate()+void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING+    if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult) // [DEBUG] Scoring all items in NavWindow at all times+        return;+#endif++    // Select which result to use+    ImGuiNavItemData* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : (g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultOther : NULL;++    // Tabbing forward wrap+    if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && result == NULL)+        if ((g.NavTabbingCounter == 1 || g.NavTabbingDir == 0) && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID)+            result = &g.NavTabbingResultFirst;++    // In a situation when there are no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result)+    const ImGuiAxis axis = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;+    if (result == NULL)+    {+        if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing)+            g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight;+        if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight) == 0)+            NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();+        NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(axis); // On a failed move, clear preferred pos for this axis.+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveSubmitted but not led to a result!\n");+        return;+    }++    // PageUp/PageDown behavior first jumps to the bottom/top mostly visible item, _otherwise_ use the result from the previous/next page.+    if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet)+        if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != g.NavId)+            result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible;++    // Maybe entering a flattened child from the outside? In this case solve the tie using the regular scoring rules.+    if (result != &g.NavMoveResultOther && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.Window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow)+        if ((g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox < result->DistBox) || (g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox == result->DistBox && g.NavMoveResultOther.DistCenter < result->DistCenter))+            result = &g.NavMoveResultOther;+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow && result->Window);++    // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view.+    if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)+    {+        ImRect rect_abs = WindowRectRelToAbs(result->Window, result->RectRel);+        ScrollToRectEx(result->Window, rect_abs, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);++        if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY)+        {+            // FIXME: Should remove this? Or make more precise: use ScrollToRectEx() with edge?+            float scroll_target = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? result->Window->ScrollMax.y : 0.0f;+            SetScrollY(result->Window, scroll_target);+        }+    }++    if (g.NavWindow != result->Window)+    {+        IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavMoveRequest: SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", result->Window->Name);+        g.NavWindow = result->Window;+    }+    if (g.ActiveId != result->ID)+        ClearActiveID();++    // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)+    // PageUp/PageDown however sets always set NavJustMovedTo (vs Home/End which doesn't) mimicking Windows behavior.+    if ((g.NavId != result->ID || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove)) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect) == 0)+    {+        g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID;+        g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId;+        g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveKeyMods;+    }++    // Apply new NavID/Focus+    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name);+    ImVec2 preferred_scoring_pos_rel = g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer];+    SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel);++    // Restore last preferred position for current axis+    // (storing in RootWindowForNav-> as the info is desirable at the beginning of a Move Request. In theory all storage should use RootWindowForNav..)+    if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) == 0)+    {+        preferred_scoring_pos_rel[axis] = result->RectRel.GetCenter()[axis];+        g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer] = preferred_scoring_pos_rel;+    }++    // Tabbing: Activates Inputable, otherwise only Focus+    if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) == 0)+        g.NavMoveFlags &= ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate;++    // Activate+    if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate)+    {+        g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID;+        g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;+        g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight;+        if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing)+            g.NavNextActivateFlags |= ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState;+    }++    // Enable nav highlight+    if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight) == 0)+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();+}++// Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus)+// FIXME: In order to support e.g. Escape to clear a selection we'll need:+// - either to store the equivalent of ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask for a FocusScope and test for it.+// - either to move most/all of those tests to the epilogue/end functions of the scope they are dealing with (e.g. exit child window in EndChild()) or in EndFrame(), to allow an earlier intercept+static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;+    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;+    if (!(nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)) && !(nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)))+        return;++    IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavUpdateCancelRequest()\n");+    if (g.ActiveId != 0)+    {+        ClearActiveID();+    }+    else if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main)+    {+        // Leave the "menu" layer+        NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main);+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();+    }+    else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow)+    {+        // Exit child window+        ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow;+        ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow;+        IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0);+        ImRect child_rect = child_window->Rect();+        FocusWindow(parent_window);+        SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, WindowRectAbsToRel(parent_window, child_rect));+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();+    }+    else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window != NULL && !(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))+    {+        // Close open popup/menu+        ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true);+    }+    else+    {+        // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were+        if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)))+            g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0;+        g.NavId = 0;+    }+}++// Handle PageUp/PageDown/Home/End keys+// Called from NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() which will use our output to create a move request+// FIXME-NAV: This doesn't work properly with NavFlattened siblings as we use NavWindow rectangle for reference+// FIXME-NAV: how to get Home/End to aim at the beginning/end of a 2D grid?+static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL)+        return 0.0f;++    const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None);+    const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None);+    const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat);+    const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat);+    if (page_up_held == page_down_held && home_pressed == end_pressed) // Proceed if either (not both) are pressed, otherwise early out+        return 0.0f;++    if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main)+        NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main);++    if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY)+    {+        // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item+        if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))+            SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight());+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))+            SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight());+        else if (home_pressed)+            SetScrollY(window, 0.0f);+        else if (end_pressed)+            SetScrollY(window, window->ScrollMax.y);+    }+    else+    {+        ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];+        const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight());+        float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;+        if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, true))+        {+            nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y;+            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item)+            g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up;+            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove;+        }+        else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, true))+        {+            nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y;+            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item)+            g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down;+            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove;+        }+        else if (home_pressed)+        {+            // FIXME-NAV: handling of Home/End is assuming that the top/bottom most item will be visible with Scroll.y == 0/ScrollMax.y+            // Scrolling will be handled via the ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY flag, we don't scroll immediately to avoid scrolling happening before nav result.+            // Preserve current horizontal position if we have any.+            nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = 0.0f;+            if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted())+                nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f;+            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down;+            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY;+            // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional?+        }+        else if (end_pressed)+        {+            nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y;+            if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted())+                nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f;+            g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up;+            g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY;+            // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional?+        }+        return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y;+    }+    return 0.0f;+}++static void ImGui::NavEndFrame()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    // Show CTRL+TAB list window+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL)+        NavUpdateWindowingOverlay();++    // Perform wrap-around in menus+    // FIXME-NAV: Wrap may need to apply a weight bias on the other axis. e.g. 4x4 grid with 2 last items missing on last item won't handle LoopY/WrapY correctly.+    // FIXME-NAV: Wrap (not Loop) support could be handled by the scoring function and then WrapX would function without an extra frame.+    if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0)+        NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest();+}++static void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;++    bool do_forward = false;+    ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];+    ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir;++    const ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = g.NavMoveFlags;+    //const ImGuiAxis move_axis = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX)))+    {+        bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x;+        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)+        {+            bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Previous row+            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up;+        }+        do_forward = true;+    }+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX)))+    {+        bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->WindowPadding.x;+        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)+        {+            bb_rel.TranslateY(+bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Next row+            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down;+        }+        do_forward = true;+    }+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY)))+    {+        bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y;+        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)+        {+            bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Previous column+            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left;+        }+        do_forward = true;+    }+    if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY)))+    {+        bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->WindowPadding.y;+        if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)+        {+            bb_rel.TranslateX(+bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Next column+            clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right;+        }+        do_forward = true;+    }+    if (!do_forward)+        return;+    window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel;+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X);+    NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y);+    NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, move_flags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);+}++static int ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_UNUSED(g);+    int order = window->FocusOrder;+    IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindow == window); // No child window (not testing _ChildWindow because of docking)+    IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[order] == window);+    return order;+}++static ImGuiWindow* FindWindowNavFocusable(int i_start, int i_stop, int dir) // FIXME-OPT O(N)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    for (int i = i_start; i >= 0 && i < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size && i != i_stop; i += dir)+        if (ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]))+            return g.WindowsFocusOrder[i];+    return NULL;+}++static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget);+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)+        return;++    const int i_current = ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(g.NavWindowingTarget);+    ImGuiWindow* window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable(i_current + focus_change_dir, -INT_MAX, focus_change_dir);+    if (!window_target)+        window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable((focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1) : 0, i_current, focus_change_dir);+    if (window_target) // Don't reset windowing target if there's a single window in the list+    {+        g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window_target;+        g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);+    }+    g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;+}++// Windowing management mode+// Keyboard: CTRL+Tab (change focus/move/resize), Alt (toggle menu layer)+// Gamepad:  Hold Menu/Square (change focus/move/resize), Tap Menu/Square (toggle menu layer)+static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;++    ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL;+    bool apply_toggle_layer = false;++    ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal();+    bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL); // FIXME: This prevent CTRL+TAB from being usable with windows that are inside the Begin-stack of that modal.+    if (!allow_windowing)+        g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;++    // Fade out+    if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && g.NavWindowingTarget == NULL)+    {+        g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - io.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f);+        if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f)+            g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = NULL;+    }++    // Start CTRL+Tab or Square+L/R window selection+    const ImGuiID owner_id = ImHashStr("###NavUpdateWindowing");+    const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;+    const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;+    const bool keyboard_next_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext, owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways);+    const bool keyboard_prev_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev, owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways);+    const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && nav_gamepad_active && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu, 0, ImGuiInputFlags_None);+    const bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window); // Note: enabled even without NavEnableKeyboard!+    if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard)+        if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1))+        {+            g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindow;+            g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;+            g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_gamepad ? true : false; // Gamepad starts toggling layer+            g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard : ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad;++            // Register ownership of our mods. Using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh in the Shortcut() calls instead would probably be correct but may have more side-effects.+            if (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window)+                SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord((g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext | g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev) & ImGuiMod_Mask_, owner_id);+        }++    // Gamepad update+    g.NavWindowingTimer += io.DeltaTime;+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)+    {+        // Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise+        g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f));++        // Select window to focus+        const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1) - (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1);+        if (focus_change_dir != 0)+        {+            NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir);+            g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 1.0f;+        }++        // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered top-most)+        if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu))+        {+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore.+            if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavWindow)+                apply_toggle_layer = true;+            else if (!g.NavWindowingToggleLayer)+                apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget;+            g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;+        }+    }++    // Keyboard: Focus+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)+    {+        // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise+        ImGuiKeyChord shared_mods = ((g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext ? g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext : ImGuiMod_Mask_) & (g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev ? g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev : ImGuiMod_Mask_)) & ImGuiMod_Mask_;+        IM_ASSERT(shared_mods != 0); // Next/Prev shortcut currently needs a shared modifier to "hold", otherwise Prev actions would keep cycling between two windows.+        g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f+        if (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window)+            NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(keyboard_next_window ? -1 : +1);+        else if ((io.KeyMods & shared_mods) != shared_mods)+            apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget;+    }++    // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer+    // - Testing that only Alt is tested prevents Alt+Shift or AltGR from toggling menu layer.+    // - AltGR is normally Alt+Ctrl but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl). But even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu anyway.+    if (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_None))+    {+        g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true;+        g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;+    }+    if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)+    {+        // We cancel toggling nav layer when any text has been typed (generally while holding Alt). (See #370)+        // We cancel toggling nav layer when other modifiers are pressed. (See #4439)+        // We cancel toggling nav layer if an owner has claimed the key.+        if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0 || io.KeyCtrl || io.KeyShift || io.KeySuper || TestKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) == false)+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;++        // Apply layer toggle on release+        // Important: as before version <18314 we lacked an explicit IO event for focus gain/loss, we also compare mouse validity to detect old backends clearing mouse pos on focus loss.+        if (IsKeyReleased(ImGuiMod_Alt) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer)+            if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)+                if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev))+                    apply_toggle_layer = true;+        if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Alt))+            g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;+    }++    // Move window+    if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))+    {+        ImVec2 nav_move_dir;+        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && !io.KeyShift)+            nav_move_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow);+        if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)+            nav_move_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown);+        if (nav_move_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_move_dir.y != 0.0f)+        {+            const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f;+            const float move_step = NAV_MOVE_SPEED * io.DeltaTime * ImMin(io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);+            g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos += nav_move_dir * move_step;+            g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;+            ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos);+            if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f)+            {+                ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow;+                SetWindowPos(moving_window, moving_window->Pos + accum_floored, ImGuiCond_Always);+                g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos -= accum_floored;+            }+        }+    }++    // Apply final focus+    if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow))+    {+        ClearActiveID();+        NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();+        ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false);+        FocusWindow(apply_focus_window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild);+        apply_focus_window = g.NavWindow;+        if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0)+            NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false);++        // If the window has ONLY a menu layer (no main layer), select it directly+        // Use NavLayersActiveMaskNext since windows didn't have a chance to be Begin()-ed on this frame,+        // so CTRL+Tab where the keys are only held for 1 frame will be able to use correct layers mask since+        // the target window as already been previewed once.+        // FIXME-NAV: This should be done in NavInit.. or in FocusWindow... However in both of those cases,+        // we won't have a guarantee that windows has been visible before and therefore NavLayersActiveMask*+        // won't be valid.+        if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext == (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu))+            g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;+    }+    if (apply_focus_window)+        g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;++    // Apply menu/layer toggle+    if (apply_toggle_layer && g.NavWindow)+    {+        ClearActiveID();++        // Move to parent menu if necessary+        ImGuiWindow* new_nav_window = g.NavWindow;+        while (new_nav_window->ParentWindow+            && (new_nav_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0+            && (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0+            && (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)+            new_nav_window = new_nav_window->ParentWindow;+        if (new_nav_window != g.NavWindow)+        {+            ImGuiWindow* old_nav_window = g.NavWindow;+            FocusWindow(new_nav_window);+            new_nav_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = old_nav_window;+        }++        // Toggle layer+        const ImGuiNavLayer new_nav_layer = (g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) ? (ImGuiNavLayer)((int)g.NavLayer ^ 1) : ImGuiNavLayer_Main;+        if (new_nav_layer != g.NavLayer)+        {+            // Reinitialize navigation when entering menu bar with the Alt key (FIXME: could be a properly of the layer?)+            if (new_nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)+                g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[new_nav_layer] = 0;+            NavRestoreLayer(new_nav_layer);+            NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();+        }+    }+}++// Window has already passed the IsWindowNavFocusable()+static const char* GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)+        return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup);+    if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) && strcmp(window->Name, "##MainMenuBar") == 0)+        return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar);+    return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled);+}++// Overlay displayed when using CTRL+TAB. Called by EndFrame().+void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);++    if (g.NavWindowingTimer < NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY)+        return;++    if (g.NavWindowingListWindow == NULL)+        g.NavWindowingListWindow = FindWindowByName("###NavWindowingList");+    const ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();+    SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(viewport->Size.x * 0.20f, viewport->Size.y * 0.20f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX));+    SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));+    PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.WindowPadding * 2.0f);+    Begin("###NavWindowingList", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);+    for (int n = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)+    {+        ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n];+        IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); // Fix static analyzers+        if (!IsWindowNavFocusable(window))+            continue;+        const char* label = window->Name;+        if (label == FindRenderedTextEnd(label))+            label = GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(window);+        Selectable(label, g.NavWindowingTarget == window);+    }+    End();+    PopStyleVar();+}+++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++bool ImGui::IsDragDropActive()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.DragDropActive;+}++void ImGui::ClearDragDrop()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.DragDropActive = false;+    g.DragDropPayload.Clear();+    g.DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None;+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = 0;+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX;+    g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1;++    g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.clear();+    memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal));+}++// When this returns true you need to: a) call SetDragDropPayload() exactly once, b) you may render the payload visual/description, c) call EndDragDropSource()+// If the item has an identifier:+// - This assume/require the item to be activated (typically via ButtonBehavior).+// - Therefore if you want to use this with a mouse button other than left mouse button, it is up to the item itself to activate with another button.+// - We then pull and use the mouse button that was used to activate the item and use it to carry on the drag.+// If the item has no identifier:+// - Currently always assume left mouse button.+bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;++    // FIXME-DRAGDROP: While in the common-most "drag from non-zero active id" case we can tell the mouse button,+    // in both SourceExtern and id==0 cases we may requires something else (explicit flags or some heuristic).+    ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = ImGuiMouseButton_Left;++    bool source_drag_active = false;+    ImGuiID source_id = 0;+    ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0;+    if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern))+    {+        source_id = g.LastItemData.ID;+        if (source_id != 0)+        {+            // Common path: items with ID+            if (g.ActiveId != source_id)+                return false;+            if (g.ActiveIdMouseButton != -1)+                mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton;+            if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems)+                return false;+            g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;+        }+        else+        {+            // Uncommon path: items without ID+            if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems)+                return false;+            if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window))+                return false;++            // If you want to use BeginDragDropSource() on an item with no unique identifier for interaction, such as Text() or Image(), you need to:+            // A) Read the explanation below, B) Use the ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID flag.+            if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID))+            {+                IM_ASSERT(0);+                return false;+            }++            // Magic fallback to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image()+            // We build a throwaway ID based on current ID stack + relative AABB of items in window.+            // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING/RESIZINGG OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled.+            // We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive.+            // Rely on keeping other window->LastItemXXX fields intact.+            source_id = g.LastItemData.ID = window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect);+            KeepAliveID(source_id);+            bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(g.LastItemData.Rect, source_id, g.LastItemData.InFlags);+            if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button])+            {+                SetActiveID(source_id, window);+                FocusWindow(window);+            }+            if (g.ActiveId == source_id) // Allow the underlying widget to display/return hovered during the mouse release frame, else we would get a flicker.+                g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = is_hovered;+        }+        if (g.ActiveId != source_id)+            return false;+        source_parent_id = window->IDStack.back();+        source_drag_active = IsMouseDragging(mouse_button);++        // Disable navigation and key inputs while dragging + cancel existing request if any+        SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys();+    }+    else+    {+        window = NULL;+        source_id = ImHashStr("#SourceExtern");+        source_drag_active = true;+    }++    if (source_drag_active)+    {+        if (!g.DragDropActive)+        {+            IM_ASSERT(source_id != 0);+            ClearDragDrop();+            ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;+            payload.SourceId = source_id;+            payload.SourceParentId = source_parent_id;+            g.DragDropActive = true;+            g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags;+            g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button;+            if (payload.SourceId == g.ActiveId)+                g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;+        }+        g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount;+        g.DragDropWithinSource = true;++        if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))+        {+            // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit)+            // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents.+            bool ret = BeginTooltip();+            IM_ASSERT(ret); // FIXME-NEWBEGIN: If this ever becomes false, we need to Begin("##Hidden", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame().+            IM_UNUSED(ret);++            if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip))+                SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(g.CurrentWindow);+        }++        if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern))+            g.LastItemData.StatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;++        return true;+    }+    return false;+}++void ImGui::EndDragDropSource()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSource && "Not after a BeginDragDropSource()?");++    if (!(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))+        EndTooltip();++    // Discard the drag if have not called SetDragDropPayload()+    if (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount == -1)+        ClearDragDrop();+    g.DragDropWithinSource = false;+}++// Use 'cond' to choose to submit payload on drag start or every frame+bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiCond cond)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;+    if (cond == 0)+        cond = ImGuiCond_Always;++    IM_ASSERT(type != NULL);+    IM_ASSERT(strlen(type) < IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType) && "Payload type can be at most 32 characters long");+    IM_ASSERT((data != NULL && data_size > 0) || (data == NULL && data_size == 0));+    IM_ASSERT(cond == ImGuiCond_Always || cond == ImGuiCond_Once);+    IM_ASSERT(payload.SourceId != 0);                               // Not called between BeginDragDropSource() and EndDragDropSource()++    if (cond == ImGuiCond_Always || payload.DataFrameCount == -1)+    {+        // Copy payload+        ImStrncpy(payload.DataType, type, IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType));+        g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize(0);+        if (data_size > sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal))+        {+            // Store in heap+            g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize((int)data_size);+            payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.Data;+            memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size);+        }+        else if (data_size > 0)+        {+            // Store locally+            memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal));+            payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal;+            memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size);+        }+        else+        {+            payload.Data = NULL;+        }+        payload.DataSize = (int)data_size;+    }+    payload.DataFrameCount = g.FrameCount;++    // Return whether the payload has been accepted+    return (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount) || (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1);+}++bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (!g.DragDropActive)+        return false;++    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;+    if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindow != hovered_window->RootWindow)+        return false;+    IM_ASSERT(id != 0);+    if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max) || (id == g.DragDropPayload.SourceId))+        return false;+    if (window->SkipItems)+        return false;++    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false);+    g.DragDropTargetRect = bb;+    g.DragDropTargetId = id;+    g.DragDropWithinTarget = true;+    return true;+}++// We don't use BeginDragDropTargetCustom() and duplicate its code because:+// 1) we use LastItemRectHoveredRect which handles items that push a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them.+// 2) and it's faster. as this code may be very frequently called, we want to early out as fast as we can.+// Also note how the HoveredWindow test is positioned differently in both functions (in both functions we optimize for the cheapest early out case)+bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (!g.DragDropActive)+        return false;++    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    if (!(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))+        return false;+    ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;+    if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindow != hovered_window->RootWindow || window->SkipItems)+        return false;++    const ImRect& display_rect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? g.LastItemData.DisplayRect : g.LastItemData.Rect;+    ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;+    if (id == 0)+    {+        id = window->GetIDFromRectangle(display_rect);+        KeepAliveID(id);+    }+    if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id)+        return false;++    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false);+    g.DragDropTargetRect = display_rect;+    g.DragDropTargetId = id;+    g.DragDropWithinTarget = true;+    return true;+}++bool ImGui::IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev != 0;+}++const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);                        // Not called between BeginDragDropTarget() and EndDragDropTarget() ?+    IM_ASSERT(payload.DataFrameCount != -1);            // Forgot to call EndDragDropTarget() ?+    if (type != NULL && !payload.IsDataType(type))+        return NULL;++    // Accept smallest drag target bounding box, this allows us to nest drag targets conveniently without ordering constraints.+    // NB: We currently accept NULL id as target. However, overlapping targets requires a unique ID to function!+    const bool was_accepted_previously = (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev == g.DragDropTargetId);+    ImRect r = g.DragDropTargetRect;+    float r_surface = r.GetWidth() * r.GetHeight();+    if (r_surface > g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface)+        return NULL;++    g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags;+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId;+    g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface;+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("AcceptDragDropPayload(): %08X: accept\n", g.DragDropTargetId);++    // Render default drop visuals+    payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously;+    flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that live for 1 frame)+    if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview)+        window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(3.5f,3.5f), r.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);++    g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount;+    payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting OS window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased()+    if (!payload.Delivery && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery))+        return NULL;++    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("AcceptDragDropPayload(): %08X: return payload\n", g.DragDropTargetId);+    return &payload;+}++// FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target.+void ImGui::RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb)+{+    GetWindowDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), bb.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);+}++const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount != -1) ? &g.DragDropPayload : NULL;+}++void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);+    IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget);+    g.DragDropWithinTarget = false;++    // Clear drag and drop state payload right after delivery+    if (g.DragDropPayload.Delivery)+        ClearDragDrop();+}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard.+// By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)+static inline void LogTextV(ImGuiContext& g, const char* fmt, va_list args)+{+    if (g.LogFile)+    {+        g.LogBuffer.Buf.resize(0);+        g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args);+        ImFileWrite(g.LogBuffer.c_str(), sizeof(char), (ImU64)g.LogBuffer.size(), g.LogFile);+    }+    else+    {+        g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args);+    }+}++void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (!g.LogEnabled)+        return;++    va_list args;+    va_start(args, fmt);+    LogTextV(g, fmt, args);+    va_end(args);+}++void ImGui::LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (!g.LogEnabled)+        return;++    LogTextV(g, fmt, args);+}++// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth.+// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding+// FIXME: This code is a little complicated perhaps, considering simplifying the whole system.+void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;++    const char* prefix = g.LogNextPrefix;+    const char* suffix = g.LogNextSuffix;+    g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL;++    if (!text_end)+        text_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);++    const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > g.LogLinePosY + g.Style.FramePadding.y + 1);+    if (ref_pos)+        g.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y;+    if (log_new_line)+    {+        LogText(IM_NEWLINE);+        g.LogLineFirstItem = true;+    }++    if (prefix)+        LogRenderedText(ref_pos, prefix, prefix + strlen(prefix)); // Calculate end ourself to ensure "##" are included here.++    // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth+    if (g.LogDepthRef > window->DC.TreeDepth)+        g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth;+    const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef);++    const char* text_remaining = text;+    for (;;)+    {+        // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by indentation corresponding to the current depth of our log entry.+        // We don't add a trailing \n yet to allow a subsequent item on the same line to be captured.+        const char* line_start = text_remaining;+        const char* line_end = ImStreolRange(line_start, text_end);+        const bool is_last_line = (line_end == text_end);+        if (line_start != line_end || !is_last_line)+        {+            const int line_length = (int)(line_end - line_start);+            const int indentation = g.LogLineFirstItem ? tree_depth * 4 : 1;+            LogText("%*s%.*s", indentation, "", line_length, line_start);+            g.LogLineFirstItem = false;+            if (*line_end == '\n')+            {+                LogText(IM_NEWLINE);+                g.LogLineFirstItem = true;+            }+        }+        if (is_last_line)+            break;+        text_remaining = line_end + 1;+    }++    if (suffix)+        LogRenderedText(ref_pos, suffix, suffix + strlen(suffix));+}++// Start logging/capturing text output+void ImGui::LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    IM_ASSERT(g.LogEnabled == false);+    IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL);+    IM_ASSERT(g.LogBuffer.empty());+    g.LogEnabled = true;+    g.LogType = type;+    g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL;+    g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth;+    g.LogDepthToExpand = ((auto_open_depth >= 0) ? auto_open_depth : g.LogDepthToExpandDefault);+    g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX;+    g.LogLineFirstItem = true;+}++// Important: doesn't copy underlying data, use carefully (prefix/suffix must be in scope at the time of the next LogRenderedText)+void ImGui::LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.LogNextPrefix = prefix;+    g.LogNextSuffix = suffix;+}++void ImGui::LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.LogEnabled)+        return;+    IM_UNUSED(auto_open_depth);+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_TTY, auto_open_depth);+    g.LogFile = stdout;+#endif+}++// Start logging/capturing text output to given file+void ImGui::LogToFile(int auto_open_depth, const char* filename)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.LogEnabled)+        return;++    // FIXME: We could probably open the file in text mode "at", however note that clipboard/buffer logging will still+    // be subject to outputting OS-incompatible carriage return if within strings the user doesn't use IM_NEWLINE.+    // By opening the file in binary mode "ab" we have consistent output everywhere.+    if (!filename)+        filename = g.IO.LogFilename;+    if (!filename || !filename[0])+        return;+    ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(filename, "ab");+    if (!f)+    {+        IM_ASSERT(0);+        return;+    }++    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_File, auto_open_depth);+    g.LogFile = f;+}++// Start logging/capturing text output to clipboard+void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.LogEnabled)+        return;+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Clipboard, auto_open_depth);+}++void ImGui::LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.LogEnabled)+        return;+    LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Buffer, auto_open_depth);+}++void ImGui::LogFinish()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (!g.LogEnabled)+        return;++    LogText(IM_NEWLINE);+    switch (g.LogType)+    {+    case ImGuiLogType_TTY:+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS+        fflush(g.LogFile);+#endif+        break;+    case ImGuiLogType_File:+        ImFileClose(g.LogFile);+        break;+    case ImGuiLogType_Buffer:+        break;+    case ImGuiLogType_Clipboard:+        if (!g.LogBuffer.empty())+            SetClipboardText(g.LogBuffer.begin());+        break;+    case ImGuiLogType_None:+        IM_ASSERT(0);+        break;+    }++    g.LogEnabled = false;+    g.LogType = ImGuiLogType_None;+    g.LogFile = NULL;+    g.LogBuffer.clear();+}++// Helper to display logging buttons+// FIXME-OBSOLETE: We should probably obsolete this and let the user have their own helper (this is one of the oldest function alive!)+void ImGui::LogButtons()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    PushID("LogButtons");+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS+    const bool log_to_tty = Button("Log To TTY"); SameLine();+#else+    const bool log_to_tty = false;+#endif+    const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine();+    const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine();+    PushTabStop(false);+    SetNextItemWidth(80.0f);+    SliderInt("Default Depth", &g.LogDepthToExpandDefault, 0, 9, NULL);+    PopTabStop();+    PopID();++    // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log+    if (log_to_tty)+        LogToTTY();+    if (log_to_file)+        LogToFile();+    if (log_to_clipboard)+        LogToClipboard();+}+++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] SETTINGS+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// - UpdateSettings() [Internal]+// - MarkIniSettingsDirty() [Internal]+// - FindSettingsHandler() [Internal]+// - ClearIniSettings() [Internal]+// - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk()+// - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory()+// - SaveIniSettingsToDisk()+// - SaveIniSettingsToMemory()+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// - CreateNewWindowSettings() [Internal]+// - FindWindowSettingsByID() [Internal]+// - FindWindowSettingsByWindow() [Internal]+// - ClearWindowSettings() [Internal]+// - WindowSettingsHandler_***() [Internal]+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// Called by NewFrame()+void ImGui::UpdateSettings()+{+    // Load settings on first frame (if not explicitly loaded manually before)+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (!g.SettingsLoaded)+    {+        IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsWindows.empty());+        if (g.IO.IniFilename)+            LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);+        g.SettingsLoaded = true;+    }++    // Save settings (with a delay after the last modification, so we don't spam disk too much)+    if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f)+    {+        g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;+        if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)+        {+            if (g.IO.IniFilename != NULL)+                SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);+            else+                g.IO.WantSaveIniSettings = true;  // Let user know they can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory(). user will need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings themselves.+            g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;+        }+    }+}++void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)+        g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;+}++void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))+        if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)+            g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;+}++void ImGui::AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(FindSettingsHandler(handler->TypeName) == NULL);+    g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(*handler);+}++void ImGui::RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_name))+        g.SettingsHandlers.erase(handler);+}++ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHashStr(type_name);+    for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)+        if (handler.TypeHash == type_hash)+            return &handler;+    return NULL;+}++// Clear all settings (windows, tables, docking etc.)+void ImGui::ClearIniSettings()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.SettingsIniData.clear();+    for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)+        if (handler.ClearAllFn != NULL)+            handler.ClearAllFn(&g, &handler);+}++void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename)+{+    size_t file_data_size = 0;+    char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", &file_data_size);+    if (!file_data)+        return;+    if (file_data_size > 0)+        LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size);+    IM_FREE(file_data);+}++// Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing+// Set ini_size==0 to let us use strlen(ini_data). Do not call this function with a 0 if your buffer is actually empty!+void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);+    //IM_ASSERT(!g.WithinFrameScope && "Cannot be called between NewFrame() and EndFrame()");+    //IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsLoaded == false && g.FrameCount == 0);++    // For user convenience, we allow passing a non zero-terminated string (hence the ini_size parameter).+    // For our convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll also write zero-terminators within the buffer. So let's create a writable copy..+    if (ini_size == 0)+        ini_size = strlen(ini_data);+    g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize((int)ini_size + 1);+    char* const buf = g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Data;+    char* const buf_end = buf + ini_size;+    memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size);+    buf_end[0] = 0;++    // Call pre-read handlers+    // Some types will clear their data (e.g. dock information) some types will allow merge/override (window)+    for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)+        if (handler.ReadInitFn != NULL)+            handler.ReadInitFn(&g, &handler);++    void* entry_data = NULL;+    ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL;++    char* line_end = NULL;+    for (char* line = buf; line < buf_end; line = line_end + 1)+    {+        // Skip new lines markers, then find end of the line+        while (*line == '\n' || *line == '\r')+            line++;+        line_end = line;+        while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r')+            line_end++;+        line_end[0] = 0;+        if (line[0] == ';')+            continue;+        if (line[0] == '[' && line_end > line && line_end[-1] == ']')+        {+            // Parse "[Type][Name]". Note that 'Name' can itself contains [] characters, which is acceptable with the current format and parsing code.+            line_end[-1] = 0;+            const char* name_end = line_end - 1;+            const char* type_start = line + 1;+            char* type_end = (char*)(void*)ImStrchrRange(type_start, name_end, ']');+            const char* name_start = type_end ? ImStrchrRange(type_end + 1, name_end, '[') : NULL;+            if (!type_end || !name_start)+                continue;+            *type_end = 0; // Overwrite first ']'+            name_start++;  // Skip second '['+            entry_handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_start);+            entry_data = entry_handler ? entry_handler->ReadOpenFn(&g, entry_handler, name_start) : NULL;+        }+        else if (entry_handler != NULL && entry_data != NULL)+        {+            // Let type handler parse the line+            entry_handler->ReadLineFn(&g, entry_handler, entry_data, line);+        }+    }+    g.SettingsLoaded = true;++    // [DEBUG] Restore untouched copy so it can be browsed in Metrics (not strictly necessary)+    memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size);++    // Call post-read handlers+    for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)+        if (handler.ApplyAllFn != NULL)+            handler.ApplyAllFn(&g, &handler);+}++void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;+    if (!ini_filename)+        return;++    size_t ini_data_size = 0;+    const char* ini_data = SaveIniSettingsToMemory(&ini_data_size);+    ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt");+    if (!f)+        return;+    ImFileWrite(ini_data, sizeof(char), ini_data_size, f);+    ImFileClose(f);+}++// Call registered handlers (e.g. SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll() + custom handlers) to write their stuff into a text buffer+const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;+    g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0);+    g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0);+    for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)+        handler.WriteAllFn(&g, &handler, &g.SettingsIniData);+    if (out_size)+        *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size();+    return g.SettingsIniData.c_str();+}++ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;++    if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIniSettings == false)+    {+        // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID()+        // Preserve the full string when ConfigDebugVerboseIniSettings is set to make .ini inspection easier.+        if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###"))+            name = p;+    }+    const size_t name_len = strlen(name);++    // Allocate chunk+    const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1;+    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(chunk_size);+    IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings();+    settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, name_len);+    memcpy(settings->GetName(), name, name_len + 1);   // Store with zero terminator++    return settings;+}++// We don't provide a FindWindowSettingsByName() because Docking system doesn't always hold on names.+// This is called once per window .ini entry + once per newly instantiated window.+ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByID(ImGuiID id)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))+        if (settings->ID == id && !settings->WantDelete)+            return settings;+    return NULL;+}++// This is faster if you are holding on a Window already as we don't need to perform a search.+ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (window->SettingsOffset != -1)+        return g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(window->SettingsOffset);+    return FindWindowSettingsByID(window->ID);+}++// This will revert window to its initial state, including enabling the ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver/ImGuiCond_Once conditions once more.+void ImGui::ClearWindowSettings(const char* name)+{+    //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("ClearWindowSettings('%s')\n", name);+    ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);+    if (window != NULL)+    {+        window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;+        InitOrLoadWindowSettings(window, NULL);+    }+    if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = window ? FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window) : FindWindowSettingsByID(ImHashStr(name)))+        settings->WantDelete = true;+}++static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;+    for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)+        window->SettingsOffset = -1;+    g.SettingsWindows.clear();+}++static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name)+{+    ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name);+    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByID(id);+    if (settings)+        *settings = ImGuiWindowSettings(); // Clear existing if recycling previous entry+    else+        settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(name);+    settings->ID = id;+    settings->WantApply = true;+    return (void*)settings;+}++static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line)+{+    ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (ImGuiWindowSettings*)entry;+    int x, y;+    int i;+    if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2)         { settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }+    else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2)   { settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }+    else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1)     { settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); }+}++// Apply to existing windows (if any)+static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))+        if (settings->WantApply)+        {+            if (ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::FindWindowByID(settings->ID))+                ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings);+            settings->WantApply = false;+        }+}++static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf)+{+    // Gather data from windows that were active during this session+    // (if a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings)+    ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;+    for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)+    {+        if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)+            continue;++        ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window);+        if (!settings)+        {+            settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(window->Name);+            window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings);+        }+        IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == window->ID);+        settings->Pos = ImVec2ih(window->Pos);+        settings->Size = ImVec2ih(window->SizeFull);++        settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed;+        settings->WantDelete = false;+    }++    // Write to text buffer+    buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.size() * 6); // ballpark reserve+    for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))+    {+        if (settings->WantDelete)+            continue;+        const char* settings_name = settings->GetName();+        buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, settings_name);+        buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y);+        buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y);+        buf->appendf("Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed);+        buf->append("\n");+    }+}+++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] LOCALIZATION+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++void ImGui::LocalizeRegisterEntries(const ImGuiLocEntry* entries, int count)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    for (int n = 0; n < count; n++)+        g.LocalizationTable[entries[n].Key] = entries[n].Text;+}+++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// - GetMainViewport()+// - SetWindowViewport() [Internal]+// - UpdateViewportsNewFrame() [Internal]+// (this section is more complete in the 'docking' branch)+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetMainViewport()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    return g.Viewports[0];+}++void ImGui::SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport)+{+    window->Viewport = viewport;+}++// Update viewports and monitor infos+static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_ASSERT(g.Viewports.Size == 1);++    // Update main viewport with current platform position.+    // FIXME-VIEWPORT: Size is driven by backend/user code for backward-compatibility but we should aim to make this more consistent.+    ImGuiViewportP* main_viewport = g.Viewports[0];+    main_viewport->Flags = ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow | ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp;+    main_viewport->Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);+    main_viewport->Size = g.IO.DisplaySize;++    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)+    {+        // Lock down space taken by menu bars and status bars, reset the offset for fucntions like BeginMainMenuBar() to alter them again.+        viewport->WorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin;+        viewport->WorkOffsetMax = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax;+        viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);+        viewport->UpdateWorkRect();+    }+}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] DOCKING+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// (this section is filled in the 'docking' branch)+++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)++#ifdef _MSC_VER+#pragma comment(lib, "user32")+#pragma comment(lib, "kernel32")+#endif++// Win32 clipboard implementation+// We use g.ClipboardHandlerData for temporary storage to ensure it is freed on Shutdown()+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;+    g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();+    if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL))+        return NULL;+    HANDLE wbuf_handle = ::GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT);+    if (wbuf_handle == NULL)+    {+        ::CloseClipboard();+        return NULL;+    }+    if (const WCHAR* wbuf_global = (const WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle))+    {+        int buf_len = ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);+        g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(buf_len);+        ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data, buf_len, NULL, NULL);+    }+    ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);+    ::CloseClipboard();+    return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data;+}++static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)+{+    if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL))+        return;+    const int wbuf_length = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, NULL, 0);+    HGLOBAL wbuf_handle = ::GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE, (SIZE_T)wbuf_length * sizeof(WCHAR));+    if (wbuf_handle == NULL)+    {+        ::CloseClipboard();+        return;+    }+    WCHAR* wbuf_global = (WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle);+    ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, wbuf_global, wbuf_length);+    ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);+    ::EmptyClipboard();+    if (::SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, wbuf_handle) == NULL)+        ::GlobalFree(wbuf_handle);+    ::CloseClipboard();+}++#elif defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_OSX && defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)++#include <Carbon/Carbon.h>  // Use old API to avoid need for separate .mm file+static PasteboardRef main_clipboard = 0;++// OSX clipboard implementation+// If you enable this you will need to add '-framework ApplicationServices' to your linker command-line!+static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)+{+    if (!main_clipboard)+        PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard);+    PasteboardClear(main_clipboard);+    CFDataRef cf_data = CFDataCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, (const UInt8*)text, strlen(text));+    if (cf_data)+    {+        PasteboardPutItemFlavor(main_clipboard, (PasteboardItemID)1, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), cf_data, 0);+        CFRelease(cf_data);+    }+}++static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;+    if (!main_clipboard)+        PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard);+    PasteboardSynchronize(main_clipboard);++    ItemCount item_count = 0;+    PasteboardGetItemCount(main_clipboard, &item_count);+    for (ItemCount i = 0; i < item_count; i++)+    {+        PasteboardItemID item_id = 0;+        PasteboardGetItemIdentifier(main_clipboard, i + 1, &item_id);+        CFArrayRef flavor_type_array = 0;+        PasteboardCopyItemFlavors(main_clipboard, item_id, &flavor_type_array);+        for (CFIndex j = 0, nj = CFArrayGetCount(flavor_type_array); j < nj; j++)+        {+            CFDataRef cf_data;+            if (PasteboardCopyItemFlavorData(main_clipboard, item_id, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), &cf_data) == noErr)+            {+                g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();+                int length = (int)CFDataGetLength(cf_data);+                g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(length + 1);+                CFDataGetBytes(cf_data, CFRangeMake(0, length), (UInt8*)g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data);+                g.ClipboardHandlerData[length] = 0;+                CFRelease(cf_data);+                return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data;+            }+        }+    }+    return NULL;+}++#else++// Local Dear ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers.+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;+    return g.ClipboardHandlerData.empty() ? NULL : g.ClipboardHandlerData.begin();+}++static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx, const char* text)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;+    g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();+    const char* text_end = text + strlen(text);+    g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize((int)(text_end - text) + 1);+    memcpy(&g.ClipboardHandlerData[0], text, (size_t)(text_end - text));+    g.ClipboardHandlerData[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0;+}++#endif++// Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.)+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)++#include <imm.h>+#ifdef _MSC_VER+#pragma comment(lib, "imm32")+#endif++static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data)+{+    // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position+    HWND hwnd = (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw;+    if (hwnd == 0)+        return;++    //::ImmAssociateContextEx(hwnd, NULL, data->WantVisible ? IACE_DEFAULT : 0);+    if (HIMC himc = ::ImmGetContext(hwnd))+    {+        COMPOSITIONFORM composition_form = {};+        composition_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)data->InputPos.x;+        composition_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)data->InputPos.y;+        composition_form.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION;+        ::ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &composition_form);+        CANDIDATEFORM candidate_form = {};+        candidate_form.dwStyle = CFS_CANDIDATEPOS;+        candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)data->InputPos.x;+        candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)data->InputPos.y;+        ::ImmSetCandidateWindow(himc, &candidate_form);+        ::ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, himc);+    }+}++#else++static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData*) {}++#endif++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// - RenderViewportThumbnail() [Internal]+// - RenderViewportsThumbnails() [Internal]+// - DebugTextEncoding()+// - MetricsHelpMarker() [Internal]+// - ShowFontAtlas() [Internal]+// - ShowMetricsWindow()+// - DebugNodeColumns() [Internal]+// - DebugNodeDrawList() [Internal]+// - DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox() [Internal]+// - DebugNodeFont() [Internal]+// - DebugNodeFontGlyph() [Internal]+// - DebugNodeStorage() [Internal]+// - DebugNodeTabBar() [Internal]+// - DebugNodeViewport() [Internal]+// - DebugNodeWindow() [Internal]+// - DebugNodeWindowSettings() [Internal]+// - DebugNodeWindowsList() [Internal]+// - DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent() [Internal]+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS++void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;++    ImVec2 scale = bb.GetSize() / viewport->Size;+    ImVec2 off = bb.Min - viewport->Pos * scale;+    float alpha_mul = 1.0f;+    window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul * 0.40f));+    for (ImGuiWindow* thumb_window : g.Windows)+    {+        if (!thumb_window->WasActive || (thumb_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))+            continue;++        ImRect thumb_r = thumb_window->Rect();+        ImRect title_r = thumb_window->TitleBarRect();+        thumb_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off +  thumb_r.Max * scale));+        title_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + title_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off +  ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y) * scale) + ImVec2(0,5)); // Exaggerate title bar height+        thumb_r.ClipWithFull(bb);+        title_r.ClipWithFull(bb);+        const bool window_is_focused = (g.NavWindow && thumb_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight);+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg, alpha_mul));+        window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_r.Min, title_r.Max, GetColorU32(window_is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg, alpha_mul));+        window->DrawList->AddRect(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul));+        window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize * 1.0f, title_r.Min, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, alpha_mul), thumb_window->Name, FindRenderedTextEnd(thumb_window->Name));+    }+    draw_list->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul));+}++static void RenderViewportsThumbnails()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;++    // We don't display full monitor bounds (we could, but it often looks awkward), instead we display just enough to cover all of our viewports.+    float SCALE = 1.0f / 8.0f;+    ImRect bb_full(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)+        bb_full.Add(viewport->GetMainRect());+    ImVec2 p = window->DC.CursorPos;+    ImVec2 off = p - bb_full.Min * SCALE;+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)+    {+        ImRect viewport_draw_bb(off + (viewport->Pos) * SCALE, off + (viewport->Pos + viewport->Size) * SCALE);+        ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(window->DrawList, viewport, viewport_draw_bb);+    }+    ImGui::Dummy(bb_full.GetSize() * SCALE);+}++// Draw an arbitrary US keyboard layout to visualize translated keys+void ImGui::DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list)+{+    const ImVec2 key_size = ImVec2(35.0f, 35.0f);+    const float  key_rounding = 3.0f;+    const ImVec2 key_face_size = ImVec2(25.0f, 25.0f);+    const ImVec2 key_face_pos = ImVec2(5.0f, 3.0f);+    const float  key_face_rounding = 2.0f;+    const ImVec2 key_label_pos = ImVec2(7.0f, 4.0f);+    const ImVec2 key_step = ImVec2(key_size.x - 1.0f, key_size.y - 1.0f);+    const float  key_row_offset = 9.0f;++    ImVec2 board_min = GetCursorScreenPos();+    ImVec2 board_max = ImVec2(board_min.x + 3 * key_step.x + 2 * key_row_offset + 10.0f, board_min.y + 3 * key_step.y + 10.0f);+    ImVec2 start_pos = ImVec2(board_min.x + 5.0f - key_step.x, board_min.y);++    struct KeyLayoutData { int Row, Col; const char* Label; ImGuiKey Key; };+    const KeyLayoutData keys_to_display[] =+    {+        { 0, 0, "", ImGuiKey_Tab },      { 0, 1, "Q", ImGuiKey_Q }, { 0, 2, "W", ImGuiKey_W }, { 0, 3, "E", ImGuiKey_E }, { 0, 4, "R", ImGuiKey_R },+        { 1, 0, "", ImGuiKey_CapsLock }, { 1, 1, "A", ImGuiKey_A }, { 1, 2, "S", ImGuiKey_S }, { 1, 3, "D", ImGuiKey_D }, { 1, 4, "F", ImGuiKey_F },+        { 2, 0, "", ImGuiKey_LeftShift },{ 2, 1, "Z", ImGuiKey_Z }, { 2, 2, "X", ImGuiKey_X }, { 2, 3, "C", ImGuiKey_C }, { 2, 4, "V", ImGuiKey_V }+    };++    // Elements rendered manually via ImDrawList API are not clipped automatically.+    // While not strictly necessary, here IsItemVisible() is used to avoid rendering these shapes when they are out of view.+    Dummy(board_max - board_min);+    if (!IsItemVisible())+        return;+    draw_list->PushClipRect(board_min, board_max, true);+    for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(keys_to_display); n++)+    {+        const KeyLayoutData* key_data = &keys_to_display[n];+        ImVec2 key_min = ImVec2(start_pos.x + key_data->Col * key_step.x + key_data->Row * key_row_offset, start_pos.y + key_data->Row * key_step.y);+        ImVec2 key_max = key_min + key_size;+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), key_rounding);+        draw_list->AddRect(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(24, 24, 24, 255), key_rounding);+        ImVec2 face_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_face_pos.x, key_min.y + key_face_pos.y);+        ImVec2 face_max = ImVec2(face_min.x + key_face_size.x, face_min.y + key_face_size.y);+        draw_list->AddRect(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(193, 193, 193, 255), key_face_rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, 2.0f);+        draw_list->AddRectFilled(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(252, 252, 252, 255), key_face_rounding);+        ImVec2 label_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_label_pos.x, key_min.y + key_label_pos.y);+        draw_list->AddText(label_min, IM_COL32(64, 64, 64, 255), key_data->Label);+        if (IsKeyDown(key_data->Key))+            draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 128), key_rounding);+    }+    draw_list->PopClipRect();+}++// Helper tool to diagnose between text encoding issues and font loading issues. Pass your UTF-8 string and verify that there are correct.+void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str)+{+    Text("Text: \"%s\"", str);+    if (!BeginTable("##DebugTextEncoding", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable))+        return;+    TableSetupColumn("Offset");+    TableSetupColumn("UTF-8");+    TableSetupColumn("Glyph");+    TableSetupColumn("Codepoint");+    TableHeadersRow();+    for (const char* p = str; *p != 0; )+    {+        unsigned int c;+        const int c_utf8_len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, p, NULL);+        TableNextColumn();+        Text("%d", (int)(p - str));+        TableNextColumn();+        for (int byte_index = 0; byte_index < c_utf8_len; byte_index++)+        {+            if (byte_index > 0)+                SameLine();+            Text("0x%02X", (int)(unsigned char)p[byte_index]);+        }+        TableNextColumn();+        if (GetFont()->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)c))+            TextUnformatted(p, p + c_utf8_len);+        else+            TextUnformatted((c == IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID) ? "[invalid]" : "[missing]");+        TableNextColumn();+        Text("U+%04X", (int)c);+        p += c_utf8_len;+    }+    EndTable();+}++// Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds.+static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc)+{+    ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)");+    if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip())+    {+        ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f);+        ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc);+        ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();+        ImGui::EndTooltip();+    }+}++// [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture+void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas)+{+    for (ImFont* font : atlas->Fonts)+    {+        PushID(font);+        DebugNodeFont(font);+        PopID();+    }+    if (TreeNode("Font Atlas", "Font Atlas (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight))+    {+        ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+        ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;+        Checkbox("Tint with Text Color", &cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor); // Using text color ensure visibility of core atlas data, but will alter custom colored icons+        ImVec4 tint_col = cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor ? GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);+        ImVec4 border_col = GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Border);+        Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col);+        TreePop();+    }+}++void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;+    ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;+    if (cfg->ShowDebugLog)+        ShowDebugLogWindow(&cfg->ShowDebugLog);+    if (cfg->ShowStackTool)+        ShowStackToolWindow(&cfg->ShowStackTool);++    if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics/Debugger", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)+    {+        End();+        return;+    }++    // Basic info+    Text("Dear ImGui %s", GetVersion());+    Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate);+    Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3);+    Text("%d visible windows, %d active allocations", io.MetricsRenderWindows, io.MetricsActiveAllocations);+    //SameLine(); if (SmallButton("GC")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; }++    Separator();++    // Debugging enums+    enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentIdeal, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type+    const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentIdeal", "ContentRegionRect" };+    enum { TRT_OuterRect, TRT_InnerRect, TRT_WorkRect, TRT_HostClipRect, TRT_InnerClipRect, TRT_BackgroundClipRect, TRT_ColumnsRect, TRT_ColumnsWorkRect, TRT_ColumnsClipRect, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal, TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen, TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen, TRT_Count }; // Tables Rect Type+    const char* trt_rects_names[TRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "InnerRect", "WorkRect", "HostClipRect", "InnerClipRect", "BackgroundClipRect", "ColumnsRect", "ColumnsWorkRect", "ColumnsClipRect", "ColumnsContentHeadersUsed", "ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal", "ColumnsContentFrozen", "ColumnsContentUnfrozen" };+    if (cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType < 0)+        cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType = WRT_WorkRect;+    if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType < 0)+        cfg->ShowTablesRectsType = TRT_WorkRect;++    struct Funcs+    {+        static ImRect GetTableRect(ImGuiTable* table, int rect_type, int n)+        {+            ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); // Always using last submitted instance+            if (rect_type == TRT_OuterRect)                     { return table->OuterRect; }+            else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerRect)                { return table->InnerRect; }+            else if (rect_type == TRT_WorkRect)                 { return table->WorkRect; }+            else if (rect_type == TRT_HostClipRect)             { return table->HostClipRect; }+            else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerClipRect)            { return table->InnerClipRect; }+            else if (rect_type == TRT_BackgroundClipRect)       { return table->BgClipRect; }+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect)              { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); }+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsWorkRect)          { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, c->WorkMaxX, table->WorkRect.Max.y); }+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect)          { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; }+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); }+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen)     { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight); }+            else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen)   { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); }+            IM_ASSERT(0);+            return ImRect();+        }++        static ImRect GetWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int rect_type)+        {+            if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRect)                 { return window->Rect(); }+            else if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRectClipped)     { return window->OuterRectClipped; }+            else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect)            { return window->InnerRect; }+            else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect)        { return window->InnerClipRect; }+            else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect)             { return window->WorkRect; }+            else if (rect_type == WRT_Content)              { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); }+            else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentIdeal)         { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSizeIdeal); }+            else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect)    { return window->ContentRegionRect; }+            IM_ASSERT(0);+            return ImRect();+        }+    };++    // Tools+    if (TreeNode("Tools"))+    {+        bool show_encoding_viewer = TreeNode("UTF-8 Encoding viewer");+        SameLine();+        MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::DebugTextEncoding() from your code with a given string to test that your UTF-8 encoding settings are correct.");+        if (show_encoding_viewer)+        {+            static char buf[100] = "";+            SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN);+            InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));+            if (buf[0] != 0)+                DebugTextEncoding(buf);+            TreePop();+        }++        // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted.+        if (Checkbox("Show Item Picker", &g.DebugItemPickerActive) && g.DebugItemPickerActive)+            DebugStartItemPicker();+        SameLine();+        MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash.");++        // Stack Tool is your best friend!+        Checkbox("Show Debug Log", &cfg->ShowDebugLog);+        SameLine();+        MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow() from your code.");++        // Stack Tool is your best friend!+        Checkbox("Show Stack Tool", &cfg->ShowStackTool);+        SameLine();+        MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow() from your code.");++        Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder);+        Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &cfg->ShowWindowsRects);+        SameLine();+        SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12);+        cfg->ShowWindowsRects |= Combo("##show_windows_rect_type", &cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType, wrt_rects_names, WRT_Count, WRT_Count);+        if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects && g.NavWindow != NULL)+        {+            BulletText("'%s':", g.NavWindow->Name);+            Indent();+            for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < WRT_Count; rect_n++)+            {+                ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(g.NavWindow, rect_n);+                Text("(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), wrt_rects_names[rect_n]);+            }+            Unindent();+        }++        Checkbox("Show tables rectangles", &cfg->ShowTablesRects);+        SameLine();+        SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12);+        cfg->ShowTablesRects |= Combo("##show_table_rects_type", &cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, trt_rects_names, TRT_Count, TRT_Count);+        if (cfg->ShowTablesRects && g.NavWindow != NULL)+        {+            for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++)+            {+                ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n);+                if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1 || (table->OuterWindow != g.NavWindow && table->InnerWindow != g.NavWindow))+                    continue;++                BulletText("Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name);+                if (IsItemHovered())+                    GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), table->OuterRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);+                Indent();+                char buf[128];+                for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < TRT_Count; rect_n++)+                {+                    if (rect_n >= TRT_ColumnsRect)+                    {+                        if (rect_n != TRT_ColumnsRect && rect_n != TRT_ColumnsClipRect)+                            continue;+                        for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)+                        {+                            ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, column_n);+                            ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) Col %d %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), column_n, trt_rects_names[rect_n]);+                            Selectable(buf);+                            if (IsItemHovered())+                                GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);+                        }+                    }+                    else+                    {+                        ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, -1);+                        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), trt_rects_names[rect_n]);+                        Selectable(buf);+                        if (IsItemHovered())+                            GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);+                    }+                }+                Unindent();+            }+        }++        Checkbox("Debug Begin/BeginChild return value", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop);+        SameLine();+        MetricsHelpMarker("Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nWill cycle through window depths then repeat. Windows should be flickering while running.");++        TreePop();+    }++    // Windows+    if (TreeNode("Windows", "Windows (%d)", g.Windows.Size))+    {+        //SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);+        DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.Windows, "By display order");+        DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.WindowsFocusOrder, "By focus order (root windows)");+        if (TreeNode("By submission order (begin stack)"))+        {+            // Here we display windows in their submitted order/hierarchy, however note that the Begin stack doesn't constitute a Parent<>Child relationship!+            ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>& temp_buffer = g.WindowsTempSortBuffer;+            temp_buffer.resize(0);+            for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)+                if (window->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount)+                    temp_buffer.push_back(window);+            struct Func { static int IMGUI_CDECL WindowComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { return ((int)(*(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext - (*(const ImGuiWindow* const*)rhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext); } };+            ImQsort(temp_buffer.Data, (size_t)temp_buffer.Size, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), Func::WindowComparerByBeginOrder);+            DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(temp_buffer.Data, temp_buffer.Size, NULL);+            TreePop();+        }++        TreePop();+    }++    // DrawLists+    int drawlist_count = 0;+    for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)+        drawlist_count += viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists.Size;+    if (TreeNode("DrawLists", "DrawLists (%d)", drawlist_count))+    {+        Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd mesh when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh);+        Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd bounding boxes when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes);+        for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)+            for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists)+                DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, "DrawList");+        TreePop();+    }++    // Viewports+    if (TreeNode("Viewports", "Viewports (%d)", g.Viewports.Size))+    {+        Indent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());+        RenderViewportsThumbnails();+        Unindent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());+        for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)+            DebugNodeViewport(viewport);+        TreePop();+    }++    // Details for Popups+    if (TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size))+    {+        for (const ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack)+        {+            // As it's difficult to interact with tree nodes while popups are open, we display everything inline.+            ImGuiWindow* window = popup_data.Window;+            BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s' (%s%s), BackupNavWindow '%s', ParentWindow '%s'",+                popup_data.PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child;" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "Menu;" : "",+                popup_data.BackupNavWindow ? popup_data.BackupNavWindow->Name : "NULL", window && window->ParentWindow ? window->ParentWindow->Name : "NULL");+        }+        TreePop();+    }++    // Details for TabBars+    if (TreeNode("TabBars", "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetAliveCount()))+    {+        for (int n = 0; n < g.TabBars.GetMapSize(); n++)+            if (ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.TryGetMapData(n))+            {+                PushID(tab_bar);+                DebugNodeTabBar(tab_bar, "TabBar");+                PopID();+            }+        TreePop();+    }++    // Details for Tables+    if (TreeNode("Tables", "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetAliveCount()))+    {+        for (int n = 0; n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); n++)+            if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(n))+                DebugNodeTable(table);+        TreePop();+    }++    // Details for Fonts+    ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.IO.Fonts;+    if (TreeNode("Fonts", "Fonts (%d)", atlas->Fonts.Size))+    {+        ShowFontAtlas(atlas);+        TreePop();+    }++    // Details for InputText+    if (TreeNode("InputText"))+    {+        DebugNodeInputTextState(&g.InputTextState);+        TreePop();+    }++    // Details for Docking+#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK+    if (TreeNode("Docking"))+    {+        TreePop();+    }+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK++    // Settings+    if (TreeNode("Settings"))+    {+        if (SmallButton("Clear"))+            ClearIniSettings();+        SameLine();+        if (SmallButton("Save to memory"))+            SaveIniSettingsToMemory();+        SameLine();+        if (SmallButton("Save to disk"))+            SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);+        SameLine();+        if (g.IO.IniFilename)+            Text("\"%s\"", g.IO.IniFilename);+        else+            TextUnformatted("<NULL>");+        Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIniSettings", &io.ConfigDebugIniSettings);+        Text("SettingsDirtyTimer %.2f", g.SettingsDirtyTimer);+        if (TreeNode("SettingsHandlers", "Settings handlers: (%d)", g.SettingsHandlers.Size))+        {+            for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)+                BulletText("\"%s\"", handler.TypeName);+            TreePop();+        }+        if (TreeNode("SettingsWindows", "Settings packed data: Windows: %d bytes", g.SettingsWindows.size()))+        {+            for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))+                DebugNodeWindowSettings(settings);+            TreePop();+        }++        if (TreeNode("SettingsTables", "Settings packed data: Tables: %d bytes", g.SettingsTables.size()))+        {+            for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))+                DebugNodeTableSettings(settings);+            TreePop();+        }++#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK++        if (TreeNode("SettingsIniData", "Settings unpacked data (.ini): %d bytes", g.SettingsIniData.size()))+        {+            InputTextMultiline("##Ini", (char*)(void*)g.SettingsIniData.c_str(), g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Size, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeight() * 20), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);+            TreePop();+        }+        TreePop();+    }++    if (TreeNode("Inputs"))+    {+        Text("KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD/MOUSE KEYS");+        {+            // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allows displaying the data for old/new backends.+            // User code should never have to go through such hoops! You can generally iterate between ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN and ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END.+            Indent();+#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO+            struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } };+#else+            struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key < 512 && GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array+            //Text("Legacy raw:");      for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (io.KeysDown[key]) { SameLine(); Text("\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); } }+#endif+            Text("Keys down:");         for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyDown(key)) continue;     SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); SameLine(); Text("(%.02f)", GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); }+            Text("Keys pressed:");      for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyPressed(key)) continue;  SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); }+            Text("Keys released:");     for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyReleased(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); }+            Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : "");+            Text("Chars queue:");       for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; SameLine(); Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public.+            DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(GetWindowDrawList());+            Unindent();+        }++        Text("MOUSE STATE");+        {+            Indent();+            if (IsMousePosValid())+                Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);+            else+                Text("Mouse pos: <INVALID>");+            Text("Mouse delta: (%g, %g)", io.MouseDelta.x, io.MouseDelta.y);+            int count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown);+            Text("Mouse down:");     for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseDown(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); }+            Text("Mouse clicked:");  for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseClicked(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d (%d)", i, io.MouseClickedCount[i]); }+            Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseReleased(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d", i); }+            Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel);+            Text("MouseStationaryTimer: %.2f", g.MouseStationaryTimer);+            Text("Mouse source: %s", GetMouseSourceName(io.MouseSource));+            Text("Pen Pressure: %.1f", io.PenPressure); // Note: currently unused+            Unindent();+        }++        Text("MOUSE WHEELING");+        {+            Indent();+            Text("WheelingWindow: '%s'", g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow->Name : "NULL");+            Text("WheelingWindowReleaseTimer: %.2f", g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer);+            Text("WheelingAxisAvg[] = { %.3f, %.3f }, Main Axis: %s", g.WheelingAxisAvg.x, g.WheelingAxisAvg.y, (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? "X" : (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x < g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? "Y" : "<none>");+            Unindent();+        }++        Text("KEY OWNERS");+        {+            Indent();+            if (BeginListBox("##owners", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 6)))+            {+                for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))+                {+                    ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);+                    if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None)+                        continue;+                    Text("%s: 0x%08X%s", GetKeyName(key), owner_data->OwnerCurr,+                        owner_data->LockUntilRelease ? " LockUntilRelease" : owner_data->LockThisFrame ? " LockThisFrame" : "");+                    DebugLocateItemOnHover(owner_data->OwnerCurr);+                }+                EndListBox();+            }+            Unindent();+        }+        Text("SHORTCUT ROUTING");+        {+            Indent();+            if (BeginListBox("##routes", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 6)))+            {+                for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))+                {+                    ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable;+                    for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; )+                    {+                        char key_chord_name[64];+                        ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx];+                        GetKeyChordName(key | routing_data->Mods, key_chord_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(key_chord_name));+                        Text("%s: 0x%08X", key_chord_name, routing_data->RoutingCurr);+                        DebugLocateItemOnHover(routing_data->RoutingCurr);+                        idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex;+                    }+                }+                EndListBox();+            }+            Text("(ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: 0x%X)", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask);+            Unindent();+        }+        TreePop();+    }++    if (TreeNode("Internal state"))+    {+        Text("WINDOWING");+        Indent();+        Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL");+        Text("HoveredWindow->Root: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow->Name : "NULL");+        Text("HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow ? g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow->Name : "NULL");+        Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL");+        Unindent();++        Text("ITEMS");+        Indent();+        Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, GetInputSourceName(g.ActiveIdSource));+        DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.ActiveId);+        Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL");+        Text("ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: %X", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask);+        Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Not displaying g.HoveredId as it is update mid-frame+        Text("HoverItemDelayId: 0x%08X, Timer: %.2f, ClearTimer: %.2f", g.HoverItemDelayId, g.HoverItemDelayTimer, g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer);+        Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize);+        DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId);+        Unindent();++        Text("NAV,FOCUS");+        Indent();+        Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL");+        Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer);+        DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.NavId);+        Text("NavInputSource: %s", GetInputSourceName(g.NavInputSource));+        Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible);+        Text("NavActivateId/DownId/PressedId: %08X/%08X/%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavActivateDownId, g.NavActivatePressedId);+        Text("NavActivateFlags: %04X", g.NavActivateFlags);+        Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover);+        Text("NavFocusScopeId = 0x%08X", g.NavFocusScopeId);+        Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL");+        Unindent();++        TreePop();+    }++    // Overlay: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order+    if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects || cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder)+    {+        for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)+        {+            if (!window->WasActive)+                continue;+            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);+            if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects)+            {+                ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(window, cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType);+                draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255));+            }+            if (cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))+            {+                char buf[32];+                ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%d", window->BeginOrderWithinContext);+                float font_size = GetFontSize();+                draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(font_size, font_size), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255));+                draw_list->AddText(window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);+            }+        }+    }++    // Overlay: Display Tables Rectangles+    if (cfg->ShowTablesRects)+    {+        for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++)+        {+            ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n);+            if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1)+                continue;+            ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow);+            if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType >= TRT_ColumnsRect)+            {+                for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)+                {+                    ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, column_n);+                    ImU32 col = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 128, 255) : IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255);+                    float thickness = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? 3.0f : 1.0f;+                    draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, col, 0.0f, 0, thickness);+                }+            }+            else+            {+                ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, -1);+                draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255));+            }+        }+    }++#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK+    // Overlay: Display Docking info+    if (show_docking_nodes && g.IO.KeyCtrl)+    {+    }+#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK++    End();+}++// [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns+void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns)+{+    if (!TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags))+        return;+    BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX);+    for (ImGuiOldColumnData& column : columns->Columns)+        BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", (int)columns->Columns.index_from_ptr(&column), column.OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, column.OffsetNorm));+    TreePop();+}++// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDrawList+void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    IM_UNUSED(viewport); // Used in docking branch+    ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;+    int cmd_count = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size;+    if (cmd_count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL)+        cmd_count--;+    bool node_open = TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, cmd_count);+    if (draw_list == GetWindowDrawList())+    {+        SameLine();+        TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered)+        if (node_open)+            TreePop();+        return;+    }++    ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list+    if (window && IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list)+        fg_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));+    if (!node_open)+        return;++    if (window && !window->WasActive)+        TextDisabled("Warning: owning Window is inactive. This DrawList is not being rendered!");++    for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data; pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + cmd_count; pcmd++)+    {+        if (pcmd->UserCallback)+        {+            BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData);+            continue;+        }++        char buf[300];+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d tris, Tex 0x%p, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)",+            pcmd->ElemCount / 3, (void*)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId,+            pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w);+        bool pcmd_node_open = TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf);+        if (IsItemHovered() && (cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh || cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes) && fg_draw_list)+            DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh, cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes);+        if (!pcmd_node_open)+            continue;++        // Calculate approximate coverage area (touched pixel count)+        // This will be in pixels squared as long there's no post-scaling happening to the renderer output.+        const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL;+        const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + pcmd->VtxOffset;+        float total_area = 0.0f;+        for (unsigned int idx_n = pcmd->IdxOffset; idx_n < pcmd->IdxOffset + pcmd->ElemCount; )+        {+            ImVec2 triangle[3];+            for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++)+                triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos;+            total_area += ImTriangleArea(triangle[0], triangle[1], triangle[2]);+        }++        // Display vertex information summary. Hover to get all triangles drawn in wire-frame+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Mesh: ElemCount: %d, VtxOffset: +%d, IdxOffset: +%d, Area: ~%0.f px", pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd->VtxOffset, pcmd->IdxOffset, total_area);+        Selectable(buf);+        if (IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list)+            DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, true, false);++        // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted.+        ImGuiListClipper clipper;+        clipper.Begin(pcmd->ElemCount / 3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible.+        while (clipper.Step())+            for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, idx_i = pcmd->IdxOffset + clipper.DisplayStart * 3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++)+            {+                char* buf_p = buf, * buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);+                ImVec2 triangle[3];+                for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_i++)+                {+                    const ImDrawVert& v = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_i] : idx_i];+                    triangle[n] = v.pos;+                    buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, buf_end - buf_p, "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n",+                        (n == 0) ? "Vert:" : "     ", idx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col);+                }++                Selectable(buf, false);+                if (fg_draw_list && IsItemHovered())+                {+                    ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags;+                    fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.+                    fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f);+                    fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;+                }+            }+        TreePop();+    }+    TreePop();+}++// [DEBUG] Display mesh/aabb of a ImDrawCmd+void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb)+{+    IM_ASSERT(show_mesh || show_aabb);++    // Draw wire-frame version of all triangles+    ImRect clip_rect = draw_cmd->ClipRect;+    ImRect vtxs_rect(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);+    ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = out_draw_list->Flags;+    out_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.+    for (unsigned int idx_n = draw_cmd->IdxOffset, idx_end = draw_cmd->IdxOffset + draw_cmd->ElemCount; idx_n < idx_end; )+    {+        ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; // We don't hold on those pointers past iterations as ->AddPolyline() may invalidate them if out_draw_list==draw_list+        ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_cmd->VtxOffset;++        ImVec2 triangle[3];+        for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++)+            vtxs_rect.Add((triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos));+        if (show_mesh)+            out_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f); // In yellow: mesh triangles+    }+    // Draw bounding boxes+    if (show_aabb)+    {+        out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(clip_rect.Min), ImFloor(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU+        out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Min), ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles+    }+    out_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;+}++// [DEBUG] Display details for a single font, called by ShowStyleEditor().+void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font)+{+    bool opened = TreeNode(font, "Font: \"%s\"\n%.2f px, %d glyphs, %d file(s)",+        font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->ConfigDataCount);+    SameLine();+    if (SmallButton("Set as default"))+        GetIO().FontDefault = font;+    if (!opened)+        return;++    // Display preview text+    PushFont(font);+    Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog");+    PopFont();++    // Display details+    SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 8);+    DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f");+    SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker(+        "Note than the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\n"+        "Font are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. "+        "You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. "+        "You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n"+        "(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system will be rewritten in the future to make scaling more flexible.)");+    Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent);+    char c_str[5];+    Text("Fallback character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->FallbackChar), font->FallbackChar);+    Text("Ellipsis character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->EllipsisChar), font->EllipsisChar);+    const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface);+    Text("Texture Area: about %d px ~%dx%d px", font->MetricsTotalSurface, surface_sqrt, surface_sqrt);+    for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++)+        if (font->ConfigData)+            if (const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i])+                BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d, Offset: (%.1f,%.1f)",+                    config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH, cfg->GlyphOffset.x, cfg->GlyphOffset.y);++    // Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters+    if (TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size))+    {+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetWindowDrawList();+        const ImU32 glyph_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);+        const float cell_size = font->FontSize * 1;+        const float cell_spacing = GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y;+        for (unsigned int base = 0; base <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; base += 256)+        {+            // Skip ahead if a large bunch of glyphs are not present in the font (test in chunks of 4k)+            // This is only a small optimization to reduce the number of iterations when IM_UNICODE_MAX_CODEPOINT+            // is large // (if ImWchar==ImWchar32 we will do at least about 272 queries here)+            if (!(base & 4095) && font->IsGlyphRangeUnused(base, base + 4095))+            {+                base += 4096 - 256;+                continue;+            }++            int count = 0;+            for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)+                if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)))+                    count++;+            if (count <= 0)+                continue;+            if (!TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)base, "U+%04X..U+%04X (%d %s)", base, base + 255, count, count > 1 ? "glyphs" : "glyph"))+                continue;++            // Draw a 16x16 grid of glyphs+            ImVec2 base_pos = GetCursorScreenPos();+            for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)+            {+                // We use ImFont::RenderChar as a shortcut because we don't have UTF-8 conversion functions+                // available here and thus cannot easily generate a zero-terminated UTF-8 encoded string.+                ImVec2 cell_p1(base_pos.x + (n % 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing), base_pos.y + (n / 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing));+                ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size);+                const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n));+                draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100) : IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 50));+                if (!glyph)+                    continue;+                font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n));+                if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2) && BeginTooltip())+                {+                    DebugNodeFontGlyph(font, glyph);+                    EndTooltip();+                }+            }+            Dummy(ImVec2((cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16, (cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16));+            TreePop();+        }+        TreePop();+    }+    TreePop();+}++void ImGui::DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont*, const ImFontGlyph* glyph)+{+    Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", glyph->Codepoint);+    Separator();+    Text("Visible: %d", glyph->Visible);+    Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX);+    Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1);+    Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1);+}++// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiStorage+void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label)+{+    if (!TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes()))+        return;+    for (const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p : storage->Data)+        BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer.+    TreePop();+}++// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiTabBar+void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label)+{+    // Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernible strings.+    char buf[256];+    char* p = buf;+    const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);+    const bool is_active = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible >= GetFrameCount() - 2);+    p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s  {", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*");+    for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < ImMin(tab_bar->Tabs.Size, 3); tab_n++)+    {+        ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];+        p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s'%s'", tab_n > 0 ? ", " : "", TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab));+    }+    p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 3) ? " ... }" : " } ");+    if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }+    bool open = TreeNode(label, "%s", buf);+    if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); }+    if (is_active && IsItemHovered())+    {+        ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList();+        draw_list->AddRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));+        draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));+        draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));+    }+    if (open)+    {+        for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)+        {+            ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];+            PushID(tab);+            if (SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } SameLine(0, 2);+            if (SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } SameLine();+            Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s' Offset: %.2f, Width: %.2f/%.2f",+                tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab), tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth);+            PopID();+        }+        TreePop();+    }+}++void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)+{+    SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);+    if (TreeNode("viewport0", "Viewport #%d", 0))+    {+        ImGuiWindowFlags flags = viewport->Flags;+        BulletText("Main Pos: (%.0f,%.0f), Size: (%.0f,%.0f)\nWorkArea Offset Left: %.0f Top: %.0f, Right: %.0f, Bottom: %.0f",+            viewport->Pos.x, viewport->Pos.y, viewport->Size.x, viewport->Size.y,+            viewport->WorkOffsetMin.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMin.y, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.y);+        BulletText("Flags: 0x%04X =%s%s%s", viewport->Flags,+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow)  ? " IsPlatformWindow"  : "",+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor) ? " IsPlatformMonitor" : "",+            (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp)        ? " OwnedByApp"        : "");+        for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists)+            DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, "DrawList");+        TreePop();+    }+}++void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label)+{+    if (window == NULL)+    {+        BulletText("%s: NULL", label);+        return;+    }++    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    const bool is_active = window->WasActive;+    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = (window == g.NavWindow) ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected : ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None;+    if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }+    const bool open = TreeNodeEx(label, tree_node_flags, "%s '%s'%s", label, window->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*");+    if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); }+    if (IsItemHovered() && is_active)+        GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));+    if (!open)+        return;++    if (window->MemoryCompacted)+        TextDisabled("Note: some memory buffers have been compacted/freed.");++    ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;+    DebugNodeDrawList(window, window->Viewport, window->DrawList, "DrawList");+    BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f) Ideal (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y, window->ContentSizeIdeal.x, window->ContentSizeIdeal.y);+    BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags,+        (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)  ? "Child " : "",      (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)     ? "Tooltip "   : "",  (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "",+        (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)        ? "Modal " : "",      (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)   ? "ChildMenu " : "",  (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "",+        (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : "");+    BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : "");+    BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1);+    BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (CanSkip %d Cannot %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems, window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems, window->SkipItems);+    for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++)+    {+        ImRect r = window->NavRectRel[layer];+        if (r.Min.x >= r.Max.y && r.Min.y >= r.Max.y)+            BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer]);+        else+            BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X at +(%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer], r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y);+        DebugLocateItemOnHover(window->NavLastIds[layer]);+    }+    const ImVec2* pr = window->NavPreferredScoringPosRel;+    for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++)+        BulletText("NavPreferredScoringPosRel[%d] = {%.1f,%.1f)", layer, (pr[layer].x == FLT_MAX ? -99999.0f : pr[layer].x), (pr[layer].y == FLT_MAX ? -99999.0f : pr[layer].y)); // Display as 99999.0f so it looks neater.+    BulletText("NavLayersActiveMask: %X, NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask, window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL");+    if (window->RootWindow != window)       { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); }+    if (window->ParentWindow != NULL)       { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); }+    if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0)   { DebugNodeWindowsList(&window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); }+    if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size))+    {+        for (ImGuiOldColumns& columns : window->ColumnsStorage)+            DebugNodeColumns(&columns);+        TreePop();+    }+    DebugNodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage");+    TreePop();+}++void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)+{+    if (settings->WantDelete)+        BeginDisabled();+    Text("0x%08X \"%s\" Pos (%d,%d) Size (%d,%d) Collapsed=%d",+        settings->ID, settings->GetName(), settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y, settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y, settings->Collapsed);+    if (settings->WantDelete)+        EndDisabled();+}++void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector<ImGuiWindow*>* windows, const char* label)+{+    if (!TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows->Size))+        return;+    for (int i = windows->Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) // Iterate front to back+    {+        PushID((*windows)[i]);+        DebugNodeWindow((*windows)[i], "Window");+        PopID();+    }+    TreePop();+}++// FIXME-OPT: This is technically suboptimal, but it is simpler this way.+void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack)+{+    for (int i = 0; i < windows_size; i++)+    {+        ImGuiWindow* window = windows[i];+        if (window->ParentWindowInBeginStack != parent_in_begin_stack)+            continue;+        char buf[20];+        ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "[%04d] Window", window->BeginOrderWithinContext);+        //BulletText("[%04d] Window '%s'", window->BeginOrderWithinContext, window->Name);+        DebugNodeWindow(window, buf);+        Indent();+        DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(windows + i + 1, windows_size - i - 1, window);+        Unindent();+    }+}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++void ImGui::DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...)+{+    va_list args;+    va_start(args, fmt);+    DebugLogV(fmt, args);+    va_end(args);+}++void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    const int old_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size();+    g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%05d] ", g.FrameCount);+    g.DebugLogBuf.appendfv(fmt, args);+    if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY)+        IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size);+    g.DebugLogIndex.append(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), old_size, g.DebugLogBuf.size());+}++void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize))+        SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 12.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);+    if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Debug Log", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)+    {+        End();+        return;+    }++    CheckboxFlags("All", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_);+    SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("ActiveId", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId);+    SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Focus", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus);+    SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Popup", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup);+    SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Nav", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav);+    SameLine(); if (CheckboxFlags("Clipper", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper)) { g.DebugLogClipperAutoDisableFrames = 2; } if (IsItemHovered()) SetTooltip("Clipper log auto-disabled after 2 frames");+    //SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Selection", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection);+    SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("IO", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO);++    if (SmallButton("Clear"))+    {+        g.DebugLogBuf.clear();+        g.DebugLogIndex.clear();+    }+    SameLine();+    if (SmallButton("Copy"))+        SetClipboardText(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str());+    BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar);++    ImGuiListClipper clipper;+    clipper.Begin(g.DebugLogIndex.size());+    while (clipper.Step())+        for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++)+        {+            const char* line_begin = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_begin(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no);+            const char* line_end = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_end(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no);+            TextUnformatted(line_begin, line_end);+            ImRect text_rect = g.LastItemData.Rect;+            if (IsItemHovered())+                for (const char* p = line_begin; p <= line_end - 10; p++)+                {+                    ImGuiID id = 0;+                    if (p[0] != '0' || (p[1] != 'x' && p[1] != 'X') || sscanf(p + 2, "%X", &id) != 1)+                        continue;+                    ImVec2 p0 = CalcTextSize(line_begin, p);+                    ImVec2 p1 = CalcTextSize(p, p + 10);+                    g.LastItemData.Rect = ImRect(text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x, 0.0f), text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x + p1.x, p1.y));+                    if (IsMouseHoveringRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, true))+                        DebugLocateItemOnHover(id);+                    p += 10;+                }+        }+    if (GetScrollY() >= GetScrollMaxY())+        SetScrollHereY(1.0f);+    EndChild();++    End();+}++//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL)+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------++// Draw a small cross at current CursorPos in current window's DrawList+void ImGui::DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;+    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - 3.0f), ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y + 4.0f), col, 1.0f);+    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x - 3.0f, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + 4.0f, pos.y), col, 1.0f);+}++// Draw a 10px wide rectangle around CurposPos.x using Line Y1/Y2 in current window's DrawList+void ImGui::DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    float curr_x = window->DC.CursorPos.x;+    float line_y1 = (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y);+    float line_y2 = line_y1 + (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.PrevLineSize.y : window->DC.CurrLineSize.y);+    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y1), col, 1.0f);+    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y2), col, 1.0f);+    window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y2), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y2), col, 1.0f);+}++// Draw last item rect in ForegroundDrawList (so it is always visible)+void ImGui::DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col);+}++// [DEBUG] Locate item position/rectangle given an ID.+static const ImU32 DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR = IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255);  // Green++void ImGui::DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.DebugLocateId = target_id;+    g.DebugLocateFrames = 2;+}++void ImGui::DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id)+{+    if (target_id == 0 || !IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))+        return;+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    DebugLocateItem(target_id);+    GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min - ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), g.LastItemData.Rect.Max + ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR);+}++void ImGui::DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiLastItemData item_data = g.LastItemData;+    g.DebugLocateId = 0;+    ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow);+    ImRect r = item_data.Rect;+    r.Expand(3.0f);+    ImVec2 p1 = g.IO.MousePos;+    ImVec2 p2 = ImVec2((p1.x < r.Min.x) ? r.Min.x : (p1.x > r.Max.x) ? r.Max.x : p1.x, (p1.y < r.Min.y) ? r.Min.y : (p1.y > r.Max.y) ? r.Max.y : p1.y);+    draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR);+    draw_list->AddLine(p1, p2, DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR);+}++// [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack.+void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0;+    if (!g.DebugItemPickerActive)+        return;++    const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;+    SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand);+    if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape))+        g.DebugItemPickerActive = false;+    const bool change_mapping = g.IO.KeyMods == (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift);+    if (!change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton) && hovered_id)+    {+        g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = hovered_id;+        g.DebugItemPickerActive = false;+    }+    for (int mouse_button = 0; mouse_button < 3; mouse_button++)+        if (change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button))+            g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton = (ImU8)mouse_button;+    SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.70f);+    if (!BeginTooltip())+        return;+    Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id);+    Text("Press ESC to abort picking.");+    const char* mouse_button_names[] = { "Left", "Right", "Middle" };+    if (change_mapping)+        Text("Remap w/ Ctrl+Shift: click anywhere to select new mouse button.");+    else+        TextColored(GetStyleColorVec4(hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), "Click %s Button to break in debugger! (remap w/ Ctrl+Shift)", mouse_button_names[g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton]);+    EndTooltip();+}++// [DEBUG] Stack Tool: update queries. Called by NewFrame()+void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries()+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool;++    // Clear hook when stack tool is not visible+    g.DebugHookIdInfo = 0;+    if (g.FrameCount != tool->LastActiveFrame + 1)+        return;++    // Update queries. The steps are: -1: query Stack, >= 0: query each stack item+    // We can only perform 1 ID Info query every frame. This is designed so the GetID() tests are cheap and constant-time+    const ImGuiID query_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame ? g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame : g.ActiveId;+    if (tool->QueryId != query_id)+    {+        tool->QueryId = query_id;+        tool->StackLevel = -1;+        tool->Results.resize(0);+    }+    if (query_id == 0)+        return;++    // Advance to next stack level when we got our result, or after 2 frames (in case we never get a result)+    int stack_level = tool->StackLevel;+    if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size)+        if (tool->Results[stack_level].QuerySuccess || tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount > 2)+            tool->StackLevel++;++    // Update hook+    stack_level = tool->StackLevel;+    if (stack_level == -1)+        g.DebugHookIdInfo = query_id;+    if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size)+    {+        g.DebugHookIdInfo = tool->Results[stack_level].ID;+        tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount++;+    }+}++// [DEBUG] Stack tool: hooks called by GetID() family functions+void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;+    ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool;++    // Step 0: stack query+    // This assumes that the ID was computed with the current ID stack, which tends to be the case for our widget.+    if (tool->StackLevel == -1)+    {+        tool->StackLevel++;+        tool->Results.resize(window->IDStack.Size + 1, ImGuiStackLevelInfo());+        for (int n = 0; n < window->IDStack.Size + 1; n++)+            tool->Results[n].ID = (n < window->IDStack.Size) ? window->IDStack[n] : id;+        return;+    }++    // Step 1+: query for individual level+    IM_ASSERT(tool->StackLevel >= 0);+    if (tool->StackLevel != window->IDStack.Size)+        return;+    ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[tool->StackLevel];+    IM_ASSERT(info->ID == id && info->QueryFrameCount > 0);++    switch (data_type)+    {+    case ImGuiDataType_S32:+        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%d", (int)(intptr_t)data_id);+        break;+    case ImGuiDataType_String:+        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%.*s", data_id_end ? (int)((const char*)data_id_end - (const char*)data_id) : (int)strlen((const char*)data_id), (const char*)data_id);+        break;+    case ImGuiDataType_Pointer:+        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "(void*)0x%p", data_id);+        break;+    case ImGuiDataType_ID:+        if (info->Desc[0] != 0) // PushOverrideID() is often used to avoid hashing twice, which would lead to 2 calls to DebugHookIdInfo(). We prioritize the first one.+            return;+        ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "0x%08X [override]", id);+        break;+    default:+        IM_ASSERT(0);+    }+    info->QuerySuccess = true;+    info->DataType = data_type;+}++static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for_ui, char* buf, size_t buf_size)+{+    ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n];+    ImGuiWindow* window = (info->Desc[0] == 0 && n == 0) ? ImGui::FindWindowByID(info->ID) : NULL;+    if (window)                                                                 // Source: window name (because the root ID don't call GetID() and so doesn't get hooked)+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "\"%s\" [window]" : "%s", window->Name);+    if (info->QuerySuccess)                                                     // Source: GetID() hooks (prioritize over ItemInfo() because we frequently use patterns like: PushID(str), Button("") where they both have same id)+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, (format_for_ui && info->DataType == ImGuiDataType_String) ? "\"%s\"" : "%s", info->Desc);+    if (tool->StackLevel < tool->Results.Size)                                  // Only start using fallback below when all queries are done, so during queries we don't flickering ??? markers.+        return (*buf = 0);+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE+    if (const char* label = ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(GImGui, info->ID))   // Source: ImGuiTestEngine's ItemInfo()+        return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "??? \"%s\"" : "%s", label);+#endif+    return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "???");+}++// Stack Tool: Display UI+void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open)+{+    ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;+    if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize))+        SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 8.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);+    if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Stack Tool", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)+    {+        End();+        return;+    }++    // Display hovered/active status+    ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool;+    const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;+    const ImGuiID active_id = g.ActiveId;+#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE+    Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (\"%s\"), ActiveId:  0x%08X (\"%s\")", hovered_id, hovered_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, hovered_id) : "", active_id, active_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, active_id) : "");+#else+    Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X, ActiveId:  0x%08X", hovered_id, active_id);+#endif+    SameLine();+    MetricsHelpMarker("Hover an item with the mouse to display elements of the ID Stack leading to the item's final ID.\nEach level of the stack correspond to a PushID() call.\nAll levels of the stack are hashed together to make the final ID of a widget (ID displayed at the bottom level of the stack).\nRead FAQ entry about the ID stack for details.");++    // CTRL+C to copy path+    const float time_since_copy = (float)g.Time - tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime;+    Checkbox("Ctrl+C: copy path to clipboard", &tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC);+    SameLine();+    TextColored((time_since_copy >= 0.0f && time_since_copy < 0.75f && ImFmod(time_since_copy, 0.25f) < 0.25f * 0.5f) ? ImVec4(1.f, 1.f, 0.3f, 1.f) : ImVec4(), "*COPIED*");+    if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Ctrl) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C))+    {+        tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime = (float)g.Time;+        char* p = g.TempBuffer.Data;+        char* p_end = p + g.TempBuffer.Size;+        for (int stack_n = 0; stack_n < tool->Results.Size && p + 3 < p_end; stack_n++)+        {+            *p++ = '/';+            char level_desc[256];+            StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, stack_n, false, level_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(level_desc));+            for (int n = 0; level_desc[n] && p + 2 < p_end; n++)+            {+                if (level_desc[n] == '/')+                    *p++ = '\\';+                *p++ = level_desc[n];+            }+        }+        *p = '\0';+        SetClipboardText(g.TempBuffer.Data);+    }++    // Display decorated stack+    tool->LastActiveFrame = g.FrameCount;+    if (tool->Results.Size > 0 && BeginTable("##table", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))+    {+        const float id_width = CalcTextSize("0xDDDDDDDD").x;+        TableSetupColumn("Seed", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width);+        TableSetupColumn("PushID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);+        TableSetupColumn("Result", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width);+        TableHeadersRow();+        for (int n = 0; n < tool->Results.Size; n++)+        {+            ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n];+            TableNextColumn();+            Text("0x%08X", (n > 0) ? tool->Results[n - 1].ID : 0);+            TableNextColumn();+            StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, n, true, g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size);+            TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer.Data);+            TableNextColumn();+            Text("0x%08X", info->ID);+            if (n == tool->Results.Size - 1)+                TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Header));+        }+        EndTable();+    }+    End();+}++#else++void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) {}+void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas*) {}+void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns*) {}+void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow*, ImGuiViewportP*, const ImDrawList*, const char*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList*, const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*, bool, bool) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage*, const char*) {}